diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:11:38 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 20:11:38 -0700 |
| commit | b093a12e80ebd0992b1c6dcfe2d363d8a4a454c0 (patch) | |
| tree | 97426d6396ff2b726c1d971c70b07704b14190a5 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-8.txt | 8605 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 144878 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 172237 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h/38991-h.htm | 8339 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h/images/book.png | bin | 0 -> 218 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h/images/card.png | bin | 0 -> 249 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h/images/external.png | bin | 0 -> 172 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991-h/images/titlepage.gif | bin | 0 -> 10165 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991.txt | 8605 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 38991.zip | bin | 0 -> 144840 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
13 files changed, 25565 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/38991-8.txt b/38991-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ccaefc --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8605 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Roumanian Stories + Translated from the Original Roumanian + +Author: Various + +Translator: Lucy Byng + +Release Date: February 26, 2012 [EBook #38991] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + + + ROUMANIAN STORIES + Translated from the + original Roumanian + + + By LUCY BYNG + + + London John Lane, The Bodley Head + New York: John Lane Company. MCMXXI + + + + + + + + William Clowes and Sons, Limited, London and Beccles, England. + + + + + + + + To + + ROUMANIA'S GRACIOUS QUEEN + + This book is dedicated with + profound admiration and respect + + + + + + + +PREFACE + +By H.M. THE QUEEN OF ROUMANIA + + +Very little is known in England about Roumanian literature, +which although not as rich as in many other countries, presents, +nevertheless, features of real interest. + +Like all people in touch with the East, even the peasants have a +strain of poetry in their speech, their expression is picturesque +and gentle, an almost fatalistic note of sadness rings through all +the songs they sing. + +Our poets have adapted themselves to this particular strain, and +mostly it is the popular form that has been developed by our literary +men both in prose and poetry. + +Roumanian literature possesses eminent historians and critics. I +am not, in these few lines, going to touch upon their activities; +but strangely enough there are few writers of fiction amongst the +Roumanians--great novel writers do not exist. + +The Roumanian, above all, excels as poet and as a short-story +writer. In this last art he is past-master, and it is therefore a +great pleasure to me to encourage this book which Mrs. Schomberg Byng +is sending out into the world at a moment when I am so anxious that +my country should be better known and understood in England. + +Each one of these short stories is a little work of art, and deeply +characteristic of Roumanian popular life and thought; therefore I have +no doubt that they will interest all those who care about literature. + +I feel personally indebted to Mrs. Schomberg Byng to have thought +of making this interesting feature of Roumanian literature known to +the British public. I therefore, with all my heart, wish this little +volume Good Luck. + + + MARIE. + + Jan., 1920. + + + + + + + +PREFACE + +By Professor S. MEHEDINTZI +Of Bucharest University and the Roumanian Academy + + +As regards poetry Roumanian literature had reached the European +level by the nineteenth century. Eminescu may be placed by the side +of Leopardi. The drama and the novel are still unrepresented by any +works of the first rank; but the short story shows that Roumanian +writing is constantly on the upward grade. + +The following stories have been selected from many writers. The reader +must judge each author for himself. It is impossible to settle their +respective merits; that would presuppose an acquaintance with the +whole of Roumanian literature. We may, however, be allowed to say a +word or two about each writer. + + + +Negruzzi is to Roumanian very much what Sir Walter Scott has been to +English literature. After the lapse of nigh a century the historical +novel is still identified with his name. + + + +Creanga is a production exclusively Roumanian; a peasant who knew +no foreign tongue, but whose mind was steeped in the fairy tales, +proverbs, and wit of the people. He wrote with a humour and an +originality of imagery which make his work almost impossible to +translate into other languages. + + + +Caragiale, our most noted dramatic author, is the antithesis of +Creanga; a man of culture, literary and artistic in the highest +sense of the word. The Easter Torch ranks him high among the great +short-story writers. + + + +Popovici-Banatzeanu--dead very young--and Bratescu-Voineshti are +writers who more than any others give us the atmosphere of the English +novel in which the ethical note predominates. Some of their pages +have the poignancy of Dickens. + + + +The same discreet note is struck by Slavici, born in Hungary, whose +Popa Tanda is the personification of the Roumanian people subject +for centuries to the injustice of an alien race, and driven to seek +support in their own work only. + + + +Delavrancea, a famous orator, is a romantic; while Sadoveanu, the most +fertile prose writer among the younger men, possesses as novelist and +story-teller a touch which makes him akin to Turgenev and Sienkiewicz. + + + +Beza stands by himself. From the mountains of Macedonia he brings +into the national literature the original note of the life of the +shepherds in the Balkans. Constantly upon the road, among mountain +tops and plains, always in fear of the foreigners among whom they +pass, their life manifests a great spiritual concentration. Over +Beza's work there hover a mystery and a restraint which completely +fascinate the reader. Though young, he possesses the qualities of +the classical writers. + + + + + + + +TRANSLATOR'S NOTE + + +I wish to take this opportunity of thanking M. Beza for his most +valuable assistance. Without his intimate knowledge of the two +languages and his kindly and expert criticism these translations +would never have seen the light. + +Some well-known names, that of Diuliu Zamfirescu for instance, +are absent from my list of authors; lack of time and difficulty in +obtaining their works made their inclusion impossible. + + + LUCY BYNG. + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + + Page + The Fairy of the Lake. M. Sadoveanu 1 + The Easter Torch. I. L. Caragiale 11 + At Manjoala's Inn. I. L. Caragiale 35 + Alexandru Lapushneanu, 1564-1569. C. Negruzzi 51 + Zidra. M. Beza 85 + Gardana. M. Beza 93 + The Dead Pool. M. Beza 109 + Old Nichifor, the Impostor. I. Creanga 115 + Cozma Racoare. M. Sadoveanu 141 + The Wanderers. M. Sadoveanu 157 + The Fledgeling. I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti 167 + Popa Tanda. I. Slavici 175 + Out in the World. Ion Popovici-Banatzeanu 207 + The Bird of Ill Omen. I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti 261 + Irinel. B. Delavrancea 267 + + + + + + + +ROUMANIAN STORIES + +THE FAIRY OF THE LAKE + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +One evening old Costescu told us an adventure of his youth. + +The old mill of Zavu, he began, stands to this day close to the +Popricani lake. A black building leaning towards the dark waters. The +six wheels are driven by great streams of water which come rushing +through the mill-race, and surround the house, washing through the +cracks. Above the boiling foam which encircles it, the great building +shakes with the unceasing roar of the water. + +So it is to-day; so it was at the period when I used to roam about +those parts--it is long, long, since then. + +I remember a night like a night in a fairy tale, full of the silver +light of the moon, a night when only youth could see, when only youth +could feel. + +It was in July. I was descending the lake by myself with my gun over +my shoulder. Flights of duck passing above the forest of reeds lured +me on. I followed their rapid flight through the clear atmosphere, +the black specks became gradually smaller until they were lost to sight +in the rosy clouds of the setting sun. I passed above the weir, where +the waterfall brawls, between the bushy willow-trees which guard the +narrow path, and approached the mill. The green stream swept through +the mill-race, the foaming water boiled round the black building, and +in the yard, unyoked and ruminating, the oxen slept beside the waggon. + +The old man, the miller, the great-grandson of Zavu, descended from +the mill bridge with his pipe in the corner of his mouth. In the +deafening roar of the water and the creaking of the wheels men waited +in silence amid the luminous spray that filled the old building. + +"Good health to you, my old friend Simione!" + +"Thank you, sir. How goes it with the land? Grinding good flour?" + +This was the old man's usual question: was the country grinding +good flour? + +"Good, my old friend Simione!" + +"Praise be to God!" said the old fellow. "But how are you, sir? You +never come to see us. The duck give you no peace!" + +"No, they give me no peace. I mean to lie in wait on the bank +to-night. Perhaps luck will come my way." + +"Good; may it be as you wish. See, Zamfira will show you the way." + +Just at that moment appeared the miller's niece. She was a strange +girl of sixteen years of age; of middle height and thin, but with +well-developed muscles: her cheeks were sunburnt, and she had two grey +eyes, eyes so restless and so strange, and of such beauty and such +brilliance as I have never seen since. She had not regular features, +but the grey eyes beneath the heavy, arched brows gave her an unusual +and radiant beauty. + +At the old man's words she stopped suddenly, and said quickly with +twinkling eyes: + +"I don't want to show him the way!" + +"Why not?" I asked with surprise, while the old man smiled. + +"Because I don't want to!" said Zamfira, looking at me askance. + +"Very well," said the old man quietly, "don't take him!" + +The girl looked at me searchingly, through half-closed eyelids, +and then cried sharply: + +"I'll take him, after all!" + +Old Simione began to laugh softly, turned round, and pursued his way to +the mill bridge, but Zamfira remained in front of me, erect, her hands +by her sides. Her head was bent down, but the grey eyes flashed at me +from beneath the eyebrows. Her head was bare, her chestnut hair was +drawn smoothly back from the temples into a thick plait, tied at the +nape of the neck; a white water-lily, beautiful, as though cut out of +silver, was fastened among her rich tresses. Beneath a white chemise +her bosom rose and fell, a blue skirt fell plainly to her ankles. + +Suddenly she raised her head and looked shyly at me as she smiled. Her +teeth shone between her thin lips. Then, with her eyes, she gave me +the signal: "Come!" + +I followed her. She moved swiftly; her well-developed form was +clearly outlined beneath her thin garments. From time to time she +turned her head, and her teeth flashed. She untied the boat, jumped +in and said curtly: + +"Follow me!" + +After I was seated, she braced herself for the effort, thrust in the +long pole, and set the boat in motion. For some time we glided through +reeds and rushes, and above great beds of weed. When we reached open +water she put down the pole, and took to the oars. The boat cleft +the deep water which glowed with flames from the fire of the setting +sun. The oars splashed softly with a musical sound. The girl's whole +body moved with a rhythmic grace that was unspeakably fascinating. The +silver lily quivered in the luxuriant chestnut hair. + +Silence reigned over the lake. Water-lilies shone in the golden sunset; +the reeds rustled softly; the dragon-flies passed like blue flashes +through the light. + +Suddenly the girl turned her strange grey eyes upon me. + +"So to-night you will lie in wait for the duck?" she asked. + +"Yes, I shall wait." + +"Good." + +Her voice had a melodious, silvery ring. I questioned her: + +"That seems strange to you?" + +"No," she said, turning her head away; "but aren't you afraid?" + +"Of what should I be afraid?" + +"Of the fairy of the lake," she replied with conviction. + +"Of the water lady? Who is this fairy of the lake?" + +"What? Do you not know? The fairy of the lake." + +Her eyes scanned my face intently. + +The sun had nearly set; the water of the lake grew dark; a heron +passed above us scarcely moving its wings; its cries sent a shudder +of sadness through the silence of the forest of reeds. The girl +looked at me, and her teeth shone with a smile of almost diabolical +beauty: her clear-cut face seemed to reflect the colour of the green +water. I cannot describe what I felt; only the charm of the speaker +was astounding. In that framework of reeds and creepers--set as it +were between two skies--she was the fairy of the lake. + +The boat struck the side of a cave and remained fast. + +"Here we are," said the girl. + +Slowly I stepped ashore. But the charm made my head reel. I turned +abruptly, took her face between my hands, and would have kissed those +eyes in whose depths the secret of the lake lay hid. She resisted +gracefully with little movements, and trills of laughter, and instead +of kissing her eyes I touched her lips which burnt like fire. + +I felt her draw herself away, I felt those strange eyes piercing +through me, and the boat shot away into the reeds and creepers. The +lake remained desolate, and in the silence only the gentle splash of +distant oars could be heard. I prepared myself a little bed of reeds +in the cave. I spread out my serge cloak, tried the triggers of my +gun, and while I waited for the duck I fell into a brown study. How +strange! I was perfectly conscious of my position; I knew quite +well that the fairy was none other than Zamfira, the miller's niece, +the sunburnt, and perhaps, the simple maiden; and in spite of this, +the eyes, and the laughter, had something about them that intoxicated +me like the strong perfume of some wild flower. + +In the gradually deepening shadows of the twilight she remained like +some vision, floating on the bosom of the lake, among the blossoms +of the water-lilies. I was roused by the rapid whirr of wings. I +started up. A flight of duck passed over me. This event drove away +my preoccupation. I steadied the gun in my hands and put it at full +cock. In the reeds, torn and beaten by the wings of the duck, coot +and moor-hens called to each other; a light breeze ruffled the forest +of reeds. Small flocks of birds passed through the darkness of the +night. I fired a few shots. The gun made a deep sound which echoed far +across the water; one or two duck detached themselves from the group, +and fell heavily to the surface of the lake, troubling the water. The +darkness increased, it was impossible to distinguish the duck, one +could only hear the rustle of their flight, like a brief wind. The +evening breeze dropped, and a calm spread itself over the lake: only +great black birds flew overhead, noisily crying: "Chaw! Chaw!" From +time to time, in the silence of the night, could be heard the deep, +lugubrious, indistinct note of the bittern. + +Stars glowed overhead, and in the depths of the water--the moon would +not rise for nearly another hour. I wrapped myself in my cloak, and +began to ponder over those grey eyes. In the silence, which grew ever +deeper, the noise of the mill and of the weir could be heard afar off; +somewhere a dog barked in its kennel; from some hill, lighting the +darkness, one caught the twinkle of a bright flame. The supple body, +the eyes, and the laughter, the lily blossom which harmonized so well +with the lake and with the green lights in the eyes, tantalized me. Now +she was no longer the simple maiden, kissed by the sun and caressed +by the wind; every movement, every look, had something particular +about it. And also something strange. + +I had never seen her when I visited the mill. I had heard of the +old man's devilish niece, but I had never set eyes upon her. But now +an incident recurred to my mind, to which, at the time, I had paid +scant attention. On one occasion I had perceived a pair of restless +eyes peeping at me through a chink in the mill bridge. Those eyes +were surely hers; they sparkled so--and were so full of light and +mirth. There, in the dark night, that ardent kiss seemed to burn me +and I waited--I waited for something that I could not explain even +to myself. + +I dozed, dreaming of those grey eyes. I cannot tell--perhaps I fell +asleep. I awoke in the full light of the moon which was flooding +atmosphere and lake with its silver beams. The water glittered, the +night was still, the mill was silent; in the distance the weir was +murmuring as in a dream. + +Here and there, the water rippled into circles the colour of agate; +groups of duck were bathing in the moonlight. I put my hand to +my gun. I raised my eyes, I was ready to pull--when I paused. A +melodious song, scarcely intelligible, could be heard coming from +the lake. It was a simple song, and monotonous, but its remoteness, +the echo across the water, the clear light of the moon, lent it a +profound charm. I immediately thought of the lady of the lake. + +I placed my gun beside me and listened. It was a simple and touching +melody. It had ceased for some time, but I still strained my ears; +I could only catch the soft murmur of the distant weir. Time passed, +and yet I still expected something to happen. + +After a while I heard distinctly the soft splash of oars. I looked +everywhere, I could not make out whence it came. Then, suddenly, +amid the obscurity of the rushes, the gently floating boat came +gliding into the sea of light with the girl reclining in the silvery +beams. The lily shone in her dark hair. + +I cannot tell you what I felt, for the storm of emotion cannot be +expressed in words, and besides that, I was young then, and half +a century has passed since my youth. I know I stood with wondering +eyes and gazed like one possessed: in very truth this was the fairy +of the lake! + +All at once I saw a movement. The boat turned, and the oars struck +the water, making great ripples of light. It was directed towards +my cave. She came with wild speed, staring, her great eyes like +phosphorescent stars. But when she got near, she once more let the +boat glide, then turned abruptly, and laughing passed by the cave--a +silvery laugh, which I have never forgotten, no, not to this day +although it is so long ago. She passed by like a phantom, laughing, +and her eyes shining like two stars in the night of those great +eyebrows. To the right of me she rose, and threw something towards +me; then, sinking down, she again took the oars, struck the water, +and shot out into the open lake. + +She disappeared. One could only hear the soft stroke of the oars; +then that, too, ceased, and perfect silence fell upon the silvery lake. + +By my side I found a bouquet of carnations and sweet basil, the +flowers of love. + +At daybreak the old man came to take me off. When I turned towards +the yard I once again bent my head in the direction of the old black +building. Eyes watched me through the chink in the mill bridge. + +That very day I went away. Many a time have I wanted to return to +the old Zavu mill, but fate has willed it otherwise. At last, when I +could have done so, other loves have held me in other places. Years +have passed, but the bunch of dried carnations and basil reminds me +of it all. And from time to time, my thoughts wander to the fairy of +the lake. + + + + + + + +THE EASTER TORCH + +By I. L. CARAGIALE + + +Leiba Zibal, mine host of Podeni, was sitting lost in thought, by a +table placed in the shadow in front of the inn; he was awaiting the +arrival of the coach which should have come some time ago; it was +already an hour behind time. + +The story of Zibal's life is a long and cheerless one: when he is +taken with one of his feverish attacks it is a diversion for him to +analyse one by one the most important events in that life. + +Huckster, seller of hardware, jobber, between whiles even rougher +work perhaps, seller of old clothes, then tailor, and boot-black in a +dingy alley in Jassy; all this had happened to him since the accident +whereby he lost his situation as office boy in a big wine-shop. Two +porters were carrying a barrel down to a cellar under the supervision +of the lad Zibal. A difference arose between them as to the division +of their earnings. One of them seized a piece of wood that lay at hand +and struck his comrade on the forehead, who fell to the ground covered +in blood. At the sight of the wild deed the boy gave a cry of alarm, +but the wretch hurried through the yard, and in passing gave the lad +a blow. Zibal fell to the ground fainting with fear. After several +months in bed he returned to his master, only to find his place +filled up. Then began a hard struggle for existence, which increased +in difficulty after his marriage with Sura. Their hard lot was borne +with patience. Sura's brother, the inn-keeper of Podeni, died; the +inn passed into Zibal's hands, and he carried on the business on his +own account. + +Here he had been for the last five years. He had saved a good bit of +money and collected good wine--a commodity that will always be worth +good money--Leiba had escaped from poverty, but they were all three +sickly, himself, his wife, and his child, all victims of malaria, +and men are rough and quarrelsome in Podeni--slanderous, scoffers, +revilers, accused of vitriol throwing. And the threats! A threat +is very terrible to a character that bends easily beneath every +blow. The thought of a threat worked more upon Leiba's nerves than +did his attacks of fever. + +"Oh, wretched Gentile!" he thought, sighing. + +This "wretched" referred to Gheorghe--wherever he might be!--a man +between whom and himself a most unpleasant affair had arisen. + +Gheorghe came to the inn one autumn morning, tired with his walk; he +was just out of hospital--so he said--and was looking for work. The +innkeeper took him into his service. But Gheorghe showed himself to +be a brutal and a sullen man. He swore continually, and muttered to +himself alone in the yard. He was a bad servant, lazy and insolent, +and he stole. He threatened his mistress one day when she was pregnant, +cursing her, and striking her on the stomach. Another time he set a +dog on little Strul. + +Leiba paid him his wages at once, and dismissed him. But Gheorghe +would not go: he asserted with violence that he had been engaged for +a year. Then the innkeeper sent to the town hall to get guards to +remove him. + +Gheorghe put his hand swiftly to his breast, crying: + +"Jew!" and began to rail at his master. Unfortunately, a cart full +of customers arrived at that moment. Gheorghe began to grin, saying: +"What frightened you, Master Leiba? Look, I am going now." Then bending +fiercely over the bar towards Leiba, who drew back as far as possible, +he whispered: "Expect me on Easter Eve; we'll crack red eggs together, +Jew! You will know then what I have done to you, and I will answer +for it." + +Just then, customers entered the inn. + +"May we meet in good health at Easter, Master Leiba!" added Gheorghe +as he left. + + + +Leiba went to the town hall, then to the sub-prefecture to denounce +the threatener, begging that he might be watched. The sub-prefect +was a lively young man; he first accepted Leiba's humble offering, +then he began to laugh at the timid Jew, and make fun of him. Leiba +tried hard to make him realize the gravity of the situation, and +pointed out how isolated the house stood from the village, and even +from the high road. But the sub-prefect, with a more serious air, +advised him to be prudent; he must not mention such things, for, +truly, it would arouse the desire to do them in a village where men +were rough and poor, ready to break the law. + +A few days later, an official with two riders came to see him about +Gheorghe; he was "wanted" for some crime. + +If only Leiba had been able to put up with him until the arrival +of these men! In the meanwhile, no one knew the whereabouts of +Gheorghe. Although this had happened some time ago, Gheorghe's +appearance, the movement as though he would have drawn something +from his breast, and the threatening words had all remained deeply +impressed upon the mind of the terror-stricken man. How was it that +that memory remained so clear? + +It was Easter Eve. + +From the top of the hill, from the village lying among the lakes +about two miles away, came the sound of church bells. One hears in a +strange way when one is feverish, now so loud, now so far away. The +coming night was the night before Easter, the night of the fulfilment +of Gheorghe's promise. + +"But perhaps they have caught him by now!" + +Moreover, Zibal only means to stay at Podeni till next +quarter-day. With his capital he could open a good business in +Jassy. In a town, Leiba would regain his health, he would go near +the police station--he could treat the police, the commissionaires, +the sergeants. Who pays well gets well guarded. + +In a large village, the night brings noise and light, not darkness +and silence as in the isolated valley of Podeni. There is an inn in +Jassy--there in the corner, just the place for a shop! An inn where +girls sing all night long, a Café Chantant. What a gay and rousing +life! There, at all hours of the day and night, officials and their +girls, and other dirty Christians will need entertainment. + +What is the use of bothering oneself here where business keeps falling +off, especially since the coming of the railway which only skirts +the marshes at some distance? + +"Leiba," calls Sura from within, "the coach is coming, one can hear +the bells." + +The Podeni valley is a ravine enclosed on all sides by wooded +hills. In a hollow towards the south lie several deep pools caused +by the springs which rise in the hills; above them lie some stretches +of ground covered with bushes and rushes. Leiba's hotel stands in the +centre of the valley, between the pools and the more elevated ground +to the north; it is an old stone building, strong as a small fortress: +although the ground is marshy, the walls and cellars are very dry. + +At Sura's voice Leiba raises himself painfully from his chair, +stretching his tired limbs; he takes a long look towards the east, +not a sign of the diligence. + +"It is not coming; you imagined it," he replied to his wife, and sat +down again. + +Very tired the man crossed his arms on the table, and laid his head +upon them, for it was burning. The warmth of the spring sun began to +strike the surface of the marshes and a pleasant lassitude enveloped +his nerves, and his thoughts began to run riot as a sick man's will, +gradually taking on strange forms and colours. + +Gheorghe--Easter Eve--burglars--Jassy--the inn in the centre of the +town--a gay restaurant doing well--restored health. + +And he dozed. + +Sura and the child went without a great deal up here. + +Leiba went to the door of the inn and looked out on to the road. + +On the main road there was a good deal of traffic, an unceasing noise +of wheels accompanied by the rhythmic sound of horses' hooves trotting +upon the smooth asphalt. + +But suddenly the traffic stopped, and from Copou a group of people +could be seen approaching, gesticulating and shouting excitedly. + +The crowd appeared to be escorting somebody: soldiers, a guard and +various members of the public. Curious onlookers appeared at every +door of the inn. + +"Ah," thought Leiba, "they have laid hands on a thief." + +The procession drew nearer. Sura detached herself from the others, +and joined Leiba on the steps of the inn. + +"What is it, Sura?" he asked. + +"A madman escaped from Golia." + +"Let us close the inn so that he cannot get at us." + +"He is bound now, but just now he escaped. He fought with all the +soldiers. A rough Gentile in the crowd pushed a Jew against the madman +and he bit him on the cheek." + +Leiba could see well from the steps; from the stair below Sura watched +with the child in her arms. + +It was, in fact, a violent lunatic held on either side by two men: +his wrists were tightly bound over each other by a thick cord. He was +a man of gigantic stature with a head like a bull, thick black hair, +and hard, grizzled beard and whiskers. Through his shirt, which had +been torn in the struggle, his broad chest was visible, covered like +his head, with a mass of hair. His feet were bare; his mouth was full +of blood, and he continually spat out hair which he had bitten from +the Jew's beard. + +Every one stood still. Why? The guards unbound the lunatic's hands. The +crowd drew to one side, leaving a large space around him. The madman +looked about him, and his fierce glance rested upon Zibal's doorway; +he gnashed his teeth, made a dash for the three steps, and in a flash, +seizing the child's head in his right hand and Sura's in his left, he +knocked them together with such force that they cracked like so many +fresh eggs. A sound was heard, a scrunching impossible to describe, +as the two skulls cracked together. + +Leiba, with bursting heart, like a man who falls from an immense +height, tried to cry out: "The whole world abandons me to the tender +mercies of a madman!" But his voice refused to obey him. + +"Get up, Jew!" cried some one, beating loudly upon the table with +a stick. + +"It's a bad joke," said Sura from the doorway of the inn, "thus to +frighten the man out of his sleep, you stupid peasant!" + +"What has scared you, Jew?" asked the wag, laughing. "You sleep +in the afternoon, eh? Get up, customers are coming, the mail coach +is arriving." + +And, according to his silly habit which greatly irritated the Jew, +he tried to take his arm and tickle him. + +"Let me alone!" cried the innkeeper, drawing back and pushing him away +with all his might. "Can you not see that I am ill? Leave me in peace." + +The coach arrived at last, nearly three hours late. There were two +passengers who seated themselves together with the driver, whom they +had invited to share their table. + +The conversation of the travellers threw a light upon recent +events. At the highest posting station, a robbery with murder had +been committed during the night in the inn of a Jew. The murdered +innkeeper should have provided change of horses. The thieves had +taken them, and while other horses were being found in the village +the curious travellers could examine the scene of the crime at their +leisure. Five victims! But the details! From just seeing the ruined +house one could believe it to have been some cruel vendetta or the +work of some religious fanatic. In stories of sectarian fanaticism +one heard occasionally of such extravagant crimes. + +Leiba shook with a violent access of fever and listened aghast. + +What followed must have undoubtedly filled the driver with respect. The +young passengers were two students, one of philosophy, the other of +medicine; they were returning to amuse themselves in their native +town. They embarked upon a violent academic discussion upon crime and +its causes, and, to give him his due, the medical student was better +informed than the philosopher. + +Atavism; alcoholism and its pathological consequences; defective birth; +deformity; Paludism; then nervous disorders! Such and such conquest +of modern science--but the case of reversion to type! Darwin, Häckel, +Lombroso. At the case of reversion to type, the driver opened wide +his eyes in which shone a profound admiration for the conquests of +modern science. + +"It is obvious," added the medical student. "The so-called criminal +proper, taken as a type, has unusually long arms, and very short feet, +a flat and narrow forehead, and a much developed occiput. To the +experienced eye his face is characteristically coarse and bestial; +he is rudimentary man: he is, as I say, a beast which has but lately +got used to standing on its hind legs only, and to raising its head +towards the sky, towards the light." + +At the age of twenty, after so much excitement, and after a good +repast with wine so well vinted, and so well matured as Leiba's, +a phrase with a lyrical touch came well even from a medical student. + +Between his studies of Darwin and Lombroso, the enthusiastic youth +had found time to imbibe a little Schopenhauer--"towards the sky, +towards the light!" + +Leiba was far from understanding these "illuminating" ideas. Perhaps +for the first time did such grand words and fine subtleties of thought +find expression in the damp atmosphere of Podeni. But that which he +understood better than anything, much better even than the speaker, +was the striking illustration of the theory: the case of reversion to +type he knew in flesh and blood, it was the portrait of Gheorghe. This +portrait, which had just been drawn in broad outline only, he could +fill in perfectly in his own mind, down to the most minute details. + + + +The coach had gone. Leiba followed it with his eyes until, turning to +the left, it was lost to sight round the hill. The sun was setting +behind the ridge to the west, and the twilight began to weave soft +shapes in the Podeni valley. + +The gloomy innkeeper began to turn over in his mind all that he had +heard. In the dead of night, lost in the darkness, a man, two women +and two young children, torn without warning from the gentle arms of +sleep by the hands of beasts with human faces, and sacrificed one after +the other, the agonized cries of the children cut short by the dagger +ripping open their bodies, the neck slashed with a hatchet, the dull +rattle in the throat with each gush of blood through the wound; and +the last victim, half-distraught, in a corner, witness of the scene, +and awaiting his turn. A condition far worse than execution was that +of the Jew without protection in the hands of the Gentile--skulls +too fragile for such fierce hands as those of the madman just now. + +Leiba's lips, parched with fever, trembled as they mechanically +followed his thoughts. A violent shivering fit seized him; he entered +the porch of the inn with tottering steps. + +"There is no doubt," thought Sura, "Leiba is not at all well, he is +really ill; Leiba has got 'ideas' into his head. Is not that easy to +understand after all he has been doing these last days, and especially +after what he has done to-day?" + +He had had the inn closed before the lights were lit, to remain so +until the Sabbath was ended. Three times had some customers knocked +at the door, calling to him, in familiar voices, to undo it. He had +trembled at each knock and had stood still, whispering softly and +with terrified eyes: + +"Do not move--I want no Gentiles here." + +Then he had passed under the portico, and had listened at the top of +the stone steps by the door which was secured with a bar of wood. He +shook so that he could scarcely stand, but he would not rest. The most +distressing thing of all was that, he had answered Sura's persistent +questions sharply, and had sent her to bed, ordering her to put out the +light at once. She had protested meanwhile, but the man had repeated +the order curtly enough, and she had had unwillingly to submit, +resigning herself to postponing to a later date any explanation of +his conduct. + +Sura had put out the lamp, had gone to bed, and now slept by the side +of Strul. + +The woman was right. Leiba was really ill. + + + +Night had fallen. For a long time Leiba had been sitting, listening +by the doorway which gave on to the passage. + +What is that? + +Indistinct sounds came from the distance--horses trotting, the noise +of heavy blows, mysterious and agitated conversations. The effort of +listening intently in the solitude of the night sharpens the sense +of hearing: when the eye is disarmed and powerless, the ear seems to +struggle to assert its power. + +But it was not imagination. From the road leading hither from the main +road came the sound of approaching horses. Leiba rose, and tried to +get nearer to the big door in the passage. The door was firmly shut +by a heavy bar of wood across it, the ends of which ran into holes in +the wall. At his first step the sand scrunching under his slippers made +an indiscreet noise. He drew his feet from his slippers, and waited in +the corner. Then, without a sound that could be heard by an unexpectant +ear, he went to the door in the corridor, just as the riders passed in +front of it at walking pace. They were speaking very low to each other, +but not so low but that Leiba could quite well catch these words: + +"He has gone to bed early." + +"Supposing he has gone away?" + +"His turn will come; but I should have liked----" + +No more was intelligible; the men were already some way away. + +To whom did these words refer? Who had gone to bed or gone away? Whose +turn would come another time? Who would have liked something? And +what was it he wanted? What did they want on that by-road--a road +only used by anyone wishing to find the inn? + +An overwhelming sense of fatigue seemed to overcome Leiba. + +"Could it be Gheorghe?" + +Leiba felt as if his strength was giving way, and he sat down by the +door. Eager thoughts chased each other through his head, he could +not think clearly or come to any decision. + +Terrified, he re-entered the inn, struck a match, and lighted a small +petroleum lamp. + +It was an apology for a light; the wick was turned so low as to conceal +the flame in the brass receiver; only by means of the opening round +the receiver could some of the vertical shafts of light penetrate +into a gloom that was like the darkness of death--all the same it +was sufficient to enable him to see well into the familiar corners +of the inn. Ah! How much less is the difference between the sun and +the tiniest spark of light than between the latter and the gloom +of blindness. + +The clock on the wall ticked audibly. The monotonous sound irritated +Leiba. He put his hand over the swinging pendulum, and stayed its +movement. + +His throat was parched. He was thirsty. He washed a small glass in +a three-legged tub by the side of the bar and tried to pour some +good brandy out of a decanter; but the mouth of the decanter began +to clink loudly on the edge of the glass. This noise was still more +irritating. A second attempt, in spite of his effort to conquer his +weakness, met with no greater success. + +Then, giving up the idea of the glass, he let it fall gently into +the water, and drank several times out of the decanter. After that he +pushed the decanter back into its place; as it touched the shelf it +made an alarming clatter. For a moment he waited, appalled by such +a catastrophe. Then he took the lamp, and placed it in the niche of +the window which lighted the passage: the door, the pavement, and +the wall which ran at right angles to the passage, were illuminated +by almost imperceptible streaks of light. + +He seated himself near the doorway and listened intently. + +From the hill came the sound of bells ringing in the Resurrection +morning. It meant that midnight was past, day was approaching. Ah! If +only the rest of this long night might pass as had the first half! + +The sound of sand trodden underfoot! But he was sitting in the corner, +and had not stirred; a second noise, followed by many such. There +could be no doubt some one was outside, here, quite near. Leiba rose, +pressing his hand to his heart, and trying to swallow a suspicious +lump in his throat. + +There were several people outside--and Gheorghe! Yes, he was there; +yes, the bells on the hill had rung the Resurrection. + +They spoke softly: + +"I tell you he is asleep. I saw when the lights went out." + +"Good, we will take the whole nest." + +"I will undo the door, I understand how it works. We must cut an +opening--the beam runs along here." + +He seemed to feel the touch of the men outside as they measured the +distance on the wood. A big gimlet could be heard boring its way +through the dry bark of the old oak. Leiba felt the need of support; +he steadied himself against the door with his left hand while he +covered his eyes with the right. + +Then, through some inexplicable play of the senses, he heard, from +within, quite loud and clear: + +"Leiba! Here comes the coach." + +It was surely Sura's voice. A warm ray of hope! A moment of joy! It +was just another dream! But Leiba drew his left hand quickly back; +the point of the tool, piercing the wood at that spot, had pricked +the palm of his hand. + +Was there any chance of escape? Absurd! In his burning brain the +image of the gimlet took inconceivable dimensions. The instrument, +turning continually, grew indefinitely, and the opening became larger +and larger, large enough at last to enable the monster to step through +the round aperture without having to bend. All that surged through +such a brain transcends the thoughts of man; life rose to such a +pitch of exaltation that everything seen, heard, felt, appeared to +be enormous, the sense of proportion became chaotic. + +The work outside was continued with method and perseverance. Four times +in succession Leiba had seen the sharp steel tooth pierce through to +his side and draw back again. + +"Now, give me the saw," said Gheorghe. + +The narrow end of a saw appeared through the first hole, and started to +work with quick, regular movements. The plan was easy to understand; +four holes in four corners of one panel; the saw made cuts between +them; the gimlet was driven well home in the centre of the panel; +when the piece became totally separated from the main body of the +wood it was pulled out; through the opening thus made a strong hand +inserted itself, seized the bar, pushed it to one side and--Gentiles +are in Leiba's house. + +In a few moments, this same gimlet would cause the destruction of +Leiba and his domestic hearth. The two executioners would hold the +victim prostrate on the ground, and Gheorghe, with heel upon his body, +would slowly bore the gimlet into the bone of the living breast as +he had done into the dead wood, deeper and deeper, till it reached +the heart, silencing its wild beatings and pinning it to the spot. + +Leiba broke into a cold sweat; the man was overcome by his own +imagination, and sank softly to his knees as though life were ebbing +from him under the weight of this last horror, overwhelmed by the +thought that he must abandon now all hope of saving himself. + +"Yes! Pinned to the spot," he said, despairingly. "Yes! Pinned to +the spot." + +He stayed a moment, staring at the light by the window. For some +moments he stood aghast, as though in some other world, then he +repeated with quivering eyelids: + +"Yes! Pinned to the spot." + +Suddenly a strange change took place in him, a complete revulsion of +feeling; he ceased to tremble, his despair disappeared, and his face, +so discomposed by the prolonged crisis, assumed an air of strange +serenity. He straightened himself with the decision of a strong and +healthy man who makes for an easy goal. + +The line between the two upper punctures of the panel was +finished. Leiba went up, curious to see the working of the tool. His +confidence became more pronounced. He nodded his head as though to say: +"I still have time." + +The saw cut the last fibre near the hole towards which it was working, +and began to saw between the lower holes. + +"There are still three," thought Leiba, and with the caution of +the most experienced burglar he softly entered the inn. He searched +under the bar, picked up something, and went out again as he entered, +hiding the object he had in his hand as though he feared somehow the +walls might betray him, and went back on tiptoe to the door. + +Something terrible had happened; the work outside had ceased--there +was nothing to be heard. + +"What is the matter? Has he gone? What has happened?" flashed through +the mind of the man inside. He bit his lower lip at such a thought, +full of bitter disappointment. + +"Ha, ha!" It was an imaginary deception; the work began again, and he +followed it with the keenest interest, his heart beating fast. His +decision was taken, he was tormented by an incredible desire to see +the thing finished. + +"Quicker!" he thought, with impatience. "Quicker!" + +Again the sound of bells ringing on the hill. + +"Hurry up, old fellow, the daylight will catch us!" said a voice +outside, as though impelled by the will of the man within. + +The work was pushed on rapidly. Only a few more movements and all +the punctures in the panel would be united. + +At last! + +Gently the drill carried out the four-sided piece of wood. A large and +supple hand was thrust in; but before it reached the bars it sought +two screams were heard, while, with great force, Leiba enclosed it +with the free end of the noose, which was round a block fixed to the +cellar door. + +The trap was ingeniously contrived: a long rope fastened round a +block of wood; lengthwise, at the place where the sawn panel had +disappeared, was a spring-ring which Leiba held open with his left +hand, while at the same time his right hand held the other end taut. At +the psychological moment he sprang the ring, and rapidly seizing the +free end of the rope with both hands he pulled the whole arm inside +by a supreme effort. + +In a second the operation was complete. It was accompanied by two +cries, one of despair, the other of triumph: the hand is "pinned +to the spot." Footsteps were heard retreating rapidly: Gheorghe's +companions were abandoning to Leiba the prey so cleverly caught. + +The Jew hurried into the inn, took the lamp and with a decided movement +turned up the wick as high as it would go: the light concealed by the +metal receiver rose gay and victorious, restoring definite outlines +to the nebulous forms around. + +Zibal went into the passage with the lamp. The burglar groaned +terribly; it was obvious from the stiffening of his arm that he had +given up the useless struggle. The hand was swollen, the fingers +were curved as though they would seize something. The Jew placed the +lamp near it--a shudder, the fever is returning. He moved the light +quite close, until, trembling, he touched the burglar's hand with the +burning chimney; a violent convulsion of the finger was followed by +a dull groan. Leiba was startled at the sight of this phenomenon. + +Leiba trembled--his eyes betrayed a strange exaltation. He burst into +a shout of laughter which shook the empty corridor and resounded in +the inn. + +Day was breaking. + +Sura woke up suddenly--in her sleep she seemed to hear a terrible +moaning. Leiba was not in the room. All that had happened previously +returned to her mind. Something terrible had taken place. She +jumped out of bed and lighted the candle. Leiba's bed had not been +disturbed. He had not been to bed at all. + +Where was he? The woman glanced out of the window; on the hill in front +shone a little group of small bright lights, they flared and jumped, +now they died away, now, once more, soared upwards. They told of +the Resurrection. Sura undid the window; then she could hear groans +from down by the door. Terrified, she hurried down the stairs. The +corridor was lighted up. As she emerged through the doorway, the +woman was astonished by a horrible sight. + +Upon a wooden chair, his elbows on his knees, his beard in his hand, +sat Leiba. Like a scientist, who, by mixing various elements, hopes +to surprise one of nature's subtle secrets which has long escaped +and worried him, Leiba kept his eyes fixed upon some hanging object, +black and shapeless, under which, upon another chair of convenient +height, there burnt a big torch. He watched, without turning a hair, +the process of decomposition of the hand which most certainly would +not have spared him. He did not hear the groans of the unhappy being +outside: he was more interested, at present, in watching than in +listening. + +He followed with eagerness each contortion, every strange convulsion +of the fingers till one by one they became powerless. They were like +the legs of a beetle which contract and stretch, waving in agitated +movement, vigorously, then slower and slower until they lie paralysed +by the play of some cruel child. + +It was over. The roasted hand swelled slowly and remained +motionless. Sura gave a cry. + +"Leiba!" + +He made a sign to her not to disturb him. A greasy smell of burnt flesh +pervaded the passage: a crackling and small explosions were heard. + +"Leiba! What is it?" repeated the woman. + +It was broad day. Sura stretched forward and withdrew the bar. The +door opened outwards, dragging with it Gheorghe's body, suspended by +the right arm. A crowd of villagers, all carrying lighted torches, +invaded the premises. + +"What is it? What is it?" + +They soon understood what had happened. Leiba, who up to now had +remained motionless, rose gravely to his feet. He made room for +himself to pass, quietly pushing the crowd to one side. + +"How did it happen, Jew?" asked some one. + +"Leiba Zibal," said the innkeeper in a loud voice, and with a lofty +gesture, "goes to Jassy to tell the Rabbi that Leiba Zibal is a Jew +no longer. Leiba Zibal is a Christian--for Leiba Zibal has lighted +a torch for Christ." + +And the man moved slowly up the hill, towards the sunrise, like the +prudent traveller who knows that the long journey is not achieved +with hasty steps. + + + + + + + +AT MANJOALA'S INN + +By I. L. CARAGIALE + + +It took a quarter of an hour to reach Manjoala's Inn. From there +to Upper Popeshti was about nine miles; at an easy pace, that meant +one hour and a half. A good hack--if they gave it oats at the inn, +and three-quarters' of an hour rest--could do it comfortably. That +is to say, one quarter of an hour and three-quarters of an hour +made one hour, on to Popeshti was one hour and a half, that made +two and a half. It was past seven already; at ten o'clock at latest, +I should be with Pocovnicu Iordache. I was rather late--I ought to +have started earlier--but, after all, he expected me. + +I was turning this over in my mind when I saw in the distance, a good +gun-shot length away, a great deal of light coming from Manjoala's Inn, +for it still retained that name. It was now really Madame Manjoala's +inn--the husband died some five years ago. What a capable woman! How +she had worked, how she had improved the place! They were on the +point of selling the inn while her husband was alive. Since then +she had paid off the debts, and had repaired the house; moreover, +she had built a flight of stone steps, and every one said she had +a good sum of money too. Some surmised that she had found a hidden +treasure, others that she had dealings with the supernatural. + +Once some robbers attempted an attack upon her. They tried to force +the door. One of them, the strongest, a man like a bull, wielded the +axe, but when he tried to strike he fell to the ground. They quickly +raised him up--he was dead. His brother tried to speak, but could +not--he was dumb. There were four of them. They hoisted the dead man +on to his brother's back, the other two took his feet that they might +carry him off to bury him somewhere away. + +As they left the courtyard of the inn, Madame Manjoala began to scream +from the window, "Thieves!" and in front of her there suddenly appeared +the sub-prefect with numerous men and four mounted soldiers. The +official shouted: + +"Who is there?" + +Two of the robbers escaped. The dumb man remained behind with his +dead brother on his back. + +Now what happened at the trial? Every one knew the mute had been +able to speak. How could anyone doubt but that the dumb man was +shamming? They beat him till he was crazy to try and make his speech +come back, but in vain. Since then the lads had lost all desire to +attack the place. + +While all this was passing through my mind I arrived at the inn. A +number of carts were waiting in the yard of the inn. Some were carrying +timber down the valley; others, maize up the hill. + +It was a raw autumn evening. The drivers were warming themselves round +the fire. It was the light from the latter that had been visible so far +away. An ostler took my horse in charge to give him some oats in the +stable. I entered the tap-room where a good many men were drinking, +while two sleepy gipsies, one with a lute and one with a zither, +were playing monotonously in a corner. I was hungry and cold. The +damp had pierced through me. + +"Where's your mistress?" I asked the boy behind the bar. + +"By the kitchen fire." + +"It ought to be warmer there," I said, and passed through the +vestibule, out of the tap-room into the kitchen. + +It was very clean in the kitchen, and the smell was not like that in +the tap-room, of fur and boots and damp shoes; there was a smell of +new-made bread. Madame Manjoala was looking after the oven. + +"Well met, Mistress Marghioala." + +"Welcome, Mr. Fanica." + +"Is there a chance of getting anything to eat?" + +"Up to midnight even, for respectable people like yourself." + +Mistress Marghioala quickly gave orders to one of the servants to +lay a table in the next room, and then, going up to the hearth, said: + +"Look, choose for yourself." + +Mistress Marghioala was beautiful, well-built and fascinating, that I +knew; but never since I had known her--and I had known her for a long +time, for I had passed Manjoala's Inn many a time when my dead father +was alive, as the road to the town led by it--had she appeared to me +more attractive. I was young, smart and daring, much more daring than +smart. I came up on her left side as she was bending over the hearth, +and took her by the waist! with my hand I took hold of her right arm, +which was as hard as iron, and the devil tempted me to give it a pinch. + +"Have you got nothing to do?" said the woman, looking at me askance. + +But I, to cover my blunder, said: + +"What marvellous eyes you have, Mistress Marghioala!" + +"Don't try and flatter me; you had better tell me what to give you." + +"Give me--give me--give me yourself." + +"Really----" + +"Indeed, you have marvellous eyes, Mistress Marghioala!" sighing. + +"Supposing your father-in-law heard you?" + +"What father-in-law? What do you mean by that?" + +"You think because you hide yourself under your cap that nobody +sees what you do. Aren't you going to Pocovnicu Iordache to engage +yourself to his eldest daughter? Come, don't look at me like that, +go into the next room to dinner." + +I had seen many clean and quiet rooms in the course of my life, but +a room like that one! What a bed! What curtains! What walls! What a +ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those crochet +things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being under a +hen's wing, and a smell of apples and quinces! + +I was about to seat myself at the table, when, according to a habit +I had acquired in my childhood, I turned to bow towards the east. I +looked carefully round all along the walls--not an Icon to be seen. + +"What are you looking for?" said Mistress Marghioala. + +"Your Icons. Where do you keep them?" + +"Dash the Icons! They only breed worms and wood-lice." + +What a cleanly woman! I seated myself at the table, and crossed myself +as was my custom, when suddenly there was a yell. It appeared that +with the heel of my boot I had trodden upon an old Tom cat which was +under the table. + +Mistress Marghioala jumped up quickly and undid the outside door. The +injured cat made a bound outside while the cold air rushed in and +extinguished the lamp. She groped about for the matches. I searched +here, she searched there. We met face to face in the dark. I, very +bold, took her in my arms and began to kiss her. The lady now resisted, +now yielded; her cheeks were burning, her mouth was cold, soft down +fluttered about her ears. At last the servant arrived with a tray +with viands on it, and a light. We must have hunted some time for the +matches, for the chimney of the lamp was quite cold. I lit it again. + +What excellent food! Hot bread, roast duck with cabbage, boiled +veal sausages, and wine! And Turkish coffee! And laughter and +conversation! Good luck to Mistress Marghioala! + +After coffee she said to the old maidservant: "Tell them to bring +out a half-bottle of muscadine." + +That wonderful old wine! A sort of languor seized my every limb. I sat +on one side of the bed, draining the last amber drops from my glass, +and smoking a cigarette, while through the cloud of tobacco smoke +I watched Mistress Marghioala who sat on a chair opposite rolling +cigarettes for me. I said: + +"Indeed, Mistress Marghioala, you have marvellous eyes! Do you +know what?" + +"What?" + +"Would it trouble you to make me another cup of coffee, not quite so +sweet as this?" + +How she laughed! When the maid brought the coffee-pot, she said: + +"Madam, you sit talking here--you don't know what it is like outside." + +"What is it?" + +"A high wind has got up, and there is a storm coming." + +I jumped to my feet and looked at the time; it was nearly a quarter +to eleven. Instead of half an hour, I had been at the inn for two +hours and a half! That's what comes when one begins to talk. + +"Let some one get my horse!" + +"Who? The ostlers have gone to bed." + +"I will go to the stables myself." + +"They have bewitched you at Pocovnicu!" said the lady with a ripple +of laughter, as she barred my passage through the door. + +I put her gently on one side and went out on to the veranda. It was +indeed a dreadful night. The drivers' fires had died down, men and +animals were sleeping on the straw, lying one against the other on +the ground, while above them the wind howled wildly. + +"There is a great storm," said Mistress Marghioala, shuddering as +she seized me firmly by the hand. "You are mad to start in such +weather. Stay the night here: start at daybreak to-morrow." + +"That's impossible." + +I forcibly withdrew my hand. I proceeded to the stables. With great +difficulty I roused an ostler and found my horse. I tightened the +girths, fastened the horse to the steps, and then went to the room +to bid my hostess good night. The woman, immersed in thought, was +sitting on the bed with my cap in her hand. She was turning and +twisting it about. + +"How much have I to pay?" I asked. + +"You can pay me when you come back," replied my hostess, looking +intently into the lining of my cap. + +And then she rose to her feet and held it out to me. I took the cap, +and put it on my head, rather on one side. + +I said, looking straight into the woman's eyes, which seemed to shine +most strangely: + +"I kiss your eyes, Mistress Marghioala!" + +"A safe journey to you." + +I threw myself into the saddle, the old servant opened the gate for +me, and out I rode. Resting my left hand on my horse's flank, I turned +my head round. Over the top of the fence could be seen the open door +of the room, and in the opening was outlined the white figure of the +woman with her hand above her arched eyebrows. + +I rode at a slow pace whistling a gay song to myself until I turned +the corner of the fence to get to the road, when the picture was +hidden from my sight. I said to myself, "Here we go!" and crossed +myself. At that moment I plainly heard the banging of a door and the +mew of a cat. My hostess, unable to see me any longer, went hastily +back into the warmth and doubtless caught the cat in the door. That +damned cat! It was always getting under people's feet. + +I had gone a good part of the way. The storm increased and shook me +in the saddle. Overhead, cloud after cloud hurried across the valley +and above the hill, as though in fear of chastisement from on high; +now massed together, now dispersed, they revealed at long intervals +the pale light of the waning moon. + +The damp cold pierced through me. I felt it paralysing legs and +arms. As I rode with head bent to avoid the buffeting of the wind, I +began to feel pains in my neck; my forehead and temples were burning, +and there was a drumming in my ears. + +"I have drunk too much," I thought to myself, as I pushed my cap on +to the nape of my neck, and raised my forehead towards the sky. + +But the whirling clouds made me dizzy. I felt a burning sensation below +my left rib. I drew in a deep breath of cold air, and a knife seemed +to drive right through my chest. I tucked my chin down again. My cap +seemed to squeeze my head like a vice. I took it off and placed it +on the point of my saddle. I felt ill. It was foolish of me to have +started. Everybody would be asleep at Pocovnicu Iordache. They would +not have expected me. They would not have imagined that I should +be silly enough to start in such weather. I urged on my horse which +staggered as though it, too, had been drinking. + +The wind had sunk, the rain had ceased. It was misty; it began to grow +dark and to drizzle. I put my cap on again. Suddenly the blood began +to beat against my temples. The horse was quite done, exhausted by the +violence of the wind. I dug my heels into him, I gave him a cut with my +whip; the animal took a few hasty paces, then snorted, and stood still +on the spot as though he had seen some unexpected obstacle in front +of him. I looked. I really saw, a few paces in front of the horse, +a tiny creature jumping and skipping. An animal! What could it be? A +wild beast? It was a very small one. I put my hand to my revolver; +then I clearly heard the bleat of a kid. + +I urged on the horse as much as I could. It turned straight round +and started to go back. A few paces forward, and again it stood +snorting. The kid again! The horse stopped; it turned round. I gave +it some cuts with the whip and tightened the curb. It moved forward--a +few paces--the kid again! + +The clouds had dispersed. One could see now as clearly as possible. It +was a little black kid. Now it trotted forward, now it turned back, +it flung out its hooves, and finally reared itself on to its hind legs +and ran about with its little beard in front, and its head ready to +butt, making wonderful bounds and playing every kind of wild antic. + +I got off my horse, which would not advance for the world, and took +the reins up short. I bent down to the ground. + +"Come, come!" I called the kid, with my hand as though I wanted to +give it some bran. + +The kid approached, jumping continually. The horse snorted madly, +it tried to break away. I went down on my knees, but I held the horse +firmly. The kid came close up to my hand. It was a dear little black +buck which allowed itself to be petted and lifted up. I put it in the +bag on the right side among some clothes. At that moment the horse +was convulsed and shook in every limb as though in its death throes. + +I remounted. The horse started off like a mad thing. For some time +it went like the wind over ditches, over mole-hills, over bushes, +without my being able to stop it, without my knowing where I was, or +being able to guess where it was taking me. During this wild chase, +when at any moment I might have broken my neck, with body frozen and +head on fire, I thought of the comfortable haven I had so stupidly +left. Why? Mistress Marghioala would have given me her room, otherwise +she would not have invited me. + +The kid was moving in the bag, trying to make itself more +comfortable. I looked towards it; with its intelligent little head +stuck out of the bag it was peering wisely at me. The thought of +another pair of eyes flashed through my mind. What a fool I'd been. + +The horse stumbled; I stopped him forcibly; he tried to move on again, +but sank to his knees. Suddenly, through an opening in the clouds, +appeared the waning moon, shining on the side of a slope. The sight +of it struck me all of a heap. It was in front of me! There were +then two moons in the sky! I was going uphill; the moon ought to +be behind me! I turned my head quickly to see the real moon. I had +missed my way--I was going downhill! Where was I? I looked ahead--a +maize-field with uncut stalks; behind me lay open field. I crossed +myself, and pressing my horse with my weary legs, I tried to help +him rise. Just then I felt a violent blow on my right foot. A cry! I +had kicked the kid! I put my hand quickly into the bag; the bag was +empty. I had lost the kid on the road! The horse rose shaking its +head as though it were giddy. It reared on to its hind legs, hurled +itself on one side, and threw me to the other; finally he tore away +like a thing possessed and disappeared into the darkness. + +By the time I got up, much shaken, I could hear a rustle among the +maize, and close by came the sound of a man's voice saying clearly: + +"Hi! Hi! May Heaven remove you!" + +"Who is there?" I called. + +"An honest man." + +"Who?" + +"Gheorghe." + +"Which Gheorghe?" + +"Natrut--Gheorghe Natrut, who watches the maize-fields." + +"Aren't you coming this way?" + +"Yes, here I come." + +And the figure of a man became visible among the maize. + +"May I ask, brother Gheorghe, where we are at this moment? I have +missed my way in the storm." + +"Where do you want to go to?" + +"To Upper Popeshti." + +"Eh! To Pocovnicu Iordache." + +"That's it." + +"In that case you have not missed your road. You'll have some trouble +to get to Popeshti--you are only at Haculeshti here." + +"At Haculeshti?" I said joyfully. "Then I am close to Manjoala's Inn." + +"Look there; we are at the back of the stables." + +"Come and show me the way so that I don't just go and break my neck." + +I had been wandering about for four hours. A few steps brought +us to the inn. Mistress Marghioala's room was lit up and shadows +moved across the curtain. Who knew what other, wiser traveller had +enjoyed that bed! I should have to rest content with some bench by +the kitchen fire. But what luck! As I knocked some one heard me. The +old maidservant hurried to open to me. As I entered I stumbled over +something soft on the threshold. The kid! Did you ever! It was +my hostess' kid! It, too, entered the room and went and lay down +comfortably under the bed. + +What was I to say? Did the woman know I had returned, or had she got +up very early? The bed was made. + +"Mistress Marghioala!" So much I was able to say. + +Wishing to thank God that I had escaped with my life, I started to +raise my right hand to my head. + +The lady quickly seized my hand and pulling it down, drew me with +all her strength into her arms. + +I can still see that room. What a bed! What curtains! What walls! What +a ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those +crochet things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being +under a hen's wing, and a smell of apples and quinces! + + + +I should have stayed a long time at Manjoala's Inn if my father-in-law, +Pocovnicu Iordache, God forgive him, had not fetched me away by +force. Three times I fled from him before the marriage, and returned to +the inn, until the old man, who at all cost wanted me for a son-in-law, +set men to catch me and take me gagged to a little monastery in the +mountains. Forty days of fasting, genuflexions and prayers. I left +it quite repentant. I got engaged and I married. + +Only lately, one clear winter's night, while my father-in-law and +I were sitting talking together, as is the custom of the country, +in front of a flagon of wine, we heard from a prefect, who arrived +from the town where he had been making some purchases, that during +the day there had been a big fire at Haculeshti. Manjoala's Inn had +been burnt to the ground, burying poor Mistress Marghioala, who thus +met her end under a gigantic funeral pyre. + +"And so at the last the sorceress was thrown on the bonfire!" said +my father-in-law, laughing. + +And I began to tell the above story for at least the hundredth +time. Pocovnicu maintained, among other things, that the lady put a +charm into the lining of my cap, and that the kid and the cat were +one and the same. + +"May be," I said. + +"She was the devil, listen to me." + +"She may have been," I replied, "but if that is so, then the devil, +it seems, leads to the good." + +"At first it seems to be good, to catch one, but later one sees where +it leads one." + +"How do you know all this?" + +"That's not your business," replied the old man, "that's another +story!" + + + + + + + +ALEXANDRU LAPUSHNEANU + +1564-1569 + +By C. NEGRUZZI + + +Jacob Eraclid, surnamed the "Despot," perished by the hand of +Shtefan Tomsha, who then proceeded to govern the land, but Alexandru +Lapushneanu, after two successive defeats at the hands of the tyrant's +forces, fled to Constantinople, succeeded in securing aid from the +Turkish army, and returned to drive out the rapacious Tomsha, and +seize for himself the throne which he never would have lost had the +boyars not betrayed him. He entered Moldavia accompanied by seven +thousand spahees and three thousand mixed troops. He also brought +with him imperial orders for Han Tatar Nogai to collect some troops +with which to come to his aid. + +Lapushneanu rode with Vornic Bogdan by his side, both were mounted +upon Turkish stallions, and were armed from head to foot. + +"What think you, Bogdan," he said after a short pause, "shall we +succeed?" + +"How can your Highness doubt it," replied the courtier, "the country +groans under the harshness of Tomsha. The whole army will surrender +when you promise them higher pay. Those boyars who are still left +alive are only held back by fear of death, but when they see that +your Highness comes with force they will at once flock to you, and +desert the other." + +"Please God we shall not be obliged to do what Voda Mircea did in +Muntenia; but as I have told you, I know our boyars, for I have lived +among them." + +"This matter must be left to your Highness's sagacity." + +Thus speaking they drew near to Tecuci where they halted by a wood. + +"Sire," said a messenger approaching, "some boyars have arrived, +and crave an audience of your Highness." + +"Let them come," replied Alexandru. + +Four boyars soon entered the tent, where he was sitting surrounded +by his boyars and officers; two of them were elderly men but the +other two were young. They were Vornic Motzoc, Postelnic Veveritza, +Spancioc, the noble, and Stroici. They approached Voda Alexandru, +and bowed to the ground, but without kissing the hem of his garment +as was the custom. + +"Welcome, boyars!" said Alexandru, forcing himself to smile. + +"Good health to your Highness," replied the boyars. + +"I have heard," pursued Alexandru, "of the affliction of the land, +and I have come to deliver it; I know the country awaits me with joy." + +"Do not imagine that it is so, your Highness," said Motzoc. "The +country is quiet; it may be your Highness has heard things that are not +really facts, it being the habit of our people to make stallions out +of mosquitoes. For this reason the community has sent us to tell you +that the people do not want you, no one loves you, and your Highness +has only to turn back----" + +"You may not want me, I want you," replied Lapushneanu, and his +eyes flashed like lightning. "You may not love me, I will love you, +and will come among you with your consent or without it. I turn +back? Sooner may the Danube change its course! Ah! The country does +not want me? Do I understand that you do not want me?" + +"One dare not behead ambassadors," said Spancioc. "We are bound to +tell you the truth. The boyars have decided to take their way to +Hungary, to Poland, and to Muntenia, where they all have relations +and friends. They will come with foreign armies, and woe betide the +poor country when we have war between us, and maybe your Highness +will not do well because Shtefan Tomsha----" + +"Tomsha! Has he taught you to speak with such temerity? I know not +what prevents me from smashing the teeth in your jaw with this club," +he said, seizing the weapon from Bogdan's hand. "Has that wretched +Tomsha taught you?" + +"He who is worthy to be named the Anointed of God cannot be wretched," +said Veveritza. + +"Am not I, too, the Anointed of God? Did you not swear fealty to me +when I was only Petre Stolnic? Did you not choose me? What was my +reign like! What blood have I shed? Whom have I turned from my door +without due reward and help? And yet you do not want me, do not love +me? Ha, ha, ha!" + +He laughed; a laugh that distorted the muscles of his face, and his +eyes blinked incessantly. + +"With your Highness's permission," said Stroici, "we see that our +country will once more be under the heel of the heretics. When these +hordes of Turks have robbed and devastated the land, over whom will +your Highness reign?" + +"And with what will you satisfy the greed of these heretics, whom +your Highness has brought with you?" added Spancioc. + +"With your possessions, not with the money of the peasants whom you +fleece. You milk the country dry, but now the time has come when I +will milk you dry. Enough, boyars! Return and tell him who sent you +to be on his guard lest I catch him, if he would not have me make +flutes out of his bones, and cases for my drums out of his skin." + +The boyars retired sadly; Motzoc remained. + +"Why do you stay?" asked Lapushneanu. + +"Sire! Sire!" said Motzoc, falling on his knees. "Reward us not +after our iniquities! Remember this is your native land, remember +the scriptural admonition to forgive your enemies! Have pity on the +poor land. Sire! dismiss these pagan armies; come with only a few +Moldavians with you, and we will guarantee that not a hair of your +Highness's head shall be touched; and if you need armies we will arm +our women and our children, we will raise the country, we will call +up our retainers and our neighbours. Trust yourself to us!" + +"Trust myself to you?" said Lapushneanu, comprehending his +plan. "Perchance you think I do not know the Moldavian proverb: +'The wolf may change his skin, but never his habits'? Perchance I +do not know you, you especially? Do I not know that when my army +was outnumbered, when you saw that I was defeated, you abandoned +me? Veveritza is an old enemy of mine, but he has never concealed +the fact; Spancioc is still young, his heart is full of love for his +country; it pleases me to see his pride which he does not attempt +to conceal. Stroici is a child, who does not understand men yet, and +does not know the meaning of flattery, or a lie; to him it seems that +all birds that fly are fit to eat. But you, Motzoc, seasoned veteran +of hard times, accustomed to fawn on every ruler, you have sold the +Despot; you have sold me too, and will now sell Tomsha; tell me, +should I not be an arch fool to put my trust in you? Still, I pardon +you for daring to think that you could cheat me, and I promise you +my sword shall not stain itself with your blood; I will spare you, +for you are useful to me and will help to bear my blame. The others +are all drones, and the hive must be freed from them." + +Motzoc kissed his hand, like the dog which, instead of biting, +licks the hand that beats him. He was grateful for the promise given +him. He knew that Voda Alexandru would have need of an intriguer +like himself. The deputies had been commanded by Tomsha, in the +event of their being unable to turn Lapushneanu from his path, +to take the road to Constantinople, where by means of petitions +and bribes they were to try and compass his overthrow. But seeing +that he came with the good will of the Porte itself, and, moreover, +fearing to return without any success to Tomsha, he begged leave to +remain in his company. This was Motzoc's plan that he might himself +adhere to Lapushneanu. Leave was granted him. + + + +Tomsha, not finding himself in a position to offer resistance, fled +into Valahia, and Lapushneanu found no obstacle in his path. The +people round met him with joy and hope, reminding themselves of his +first reign, during which he had not had time to develop his odious +character. + +But the boyars trembled. They had two great reasons to be anxious: they +knew that the people hated them, and the monarch did not love them. + +Immediately upon his arrival Lapushneanu gave orders that all the +Moldavian towns, except Hotin, should be piled high with wood and +burnt, wishing thus to destroy the refuge of the discontented, +who many times, under the protection of their walls, hatched plots +and attempted rebellion. In order to undermine the influence of the +boyars, and to root out the feudal communities, he despoiled them of +their estates under every kind of pretext; in this way he deprived +them of their only means of reducing and corrupting the populace. + +But not deeming this plan sufficient he put persons to death from time +to time. For the smallest official mistake, upon the utterance of the +slightest complaint, the head of the culprit was spiked upon the gates +of the churchyard, with a placard setting forth his fault, real or +imaginary; the rotting head was only removed to make room for another. + +No one dared to speak against him, much less plot. A numerous guard +of mercenaries, Albanians, Serbs, Hungarians, driven out on account +of their misdeeds, found shelter with Alexandru, who bribed them +with high pay; the Moldavian army, under captains who were his own +creatures, he kept on the frontiers, he gave the soldiers leave to +go to their own homes, retaining only a small number. + +One day he was walking alone in the saloon of the royal palace. He +had had a long talk with Motzoc, who was in great favour, and who +had departed after devising a scheme for some fresh tax. He seemed +restless, he talked to himself, and was evidently meditating another +death or some fresh persecution when a side door opened, and admitted +the Princess Rucsanda. + +At the death of her parent, the good Petru Raresh, who--says the +chronicle--was buried amidst much lamentation and mourning in the +sacred Monastery of Probota, erected by himself, Rucsanda remained, at +a tender age, under the guardianship of her two elder brothers, Iliash +and Shtefan: Iliash, succeeding his father upon the throne, after a +short and stormy reign, retired to Constantinople where he embraced +Mohammedanism, and Shtefan took his place upon the throne. This man +was more cruel than his brother; he began by compelling all strangers +and Catholics to renounce their religion, and many rich families +settled in the country went into exile on this account, giving as a +pretext the poverty of the land and the decline in trade. The boyars, +many of whom were related by marriage to the Poles and Hungarians, +took offence, and entering into communication with the exiled boyars +decided that Shtefan should perish. Perhaps they would have delayed +to put this plan into execution if his excesses had not hastened it +on. "No woman was safe from his lust if she were fair," says the +chronicler in his naïve fashion. One day when he was at Tzutzora, +instead of waiting for the arrival of the exiled boyars, the boyars +who were with him cut the ropes of the tent under which he was seated, +in order to prevent his escape, and rushing upon him murdered him. + +After this Rucsanda alone remained of the family of Petru Raresh, and +the murderous boyars decided to give her as wife to one of their number +called Jolde, whom they had chosen to be their ruler. But Lapushneanu, +chosen by the exiled boyars, met Jolde, whom he defeated, and seizing +him he cut off his nose, and turned him into a monk; in order to win +the hearts of the people, who still kept a lively recollection of +Raresh, he married, and took to himself Raresh's daughter. Thus the +gentle Rucsanda found herself the partner of the conqueror. + +When she entered the hall she was clothed with all the magnificence +due to the wife, daughter and sister of a king. + +Above a long garment of cloth of gold, open in front, she wore a tight +coat of blue velvet trimmed with sable, and with long sleeves falling +back; she wore a girdle of gold which fastened with big clasps of +jasper surrounded by precious stones; round her neck hung a necklace +of many rows of pearls. A cap of sable, placed rather on one side, +was ornamented with a white aigrette studded with jewels and held in +place by a big emerald flower. Her hair, according to the fashion of +the day, was parted and hung in braids over her back and shoulders. Her +face was of that beauty which once made famous the Roumanian women, +but which is rarely found to-day, for it has degenerated through the +mingling of foreign blood. She was also sad and languishing, like a +flower exposed unshaded to the burning heat of the sun. She had seen +her father die, had witnessed the abdication and withdrawal of one +brother and the murder of another. She had first of all been destined +by the community to be the wife of Jolde--whom she did not know--then +she was forced by that same community, who disposed without question +of her heart, to give her hand to Alexandru Voda whom she honoured +and obeyed as her husband, and whom she would have been ready to love +had she found in him the least trace of human feeling. Drawing near, +she bent and kissed his hand. Lapushneanu took her by the waist, +and lifting her as though she were a feather placed her upon his knee. + +"What tidings, my fair lady?" he said, kissing her on the brow. "For +what reason have you to-day, which is not a feast day, deserted your +spinning-wheel? What has roused you so early?" + +"The tears the widowed women shed at my door, and which cry to the Lord +Christ and the Holy Virgin for vengeance for all the blood you shed." + +Lapushneanu's face grew dark, and he unclasped his hands; Rucsanda +fell at his feet. + +"Oh, good my Lord! my brave husband!" she continued. "It is +enough! You have spilt so much blood, made so many widows, so many +orphans. Consider that your Highness is all powerful, and that a few +poor boyars cannot harm you. What does your Highness lack? You are +not at war with anyone; the land is quiet and submissive. I--God +knows how much I love you! Your Highness's children are fair and +young. Reflect that after life comes death, and that your Highness is +mortal and must give account of his deeds, for blood is not redeemed +by building monasteries; especially is it tempting and insulting God +to deem that you can propitiate him by erecting churches and----" + +"Thoughtless woman!" cried Lapushneanu, jumping to his feet, and from +force of habit he put his hand to the dagger at his belt; but instantly +controlling himself, he bent forward, and raising Rucsanda from the +floor he said: "My wife, do not let such foolish words escape your +lips, for God only knows what might happen. Be thankful to the great +saint and martyr, Dimitric Isvoritor, of blessed memory, to whose +honour we dedicate the church which we have built at Pangaratzi, +that he has hindered us from committing a great sin, and caused us +to remember that you are the mother of our children." + +"Even though I know you will murder me I cannot keep silence. Yesterday +when I wished to come in, a woman with five children threw herself +in front of my carriage and stopped me to show me a head fastened +to the courtyard gate. 'You will have to answer for it, Madam,' +she said to me, 'if you allow your husband to behead our fathers, +husbands and brothers. See, Madam, that is my husband, the father of +these children who are left orphans! Look well.' And she showed me +the gory head, and the head looked terribly at me! Ah, Sire, since +then I see that head incessantly, and I am afraid! I cannot rest!" + +"What will you?" asked Lapushneanu, smiling. + +"I will that you spill no more blood, that you cease to kill, that +I may see no more decapitated heads which make my heart break." + +"I promise you that after the day after to-morrow you will see no +more," replied Alexandru Voda, "and to-morrow I will give you a remedy +for fear." + +"What? What does that mean?" + +"To-morrow you will see. Now, sweet lady, go and see your children, and +attend to your house like a good mistress, and see to the preparations +for a feast, for to-morrow I give a great dinner to the boyars." + +The Princess Rucsanda departed after once more kissing his hand. Her +husband accompanied her to the door. + +"Ah, have you arranged everything?" he asked, moving quickly towards +his esquire who entered at that moment. + +"Everything is ready." + +"But will they come?" + +"They will come." + + + +At eventide came the news that on the next day, being Sunday, all the +boyars were to assemble at the Metropolitan Church, where the Prince +would be present to attend the Liturgy, and afterwards were to feast +at the court. + +Upon the arrival of Alexandru Voda divine service began; the boyars +were all assembled. Contrary to his usual custom, Lapushneanu was +dressed with regal splendour that day. He wore the crown of the +Paleologs; over his long Polish tunic of crimson velvet, he wore +a Turkish royal cloak. He carried no weapon except a small dagger, +inlaid with gold; but between the fastenings of the tunic could be +seen a shirt of mail. + +After listening to divine service he descended from his stall, +prostrated himself before the Icon, and approaching the shrine of +St. John the New, bent forward with great humility and kissed the +sacred relics. It is said that at that moment his face was very yellow, +and that the saintly shrine shook. + +Then once more ascending his stall, he turned to the boyars and said: + +"Most noble boyars! From the time I assumed kingship until this day, +I have shown myself harsh towards many: I have been cruel, severe, +shedding much blood. Only God knows how hard this has been for me, +and how I regret it, but you, boyars, know that I have only been +constrained thereto by the desire to end the various quarrels +and disputes which aimed at the disturbance of the country and my +destruction. To-day the state of affairs is different. The boyars have +come to their senses; they have realized that the flock cannot exist +without a shepherd as the Saviour said: 'They were distressed and +scattered as sheep not having a shepherd.' Most noble boyars! Let us +henceforth live in peace, loving one another like brothers, for this +is one of the ten commandments: 'Thou shalt love thy neighbour as +thyself,' and let us pardon one another, seeing that we are mortal, +beseeching our Lord Jesus Christ"--here he made the sign of the +cross--"to forgive us our daily trespasses as we forgive those that +trespass against us." + +Having finished this disjointed speech, he passed to the centre of +the church, and after prostrating himself once more turned towards +the people in front, and to the right and to the left of him, saying: + +"Pardon me, good people, and you also, most noble boyars!" + +"May God forgive you, your Highness!" they all replied, except two +young boyars who were standing lost in thought, hidden by a tomb near +the door, where no one paid heed to them. + +Lapushneanu left the church, bidding the boyars come and dine together +with him; he mounted his horse and returned to the palace. + +The people dispersed. + +"What do you think of it?" said one of the boyars, who, we have seen, +did not extend his pardon to Alexandru Voda. + +"I advise you not to dine with him to-day," replied the other. + +And they mixed with the crowd. They were Spancioc and Stroici. + +At the court great preparations had been made for this feast. The news +had spread that the Prince had made his peace with the boyars, and +the boyars rejoiced at the change, in the hopes they would once more +occupy positions whence they could amass fresh wealth at the expense of +the sweating peasants. As to the people, they were indifferent; they +neither expected good nor feared evil from this reconciliation. The +people were reconciled to the rule of Alexandru Voda. They only +grumbled about his Minister, Motzoc, who took advantage of his credit +with the Prince to cheat the mass of the people. Thus, although the +complaints of the community were continual about the thefts of Motzoc, +Lapushneanu either would not answer them or would not listen to them. + +As the hour of the feast drew near, the boyars arrived on horseback, +each accompanied by two or three retainers. They noticed that the +courtyard was full of armed mercenaries and that four guns were +trained upon the doors, but they concluded they were placed there +to fire the usual ceremonial salute. Perhaps one or two suspected +a trap, but once inside it was impossible to return, for the gates +were guarded and the sentries had orders to let no one pass out. + +Lapushneanu joined the boyars, forty-seven in number, and placed +himself at the head of the table, placing the Chancellor, Trotushan, +upon his right, and Home Secretary, Motzoc, upon his left. The pipes +began to play, and the viands were placed upon the table. + +In Moldavia at that period there was nothing remarkable in the +fashion of the food. The banquet only comprised a few varieties of +dishes. After the Polish soup came Greek dishes of boiled vegetables +floating in butter, then Turkish rice and finally a roast. The +table-cloth was of home-spun linen. The dishes containing the food, +the plates and the goblets, were of silver. Along the wall stood a row +of earthenware jars full of wine from Odobeshti and from Cotnari, and +at the back of each boyar waited some servant who poured out the wine. + +In the courtyard by the side of two roast oxen and four roast sheep, +three casks of wine had been broached; the retainers ate and drank, +the boyars ate and drank. Soon brains began to get inflamed: the +wine began to do its work. The boyars saluted, and congratulated the +Prince with loud applause, to which the mercenaries responded with +shouts and the guns with salvos. + +They were on the point of rising from the table when Veveritza raised +his glass, and bowing, said: + +"May your Highness live for many years! May you rule the land in +peace and may a merciful God strengthen the desire you have shown to +no longer molest the boyars or afflict the people----" + +He did not finish for the dagger of an esquire struck him right on +the forehead and felled him to the ground. + +"Ah, you would insult your Prince!" cried the esquire. "Upon them!" + +In a second, all the servants behind the boyars drew their daggers +and struck them; other soldiers under the captain of mercenaries +entered and slashed at them with their swords. In the meanwhile +Lapushneanu took Motzoc by the hand and drew him to the open window +whence to watch the butchery which began. He laughed; but Motzoc, +forcing himself to laugh, felt the hair rising upon his head, +and his teeth chattering. And, in truth, it was horrible to watch +that bloody scene. The fancy must picture a hall 33 ft. long and +30 ft. wide, a hundred and more desperate men, determined to kill, +executioners and victims, some fighting with the fury of despair, +others with drunken rage. The boyars had had no suspicions, thus +treacherously attacked from behind, and unarmed, they fell unable to +defend themselves. The older men died making the sign of the cross; but +many of the younger ones defended themselves with desperation; chairs, +plates, the implements upon the table became weapons in their hands; +some of the wounded gripped with fury the throats of the assassins, +and in spite of the injuries they received they squeezed them till +they suffocated. If one among them found a sword he sold his life +dearly. Many a mercenary perished, but finally not a boyar remained +alive. Forty-seven corpses lay upon the floor! In the struggle and +turmoil the table was overturned; the jars were broken and the wine +mixed with blood made a pool upon the boards of the hall. + +Simultaneously with the murder upstairs began the massacre in the +courtyard. + +The boyars' servants, finding themselves set upon without warning by +the soldiers, tried to flee. Only a few escaped with their lives; they +succeeded in scaling the walls and gave the alarm in the boyars' homes: +they called out others of the boyars' retainers and men, and roused +the populace. The whole city flocked to the gates of the courtyard, +which they began to destroy with axes. The soldiers, stupid with drink, +made little resistance. The crowd grew stronger and stronger. + +Lapushneanu, when he recognized the strength of the crowd, sent an +esquire to inquire what they wished. The esquire went out. + +"Well, Vornic Motzoc," he said, turning towards that person, "tell me, +have I not done well to rid myself of this rabble, to free the land +from this sore?" + +"Your Highness has acted with great wisdom," replied the obsequious +courtier; "I have long had it in my mind to advise your Highness +to do this, but I see your Highness's sagacity has anticipated me, +and you have done well to destroy; because--why--it was----" + +"I see the esquire tarries," said Lapushneanu, cutting short Motzoc, +who was becoming involved in his speech. "I think we will give orders +to fire a round into the mob. Ha! what think you?" + +"Certainly, certainly, let us turn the guns on them; there is not +much loss in a few hundred churls dying when so many boyars have +perished. Yes, let us destroy them root and branch." + +"I expected just such an answer," said Lapushneanu with irritation, +"but we will see first what it is they ask." + +At that moment the esquire stepped through the door into the courtyard, +and making a sign, cried: + +"Good people! His Highness sends to inquire what it is you want and +ask, and wherefore you are come with so much noise?" + +The crowd stood open-mouthed. They had not expected such a +question. They had come without knowing why, or what they wanted. They +collected quietly into little groups and asked one another what it +was they did want. At last they began to shout: + +"Remit the taxes!" "Cease to harass us!" "Do not kill us!" "Do not +rob us!" "We remain poor!" "We have no money!" "Motzoc has taken our +all!" "Motzoc! Motzoc!" "He fleeces us and ruins us!" "He advises +the Voda!" "Let him die!" "To death with Motzoc!" "We want the head +of Motzoc!" + +The last words found an echo in every heart, and were like an electric +spark. All the voices rang together as one voice, and this voice cried: + +"We ask for Motzoc's head!" + +"What do they ask for?" asked Lapushneanu, as the esquire entered. + +"The head of Vornic Motzoc," replied the esquire. + +"How? What?" cried Motzoc, jumping like a man who has trodden on a +serpent. "You did not hear aright, fool! You try to jest, but this +is no time for jesting. What words are these! What would they do with +my head? I tell you, you are deaf, you did not hear well." + +"But very well," said Alexandru Voda, "just listen. Their cries are +audible here." + +In fact, as the soldiers no longer resisted them, the people had begun +to clamber up the walls whence they shouted at the top of their voices: + +"Give us Motzoc!" "We want Motzoc's head!" + +"Oh, miserable sinner that I am!" cried the wretched man, "most Holy +Mother of God, do not let me be destroyed. What have I done to these +men? Holy Virgin save me from this danger, and I swear to build a +church to pray for the rest of my days, I will enshrine with silver the +miracle-working Icon from the Neamtzu Monastery. But gracious Prince, +do not listen to these common people, to these churls. Command that +the guns decimate them. Let them all die! I am a great boyar, they +are only churls!" + +"Churls, but many of them," replied Lapushneanu coldly: "would it not +be a sin to murder many men for the sake of one? Only reflect. Go +and sacrifice yourself for the good of the realm, as you yourself +said when you told me that the country neither wanted me nor loved +me. Rejoice that the people repay you for the service you rendered +me, betraying to me the army of Anton Sechele, then destroying me, +and taking Tomsha's side." + +"Oh, unfortunate man that I am!" cried Motzoc, tearing his beard, +for he realized from the tyrant's words that there was no escape for +him. "At least let me go and put my house in order! Have pity upon +my wife and children! Give me time to confess!" And he cried and +screamed and groaned. + +"Enough!" cried Lapushneanu. "Do not wail like a woman. Be a brave +Roumanian. What can you confess? What can you say to the priest? That +you are a thief and robber? All Moldavia knows that. Come! Take +him and give him to the people and tell them that this is the way +Alexandru Voda serves those who rob the country." + +The esquire and the captain of mercenaries immediately laid hands +upon him. + +The wretched boyar yelled as loudly as possible, trying to protect +himself, but how could his old hands shield him from the four strong +arms that carried him? He tried to stand upon his feet, but they caught +in the dead bodies of the victims and slipped upon the blood which +had congealed upon the boards. As last his strength became exhausted, +and the tyrant's satellites carried him more dead than alive to the +door of the courtyard, and thrust him out among the crowd. + +The miserable boyar fell into the arms of the many-headed Hydra, +which in a second tore him to pieces. + +"See how Alexandru Voda rewards those who rob the land!" said the +tyrant's emissaries. + +"Long live His Highness the Voda!" replied the crowd. And they +dispersed, rejoicing over their victim. + +While the unhappy Motzoc was being thus treated, Lapushneanu ordered +that the table should be replaced, and the utensils collected; the +heads of the murdered were then cut off, and the bodies thrown out of +the window. After which, he took the heads and quietly and methodically +set them in the middle of the table; he placed the less important +boyars below, and the more important above, according to their family +and rank, until he had made a pyramid of forty-seven heads, the +top of which he crowned with the head of an important Logofat. Then +after washing his hands, he went to a side door, withdrew the bolt +and wooden bar which secured it, and entered the Princess's apartment. + +From the beginning of this tragedy, the Princess Rucsanda, ignorant +of what was taking place, had been anxious. She did not understand +the cause of the noise she heard, for, according to the custom of +the time, women could not leave their apartment, and the servants +could not risk going amongst soldiers of whose discipline they knew +nothing. One among them, bolder than the others, had gone out, had +heard it said that an attack had been made upon the Voda, and had +carried these tidings to her mistress. + +The gentle Princess was terrified, fearing the fury of the mob, +and when Alexandru entered he found her praying before the Icon, +with her children by her side. + +"Ah," she cried, "our Lady be praised that I see you again! I have +been greatly frightened." + +"Wherefore? Because I promised I would prepare you a remedy for +fear? Come with me, Madam." + +"But those cries, those shouts we heard?" + +"Nothing. The servants began to wrangle, but they are quiet now." + +So saying he took Rucsanda by the hand, and led her to the +dining-hall. She gave a cry of horror at the terrible sight and +fainted. + +"A woman is always a woman," said Lapushneanu, smiling, "instead of +rejoicing, she is horrified." + +He lifted her in his arms, and took her back to her apartment. Then he +returned again to the hall where he found the captain of mercenaries +and the esquire awaiting him. + +"You can throw these corpses over the wall to the dogs, but set their +heads upon the wall," he said to the mercenary. "And you," he said, +addressing the esquire, "are to lay hands upon Spancioc and Stroici." + +But Stroici and Spancioc were already close to the Dniester. + +Their pursuers only caught up with them when they had crossed the +frontier. + +"Tell him who sent you," Spancioc shouted back, "that he will not +see us till he is about to die!" + + + +Four years passed since this scene, during which time Alexandru +Lapushneanu, faithful to the promise made to the Princess Rucsanda, +did not execute a single boyar. But, because he was unable to stifle +his overmastering desire to witness human suffering, he invented +various forms of torture. + +He had eyes put out, noses cut off, he mutilated and maimed any person +he suspected; even his suspicions were imaginary, for no one ventured +to make the slightest complaint. All the same he was not at ease, +for he could not lay hands on Spancioc and Stroici, who remained +at Kamenitza, waiting, abiding their time. Although he had two +highly-placed sons-in-law with great influence at the Polish court, +he was anxious lest these two boyars should solicit the aid of the +Poles, who were only seeking a pretext to invade Moldavia; but these +two Roumanians were too good patriots not to reflect that war and +the arrival of foreign soldiers would be the ruin of their native land. + +Lapushneanu wrote to them many times in succession that if they would +only return he would pledge himself, by the most sacred oath, to do +them no harm; but they knew the value of his oath. In order to observe +them more closely, he moved to the town of Hotin which he fortified +with care, but he became ill from spleen here. The disease made rapid +strides, and the tyrant soon saw himself at the portal of the tomb. + +In the delirium of his fever he seemed to see all the victims of his +cruelty, terrifying and admonitory, threatening him and calling to the +most just God for justice. In vain he tossed upon his bed of sickness, +he could not find relief. + +Summoning Teofan, the Metropolitan, the Bishops and boyars, he informed +them that he felt the end of his life to be approaching; he humbled +himself, and implored pardon for all the wrong he had done. Finally, +he begged for consideration for his son, Bogdan, to whom he left the +throne of the realm if they would assist him. Being of tender years, +and surrounded by powerful enemies, he would be unable to protect +either himself or his country unless the boyars preserved unity among +themselves and affection and loyalty to the Ruler. + +"As for myself," he proceeded to say, "if I recover from this sickness, +I am determined to become a monk in the Monastery of Slatina, where +I may repent for the rest of the days that it pleases God to leave +me. Therefore, I beseech you, Fathers, when you see me at the point +of death to shave me like a monk----" + +He was not able to say much more. He was seized with convulsions, +and a terrible coma like death itself stiffened his body, so that the +Metropolitan and the Bishops, believing him to be expiring, canonized +him, bestowing upon him the name of Paisie after that of Peter, which +name he had borne previous to becoming Prince. After this they paid +homage to the Princess Rucsanda as regent during the minority of her +son, and proclaimed Bogdan king. + +Immediately after they sent envoys to all the boyars within the +country and to the exiles, and to the captains of the army. + +The twilight was approaching when Stroici and Spancioc arrived. + +Dismounting at an inn, they approached the castle with haste. The town +was silent and dreary like some gigantic tomb. Only the murmuring +waters of the Dniester were audible as they continually washed the +slopes of the grey bare banks, and the monotonous cry of the sentries +who examined each other by the evening light along the length of their +lances. Pursuing their way into the palace, they experienced no small +surprise at meeting no one; at last a lacquey showed them the sick +man's room. As they were about to enter they heard a loud noise, +and paused to listen. + +Lapushneanu was rousing from his lethargy. Upon opening his eyes he +saw two monks standing, the one at his head, and the other at his +feet, motionless, like two statues of bronze; he glanced at himself, +and found himself clothed in the habit of a monk; round his head was +a cowl. He tried to raise his hand, but was prevented by the strings +of a rosary. It seemed to him as though he dreamed, and he closed +his eyes again; but opening them once more after a little while he +saw the same things, the rosary, the cowl, the monks. + +"How are you feeling now, Brother Paisie?" one of the monks asked him, +seeing that he was not sleeping. + +This name brought back to his mind all that had taken place. His +blood began to boil and half raising himself he cried: + +"What are these? Ah, you are making fun of me! Avaunt, foul +creatures! Go, or I will murder you all!" + +He sought a weapon with his hand, but finding nothing but the cowl +he flung it with his hand at the head of one of the monks. + +At the sound of his shouting, the Princess, with her son, the +Metropolitan, the boyars and servants, all entered the room. + +Meanwhile the other two boyars arrived and stood by the door listening. + +"Ah, you wanted to turn me into a monk," cried Lapushneanu in a raucous +and terrible voice. "You thought to get rid of me? But you can dismiss +that idea! God or the devil will make me well again, and----" + +"Unhappy man, do not blaspheme," said the Metropolitan, cutting him +short. "Do not forget you are in the hour of death! Reflect, sinful +man, that you are a monk, you are no longer Ruler! Reflect that such +ravings and yells are frightening this innocent woman, and this child +in whom rests the hope of Moldavia." + +"Infernal hypocrite!" added the sick man, endeavouring to rise from +his bed. "Hold your tongue; it was I who made you Metropolitan, +and I unfrock you. You tried to make me a priest but I will put +that right. There are many I will make into priests. But as for that +bitch, I will cut her into four pieces with her pup so that they may +never again listen to the advice of hypocrites or to my enemies. He +lies who says I am a monk. I am no monk--I am Ruler. I am Alexandru +Voda! Help! Help! Where are my soldiers? Fetch them! Fetch them all! I +will command them. Kill all these people. Let none escape. Ah! I am +choking! Water! Water! Water!" And he fell back exhausted, gasping +with excitement and fury. + +The Princess and the Metropolitan retired. At the door they came face +to face with Stroici and Spancioc. + +"Madam," said Spancioc, seizing Rucsanda's hand, "that man must die +at all costs. See this powder, pour it into his drink." + +"Poison," she cried with a shudder. + +"Poison!" pursued Spancioc. "Unless this man dies at once, the lives +of your Highness and your son are in danger. The father has lived +long enough and done enough. Let the father die that the son may live." + +A servant came out of the room. + +"What is it?" asked the Princess. + +"The sick man has roused and asks for water and his son. He bade me +not to return without him." + +"Oh, they wish to kill him," groaned the wretched mother, pressing +her son passionately to her breast. + +"There is not time for hesitation, Madam," added Spancioc. "Think of +the wife of Voda Shtefanitza and choose between father and son." + +"What say you, Father?" said the poor woman, turning towards the +Metropolitan, with her eyes full of tears. + +"This man is cruel and fierce, my daughter; may the Lord God give you +counsel. As for me, I go to prepare for our departure with our new +Ruler; for our late Prince, may God pardon him, and also forgive you." + +With these words the holy Teofan departed. + +Rucsanda took a silver cup full of water, which was handed to her +by the servant, and then, amid the entreaties and arguments of the +boyars, poured the poison into it. The boyars pushed her into the +sick man's room. + +"What is he doing?" asked Spancioc of Stroici, who pushed open the +door again and looked in. + +"He asks for his son--he says he wishes him to come to him--he asks +for a drink--the Princess trembles--she gives him the cup--he will +not take it!" + +Spancioc starts and draws his dagger from his belt. + +"But yes, he takes it, he drinks. May it do your Highness good!" + +Rucsanda emerged shaking and livid, and supporting herself against +the wall. + +"You must render account before God," she said, sighing, "for you +have caused me to commit this sin." + +The Metropolitan arrived. + +"Let us go," he said to the Princess. + +"But who will tend to this wretched man?" + +"We will," replied the boyars. + +"Oh, Father, what have you made me do!" said the Princess to the +Metropolitan, and she went sobbing with him. + +The two boyars went into the sick man. The poison had not yet begun +to do its work. Lapushneanu lay stretched out, his face uppermost, +calm but very weak. When the two boyars entered, he looked at them +for some time, but not recognizing them he asked who they were, +and what they had to say. + +"I am Stroici," replied one. + +"And I am Spancioc," added the other, "and our wish is to see you +before you die as we promised you." + +"Oh, my enemies!" sighed Alexandru. + +"I am Spancioc," continued that person, "Spancioc whom you would +fain have beheaded when you murdered the forty-seven boyars, and +who escaped from your clutches! Spancioc, whose property you have +destroyed leaving his wife and children to beg for alms at the doors +of Christian houses." + +"Ah, I feel as though a fire burnt me!" cried the sick man, grasping +his stomach with both hands. + +"To-day we free ourselves, for you must die. The poison works." + +"Oh, you have poisoned me, infamous creatures! Oh, what a fire! Where +is the Princess? Where is my son?" + +"They have gone away and left you to us." + +"They have gone away and left me! Have left me to you! Oh, kill me +and let me escape from suffering. Oh, stab me, you are still young, +have pity, free me from the agony that rends me, stab me!" he said, +and turned towards Stroici. + +"I will not desecrate my noble dagger with the blood of such a +worthless tyrant as you." + +The pains increased. The poisoned man writhed in convulsions. + +"Oh," he cried, "my very soul burns me! Oh, give me water--give me +something to drink." + +"Look," said Spancioc, taking the silver cup from the table, "the +dregs of the poison are left. Drink and quench your thirst!" + +"Nay, nay, I will not," said the sick man, setting his teeth. + +Then Stroici seized him and held him tight while Spancioc, drawing a +knife from its sheath, unclenched his teeth with its point and poured +down his throat the poison which had remained at the bottom of the cup. + +Lapushneanu, roaring like a bull which sees the hand and axe which +is about to strike him, tried to turn his face towards the wall. + +"What, you do not want to see us?" said the boyars. "No, but it is +meet that you should see in us your punishment; learn to die, you who +have only known how to kill." And seizing him both together, they held +him inflexibly, staring at him with devilish delight and reviling him. + +The unhappy Prince writhed in spasms of agony, he foamed at the mouth, +he gnashed his teeth, and his bloodshot eyes protruded out of his +head; an icy sweat, sad forerunner of death, broke out in drops upon +his brow. After a torture of half an hour, he finally yielded up the +ghost in the hands of his judges. + +Such was the end of Alexandru Lapushneanu, who leaves a bloody page +in the history of Moldavia. + +A portrait of himself and his family may be seen to this day in the +Monastery at Slatina, which he built, and where he is buried. + + + + + + + +ZIDRA + +By M. BEZA + + +We were talking in the inn at Grabova and passing round the wine +without troubling ourselves as to the lateness of the hour. In time we +began to sing--as it is the custom to sing in these parts. One raises +his voice, while the others subdue theirs, till all take up the chorus: + + + Your head lies in my pouch, + Zidra, mighty Zidra! + + +Only our friend, Mitu Dola, was silent; he was much moved and kept +turning first to one side and then to the other. + +"Oh, that song!" he gasped when we stopped. Then suddenly to me: +"Do you know who Zidra was? And do you know who killed Zidra?" + +He took up his mug, drank from it several times, and then, with a +brain clouded by distant memories and the strong wine, he began to +tell me the story: + + + +"It must be some thirty years ago. Zidra was then a haiduk in +the Smolcu mountains. What a man! There was a heavy price upon +his head. His very name, passed from mouth to mouth, brought a +wave of fear. And we children would gather together in the evening +under the eaves of the fountains, by the church doors, and talk of +Zidra. This much we knew: at one time he had lived amongst us and +then had unexpectedly disappeared from the village; on account of +some murder everybody said. After a long time he appeared again, +robbing a long way this side of Smolcu: 'Zidra is at Seven-Hills; +Zidra is in the Vigla Forest.' + +"Whispering thus secretly, we would glance over our shoulders. We +would shiver as though we could feel a cold breath from the dark +thicket whence Zidra might appear. I pictured him just like my father, +probably because my father, too, was a striking figure. In a coat +with long flowing sleeves, his cap on one side, and his belt loaded +with pistols, my father--like all tax-gatherers at that period--was +on the road a great deal of his time, so that my mother and I remained +alone for weeks on end. + +"We had a house just on the outskirts of the village surrounded by a +beech wood, the shadows of which hung darkly above our heads. How it +would begin to moan at night! The rustling of the leaves, the prolonged +roar of the rocking trees was like some great waterfall. From our soft +bed, clasped in my mother's arms, I listened to the fierce din. From +time to time it ceased; then, through the silence, came the sound of +whistling, of shots, of the trampling of horses and of men. + +"I sighed with terror. 'Mother, supposing robbers should attack +us.' 'Hush! It is unlucky to speak of such things.' 'You know, +mother, Zidra is in Vigla Forest.' When I first mentioned this name +my mother trembled and started back, but quickly coming forward she +said hastily and with unusual anxiety: 'Who told you this?' 'Cousin +Gushu, mother. Gushu's father, mother, saw a host of vultures over +Vigla Forest circling round.' + +"My mother repeated in a puzzled way: 'Vultures circling round----' +Then, after thinking a moment, she said to herself: 'That is it; +that is where he halted and had his food--the vultures are attracted +by the smell.' + +"My father, arriving a few days later, said the same thing, while he +added that some shepherds had also seen Zidra. My mother was delicate, +her features bore the melancholy expression of some hidden sorrow. She +looked wan and remained staring into space. 'Eh? What?' said my father +sternly. 'Why should I be afraid of Zidra?' + +"He closed the conversation. But into our house there crept an +unexplained disquietude--something intangible, blowing like an icy +breath that made my mother shudder. How could I understand then? Time +alone has given me the explanation of it all. And to-day when I think +of the spot where this dark mystery unfolded itself old scenes and +things emerge from oblivion and stand vividly before me. I see the +yard of our house with the door opening into the wood, the staircase +leading into the bedroom; here is the hearth and along the walls are +the great wooden cupboards. Sitting upon the corner-seat by the fire +my mother spun at her wheel--often she would start to spin but seemed +as though she could not. She would constantly stop, her thoughts +were elsewhere. And if I asked her anything, she would nod her head +without listening to me. Only when, amid the loud rustle of the trees, +I would mention Zidra she would turn quickly, her eyes wide open, +and say with a shiver: 'Zidra?' 'Yes, mother.' + +"And when night fell she would try the doors one after the other. She +would walk up and down, a pine-torch in her hand, passing through +visions of horror, and with her went the smoking flame which rose and +fell as it struggled with the shadows, moving upon the ceilings and +floors and on the walls of the room where the sofa was, where it lit +up for a second the hanging weapons: an old musket, two scimitars, +some pistols. + +"Sometimes there was a pleasant silence over everything. The wood +slept, the country, too, was asleep. Then, in the light of the little +icon-lamp, could be heard the gentle hum of the spinning-wheel, +murmuring like a golden beetle in a fairy-tale, lulling me till +I slept. + +"During one of these nights--the wheel stopped and I heard +my mother saying: 'Tuesday at Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, +Thursday--Thursday----' She knew where my father usually stayed and +was calculating. + +"Becoming confused she began again from the beginning: 'Tuesday at +Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, Thursday--Thursday on the road.' And she +rose. She went to the lamp to pour in oil that it might burn till +the daylight. In the meantime a noise came from the yard and was +repeated more loudly. 'Mother, some one is knocking!' 'Who could be +knocking?' she murmured. + +"After a moment of indecision she went downstairs. Unintelligible +words followed--a man's voice, the door was shaken. My mother began to +speak gently, inaudibly. Soon everything was silent again. By my side +I could hear my mother's breath, coming short and with difficulty, +but her tongue remained tied. When she recovered herself she said +suddenly: 'Can I? How can I open? I am married. I cannot.' 'To whom, +mother--to whom must you open?' She took me tremblingly in her arms, +squeezed me to her, and pressed her burning cheek against mine. 'You +are too little. You do not understand, my treasure!' + +"And, after a while, talking more to herself, while the tears flowed +slowly down her cheeks: 'At the fountain in Plaiu--it is long ago. We +pledged our word--at dusk--God saw us; and in the end he made off +one day, and I waited for him--years and years I waited. Now what +does he want? I am married. What does he expect? Why did he come?' + +"Thus much I remember. I fell asleep close to my mother. The next day +she might just have got up after a long illness so white was she in +the face, with fear shining in her eyes. When my father saw her he +raised the thick bushy eyebrows which gave such a harsh appearance +to his hairy face. 'There is something wrong, something has happened.' + +"Could she deny it? They went into the room where the sofa stood, +and soon after my father broke out with: 'From henceforth either I +or he!' And he stormed about, taking long heavy strides while the +weapons clattered on the wall. He swore, and added with a wild burst +of laughter: 'Ha, ha! And the head and two hundred ducats!' + +"From now on he no longer took the road; he remained on guard. Spies +began to move about. Fierce-looking men knocked at the door. My father +went out, exchanged some rapid words with them, among which could be +continually heard the name of Zidra, and they disappeared. But what +were those cries, those sharp whistles through the night? Often, +too, across the hillocks came the sound of stones--stones striking +one against the other, and my father replied in the same way. And the +knocking sounds rose sonorous, ringing through the darkness as though +some strange birds were rattling their beaks. I heard it in my sleep +and shuddered. 'Have no fear,' whispered my mother, 'it is nothing, +my dear one. Your father is talking--with some sentries.' + +"A few weeks passed thus, until one midnight there appeared in the +further room four men in black cloaks, carrying guns; they seemed +to have sprung out of the ground. They shook hands and without a +moment's pause began moving about in the ruddy, uncertain light of +the pine-torch. In the silence outside--a silence caused by the fog +which deadened all sound--their words could be overheard. As my father +slung his scimitar over his shoulder, one of them said in a loud +clear voice: 'At Sticótur, in the monastery.' 'Since when?' 'Since +dinner-time to-day--he is eating and drinking.' 'The man is caught,' +said another. 'He can't escape this time.' + +"They went out quickly; they were lost in the black darkness which +began to vibrate with the rising of the wind. The bushes rattled and +bent beneath the rain--storms of rain beat and splashed against the +window-panes, a sea of sound, storm after storm." + + + +Here, as far as I can remember, Mitu Dola brought the story to a +close. I asked: + +"How did it end?" + +"Didn't you hear the song? My father took the head and put it in his +pouch. As he said, 'and the head and two hundred ducats.'" + + + + + + + +GARDANA + +By M. BEZA + + +Mitu Tega returned to the house much annoyed. As he entered his wife +asked him: + +"Well, has he not turned up yet?" + +"No, not to-day either." + +"This is what happens when you rely on an unknown man, a +stranger. Suppose he never comes. God forbid that he should go off +with the whole herd!" + +Tega did not reply. He sat motionless in the silent veranda, which +gradually grew dark with shadows of the evening mist, and pondered. Of +course such things did happen; he might have taken the goats and +gone off, in which case let him find him who can! Where could one +look for him? Whither could one follow him? + +And as he meditated thus he seemed to see the shepherd before his eyes; +he called to mind the first day he had seen him; a terrible man, like +a wild man from the woods, with a great moustache lost in a hard, +black beard, which left only his eyes and cheek-bones visible. He +came into him, and without looking him in the face, said: + +"I have heard--some people told me that you want a man to tend the +bucks. Take me, I am a shepherd." + +Tega gave him one look, he was just the kind of man he wanted. He +asked him: + +"Where do you come from?" + +"I come--well, from Blatza. Toli--Toli the shepherd--I have been with +many other goat owners." + +Tega looked at him again, considered a little, and said: + +"Good, I'll take you; may you prove honest, for, look, many a man +has cheated me, and many a man has stolen from me up to now." + +And so he engaged him. Toli stayed with Tega, and no one could have +conducted himself better. + +A month later they went together to the Salonica district, where they +bought goats, over eight hundred head. When it was time to return, +Tega--for fear of attack by brigands--went ahead secretly, leaving +Toli to follow on alone with the herd. The days slipped by--one week, +two--Toli did not put in an appearance. What could have happened? Many +ideas passed through Tega's brain. Especially after what his wife +had said. At night he could not sleep. He dozed for a while, and +then woke again, with his mind on the shepherd, tormenting himself, +until the crowing of the cocks heralded the dawn. Then he got up; and, +as he was short and plump, he took a staff in his hand, and proceeded +to the nearest hill whence could be seen the country opening out as +flat as the palm of a hand. + +At that hour the first blush of dawn glowed in the east. And slowly, +slowly rose the sun. Round, purple, fiery, it lit first the crests of +the mountains, then flashed its rays into the heart of the valleys; +the window-panes in the village suddenly caught the fiery light; the +birds began to fly; on the ground, among the glistening dew, flowers +raised their heads out of the fresh grass, a wealth of daisies and +buttercups like little goblets of gold. But Mitu Tega had no time +for such things. His eyes were searching the landscape. Something +was moving yonder--a cloud of dust. + +"The herd, it is the herd!" murmured Tega. + +He could hear the light, soft tinkle of the bells, sounding +melodiously in the spring morning. And see, see--the herd drew near, +the bell-carrier in front, two dogs with them, and last of all the +shepherd with his cloak round his shoulder. + +"Welcome," cried Tega with all his heart. "But, Toli, you have tarried +a long while. I was beginning to wonder----" + +"What would you, I did not come direct, I had to go round." + +The bucks played around, a fine, picked lot with silky hair, they +roamed about, and Tega felt as though he, too, could skip about, +could take the shepherd in his arms, and embrace him for sheer joy. + +As in other years, Tega kept the herd on the neighbouring slopes, +on the Aitosh hills. It was Toli's business to get the bread, salt, +and all that was needed, and once every two or three days, leaving the +herd in the care of a comrade, he would take his way to his employer's +house. Usually Tega's wife would be spinning at her wheel when he +went in. + +"Good day!" + +"Welcome, Toli," the woman said pleasantly. "Tega is not at home at +present, but sit down, Toli, sit down, and wait till he comes." + +The shepherd took off his cloak, and did not say another word. + +The veranda where they were sitting was upstairs; through the open +windows the eye could follow the distant view; the hills lay slumbering +in the afternoon light, along their foot lay a road--processions +of laden mules, whole caravans ascending slowly and laboriously, +winding along in bluish lines till lost to sight over the brow of +the hill. The woman followed them with her eyes, and without moving, +from her wheel, pointing with her hand, she said: + +"There are sheepfolds yonder, too, aren't there?" + +The shepherd nodded his head. + +"I never asked you, Toli, how are the goats doing? Do you think my +man chose well this year?" + +"Well, very well." + +That was all. He said no more. His deep-set eyes were sad, and black +as the night. A minute later footsteps sounded in the garden, and +then the voice of a neighbour: + +"Where are you, dear, where have you hidden yourself?" + +"Here, Lena, here," replied the woman upstairs. + +Lena mounted the stairs. Behind her came Doda Sili and Mia; they +had all brought their work, for they would not go away till late in +the evening. + +"Have you heard?" asked Lena. + +"What?" + +"Two more murders." + +Suspicion had fallen upon Gardana. He had become a kind of vampire +about whom many tales were told. Especially old men, if they could +engage you in conversation, would try and impress you with the story. + +In a village lived a maiden, modest and very beautiful. She was small, +of the same age as Gardana, who was a boy then. They were fond of +each other, they played together, they kissed each other--they kissed +as children kiss. But after a while the girl's form took on the soft +curves of coming womanhood; then it came to pass that they never kissed +each other, they knew not why, and when they were alone they did not +venture to look into each other's eyes; she would blush like a ripe +apple, and Gardana's lips would tremble. Then there appeared upon +the scene, from somewhere, a certain Dina, son of a rich somebody; +the girl pleased him, and he sent her an offer of marriage. Her father +did not think twice, her father gave her to him. + +And Gardana--would you believe it--after he realized that it was hard +fact, gnashed his teeth, beat his breast, and disappeared. Two days +later he was on the mountains, and a gang with him. + +Eh! love knows no bounds, love builds, but love also destroys many +homes. + +The girl's father was seized and murdered; not long after Dina was +murdered too. Then Gardana spread terror for many years in succession. + +For some time now, whatever he might have been doing, wherever he +might be in hiding, nothing had been heard of him. But as soon as +something happened, his name once again passed round the village: +"Gardana, it is Gardana!" + +Perhaps it was not he, perhaps he had left the mountains, perhaps +even he was dead; but the people who knew something---- + +"How many did you say there were?" asked Mia. + +"Two; both merchants. They came from abroad." + +"And who can have murdered them?" + +"No one but--Gardana." + +"How is it? But is Gardana still alive?" + +"Come, do you think he really is dead? No, no, they alone give this +kind of tidings of themselves." + +"And why?" + +"They have to be on their guard, the bailiffs are after them, they +might capture them." + +"Perhaps----" + +The spinning-wheel spun on. The spool wound the thread, the treadle +hummed, filling the room with a soothing noise. + +Doda Sili said wonderingly: + +"Who knows what kind of man he is?" + +"Gardana?" + +"Gardana." + +"Not a very big man, but large enough to terrify one, with a black +beard--oh, so black!--and, when you least expect it, there he is on +your road, just as though he had sprung out of the ground. Didn't +our Toli once meet him!" + +"How was that?" + +The spinning-wheel stopped suddenly. A swarm of gnats came in through +the windows, and buzzed round in the warmth of the sun; and Lena +said quietly: + +"It was on his way from the sheepfold; he came upon Gardana on the +Padea-Murgu." + +"Oh, it might have been somebody else." + +"It was he, he himself, with that beard, those garments----" + +And so the conversation continued. Toli, the shepherd, took no part +in the talk. He sat over on the floor, silent, impassive--like a +moss-grown stone. Only occasionally he raised his bushy eyebrows, +and a troubled, misty look shone in his eyes. Tega's wife wondered to +herself, she could not understand him; really, what was the matter +with him? He was brave, she knew he had not his equal for courage, +when he had charge of the herd not an animal was ever lost; all the +same, what a man he was, always frowning, and never a smile on his +lips! There must be something with him, naturally it must be---- +And breaking off her train of thought she suddenly spoke to him. + +"Toli, during all the months you have been with us I have never asked +you whether you are married?" + +The question was unexpected. The shepherd seemed to be +considering. Then he answered: + +"No." + +"What? You have never married? Have you no wife, no home?" + +"Home--ah!" he sighed. "You are right, even I once had a home, even +I had hopes of a bride, but they came to nought--what would you, +it was not written in the book of destiny--I was poor." + +He spoke haltingly, and his eyes wandered here and there. And after +one motion of his hand, as though to say "I have much sorrow in my +heart," he added: + +"That girl is dead--and I, too, shall die, everything will die." + + + +One afternoon in March, as the shepherd did not appear, Mitu Tega +prepared to go alone to the fold. He brought out the horse, bought +two bags of bread, and a lamb freshly killed, went to the mill where +he procured some barley, and then on slowly, quietly--he on foot, +the horse in front--till he reached his destination just as the sun +was disappearing behind the Aitosh mountains. + +The shepherds rubbed their eyes when they saw him, but he called out: + +"I have brought a lamb for roasting." + +"You must eat it with us," said Toli, "and stay the night here." + +"No, for they expect me at home." + +"Will you start back at this hour?" put in Panu, Toli's comrade. "The +night brings many perils." + +It was getting quite dark. Stars twinkled. Whether he wished to or +not, Mitu Tega was obliged to remain. Then the shepherds set to work; +one put the lamb on to the spit, and lit the fire; the other fetched +boughs from the wood. He brought whole branches with which they +prepared a shelter for the night for Tega--within was a bed of green +bracken. Then all three stretched themselves by the fire. Gradually +the flames sank a little, on the heap of live coals the lamb began +to brown, and spit with fat, and send out an appetizing smell. The +moon shone through the bushes; they seemed to move beneath the hard, +cold light which flooded the solitude. The shadows of the mountains +stretched away indefinitely. Above, some night birds crossed unseen, +flapping their wings. Mitu Tega turned his head. For a moment his +glance was arrested: by Toli's side, a gun and a long scimitar lay +shining on the ground. He was not nervous, otherwise----He glanced +at Toli. + +"What a man!" thought Tega. "I have nothing to fear while I am +with him." + +They began to eat, quickly and hungrily, tearing the meat with their +fingers, not speaking a word. Toli picked up the shoulder-bone of +the lamb, and drew near the fire, to scrutinize it, for some omen +for the future. + +"What's the matter?" Tega asked. + +"Nothing--only it seems to me--that there is blood everywhere, that +blood pursues. Look, and you, too, Panu." + +"There is," murmured Panu, "a little blood, one can see a spot, +two red patches." + +The hours passed. The dogs started off towards the woods. From their +bark there might be dangerous men on the move. Toli listened a moment, +took his gun, and said quickly to Tega: + +"Have you any weapon about you?" + +"I have--a pistol." + +"Take it out, and go in there, and do not move. But you, Panu, get +more over there--not near the fire, move into the shadow." + +He had scarcely finished speaking before the brigands were upon +them. They came stealthily through the bushes, avoiding the moonlight, +but the shepherd saw them, and without waiting fired a chance shot. + +"Don't shoot, don't shoot!" cried the robbers. + +A great noise arose--the flock scattered, the barking of the dogs +became gradually more and more excited; there was another report, +and yet another. Toli's gun gave a dull sound and was followed by +several cries: + +"You will kill us all like this, all----" + +"Down with your arms, lay down your arms!" cried Toli. + +"Look, man, we are putting them down; only don't shoot." + +"Drop them!" + +Toli's voice thundered. His voice alone was enough to make one tremble. + +The brigands threw down their arms, and advanced. There were three of +them. One was quite a young man, about thirty-five years of age, with a +worn face, and very pale. Blood was flowing from one foot and clotting +on to his white gaiters as it flowed. Toli went up to him and said: + +"I have wounded you--have I wounded you?" + +The brigand did not reply. Toli crossed his arms and shaking his +head asked: + +"Was it me you meant to rob? Was it me you meant to attack? Do you +know who I am?" + +They looked into each other's eyes, they stared at each other--deep +into each other's eyes they gazed. Each one was thinking: "Where +have I seen him before?" for they had surely known each other +somewhere. Vague memories of their past life, of bygone years began +to stir, and gradually, recollection dawned. + +"Gardana," said the brigand, "is it you?" + +Mitu Tega was startled. He shivered as though iced water were being +poured down his back. Who had uttered that name? Where was Gardana? He +was thunder-struck by what followed: Toli and the robbers shook hands, +embraced each other and conversed with each other. + +"Gardana, Gardana, I thought you were dead--they told me you had +died, Gardana!" + +"No, brother," said Toli. "It might have been better if I had died." + +Then after, a short pause: + +"But you are in pain, brother; I have hurt you--look, you were within +an ace of being killed, brother Manole, and I should have had another +man's soul, and another man's blood upon my head. There, you were +nearly killed. What brought you, what drew you within range of my +gun? Within an ace, brother Manole--another man's soul, another +man's blood----" + +For the first time for many years he seemed moved with self-pity. He +tore a strip from his shirt, bent over Manole, and dressed his +wound. The others watched, amazed. The waters were sleeping, +the forests were sleeping. From the trees, from the valleys, +from the grass, came voices murmuring in the silence of the night, +soft, remote, a sort of breath, more like a sigh from the sleeping +earth. Manole spoke: + +"Do you remember, Gardana? We were on the Baitan mountains, +you know--at Piatra-de-Furca--we were together when the bailiffs +hemmed us in on all sides--a host of them. We held our own till +nightfall. Eh! and then I saw what stuff Gardana was made of! You gave +us one call and went straight ahead--we after you, and so we escaped, +we cut our way through with our scimitars. Then, when the trumpets +gave the alarm, and the guns began to go off, I lost sight of you, +Gardana; we were all scattered, I remained alone in the valley under +Piatra-de-Furca. Do you remember? It must be five years, more--six +years ago. Where are all our comrades now?" + +"Our comrades--they have gone away, I let them go. Brother Manole, +heavy curses lie on my head--enough to crush me, brother. I was not a +bad man. You know how many times I went to Dina. I said: 'Don't drive +me too far, bethink yourself.' And I went to the girl's father. But +you see Dina was rich, Dina had flocks of sheep. And her father gave +her to him without asking whether the girl loved him. And after that, +tell me, brother, could I sit patiently by, bite my nails and say +nothing? Could I?" + +Toli Gardana ceased speaking. After a moment of reflection he added +softly: + +"But the girl faded away--she died of grief and disappointment. One +day the earth will cover me too, our bodies may rot anywhere, and +no one will weep--not a tear, they will all rejoice. I don't know, +brother, but since that girl died it seems to me I am not the man I +was. I wanted to kill myself, I roamed about here, and one day I went +to Tega. I was strong--I gave out that I came from Blatza, and that I +was a shepherd; who was he that he should know differently! But you, +brother, how has the world treated you?" + +"Harshly, Gardana. I was shut up in Tricol for three years. Prison +cut me off from life. For months I dug--with hands and nails I +dug--until one night, during a storm, I broke through the wall and +escaped with these two companions. And when I found myself back among +these mountains my thoughts turned to you. I had heard you were dead, +Gardana; but see what has happened, and how it has come to pass, +how fate brings these things about, brother Gardana ... it is not a +month since I escaped...." + +Before they were aware of it the shadows of the night began to melt +away. The brigands ceased to speak as though they feared the signs +of the coming day. They remained silent, their heads upon the ground +in the face of the glory of the flaming dawn. + +Toli Gardana asked: + +"Where are you going now?" + +"How should we know? No matter where. There are many forests." + + + + + + + +THE DEAD POOL + +By M. BEZA + + +We seemed to be between Mount Gramos and Mount Deniscu. I guessed it +to be so from the peaks, which showed like some fancies of the night, +keeping steadfast watch in the moonlight; the moon we could not see, +we could only feel her floating over us. The pale light shone only +in the ether above, and gradually diminished till it was lost to the +eyes in a mass of shadows; they fell like curtains, enveloping us, +dense, black. The silence extended indefinitely; it was as though +the world here had remained unchanged since its creation. Hardly a +breath of wind reached us. It always carried with it at this spot the +same odour of dank weeds, of plants with poisonous juices; everything +told of the neighbourhood of water--not fresh water, but water asleep +for centuries. + +"Can you see the pool?" questioned my companion, Ghicu Sina; and then +he added: "It is hidden, certainly, but look with attention." + +I looked, and after a time, getting accustomed to the darkness, I, +too, got the impression of something shining and smooth. + +"The pool----" + +"Only the pool? Some lights too?" + +"That is so," I whispered with a shudder. + +There on the surface of the water were flickering points of fire. They +could not come from above, they were not glow-worms, or sparks such +as one sees passing over graves. + +Ghicu Sina spoke: + +"They are reflections, the lights are burning in the pool." + +With the fear that seizes us in the presence of the supernatural, +I asked: + +"What induced us to stay here?" + +"Where else could we stop? There are no sheep-folds in these parts, +formerly there were such, but since the death of the Spirit who +guarded the mountains, none of them remain." + +After a pause he said slowly: + +"You have heard of dead pools?" He stood immersed in thought. "This +is a dead pool. I will tell you about it. + + + +"Once upon a time, when the trees were bursting into leaf, this +district was full of sheep. Flock after flock passed through, handled +by sturdy shepherds, well known in their own neighbourhood. Then one +spring-tide a stranger showed his face, beautiful as a god, wearing +upon his shoulders a cloak as white as snow. Every one wondered, 'Who +may he be, and whence does he come?' Many tales passed round until the +mystery began to unravel itself. In the valley of the Tempe, so runs +the story, whither he had wandered with the sheep, he fell in love +with the beautiful Virghea. Mad with love, when the family made the +winter-move, he followed her to the mountains; he came with a comrade +and wandered about till he settled his sheep-fold here, in these parts. + +"Ah! where had the fame of this Virghea of Gramuste not reached! All +the beauties of nature seemed to have bestowed some gift upon her: the +blue of heaven--the colour of her eyes; the shadow of the woods--the +mystery of their liquid depths; the setting sun--the gold of her soft +hair; the springs--the tone of her silvery laugh. Attracted by such +charms every youth fell at the feet of Virghea. But she did not care; +only when her eyes rested on the shepherd did her youthful being fill +with a burning desire. + +"Now day after day from the high ground about the sheep-fold could +be heard the sound of a flute; heard in the stillness of the dusk it +roused strange longings in the girl's breast. Then she would steal +out of the house, and the shepherd himself would come down towards +Gramuste. + +"About this time, there broke loose such a storm as had never been +seen before. The peaks began to rattle as though the mountains were +changing places, striking each other with noise like thunder. Thus it +continued for three days. Only on the fourth day, late in the evening, +could the shepherd leave the fold: he had taken only a few steps +when--what a sight met his eyes by the side of the pool! A big fire, +and round it a shadowy form. And suddenly the phantom spoke with hand +pointing to the spit which he held above the heap of burning coals: +'The heart of the Spirit of Deniscu.' + +"In a flash the shepherd realized the meaning of the hurricane of +the last few days. The guardian Spirits of the mountains had striven +together, and one had been overthrown. The shadow continued to speak: +'Turn this spit that I may rest a while. Taste not of the heart, +for if you touch it you will immediately die.' + +"The shadow fell into a profound slumber. + +"By the side of the fire the shepherd looked fearfully on all +sides. Far off, in the pale blue sky, a star broke away; it fell with +a long tail of fire, and went out. 'Some one will die,' sighed the +shepherd. The words of the Spirit flashed through his mind. 'H'm!' he +said. 'If I taste, perhaps the contrary is true, who knows?' So +thinking, he put his finger on the heart on the spit and carried it +to his mouth. The sensation was unspeakably pleasant. He laughed; +then quickly ate the whole heart. Immediately there rose within him a +cruel passion towards the sleeping Spirit; upon the spot he killed it +and took the heart. At once there came to him the strength of a giant, +the ground began to tremble beneath his footsteps, while aerial voices, +and voices from the water, sounded round him. Creatures never seen +before emerged from the pool; linked together by their white hands they +danced round in whirling circles. Thus changed, he reached his comrade +at the fold, and tried to explain, but his thoughts were elsewhere, and +his voice sounded as though from another world. He finished with broken +words: 'The water calls me--tell no one what has happened to me--take +my flute: if danger threatens come to the pool and sing to me.' + +"During the evenings that followed Virghea saw naught of the shepherd, +and she wondered at not seeing him, expecting him from day to day. So +days passed that seemed like weeks, and weeks seemed months, and they +went by without any news of him till the poor maiden took to her bed +from grief. Then the comrade of the hills remembered the shepherd's +words. He came at midnight to the side of the pool and sang--a long +time he sang. Towards dawn, when the strains of the flute died away, +there came from Gramuste the sound of two strokes of a bell, then +another two, and others in succession, mournful, prolonged. The echoes +answered back, as though other bells were ringing in other places, +resounding from hill to hill until they reached the bottom of the pool, +and after a time, to the voice of the bells were joined real words, +sobbing to the rhythm: 'Virghea is dead--is dead!'" + + + +Ghicu Sina paused a while. Although he had only told me these things +quite briefly, I felt their secret had entered my soul; with my +eyes upon the pool where the strange reflections constantly played, +I seemed to hear, as one sometimes hears the faint voice of memory +from a remote past, the sound of the bells and their metallic words: +"Virghea is dead--is dead!" + +And then, the story adds, he rose from the pool. Like the wind, he +raised her in his arms and carried her deep down to his translucent +palace where, to this day, little fiery points of light burn round +the head of the dead woman. + + + + + + + +OLD NICHIFOR, THE IMPOSTOR + +By I. CREANGA + + +Old Nichifor is not a character out of a story-book but a real man +like other men; he was once, when he was alive, an inhabitant of +the Tzutzuen quarter of the town of Neamtzu, towards the village of +Neamtzu Vinatori. + +When old Nichifor lived in Tzutzuen my grandfather's grandfather +was piper at the christening feast at the house of Mosh Dedui from +Vinatori, the great Ciubar-Voda being godfather, to whom Mosh Dedui +gave forty-nine brown lambs with only one eye each; and the priest, +uncle of my mother's uncle, was Ciubuc the Bell-ringer from the Neamtzu +Monastery, who put up a big bell at this same monastery at his own +expense, and had a fancy to ring it all by himself on big feast days, +on which account he was called the bell-ringer. About this time old +Nichifor lived at Tzutzuen. + +Old Nichifor was a cab-driver. Although his carriage was only fastened +together with thongs of lime and bark, it was still a good carriage, +roomy and comfortable. A hood of matting prevented the sun and rain +from beating down into old Nichifor's carriage. In the well of the +carriage hung a grease box with a greasing stick and some screws +which banged against each other ding! dong! ding! dong! whenever the +carriage moved. On a hook below the boot--on the left--was suspended +a little axe to be ready for any emergency. + +Two mares, white as snow and swift as flame, nearly always supported +the pole of the carriage; nearly always but not quite always; old +Nichifor was a horse-dealer, and when he got the chance he would +either exchange or sell a mare in the middle of a journey, and in +that case the pole would be bare on the one side. The old man liked +to have young, well-bred mares; it was a weakness with him. Perhaps +you will ask me why mares and always white ones, and I will tell you +this: mares, because old Nichifor liked to breed from them, white, +because the whiteness of the mares, he said, served him as a lantern +on the road at nights. + +Old Nichifor was not among those who do not know that "It is not +good to be coachman behind white horses or the slave of women;" he +knew this, but the mares were his own, and when he took care of them +they were taken care of and when he did not--well, there was no one +to reproach him. Old Nichifor avoided carrier's work; he refused to +do any lifting for fear of giving himself a rupture. + +"Cab driving," he said, "is much better; one has to deal with live +goods who go up hill on foot, and down hill on foot, and only stay +in the carriage when it halts." + +Old Nichifor had a whip of hemp twig, plaited by his own hand, with +a silk lash, which he cracked loud enough to deafen you. And whether +he had a full load or was empty, old Nichifor always walked up the +hills and usually pulled together with the mares. Down the hills he +walked to avoid laming the mares. + +The passengers, willing or unwilling, had to do the same, for they had +enough of old Nichifor's tongue, who once rounded on one of them like +this: "Can't you get out and walk; the horse is not like a blockhead +that talks." If you only knew how to appreciate everything that fell +from old Nichifor's mouth, he was very witty. If he met a rider on the +road, he would ask: "Left the Prince far behind, warrior?" and then, +all at once, he would whip up the mares, saying: + + + "White for the leader, white for the wheeler, + The pole lies bare on the one side. + Heigh! It's not far to Galatz. Heigh!" + + +But if he met women and young girls then he sang a knowing song, +rather like this: + + + "When I took my old wife + Eight lovers did sigh: + Three women already wed, + And five girls, in one village." + + +They say, moreover, that one could not take the road, especially in +the month of May, with a pleasanter or gayer man. Only sometimes, +when you pretended not to see you were passing the door of a public +house, because you did not feel inclined to soften old Nichifor's +throat, did you find him in a bad mood, but even on these occasions +he would drive rapidly from one inn to the other. On one occasion, +especially, old Nichifor coveted two mares which were marvels on the +road, but at the inns, whether he wanted to or no, they used to halt, +for he had bought them from a priest. + +My father said that some old men, who had heard it from old Nichifor's +own lips, had told him that at that time it was a good business +being a cab-driver in Neamtzu town. You drove from Varatic to Agapia, +from Agapia to Varatic, then to Razboeni; there were many customers, +too, at the church hostels. Sometimes you had to take them to Peatra, +sometimes to Folticeni, sometimes to the fair, sometimes to Neamtzu +Monastery, sometimes all about the place to the different festivals. + +My father also said he had heard from my grandfather's grandfather +that the then prior of Neamtzu is reported to have said to some nuns +who were wandering through the town during Holy Week: + +"Nuns!" + +"Your blessing, reverend Father!" + +"Why do you not stay in the convent and meditate during Passion Week?" + +"Because, reverend Father," they are said to have replied with +humility, "this wool worries us, but for that we should not come. Your +Reverence knows we keep ourselves by selling serge, and though we do +not collect a great deal, still those who go about get something to +live on...." + +Then, they say, the prior gave a sigh, and he laid all the blame on +old Nichifor, saying: + +"I would the driver who brought you here might die, for then he could +not bring you so often to the town." + +They say old Nichifor was greatly troubled in his mind when he heard +this, and that he swore an oath that as long as he lived he would +never again have dealings with the clergy, for, unfortunately, old +Nichifor was pious and was much afraid of falling under the ban of +the priests. He quickly went to the little monastery at Vovidenia +to Chiviac, the anchorite of St. Agura, who dyed his hair and beard +with black cherries, and on dry Friday he very devoutly baked an egg +at a candle that he might be absolved from his sins. And after this +he decided that from henceforth he would have more to do with the +commercial side. + +"The merchant," said old Nichifor, "lives by his business and for +himself." + +When he was asked why, old Nichifor answered jokingly: + +"Because he has not got God for his master." + +Old Nichifor was a wag among wags, there was no doubt of it, but +owing to all he had to put up with he became a bit disagreeable. + +I don't know what was the matter with her, but for some time past, his +old wife had begun to grumble; now this hurt her; now that hurt her; +now she had the ear-ache; now some one had cast a spell over her; +now she was in tears. She went from one old witch to the other to +get spells and ointments. As for old Nichifor, this did not suit him +and he was not at all at his ease; if he stayed two or three days at +home there was such bickering and quarrelling and ill will that his +poor old wife rejoiced to see him leave the house. + +It's plain old Nichifor was made for the road, and that when he was +off it he was a different man; let him be able to crack his whip and +he was ready to chaff all the travellers he met and tell anecdotes +about all the chief places he passed through. + +Early one day--it was the Wednesday before Whit-Sunday--old Nichifor +had taken a wheel off the carriage, and was greasing it when suddenly +Master Shtrul of Neamtzu town came up behind him; he was a grocer; +a dealer in ointments; he took in washing; he traded in cosmetics, +hair-dyes, toilet accessories, blue stone, rouge or some good pomade +for the face, palm branches, smelling salts and other poisons. + +At that time there was no apothecary in Neamtzu town and Master Shtrul +to please the monks and nuns brought them all they wanted. Of course +he did other business too. To conclude, I hardly know how to tell +you, he was more important than the confessor, for without him the +monasteries could not have existed. + +"Good morning, Mosh Nichifor!" + +"Good luck to you, Master Shtrul. What business brings you to us?" + +"My daughter-in-law wants to go to Peatra. How much will you charge +to take her there?" + +"Probably she will have a great many packages like you do, sir," +said old Nichifor, scratching his head. "That doesn't matter; she +can have them. My carriage is large; it can hold a good deal. But +without bargaining, Master Shtrul, you give me sixteen shillings and +a gold irmal and I'll take her there quite easily; for you'll see, +now I've attended to it and put some of this excellent grease into it, +the carriage will run like a spinning-wheel." + +"You must be satisfied with nine shillings, Mosh Nichifor, and my +son will give you a tip when you get to Peatra." + +"All right, then; may God be with us, Master Shtrul. I am glad the +fair is in full swing just now; perhaps I shall get a customer for +the return journey. Now I would like to know when we have to start?" + +"Now, at once, Mosh Nichifor, if you are ready." + +"I am ready, Master Shtrul; I have only to water the mares. Go and +get your daughter-in-law ready." + +Old Nichifor was energetic and quick at his work and he rapidly threw +some fodder into the carriage, spread out a couple of leather cushions, +put to the mares, flung his sheepskin cloak round his shoulders, +took his whip in his hand and was up and away. Master Shtrul had +scarcely reached home when old Nichifor drew up his carriage at the +door. Malca--that was the name of Master Shtrul's daughter-in-law--came +out to take a look at the driver. + +This is Malca's story: it appeared that Peatra was her native place; +she was very red in the face, because she had been crying at parting +with her parents-in-law. It was the first time she had been in Neamtzu; +it was her wedding visit as they say with us. It was not much more +than two weeks since she had married Itzic, Master Shtrul's son, or, +it would be better to say, in all good fellowship, that Itzic had +married Malca. He had quitted his parents' house according to the +custom, and in two weeks' time Itzic had brought Malca to Neamtzu and +placed her in his parents' hands and had returned quickly to Peatra +to look after his business. + +"You have kept your promise, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Certainly, Master Shtrul; my word is my word. I don't trouble myself +much. As for the journey, it's as well to set out early and to halt +in good time in the evening." + +"Will you be able to reach Peatra by the evening, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Eh! Do you know what you're talking about, Master Shtrul? I expect, +so help me God, to get your daughter-in-law to Peatra this afternoon." + +"You are very experienced, Mosh Nichifor; you know better than I +do. All I beg of you is that you will be very careful to let no harm +befall my daughter-in-law." + +"I did not start driving the day before yesterday, Master Shtrul. I +have already driven dames and nuns and noble ladies and other honest +girls, and, praise be to God, none have ever complained of me. Only +with the nun Evlampia, begging sister from Varatic, did I have a little +dispute. Wherever she went it was her custom to tie a cow to the back +of the carriage, for economy's sake, that she might have milk on the +journey; this caused me great annoyance. The cow, just like a cow, +pulled the forage out of my carriage, once it broke the rack, going +uphill it pulled back, and once it nearly strangled my mares. And I, +unhappy man that I am, was bold enough to say, 'Little nun, isn't it +being a penny wise and a pound foolish?' Then she looked sadly at me, +and in a gentle voice said to me, 'Do not speak so, Mosh Nichifor, +do not speak thus of the poor little cow, for she, poor thing, is not +guilty of anything. The anchorite fathers of St. Agura have ordained +that I should drink milk from a cow only, so that I may not get old +quickly; so what is to be done? I must listen to them, for these holy +men know a great deal better than do we poor sinners.' + +"When I heard this, I said to myself, that perhaps the begging +Sister had some reason on her side, and I left her to her fate, +for I saw that she was funny and at all events was determined to +drink only from one well. But, Master Shtrul, I do not think you are +going to annoy me with cows too. And, then, Mistress Malca, where +it is very steep, uphill or down, will always get out and walk a +little way. It is so beautiful out in the country then. But there, +we mustn't waste our time talking. Come, jump in, Mistress Malca, +that I may take you home to your husband; I know how sad it is for +these young wives when they have not got their husbands with them; +they long for home as the horse longs for his nose-bag." + +"I am ready to come, Mosh Nichifor." + +And she began at once to pick up the feather mattress, the soft +pillows, a bundle containing food, and other commodities. Then Malca +took leave of her parents-in-law, and got on to the feather mattresses +in the bottom of the carriage. Old Nichifor jumped on to the box, +whipped up the mares, and left Master Shtrul and his wife behind in +tears. Old Nichifor drove at a great pace through the town, the mares +seemed to be almost flying. They passed the beach, the villages, and +the hill at Humuleshti in a second. From Ocea nearly to Grumazeshti +they went at the gallop. + +But the other side of Grumazeshti old Nichifor took a pull from the +brandy flask which had come from Brashov, lit his pipe, and began to +let the mares go their own pace. + +"Look, Mistress Malca, do you see that fine, large village? It is +called Grumazeshti. Were I to have as many bulls and you as many sons +as Cossacks, barbarians and other low people have dropped dead there +from time to time, it would be well for us!" + +"God grant I may have sons, Mosh Nichifor." + +"And may I have bulls, young lady--I have no hope of having sons; my +wife is an unfruitful vine; she has not been busy enough to give me +even one; may she die before long! When I am dead there'll be nothing +left but this battered old carriage and these good-for-nothing mares!" + +"Don't distress yourself, Mosh Nichifor," said Malca, "maybe God has +willed it so; because it is written in our books, concerning some +people, that only in their old age did they beget sons." + +"Don't bother me, Mistress Malca, with your books. I know what I +know; it's all in vain, we never can choose. I have heard it said in +our church that 'a tree that bears no fruit should be hewn down and +cast into the fire.' Can one have anything clearer than that? Really, +I wonder how I can have had patience to keep house with my old woman +so long. In this respect you are a thousand times better off. If he +does not give you a child you'll get some one else. If that does not +do--why then another; and in due time will come a little blessing from +the Almighty. It's not like that with us who see ourselves condemned +to live with one barren stock to the end of our life with no prospect +of children. After all the great and powerful Lord was not crucified +for only one person in this world. Isn't it so, young lady? If you +have anything more to say, say it!" + +"It may be so, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Dear young lady, it is as I tell you. Houp là! We have gone a good +part of the way. Lord, how a man forgets the road when he's talking, +and when one wakes up who knows where one has got to. It's a good thing +the Holy God has given one companionship! Hi! daughters of a dragon, +get on! Here is the Grumazeshti Forest, the anxiety of merchants and +the terror of the boyars. Hei, Mistress Malca, if this forest had a +mouth to tell what it has seen, our ears could not hear more terrible +adventures: I know we should hear some things!" + +"But what has happened here, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Oh, young lady, oh! God grant that what has been may never be +again! One used to have some trouble to pass through here without +being robbed, thrashed or murdered. Of course this happened more often +by night than by day. As for me, up to now, I have never spoken in +an unlucky hour, God preserve me! Wolves and other wild beasts have +come out in front of me at different times, but I didn't hurt them; +I left them alone, I pretended not to see anything, and they went +about their own business." + +"Ah, Mosh Nichifor, don't talk about wolves any more, for they +terrify me." + +I have told you how amusing old Nichifor was; sometimes he would say +something that made you hold your sides with laughing, at other times +he would bring your heart into your mouth with fear. + +"There is a wolf coming towards us, Mistress Malca!" + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, where can I hide?" + +"Hide where you are, for I can tell you one thing, I am not afraid +of the whole pack." + +Then poor Malca, terrified, clung round old Nichifor's neck, and +stuck to him like a leech, and as she sat there she said, trembling: + +"Where is the wolf, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Where is it? It crossed the road just in front of us, and went into +the wood again. But if you had strangled me, young lady, and then +the mares had bolted, it would have been a fine look out." + +He had scarcely ceased speaking when Malca said softly: + +"Never tell me again that a wolf is coming, Mosh Nichifor, I shall +die from fright." + +"It is not that I say so; there is one just coming; there you have +one!" + +"Alas! What are you saying?" + +And again she hid close to old Nichifor. + +"What is young is young. You want to play, young lady, isn't that +it? It seems to me you're lucky, for I keep my self-control. I am not +very afraid of the wolf, but if some one else had been in my place----" + +"No more wolves will come, Mosh Nichifor, will they?" + +"Oho! you are too funny, young lady, you want them to come too +often. You mustn't expect to see a wolf at every tree. On St. Andrew's +Day many of them prowl together in the same place and the huntsmen +are on the watch. During the great hunt, do you think it's only a +few wolves that are put to shame by having to leave their skins as +hostages? Now we will let the mares get their wind. Look, this is +'Dragon Hill.' Once an enormous dragon alighted here, which spouted +flames out of his mouth, and when it whistled the forest roared, +the valleys groaned, the wild beasts trembled and beat their heads +together with fear, and no one dared pass by here." + +"Alas! And where is the dragon, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"How should I know, young lady? The forest is large, it knows where +it has hidden itself. Some say that after it had eaten a great many +people and peeled the bark off all the oaks in the wood it expired +at this spot. By others I have heard it said that it made a black +cow give it milk, and this enabled it to rise again into the skies +whence it had fallen. But how do I know whom to believe? People will +say anything! Luckily I understand witchcraft, and I am not at all +afraid of dragons. I can take serpents out of their nest as easily +as you can take a flea out of your poultry-house." + +"Where did you learn these spells, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Eh? My dear young lady, that I may not tell. My old woman--she was +just on twenty-four when I fell in love with her--what hasn't she +done! How she has worried me to tell her, and I wouldn't tell her. And +that's why she'll die when she does die, but why hasn't she died long +before, for then I could have got a younger woman. For three days I can +live in peace with her, and then it's enough to kill one! I am sick +to death of the old hag. Every minute she worries and reproaches me +by her manner. When I think that when I return I have got to go back +to her, I feel wild--just inclined to run away--nothing more nor less." + +"Stop, stop, Mosh Nichifor, you men are like that." + +"Eh! Mistress Malca, here we are near the top of the wood. Won't +you walk a little while we go up the hill? I only say it because I +am afraid you will get stiff sitting in the carriage. Look at the +lovely flowers along the edge of the wood, they fill the air with +sweetness. It is really a pity for you to sit huddled up there." + +"I am afraid of the wolf, Mosh Nichifor," said Malca, shaking. + +"Let's have done with that wolf. Have you nothing else to talk about?" + +"Stand still that I may get down." + +"Wo! Step gently here on to the step of the carriage. Ah, now I +see for myself that you are sturdy; that's how I like people to be, +born not laid." + +While Malca gathered some balm to take to Itzic, old Nichifor stood +still and tinkered a little at the carriage. Then he called quickly: + +"Are you ready, young lady? Come, get in and let us get on with the +help of God; from here on it is mostly down hill." + +After Malca has mounted she asked: + +"Are we a little late, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"If we meet with no obstacles I shall soon have you in Peatra." + +And he whipped up the mares, saying: + + + "White for the leader, white for the wheeler + The pole lies bare on the one side. + Heigh! It's not far to Galatz. Heigh!" + + +He had scarcely gone twenty yards when--bang! An axle-pin broke. + +"Well, here's a to-do!" + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, we shall be benighted in the wood." + +"Don't take it amiss, Mistress Malca. Come, it's only happened to me +once in my life. While you eat a little something, and the mares put +away a bit of fodder, I shall have replaced the axle-pin." + +When old Nichifor came to look at the hook, the little axe had +disappeared! + +"Well, what has been had to be," said old Nichifor, knitting his +eyebrows, and getting angry as he thought of it. "If God punishes the +old woman, may he punish her! See how she takes care of me; there is +no axe here." + +When poor Malca heard this she began to sigh and to say: + +"Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?" + +"Now, young lady, don't lose heart, for I have still a ray of hope." + +He drew his pocket-knife out of its sheath, he went to the side of +the carriage, and began to cut away at a young oak of the previous +year. He cut it as best he could, then he began to rummage about +in a box in the carriage to find some rope; but how could he find +it if it had not been put in? After looking and looking in vain, he +cut the cord from the nose-bag, and a strap from the bridle of one +of the mares to tie the sapling where it was wanted, put the wheel +in position, slipped in the bit of wood which ran from the head of +the axle to the staff-side of the carriage, twisted round the chain +which connected the head of the axle with the shaft, and tied it to +the step; then he lit his pipe and said: + +"Look, my dear young lady, how necessity teaches a man what to do. With +old Nichifor of Tzutzuen no one comes to grief on the road. But from +now on sit tight in the bottom of the carriage, and hold fast to the +back of your seat, for I must take these mares in hand and make them +gallop. Yes, I warrant you, my old woman won't have an easy time when +I get home. I'll play the devil with her and teach her how to treat +her husband another time, for 'a woman who has not been beaten is +like a broken mill.' Hold tight, Mistress Malca! Houp-là!" + +And at once the mares began to gallop, the wheels to go round, and +the dust to whirl up into the sky. But in a few yards the sapling +began to get hot and brittle and--off came the wheel again! + +"Ah! Everything is contrary! It's evident I crossed a priest early +this morning or the devil knows what." + +"Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?" + +"We shall do what we shall do, young lady. But now stay quiet here, +and don't speak a word. It's lucky this didn't happen somewhere in +the middle of the fields. Praise be to God, in the forest there is +enough wood and to spare. Perhaps some one will catch us up who can +lend me an axe." And as he spoke he saw a man coming towards them. + +"Well met, good man!" + +"So your carriage has broken the road!" + +"Put chaff aside, man; it would be better if you came and helped me to +mend this axle, for you can see my heart's breaking with my ill luck." + +"But I am in a hurry to get to Oshlobeni. You'll have to lament in +the forest to-night; I don't think you'll die of boredom." + +"I am ashamed of you," said Nichifor sulkily. "You are older than I +am and yet you have such ideas in your head." + +"Don't get excited, good man, I was only joking. Good luck! The Lord +will show you what to do." And on he went. + +"Look, Mistress Malca, what people the devil has put in this world! +He is only out to steal. If there had been a barrel of wine or brandy +about, do you think he would have left the carriage stuck in the +middle of the road all that time? But I see, anything there is to do +must be done by old Nichifor. We must have another try." + +And again he began to cut another sapling. He tried and he tried +till he got that, too, into place. Then he whipped up the mares and +once more trotted a little way, but at the first slope, the axle-pin +broke again. + +"Now, Mistress Malca, I must say the same as that man, we shall have +to spend the night in the forest." + +"Oh! Woe is me! Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you saying?" + +"I am saying what is obvious to my eyes. Look yourself; can't you see +the sun is going down behind the hill, and we are still in the same +place? It is nothing at all, so don't worry. I know of a clearing +in the wood quite near here. We will go there, and we shall be just +as though we were at home. The place is sheltered and the mares can +graze. You'll sleep in the carriage, and I shall mount guard all +night. The night soon passes, we must spend it as best we can, but I +will remind my old woman all the rest of her days of this misfortune, +for it is her fault that things have gone so with me." + +"Well, do what you think best, Mosh Nichifor; it's sure to be right." + +"Come, young lady, don't take it too much to heart, for we shall be +quite all right." + +And at once old Nichifor unharnessed the mares and, turning the +carriage, he drew it as well as he could, till he reached the clearing. + +"Mistress Malca, it is like a paradise straight from God here; where +one lives for ever, one never dies! But you are not accustomed to the +beauty of the world. Let us walk a little bit while we can still see, +for we must collect sticks to keep enough fire going all night to +ward off the mosquitoes and gnats in the world." + +Poor Malca saw it was all one now. She began to walk about and +collect sticks. + +"Lord! you look pretty, young lady. It seems as though you are one +of us. Didn't your father once keep an inn in the village somewhere?" + +"For a long time he kept the inn at Bodesti." + +"And I was wondering how you came to speak Moldavian so well and +why you looked like one of our women. I cannot believe you were +really afraid of the wolf. Well, well, what do you think of this +clearing? Would you like to die without knowing the beauty of the +world? Do you hear the nightingales, how charming they are? Do you +hear the turtle-doves calling to each other?" + +"Mosh Nichifor, won't something happen to us this evening? What will +Itzic say?" + +"Itzic? Itzic will think himself a lucky man when he sees you at +home again." + +"Do you think Itzic knows the world? Or what sort of accidents could +happen on the road?" + +"He only knows how to walk about his hearth or by the oven like my +worn-out old woman at home. Let me see whether you know how to make +a fire." + +Malca arranged the sticks; old Nichifor drew out the tinder box and +soon had a flame. Then old Nichifor said: + +"Do you see, Mistress Malca, how beautifully the wood burns?" + +"I see, Mosh Nichifor, but my heart is throbbing with fear." + +"Ugh! you will excuse me, but you seem to belong to the Itzic +breed. Pluck up a little courage! If you are so timid, get into the +carriage, and go to sleep: the night is short, daylight soon comes." + +Malca, encouraged by old Nichifor, got into the carriage and lay down; +old Nichifor lighted his pipe, spread out his sheepskin cloak and +stretched himself by the side of the fire and puffed away at his pipe, +and was just going off to sleep when a spark flew out on to his nose! + +"Damn! That must be a spark from the sticks Malca picked up; it has +burnt me so. Are you asleep, Mistress?" + +"I think I was sleeping a little, Mosh Nichifor, but I had a nightmare +and woke up." + +"I have been unlucky too; a spark jumped out on to my nose and +frightened sleep away or I might have slept all night. But can anyone +sleep through the mad row these nightingales are making? They seem +to do it on purpose. But then, this is their time for making love to +each other. Are you asleep, young lady?" + +"I think I was going to sleep, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Do you know, young lady, I think I will put out the fire now at once: +I have just remembered that those wicked wolves prowl about and come +after smoke." + +"Put it out, Mosh Nichifor, if that's the case." + +Old Nichifor at once began to put dust on the fire to smother it. + +"From now on, Mistress Malca, you can sleep without anxiety till the +day dawns. There! I've put out the fire and forgotten to light my +pipe. But I've got the tinder box. The devil take you nightingales: +I know too well you make love to each other!" + +Old Nichifor sat thinking deeply until he had finished his pipe, then +he rose softly and went up to the carriage on the tips of his toes. + +Malca had begun to snore a little. Old Nichifor shook her gently +and said: + +"Mistress Malca! Mistress Malca!" + +"I hear, Mosh Nichifor," replied Malca, trembling and frightened. + +"Do you know what I've been thinking as I sat by the fire?" + +"What, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"After you have gone to sleep, I will mount one of the mares, hurry +home, fetch an axle-pin and axe, and by daybreak I shall be back +here again." + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you saying? Do you want to find +me dead from fright when you come back?" + +"May God preserve you from such a thing! Don't be frightened, I was +only talking at random." + +"No, no, Mosh Nichifor, from now on I shall not want to sleep; +I shall get down and sit by you all night." + +"You look after yourself, young lady; you sit quietly where you are, +for you are comfortable." + +"I am coming all the same." + +And as she spoke down she came and sat on the grass by old +Nichifor. And first one, and then the other was overcome by sleep, +till both were slumbering profoundly. And when they woke it was +broad daylight. + +"See, Mistress Malca, here's the blessed day! Get up and come and +see what's to be done. There, no one has eaten you, have they? Only +you have had a great fright!" + +Malca fell asleep again at these words. But old Nichifor, like a +careful man, got up into the carriage, and began rummaging about all +over the place, and under the forage bags, and what should there be +but the axe and a measure and a gimlet beneath the seat. + +"Who would have believed it! Here's a pity! I was wondering why my old +woman didn't take care of me. Now because I wronged her so terribly +I must take her back a red fez and a bag of butter to remind her of +our youth. Evidently I took them out yesterday with my pipe. But my +poor, good old wife, difficult though she is, knew all I should want +on the journey, only she did not put them in their right place. But +the woman tried to understand all her husband wanted! Mistress +Malca! Mistress Malca!" + +"What is it, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Do you know that I have found the axe, and the rope and the gimlet +and everything I want." + +"Where, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Why, under your bundles. Only they had no mouths with which to tell +me. We have made a mistake: we have been like some one sitting on +hidden treasure and asking for alms. But it's good that we have found +them now. It shows my poor old woman did put them in." + +"Mosh Nichifor, you are feeling remorse in your heart." + +"Well, yes, young lady. I see I am at fault. I must sing a song +of penitence: + + + Poor old wife of mine! + Be she kind or be she harsh, + Still her home is mine." + + +And so saying old Nichifor rolled up his sleeves, cut a beech stick, +and made a wonderful axle-pin. Then he set it in position, put the +wheel in place, harnessed the mares, quietly took the road and said: + +"In you get, young lady, and let's start." + +As the mares were refreshed and well rested they were at Peatra by +middle day. + +"There you will see your home, Mistress Malca." + +"Thank God, Mosh Nichifor, that I came to no harm in the forest." + +"The fact is, young lady, there's no doubt about it, there's no place +like home." + +And while they were talking they reached the door of Itzic's +house. Itzic had only just come back from the school, and when he saw +Malca he was beside himself with joy. But when he heard all about the +adventures they had met with and how the Almighty had delivered them +from danger he did not know how to thank old Nichifor enough. What did +he not give him! He himself marvelled at all that was given him. The +next day old Nichifor went back with other customers. And when he +reached home he was so gay that his old woman wondered what he had +been doing, for he was more drunk than he had been for a long time. + +From now on Malca came every two or three weeks to visit her +parents-in-law in Neamtzu: she would only let old Nichifor take her +back home, and she was never again afraid of wolves. + +A year, or perhaps several years, after, over a glass of wine, old +Nichifor whispered to one of his friends the story of the adventure in +the "Dragon" Wood, and the fright Mistress Malca got. Old Nichifor's +friend whispered it again to some friends of his own, and then people, +the way people will do, began to give old Nichifor a nickname and say: +"Nichifor, the Impostor: Nichifor, the Impostor:" and even though +he is dead the poor man has kept the name of Nichifor, the Impostor, +to this very day. + + + + + + + +COZMA RACOARE + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +He was a terrible man, Cozma Racoare! + +When I say Cozma, I seem to see, do you know, I seem to see before +me, a sinister-looking man riding upon a bay horse; two eyes like +steel pierce through me; I see a moustache like twin sparrows. Fierce +Rouman! He rode with a gun across his back, and with a knife an ell +long, here, in his belt, on the left side. It was thus I always saw +him. I am old, you know, nigh on a hundred, I have travelled much +about the world, I have met various characters, and many people, +but I tell you, a man like Cozma Racoare I have never seen! Yet he +was not physically so terrible; he was a man of middle height, lean, +with a brown face, a man like many another--ha! but all the same! only +to have seen the eyes was to remember him. Terrible Rouman! + +There was grief and bitterness in the land at that time. Turks and +Greeks were overrunning the country on all sides, everywhere honest +men were complaining--they were hard times! Cozma had no cares. To-day +he was here, to-morrow one heard of him, who knows where! Every one +fled before the storm, but he, good Lord, he never cared! They caught +him and put him in chains. What need? He just shook himself, wrenched +the bars with one hand, whistled to his horse, and there he was on +the road again. Who did not know that Racoare had a charmed life? Ah, +how many bullets were aimed at his breast! But in vain! It was said +of him: only a silver bullet can slay him! Where do you see men like +that nowadays? Those times are gone for ever. + +Have you heard of the Feciorul Romancei? He was a fire-eater +too! He robbed the other side of Muntenia, Cozma robbed this, and +one night--what a night!--they both met at Milcov, exchanged booty, +and were back in their homes before dawn. Were the frontier guards on +the watch? Did they catch them as they rode? Why! Racoare's horse flew +like a phantom, no bullet could touch him! What a road that is from +here, across the mountains of Bacau, to the frontier! Eh! to do it, +there and back in one night, you mark my words, that's no joke! But +that horse! That's the truth of the matter, that horse of Racoare's +was not like any other horse. That's clear. + +Voda-Calimbach had an Arabian mare, which his servants watched as +the apple of his eye; she was due to foal. One night--it was in the +seventh month--Cozma got into the stall, ripped open the mare and +stole the foal. But that was not all he did! You understand the foal +was wrapped in a caul. Racoare cut the caul, but he cut it in such +a way as to split the foal's nostrils. And look, the foal with the +split nostrils grew up in the dark fed upon nut kernels; and when +Cozma mounted it--well, that was a horse! + +Even the wind, therefore, could not out-distance Cozma. On one +occasion--I was a volunteer then--Cozma woke to find himself within +the walls of Probot, with volunteers inside and the Turks outside. The +Turks were battering the walls with their guns. The volunteers decided +to surrender the fortress. Cozma kept his own counsel. The next day +Cozma was nowhere to be found. But from the walls, up to the forest +of Probot, was a line of corpses! That had been Racoare's road! + +That is how it always was! His were the woods and fields! He recognized +no authority, he did not know what fear was, nor love--except on one +occasion. Terrible Rouman! It seems to me I can see him now, riding +upon his bay horse. + + + +At that time a Greek was managing the Vulturesht estate, and on this +side, on our estate, within those ruined walls, there ruled such a +minx of a Roumanian as I had never seen before. The Greek was pining +for the Roumanian. And no wonder! The widow had eyebrows that met, +and the eyes of the devil--Lord! Lord! such eyes would have tempted a +saint. She had been married, against her will, to a Greek, to Dimitru +Covas; the Greek died, and now the lady ruled alone over our estate. + +As I tell you, Nicola Zamfiridi, the Greek, was dying for the +lady. What did that man not do, where did he not go, what soothsayers +did he not visit, all in vain! The lady would not hear of it! She +hated the Greek. And yet Nicola was not ill-favoured. He was a proud +Greek, bronzed, with pointed moustache and curly beard. But still he +did not please the widow! + +One day, Nicola sat pondering in his room while he smoked. What was +to be done? He most certainly wanted to marry, and to take her for +his wife; why would she not hear of it? + +A few days before he had gone with Ciocirlie, the gipsy, and had sung +desperately outside the walls. Alas, the courtyard remained still as +stone! What the devil was to be done? + +Boyar Nicola thought to himself: "You are not ugly, you are not +stupid--what's the reason of it? Is she, perhaps, in love with some +one else?" No. He watched for one whole night. Nobody entered, and +nobody left the courtyard. + +The boyar was angry. He rose, picked up a whip and went out. The +grooms were grooming the horses in the yard. + +"Is that horse supposed to be groomed?" he shouted, and slash! down +came the whip on one of the grooms. + +Farther on the gardener was resting from the heat. + +"Is this how you look after the garden? Hey!" and swish! crack! + +What next? Was it any use losing one's temper with the people? He went +into the garden, and seated himself under a beautiful lime-tree. There, +on the stone bench, he pondered again. His life was worthless if the +woman he loved would not look at him! He watched the flight of the +withered leaves in the still air; he heaved a sigh. + +"Vasile! Vasile!" called the boyar. His voice rang sadly in the +melancholy garden. + +A sturdy old man came through the garden door, and went towards +his master. + +"Vasile," said the boyar, "what is to be done?" + +The old man eyed his master, then he, too, sighed and scratched +his head. + +"What is to be done, Vasile?" + +"How should I know, master?" + +"You must find something. Many people have advised me, now you suggest +something. I got nothing out of that old witch, and Ciocirlie was no +good; cannot you propose something?" + +"H'm----" + +"Do not desert me, Vasile!" + +"H'm, master, I'll tell you something if you will give me something." + +"Take a ducat of mine, Vasilica--speak!" + +Vasile did not let himself be put off by the mention of one ducat. He +scratched his head again. + +"If I knew you would give me two ducats, master, or even three, or +many--you understand--that's how it is! What will be, will be! I say +go right off to Frasini, go into the courtyard, through the courtyard +into the lady's boudoir and steal her! That's what I say!" + +"What are you talking about, good Vasile! Is it possible!" + +Vasile said no more. The boyar thought deeply, his hand on his +forehead; then he said: + +"That's what I must do, Vasile! I know what I have to do! Bravo you, +good Vasile!" + +"If only I knew I was to get two ducats reward!" sighed Vasile, +scratching his head. + +And that evening Boyar Nicola kept his word. He mounted his horse, +took with him five companions from among the grooms, and started out +to Frasini. + +The forest shuddered with the whisper of the breeze of the autumn +night. The men rode silently. From time to time could be heard the +trumpeting of the cock, coming they knew not whence. Beyond lay +silence. At last the widow's courtyard came into sight, black, like +some heap of coal. + +Like ghosts Nicola and his companions approached the wall; in silence +they dismounted; they threw rope-ladders over the top of the wall, +climbed up and over to the other side. The horses remained tied to +the trees. + +Suddenly they heard cries. Boyar Nicola was not afraid. He hurried +to the door--the doors were not shut. He passed along the corridor. + +"Aha!" murmured the Greek. "Now I shall have the darling in my arms." + +But suddenly a door was opened, and a bright sea of light illuminated +the passage. Boyar Nicola was not frightened. He advanced towards the +room. But he had scarcely gone two paces when there, on the threshold, +stood the Sultana, with her hair undone, in a thin white petticoat +and a white dressing-jacket. With frowning brows she stood in the +doorway looking at the boyar. + +Nicola was beside himself. He would willingly have gone on his knees, +and kissed her feet, so beautiful was she. But he knew if he knelt +before her she would only mock him. He approached to embrace her. + +"Hold!" cried the Sultana. "I thought there were thieves! Ha, ha! it +is you, Boyar Nicola?" + +And suddenly, there in the light, she raised a shining scimitar in +her right hand. Nicola felt a hard blow on the side of his head. He +stood still. His grooms started to run, but one fell, yelling, and +covered with blood. Just then a great noise was heard, and the lady's +servants came in. + +Nicola fled towards the exit followed by his four companions. Then +on into the yard with scimitars flashing on their right and on their +left. And once more they are on horseback fleeing towards Vulturesht. + +There he dismounted, feeling very bitter, and entered the garden +once more, and once more sat on the stone bench, and hid his face in +his hands. + +"Woe is me!" he murmured miserably. "How wretched is my life! What +is to be done? What is to be done?" + +He sat there in the October night tortured by his thoughts. Only the +breeze carrying the mist from the fields disturbed him. + +"Woe is me! How wretched is my life!" and he bent forward, his head +in his hands, his elbows on his knees. "What a terrible woman!" he +murmured again as he mused. "What eyes she has! Oh, Blessed Virgin! Oh, +Blessed Virgin! Do not abandon me, for my heart is breaking!" + +For some time he stayed there dreaming. After a while he rose and +moved towards the house. + +"What a terrible woman, and what eyes!" + +In the house he once more called for Vasile. + +"Good Vasile, I am undone! A terrible woman, good Vasile--she has +burnt my heart and turned it to ashes! What is to be done? Do not +leave me! Look, you understand, you shall have two of my ducats." + +"I know what you have been through, master. She is a proud lady, +there is no denying it! If I knew you would give me five ducats, +or even six--but there, it's only an idea----" + +"Speak, Vasile, good man, I will give you---- What eyes! Woe is me!" + +"Then I understand, master," says Vasile, "that you give me seven +ducats, but you'll have to give seven times seven if you get her here +at your hand--don't be afraid, master, it is not much--only seven +times seven to have her here at your hand! I'll bring Cozma Racoare +to you! As sure as you put the ducats into the palm of my hand, +so sure will he put the Sultana into your arms, that's that." + +Boyar Nicola was rather alarmed when he heard talk of Cozma Racoare, +but afterwards he sighed and said: + +"Good!" + +Three days later Racoare came. Nicola was sitting on the stone +bench in the garden under the lime-tree, smoking a pipe of fragrant +tobacco. When he caught sight of the highwayman he sat gazing at him +with startled eyes. Cozma came calmly along with his horse's bridle +in his left hand. He wore top boots up to his knees with long steel +spurs. A long gun was slung across his back. On his head was a black +sheepskin cap. He walked unconcernedly as usual with knitted brows; +his horse followed him with bent head. + +Vasile, the boyar's agent, came up to the stone seat, scratching his +head, and whispered with a grin: + +"What do you say to this, master? Just take a look at him. He could +bring you the devil himself!" + +Boyar Nicola could not take his eyes off Cozma. The highwayman stopped +and said: + +"God be with you!" + +"I thank you," replied Vasile. "God grant it!" + +The boyar remained persistently silent. + +"H'm!" murmured Vasile. "You have come to see us, friend Cozma?" + +"I have come," responded Racoare. + +"On our business?" + +"Yes." + +Cozma spoke slowly, frowning; wherever he might be no smile ever lit +up his face. + +"Ah, yes, you have come," said the boyar, as if awaking from +sleep. "Vasile, go and tell them to prepare coffee, but bring wine +at once." + +"Let them make coffee for one," said Cozma, "I never drink." + +Vasile went off grinning, after a side-glance at his master. + +"Ah, you never drink!" said the boyar with an effort. "So, so, you +have come on our business--how much? Ah, I am giving fifty ducats." + +"Good!" said Racoare quietly. + +Vasile returned, smiling knowingly. The boyar was silent. + +"Eh," said Vasile, scratching his head, "how are you getting on?" + +"Good Vasile, go and fetch the purse from under my pillow." + +"No, there is no need to give me a purse," said the highwayman, +"I have no need of money." + +"What?" murmured the boyar. "Ah, yes! You do not need? Why?" + +"The thing is to put the Sultana of Frasini into your arms--I hand +you over the lady, and you hand me the money." + +"Let's be brief!" cried Vasile, passing his hand through his hair. "One +party gives the lady, the other the money. What did I tell you? Cozma +would fetch you the devil from hell. From henceforth the lady is +yours." + +Racoare turned round, strode to the bottom of the garden, fastened +his horse to a tree, drew a cloak of serge from his saddle, spread +it out and wrapped himself in it. + +"Well! Well!" groaned Boyar Nicola, breathing heavily. "What a terrible +man! But I feel as though he had taken a load off my mind." + +Vasile smiled but said nothing. Later, when he was by himself, he +began to laugh and whisper: "Ha, ha! He who bears a charmed life is +a lucky man!" + +The boyar started up as from sleep and looked fearfully at Vasile; +then he shook his head and relapsed into thought. + +"Ah, yes!" he murmured, without understanding what he was talking +about. + + + +When night had fallen Cozma Racoare tightened his horse's girths and +mounted. Then he said: + +"Boyar, wait for me in the glade at Vulturesht." + +The gates were opened, the horse snorted and rushed forth like +a dragon. + +The full moon shone through the veil of an autumnal mist, weaving +webs of light, lighting up the silent hills and the dark woods. The +rapid flight of the bay broke the deep silence. Racoare rode silently +under the overhanging woods with their sparse foliage; he seemed like +a phantom in the blue light. + +Then he reached Frasini. Every one was asleep, the doors were +shut. Cozma knocked at the door: Rat-a-tat! Rat-a-tat! + +"Who is there?" cried a voice from within. + +"Open!" said Racoare. + +"Who are you?" + +"Open!" shouted Cozma. + +From within was heard a whispered: + +"Open!" "Do not open!" "Open, it is Cozma!" + +A light shone through a niche in the wall above the door, and lighted +up Cozma's face. Then a rustling sound became audible, the light was +extinguished, and the bar across the door rattled. + +Cozma entered the empty courtyard, dismounted by the steps, and pushed +open the door. + +"The door is open," he murmured, "the lady is not nervous." + +In the dark corridor his footsteps and his spurs echoed as in a +church. A noise was heard in one of the rooms, and a bright light +shone into the passage. The Sultana appeared in the doorway, dressed +in white with her hair unplaited, with frowning brows and the scimitar +in her right hand. + +"Who are you? What do you want?" she cried. + +"I have come to fetch you," said Racoare shortly, "and take you to +Boyar Nicola." + +"Ah, you are not burglars?" said the lady, and raised her +scimitar. "See here, you will meet the same fate as your Nicola!" + +Racoare took a step forward, calmly seized the scimitar, squeezed the +lady's fist, and the steel blade flew into a corner. The lady sprang +quickly back, calling: + +"Gavril! Niculai! Toader! Help!" + +Voices were heard, and the servants crowded into the passage, and +stood by the door. Racoare approached the lady, and tried to seize +her. She avoided him, and caught up a knife from the table. + +"What are you doing, you boobies? Help! Seize him, bind him!" + +"Don't talk nonsense--I see you are not frightened; I cannot do other +than I am doing!" said Racoare. + +Then the servants murmured again: + +"How can we bind him? It is Racoare. He is here! Cozma Racoare, lady!" + +"Cowards!" cried the lady, and threw herself upon Cozma. + +The highwayman took her arm, pressed her hands together, tied them +with a leather strap, and lifted her under his arm like a bundle. + +"Get out of the way!" he said then, and the people fell over each +other as they scattered to either side. + +"What a pearl among women!" thought Cozma, while he strode along +the corridor with the lady under his arm, "he has not bad taste, +that Boyar Nicola! Proud woman!" + +The Sultana looked with eyes wide with horror at the servants who +gave way on either hand in their terror. She felt herself held as +in a vice. At last she raised her eyes to Racoare's fierce face. The +light from the room was reflected in the man's steely eyes, and lit +up his weather-beaten face. + +"Who are you?" she gasped. + +"I? Cozma Racoare." + +The lady gave another glance at the servants huddled in the corners, +and she said not another word. Now she understood. + +Outside, the highwayman mounted the bay, placed the lady in front of +him, and set spurs to his horse. Once more the sound of the galloping +horse broke the silence of the night. + +"What a pearl among women!" thought Racoare, and the horse sped along +the road like a phantom. + +The lady turned her head, and studied Racoare by the light of the moon. + +"Why do you look at me like that, lady?" And the horse sped along +under the overhanging woods. + +The black hair of the lady shone in great billows of light. The +foliage glistened with hoar-frost, like silver-leaf. The lady looked +at the highwayman and shuddered, she felt herself squeezed in his +powerful arms, and her eyes burnt like two stars beneath the heavy +knitted brows. + +"Why do you look at me like that, lady? Why do you shiver? Are +you cold?" + +The galloping hooves thundered through the glades, the leaves +glittered in their silver sheen, and the bay passed on like a phantom +in the light. + +A shadow suddenly appeared in the distance. + +"What is that yonder?" questioned the lady. + +"Boyar Nicola awaits us there," replied Racoare. + +The lady said no more. But Cozma felt her stiffen herself. The leather +strap was snapped, and two white hands were lifted up. The highwayman +had no time to stop her. Like lightning she seized the bridle in +her right hand, and turned the horse on the spot, but her left arm +she twined round Racoare's neck. The highwayman felt the lady's head +resting against his breast, and a voice murmured softly: + +"Would you give me to another?" + +And the horse flew like a phantom through the blue light; the meadows +rang with the sound of the galloping hooves, the silver leaves +glistened, and tresses of black hair floated in the wind. But now +shadows seemed to be pursuing them. The hills on the horizon seemed +peopled with strange figures, which hurried through the light mist. But +the black phantom sped on, and ever onwards, till it was lost in the +far distance, in the gloom of the night. + + + + + + + +THE WANDERERS + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +A house stood isolated in the middle of a garden, separated from the +main group about the market-place. + +It was an old house, its veranda was both high and broad and had +big whitewashed pillars. The pointed roof was tiled and green with +moss. In front of the veranda, and facing south, stood two beautiful +round lime-trees throwing out their shade. + +One day in the month of August, the owners, Vladimir Savicky and Ana, +his wife, were sitting in the veranda. Both were old, weather-beaten +by the storms of many journeys and the misfortunes of life. The old +man wore a long white beard and long white hair, which was parted +down the middle and smooth on the top; he smoked a very long pipe, +and his blue eyes gazed towards the plains which stretched away +towards the sunset. The old woman, Ana, selected a nosegay of flowers +from a basket. He was tall and vigorous still, she was slight with +gentle movements. Forty years ago they left their ruined Poland, and +settled in our country. They kept an adopted daughter, and had a son +of thirty years of age, a bachelor, and a good craftsman. They had +lived for thirty years here in the old house, busying themselves with +market-gardening: for thirty years they had lived a sad, monotonous +life in this place. They had been alone with their adopted child, +with Magdalena; Roman, their boy, had been roaming through the world +for the last ten years. + +Old Vladimir puffed away at his pipe as he stroked his beard; the +warmth of the afternoon had made him lay aside his blue jacket. The old +wife was choosing her flowers. A gentle breeze, laden with fragrance, +came from the garden, from the trees heavy with fruit, and from the +gay-coloured flowers. Shafts of light penetrated through the leafy +limes, little patches of white light came from above, and played +over the bright grass, green as the tree-frog. From time to time the +quivering foliage sent a melodious rustle into the peaceful balcony. + +At intervals the soft notes of a song floated through the open window. + +Suddenly a resounding noise broke the stillness of the day. What +was it? A carriage. The old man started, put down his pipe, and +rose. The old woman put her head, wrapped in a white shawl, out over +the railings. The rumbling vehicle, an ugly Jew upon the box, drew +nearer, and pulled up outside the door of the old house. A strong, +broad-shouldered young man descended, a big bundle in his right hand, +a case in his left. + +"Roman! Roman!" cried the old lady in a feeble voice. She tried to +rise but fell softly back beside the flowers. + +"There, there, old lady, it is Roman," murmured the old man gaily, +as he went down the stairs. + +"Mr. Roman!" cried a gentle voice, and Magdalena's fair head appeared +at the window. + +Roman had let fall the bundle and thrown himself into his father's +arms. + +"Yes, old lady, it is Roman!" murmured Vladimir Savicky, with tears +in his eyes. He embraced his son, and pressed him to his heart. "Yes, +old lady, it is Roman!" That was all he could find to say. + +"Mother," cried the young man, "I have not seen you for ten years." + +The old mother cried silently, her son strained her to his breast, +while the old man wandered round murmuring tearfully into his beard: + +"Yes, yes, old lady, it is our Roman." + +As Roman Savicky straightened his strong frame and turned round, he +saw a white face with blue eyes in the doorway. He stood transfixed +with astonishment; the girl watched him, smiling shyly. + +"Ha! ha!" laughed old Savicky, "how now? Do you not know each +other? Ah! Kiss each other, you have known Magdalena ever since she +was a child." + +The young people approached each other in silence, the girl offered +her cheek with eyelids lowered, and Roman kissed her. + +"I did not recognize her," said Roman, "she has grown so big." + +His mother laughed softly. "You, too, Roman, you have grown much +bigger--and handsome." + +"Naturally our Roman is handsome," said the old man, "our own Roman, +old lady." + +Again the mother kissed her son. Roman seated himself upon a chair in +the veranda, the old man placed himself on his right, and the mother +on the left; they watched him, feasting their eyes upon him. + +"My darling! my darling!" he said to the old woman, "it is long since +I have seen you." + +In the end they grew silent, looking intently at one another, +smiling. The gentle rustle of the lime trees broke the heat and +stillness of the August day. + +"Whence do you come, Roman?" questioned the old man suddenly. + +"From Warsaw," said his son, raising his head. + +The old man opened wide his eyes, then he turned towards Ana. + +"Do you hear that, old lady, from Warsaw?" + +The old lady nodded her head, and said wonderingly: + +"From Warsaw!" + +"Yes," said Roman, "I have journeyed throughout Poland, full of +bitterness, and I have wandered among our exiled brothers in all +parts of the world." + +Profound misery rang in his powerful voice. The old people looked +smilingly at him, lovingly, but without understanding him. All acute +feeling for their country had long ago died away in their hearts. They +sat looking happily into the blue eyes of their Roman, at his fair, +smooth face, at his beautiful luxuriant hair. + +The young man began to speak. Gradually his voice rose, it rang +powerfully, full of sorrow and bitterness. Where had he not +been! He had been everywhere, and everywhere he had met exiled +Poles, pining away among strangers, dying far from the land of +their fathers. Everywhere the same longing, everywhere the same +sorrow. Tyrants ruled over the old hearth, the cry of the oppressed +rent the air, patriots lay in chains or trod the road to Siberia, +crowds fled from the homes of their fathers, strangers swept like a +flood into their places. + +"Roman, Roman!" said the old woman, bursting into tears, "how +beautifully you talk." + +"Beautifully talks our Roman, old lady," said Vladimir Savicky sadly, +"beautifully, but he brings us sad tidings." + +And in the old man's soul old longings and bitter memories began to +stir. On the threshold Magdalena stood dismayed and shuddered as she +looked at Roman. + +Suddenly two old men entered by the door. One had thick, grizzled +whiskers, the other a long beard in which shone silver threads. + +"Ah," cried the old Savicky, "here comes Palchevici, here comes +Rujancowsky. Our Roman has come! Here he is!" + +"We know," said Rujancowsky gravely, "we have seen him." + +"Yes, yes, we have seen him," murmured Palchevici. + +They both approached and shook Roman warmly by the hand. + +"Good day and welcome to you! See, now all the Poles of this town +are met together in one place," said Rujancowsky. + +"What?" questioned Roman. "Only these few are left?" + +"The others have passed away," said old Savicky sadly. + +"Yes, they have passed away," murmured Palchevici, running his fingers +through his big grey whiskers. + +They were all silent for a time. + +"Old lady," said Vladimir Savicky, "go and fetch a bottle of wine +and get something to eat too, perhaps Roman is hungry. But where are +you? Where is Ana?" asked the old man, looking at Magdalena. + +"Do not worry, she has gone to get things ready," replied the girl +smilingly. + +"'Tis well! 'tis well!" Then turning towards the two Poles. "You do +not know how Roman can talk. You should hear him. Roman, you must +say it again." + +The old wife came with wine and cold meat. She placed meat in front +of her boy, and the wine before the older men. They all began to +talk. But Roman's voice sounded melancholy in the stillness of the +summer day. Then they began to drink to Roman's health, to the health +of each one of them. + +"To Poland!" cried Roman excitedly, striking the table with his +fist. And then he began to speak: + +"Do you realize how the downtrodden people begin to murmur and +to agitate? Soon there will rise a mighty storm which will break +down the prison walls, the note of liberty will ring through our +native land! Ah, you do not know the anguish and the bitterness +there! Stranger-ridden and desolate! Since Kosciusko died there are +exiles and desolation everywhere! Mother," cried Roman, then turning +towards the old woman, "give me the case from over there, I must sing +something to you." + +With these words his eyes darkened and he stared into space. The old +people looked at him, much moved, their heads upon their breasts, not +speaking a word. Quiet reigned in the old house, and in the garden +there was peace; a fiery sunset, crowned with clouds of flame, was +merging into the green sea of the woods. Golden rays penetrated into +the old veranda and shone on Roman's hair. + +His mother handed him the case. + +"Well," said the young man, "I will sing you something with my +cither. I will sing of our grief." + +Then, beneath his fingers, the strings began to murmur as though +awaking from sleep. Roman bent forward and began, the old people sat +motionless round him. + +Sad tones vibrated through the quiet of the old house, notes soft and +sorrowful like some remote mournful cry, notes deep with the tremor +of affliction; the melody rose sobbing through the clear sunset like +the flight of some bird of passage. + +In the souls of the old people there rose like a storm the clamour of +past sorrows. The song lamented the ruin of fair lands; they seemed +to listen, as in a sad dream, to the bitter tears of those dying +for their native land. They seemed to see Kosciusko, worn with the +struggle, covered in blood, kneeling with a sword in hand. + +Finis Poloniæ! Poland is no more! Ruin everywhere, death all around; +a cry of sorrow rose; the children were torn from their unhappy land +to pine away and die on alien soil! + +The chords surged, full of grief, through the clear sunset. Then +slowly, slowly, the melody died away as though tired with sorrow +until the final chord finished softly, like a distant tremor, ending +in deathlike silence. + +The listeners seemed turned to stone. Roman leant his head upon +his hand, and his eyes, full of pain, turned towards the flaming +sunset. His chin trembled; his mind was full of bitter memories. The +old men sat as though stunned, like some wounded creatures, their +heads upon their breasts; the old mother cried softly, sighing, her +eyes upon her Roman. As the young man turned his eyes towards the +door he saw two bright tears in Magdalena's blue eyes; amid a deep +silence his own eyes gazed into the girl's while the last crimson +rays faded away from the woods. + + + + + + + +THE FLEDGELING + +By I. AL. BRATESCU-VOINESHTI + + +One springtime a quail nearly dead with fatigue--she came from far-away +Africa--dropped from her flight into a green corn-field on the edge +of a plantation. After a few days of rest she began to collect twigs, +dried leaves, straw, and bits of hay, and made herself a nest on a +mound of earth, high up, so that the rain would not spoil it; then +for seven days in succession she laid an egg, in all seven eggs, +as small as sugar eggs, and she began to sit upon them. + +Have you seen how a hen sits on her eggs? Well, that is how the +quail did, but instead of sitting in a coop, she sat out of doors, +among the grain; it rained, it pelted with rain, but she never moved, +and not a drop reached the eggs. After three weeks there hatched out +some sweet little birds, not naked like the young of a sparrow, but +covered with yellow fluff, like chickens, only smaller, like seven +little balls of silk, and they began to scramble through the corn, +looking for food. Sometimes the quail caught an ant, sometimes a +grasshopper, which she broke into pieces for them, and with their +little beaks they went pic! pic! pic! and ate it up immediately. + +They were pretty and prudent and obedient; they walked about near their +mother, and when she called to them "pitpalac!" they ran quickly back +to her. Once, in the month of June, when the peasants came to reap +the corn, the eldest of the chicks did not run quickly at his mother's +call, and, alas, a boy caught him under his cap. He alone could tell +the overwhelming fear he felt when he found himself clasped in the +boy's hand; his heart beat like the watch in my pocket. Luckily for +him an old peasant begged him off. + +"Let him go, Marin, it's a pity on him, he will die. Don't you see +he can hardly move, he is quite dazed." + +When he found himself free, he fled full of fear to the quail to tell +her what had befallen him. She drew him to her and comforted him, +and said to him: + +"Do you see what will happen if you do not listen to me? When you +are big you can do what you like, but while you are little you must +follow my words or something worse may overtake you." + +And thus they lived, contented and happy. The cutting of the corn and +the stacking of the sheaves shook a mass of seeds on to the stubble +which gave them food, and, although there was no water near, they +did not suffer from thirst because in the early morning they drank +the dew-drops on the blades of grass. By day, when it was very hot, +they stayed in the shade of the plantation; in the afternoon, when +the heat grew less, they all went out on to the stubble, but on the +cold nights they would gather in a group under the protecting wings of +the quail as under a tent. Gradually the fluff upon them had changed +into down and feathers, and with their mother's help they began to +fly. The flying lesson took place in the early morning towards sunrise, +when night was turning into day, and in the evening in the twilight, +for during the daytime there was danger from the hawks which hovered +above the stubble-field. + +Their mother sat upon the edge and asked them: + +"Are you ready?" + +"Yes," they answered. + +"One, two, three!" + +And when she said "three," whrrr! away they all flew from the side +of the plantation, as far as the sentry-box on the high road, and +back again. And their mother told them they were learning to fly +in preparation for a long journey they would have to take when the +summer was over. + +"We shall have to fly high up above the earth for days and nights, +and we shall see below us great towns and rivers and the sea." + +One afternoon towards the end of August, while the chicks were +playing happily near their mother in the stubble, a carriage was +heard approaching, and it stopped in the track by the edge of the +plantation. They all raised their heads with eyes like black beads +and listened. A voice could be heard calling: "Nero! to heel!" + +The chicks did not understand, but their mother knew it was a man out +shooting, and she stood petrified with fear. The plantation was their +refuge, but exactly from that direction came the sportsman. After a +moment's thought she ordered them to crouch down close to the earth, +and on no consideration to move. + +"I must rise, you must stay motionless, he who flies is lost. Do +you understand?" + +The chicks blinked their eyes to show they understood, and remained +waiting in silence. They could hear the rustling of a dog moving +through the stubble, and from time to time could be heard a man's +voice: "Where are you? To heel, Nero!" + +The rustling drew near--the dog saw them; he remained stationary, +one paw in the air, his eyes fixed upon them. + +"Do not move," whispered the quail to them, and she ran quickly +farther away from them. + +The dog followed slowly after her. The sportsman hurried up. His foot +was so near to them that they could see an ant crawling up the leg of +his boot. Oh, how their hearts beat! A few seconds later the quail +rose, and flew low along the ground a few inches in front of the +dog's muzzle. It pursued her, and the sportsman followed, shouting: +"To heel! to heel!" He could not shoot for fear of hurting the dog; +the quail pretended to be wounded so well that the dog was determined +to catch her at all cost, but when she thought she was out of range +of the gun she quickly flew for shelter towards the plantation. + +During this time, the eldest fledgeling, instead of remaining +motionless like his brothers, as their mother bade them, had taken +to his wings; the sportsman heard the sound of his flight, turned +and shot. He was some distance away. Only a single shot reached his +wings. He did not fall, he managed to fly as far as the plantation, +but there the movement of the wings caused the bone which had only +been cracked at first to give way altogether, and the fledgeling fell +with a broken wing. + +The sportsman, knowing the plantation was very thick, and seeing it +was a question of a young bird only, decided it was not worth while +to look for it among the trees. The other little birds did not move +from the spot where the quail had left them. + +They listened in silence. From time to time they heard the report of +a gun and the voice of the sportsman calling: "Bring it here!" After +a time the carriage left the cart-track by the plantation and followed +the sportsman; gradually the shots and the shouting became fainter and +died away, and in the silence of the evening nothing could be heard but +the song of the crickets; but when night had fallen and the moon had +risen above Cornatzel, they clearly heard their mother's voice calling +to them from the end of the stubble: "Pitpalac! pitpalac!" They flew +quickly towards her and found her. She counted them; one was missing. + +"Where is the eldest one?" + +"We do not know--he flew off." + +Then the heart-broken quail began to call loudly, and yet more loudly, +listening on every side. A faint voice from the plantation answered: +"Piu! piu!" When she found him, when she saw the broken wing, she +knew his fate was sealed, but she hid her own grief in order not to +discourage him. + +From now on, sad days began for the poor fledgeling. He could scarcely +move with his wing trailing behind him; with tearful eyes he watched +his brothers learning to fly in the early morning and in the evening; +at night when the others were asleep under his mother's wings, he +would ask her anxiously: + +"Mother, I shall get well, I shall be able to go with you, shan't +I? And you will show me, too, the big cities and rivers and the sea, +won't you?" + +"Yes," answered the quail, forcing herself not to cry. + +In this way the summer passed. Peasants came with ploughs to plough +up the stubble, the quail and her children removed to a neighbouring +field of maize; after a time men came to gather in the maize. They +cut the straw and hoed up the ground, then the quails retired to the +rough grass by the edge of the plantation. + +The long, beautiful days gave place to short and gloomy ones, +the weather began to grow foggy and the leaves of the plantation +withered. In the evening, belated swallows could be seen flying low +along the ground, sometimes other flocks of birds of passage passed +and, in the stillness of the frosty nights, the cry of the cranes +could be heard, all migrating in the same direction, towards the south. + +A bitter struggle took place in the heart of the poor quail. She would +fain have torn herself in two, that one half might go with her strong +children who began to suffer from the cold as the autumn advanced, +and the other half remain with the injured chick which clung to her +so desperately. One day, without any warning, the north-east wind +blew a dangerous blast, and that decided her. Better that one of +the fledgelings should die than that all of them should--and without +looking back lest her resolution should weaken, she soared away with +the strong little birds, while the wounded one called piteously: + +"Do not desert me! Do not desert me!" + +He tried to rise after them, but could not, and remained on the same +spot following them with his eyes until they were lost to sight on +the southern horizon. + +Three days later, the whole region was clothed in winter's white, +cold garb. The violent snowstorm was followed by a calm as clear as +crystal, accompanied by a severe frost. + + + +On the edge of the plantation lay a young quail with a broken wing +and stiff with cold. After a period of great suffering he had fallen +into a pleasant state of semi-consciousness. Through his mind flashed +fragments of things seen--the stubble-field, the leg of a boot with an +ant crawling upon it, his mother's warm wings. He turned over from +one side to the other and lay dead with his little claws pressed +together as though in an act of devotion. + + + + + + + +POPA TANDA + +By I. SLAVICI + + +God have mercy on the soul of Schoolmaster Pintilie! He was a good +man, and a well-known chorister. He was very fond of salad with +vinegar. Whenever he was hoarse, he would drink the yolk of an egg +with it; when he raised his voice, the windows rattled while he sang, +"Oh, Lord, preserve Thy people." He was schoolmaster in Butucani, +a fine, large town containing men of position and sound sense, and +given to almsgiving and hospitality. Now Schoolmaster Pintilie had +only two children: a daughter married to Petrea Tzapu, and Trandafir, +Father Trandafir, priest in Saraceni. + +God keep Father Trandafir! He was a good man, he had studied many +books, and he sang even better than his dead father, God have mercy +on his soul! He always spoke correctly and carefully as though he +were reading out of a book. Father Trandafir was an industrious, +careful man. He gathered from many sources, and made something out of +nothing. He saved, he mended, he collected to get enough for himself +and for others. + +Father Trandafir went through a great deal in his youth. One does +not achieve big results in a minute or two. The poor man has to go +without a great deal more than he ever gets. He worked harder with +his brain than with a spade and fork. But what he did was not work +thrown away. Young Trandafir became priest in his native town, in +Butucani, a fine large town containing men of position and good sense, +but Trandafir did not enjoy the almsgiving and hospitality. + +Father Trandafir would have been a wonderful man had not one +thing spoilt him. He was too severe in his speech, too harsh in his +judgments; he was too straightforward and outspoken. He never minded +his words, but said right out what he had in his mind. It is not good +to be a man like that. Men take offence if you speak too plainly +to them, and it is best to live peaceably with the world. This +was evident in Father Trandafir's case. A man like him could not +stay two years in Butucani. It was first one thing, then another; +at one time he complained to the townspeople, the next time to the +archdeacon. Now it is well known that priests must not make complaints +to the archdeacon. The archdeacon understands presents much better than +complaints. But that was what Father Trandafir would not comprehend. + +There is no doubt that Father Trandafir was in the right. + +But the thing is, right is the prerogative of the mighty. The weak +can only assert themselves gradually. The ant cannot overthrow the +mountain. It can, though, change its position; but slowly, slowly, +bit by bit. Perhaps the Father knew that this was so in the world; +he had his own standard, though. + +"Even the devil cannot turn what is true and right into a lie!" This +was his remark, and with this remark he got himself turned out of +Butucani. That is to say, it was not only he who did it, it was the +townspeople too. One word and a little something besides to promote +a good understanding with the archdeacon, a visit to the bishop, and +a word there from the archdeacon: things get done if one knows how +to do them. The long and the short of it was that Father Trandafir +was sent from Butucani to Saraceni--to promote a good understanding +among the faithful. Priest in Saraceni! Who knows what that means to +be priest in Saraceni? That is what befell Father Trandafir! Who would +fain leap the ditch throws his bag over it first. Father Trandafir +only had a wife and two children; his bag was empty. That was why he +leaped so unwillingly from Butucani to Saraceni. + +In the "Dry Valley" there was a village which they called "Saraceni." +A village called "poor" in a "dry" valley; could any place have a more +unpleasant name? + +The Dry Valley! + +"Valley" because the place was shut in between mountains; "dry," +because the stream, which had cut its way through the middle of the +valley, was dry most of the year. + +This was how the valley lies. + +To the right stood a hill called "Rîpoasa." On the left were three +other hills, called "Fatza," "Grofnitza," and "Alunish." Rîpoasa was +rocky. Fatza was cultivated; the village stood on Grofnitza, while on +Alunish lay the village graveyard among hazel and birch trees. Thus +it lay to right and left, but the chief feature of the landscape stood +at the bottom. Here rose the mountains--from there, came what did come. + +The other side, beyond Rîpoasa was the Rapitza Valley--a much +deeper valley than the Dry Valley, and so called because the Rapitza +flowed through it. The Rapitza was a treacherous river, especially +in the spring, and the stream in the Dry Valley was a branch of the +Rapitza. In the spring, when the snow melted on the mountains, the +Rapitza got angry and poured part of her fury into the branch that +flowed through the Dry Valley, and the latter ceased to be "dry." + +In a few hours the inhabitants of Saraceni were rather too rich in +water. This occurred nearly every year. When the crops in the valley +appeared to be most favourable, the Dry Valley belied its name and +washed away all that lay in its path. + +It would have been rather better if this invasion had lasted only a +short time, but the water remained in the valley, and in many places +formed refuges for the frog family. And instead of corn, osiers and +interlacing willows grew by the side of its pools. + +Was it any wonder that in consequence of this the people of Saraceni +had become in time the most idle of men? He is a fool who sows where +he cannot reap, or where he does not know whether he will be able to +reap or not. The Fatza was a sandy spot; the corn grew a few inches +high and the maize a yard; on Rîpoasa one could not grow blackberries +even, for at the bottom the water spoilt the fruit. Where there is no +hope of reward there is no incentive to work. Whoever works wants to +earn, but the people of Saraceni had given up all thoughts of gain, +and therefore no one felt inspired to work. Those who could afford +it passed their time lying out of doors; those who could not, spent +their day working in the neighbouring villages. When the winter came +life was hard and bitter. + +But whoever has got used to the bad does not think of better things; +the people of Saraceni appeared to think that things could not be +better than they were. Fish in the water, birds in the air, moles in +the ground, and the people of Saraceni in poverty! + +Saraceni? One can imagine what a village like Saraceni must have been; +here a house, there a house--all alike. Hedges were superfluous, seeing +there was nothing to enclose; the street was the whole village. It +would have been absurd to put a chimney on the house--the smoke found +its way out through the roof. There would have been no sense in putting +plaster on the walls either, as that dropped off in time. Some of the +buildings were made of bits of wood knocked together, a roof of straw +mixed with hay, an oven of clay, an old-fashioned veranda outside, +a bed with four posts built into the ground, a door made out of three +boards held together by two stakes placed crosswise--quickly made and +well made--whoever was not pleased with it, let him make something +he liked better. + +At the top of the village, that is to say on the highest point, +was a sort of building which the Saracenese called the "church." It +was a heap of old tree trunks piled one on the top of the other in +the form of walls. In the old days--when, one does not know--these +kind of walls were open to the sky; later, one does not know when, +the walls had been made to converge in one place, to support what +was supposed to do duty for a tower. This--owing to the fact that +the supports of the facade had perished through the buffeting of +a very strong wind--had fallen towards the patient earth, dragging +the entire structure after it. And there it had remained ever since, +for the church counted for little in Saraceni; it was superfluous. + +Priest? They say there is no village without a priest. Probably whoever +said this did not know about Saraceni. Saraceni was a village without +a priest. That is to say, it was a village with a priest--only this +priest was a priest without a village. Saraceni was unique in one +way. There had never been a priest who stayed more than three days in +Saraceni; he came one day, stayed the next, and left on the third. Many +guilty priests passed through Saraceni; whoever had stayed there long +would have expiated all his sins. + +Then Father Trandafir reached this penitential spot. He could not +expect to do as the others had done, come one day, stay the next, and +depart the third. He was too much out of favour with the archdeacon +to imagine that he would send him to another village. He could not +remain without a village: a priest without a village--a cart without +a wheel, a yoke without oxen, a hat on the top of a wig. He began +to think what he must do; he must take things as they were, and stay +gladly in Saraceni. It was only a village in name, but no one could +say he was a priest without a village. But really a more suitable +priest for a more suitable village you could not have found. The +poverty of the priest corresponded to the poverty in the homes of +his parishioners. From the beginning Trandafir realized one thing: +it was much nicer in Butucani than in Saraceni. There the people all +had something, and you could always have some of it. In Saraceni +all the latches were made of wood. Then the Father reflected: the +priest did all the business of the town, but the town took care of +the priest's purse. Before long the Father began to feel sure that +the people who started by being charitable and hospitable were not +born fools. "It is a wise thing when men meet together to comfort and +cheer each other. Even our Redeemer began with almsgiving, and the +wedding at Cana of Galilee." Thus thought Father Trandafir; but in +Saraceni there was neither almsgiving nor hospitality. + +"There is one thing," said the Father to himself a little later on, +"in a poor village there is no corn for the priest to gather. As long +as the people of Saraceni are lazy, so long shall I be hungry!" And +he began to think how he was going to make his parishioners +industrious. The industrious man eats the stones, makes soup out +of the stagnant water, and reaps corn where the hemlock used to +grow. "Then"--concluded the priest--"when the cow has fodder she is +no longer dry!" + +Thus he spoke, and he set to work to put it in practice. A man who has +nothing to eat busies himself with other people's affairs. He does no +good that way! The blind man cannot aid the cripple; the hungry don't +improve their village; when the geese keep watch among the vegetables, +little remains for the gardener: but Father Trandafir was obstinate; +when he started, he went on--and he got there, or he died by the way. + +The first Sunday Father Trandafir preached before the people, who +had assembled in considerable numbers to see the new priest. There +is nothing more agreeable to a man who desires the welfare of others +than to see his words making an impression. A good thought multiplies +itself, penetrating many hearts, and whoever possesses it and passes +it on, if he values it, rejoices to see it gaining ground in the +world. Father Trandafir felt happy that day. Never before had he +been listened to with such attention as on this occasion. It seemed +as though these people were listening to something which they knew +but which they did not understand well. They drank in his words with +such eagerness, it was as though they wanted to read his very soul +the better to understand his teaching. That day he read the gospel of +"The Prodigal Son." Father Trandafir showed how God, in His unending +love for man, had created him to be happy. Having placed man in the +world, God wishes him to enjoy all the innocent pleasures of life, +for only so will he learn to love life and live charitably with his +neighbours. The man who, through his own fault or owing to other +causes, only feels the bitterness and sorrow of this world cannot +love life; and, not loving it, he despises in a sinful manner the +great gift of God. + +What kind of people are the lazy people, the people who make no +effort, who do not stretch out a hand to take this gift? They are +sinners! They have no desires--only carnal appetites. Man has been +given pure desires which he may gratify with the fruit of his labours; +longings are put into his heart that he may conquer the world while +God Himself contemplates him with pleasure from on high. To work is +the first duty of man; and he who does not work is a sinner. + +After this, the Father sketched in words which seemed to give life +to his ideas the miserable existence of a man perishing from hunger, +and he gave his faithful hearers the thoughts which had germinated +in his own intelligent brain--how they must work in the spring and +in the summer, in the autumn and in the winter. + +The people had listened; the Father's words were written on their +faces; going home they could only talk of what they had heard in +church, and each one felt himself more of a man than before. + +Maybe there were many among them who only waited for Sunday to pass +that they might begin their first day of work. + +"There has never been such a priest in Saraceni!" said Marcu Flori +Cucu, as he parted from his neighbour, Mitru. + +"A priest that does honour to a village," replied Mitru, as if he +felt that his village was not exactly honoured. + +Other Sundays followed. Father Trandafir was ready with his sermon. The +second Sunday he had no one to address. The weather was wet, and people +stayed at home. Other Sundays the weather was fine; probably then the +people did not remember in time; they were loath to part from God's +blue sky. And so the Father only had in church some old woman or some +aged man with failing sight and deaf ears. Sometimes there was only +Cozonac, the bell-ringer. In this way he made no progress. Had he +been a different kind of man he would have stopped here. + +But Father Trandafir was like the goat among cabbages in the +garden. When you turn it out at the door, it comes in through the +fence, when you mend the fence, it jumps over it, and does a lot more +damage by destroying the top of the hedge. + +God keep him! Father Trandafir still remained a good man. + +"Wait!" he said. "If you will not come to me, I will go to you!" + +Then the priest went from door to door. He never ceased talking from +the moment it was light. Whenever he came across anyone he gave him +good advice. You met the priest in the fields; you found him on the +hill; if you went down the valley you encountered the priest; the +priest was in the woods. The priest was in church; the priest was +at the death-bed; the priest was at the wedding; the priest was with +your next-door neighbour--you had to fly the village if you wanted to +escape the priest. And whenever he met you, he gave you wise counsel. + +During a whole year, Father Trandafir gave good advice. People +listened gladly--they liked to stay and talk to the priest even if he +did give them good advice. All the same, the old saying holds good: +men know what they ought to do, but they don't do it. The Father was +disappointed. After a certain time he ceased to give advice. There +was not a man in the village upon whom he had not poured the whole +weight of his learning: he had nothing more to say. + +"This will not do," said the priest once more. "Advice does not pay. +I must start something more severe." + +He began to chaff. + +Wherever he found a man, Father Trandafir began to make him ridiculous, +to make fun of him in every kind of way. If he passed a house that had +not been re-roofed yesterday, he would say to the owner: "Oh, you are +a clever man, you are! You have windows in the roof. You do love the +light and the blessed sun!" If he found a woman in a dirty blouse: +"Look at me! Since when have you taken to wearing stuff dresses?" + +If he met an unwashed child: "Listen, good wife, you must have a +lot of plum jam if you can plaster your children with it!" And if +he came across a man lying in the shade he would say to him, "Good +luck with your work! Good luck with your work!" If the man got up, +he would beg him not to stop work, for his children's sake. + +He began like this, but he carried it altogether too far. It got +to such a pitch that the people did their utmost to get out of the +priest's way. He became a perfect pest. The worst thing about it was +that the people nicknamed him "Popa Tanda" because he chaffed them +so. And "Popa Tanda" he has remained ever since. + +To tell the truth, it was only in one way the people did not like the +priest. Each one was ready to laugh at the others with the priest; +no one was pleased, though, when the others laughed at him. That is +human; every one is ready to saddle his neighbour's mare. In that way, +Father Trandafir pleased his parishioners, but he was not content +himself. Before the year was out, every man in the village had become +a tease; there was not a person left of whom to make fun, and in the +end the wags began to laugh at themselves. That put an end to it. Only +one thing remained to do: the village to make fun of the priest. + +Two whole years passed without Trandafir being able to stir up the +people, even when he had passed from advising them to annoying +them. They became either givers of advice or they were teasers: +all day they stood in groups, some of them giving advice, others +joking. It was a wonderful affair; the people recognized the right, +despised the bad; but nothing altered them. + +"Eh! say now, didn't Father Trandafir mind? Didn't he get angry, +very angry?" + +He did get wild. He began to abuse the people. As he had proceeded +to advise them, and to chaff them, so now he proceeded to abuse +them. Whenever he got hold of a man, he abused him. But he did not +get far with this. At first the people allowed themselves to be +insulted. Later on, they began to answer back, on the sly, as it +were. Finally, thinking it was going too far, they began to abuse +the priest. + +From now on, things got a little involved. Everything went +criss-cross. The people began to tell the priest that if he did not +leave off laughing at them, and insulting them, they would go to +the bishop and get him removed from the village. That is what the +priest deserved. The people had hit on the very thing! Throw him +out of Saraceni! The priest began to curse in earnest. Off he went; +the people got in to their carts to go to the archdeacon, and from +the archdeacon to the bishop. + +In the Book of Wisdom, concerning the life of this world, there is +a short sentence which says: our well-wishers are often our undoing +and our evil-wishers are useful to us. Father Trandafir was not lucky +in getting good out of his evil-wishers. The bishop was a good soul, +worthy of being put in all the calendars all over the face of the +earth. He took pity on the poor priest, said he was in the right, +and scolded the people. + +And so Popa Tanda stayed in Saraceni. + + + +Misfortunes generally heap themselves upon mankind. One gives rise to +another, or are they, perhaps, inseparable? Anyhow, they are always +like light and shade, one alongside the other. + +By now Father Trandafir had three children. When he returned from the +bishop, he found his wife in bed. There was a fourth little blessing +in the house. A sick wife, three little children, a fourth at the +breast, and a tumble-down house; the snow drifted through the walls, +the stove smoked, the wind came through the roof, the granary was bare, +his purse empty, and his heart heavy. + +Father Trandafir was not the man to find a way out of this embarrassing +state of things. Had it been some one else in his situation, he +could have helped him: he could not comfort himself. For a long time +he stood in the dim light of the little lamp; every one around him +slept. The sick woman was asleep. Now there is nothing more conducive +to melancholy than the sight of people asleep. He loved those sleeping +forms; he loved them and was responsible for their happiness; he +lived for them, and their love made life precious to him. Thoughts +crowded into his brain. His mind turned to the past and to the future; +considering the state in which he found himself, the future could only +appear depicted in the saddest colours. His children! His wife! What +would become of them? His heart was heavy, and he could not find one +consoling thought, one single loop-hole of escape; nowhere in the +world was there anything to give him a gleam of hope. + +The next day was Sunday. The Father went to church with bowed head, +to read Matins. + +Like the generality of mankind, Father Trandafir had never given much +thought to what he was doing. He was a priest, and he was content +with his lot. He liked to sing, to read the Gospel, to instruct +the faithful, to comfort, and to give spiritual assistance to the +erring. His thoughts did not go much beyond that. Had he been asked +at any time whether he realized the sanctity, the inner meaning of +his calling, maybe he would have laughed to himself at all those +things which a man only grasps in moments of intense suffering. It +is man's nature when his mind comprehends a series of more or less +deep thoughts, to measure the whole world by this standard, and not to +believe what he does not understand. But man does not always think in +this way. There are events during which his brain becomes inactive: +in danger, when no escape seems possible; in moments of joy, when he +knows not from what source his happiness is derived; at times when +his train of thought seems to have lost all coherence. Then, when +man has reached, in any way, the point where the possible becomes +indistinguishable from the impossible, he ceases to reason, instinct +asserts itself. + +Father Trandafir went into the church. How many times had he not +entered that church! Just as a blacksmith might enter his forge. But +this time he was seized with an incomprehensible fear, he took a few +steps forward and then hid his face in his hands and began to sob +bitterly. Why did he cry? Before whom did he cry? His lips uttered +these words only: "Almighty God, succour me!" Did he believe that +this prayer, expressed with all the energy of despair, could bring +him help? He believed nothing; he thought of nothing; he was in a +state of exaltation. + + + +The Holy Scriptures teach us that just as the ploughman lives on the +fruit of his toil, so does the spiritual pastor, who serves the altar, +live by the result of his service at that altar. Father Trandafir +always believed in the Holy Scriptures; he always worked only for the +spiritual welfare of his people, and expected that they, in return, +would furnish him with his daily bread. But the world is not always in +agreement with what is written and commanded; only the priest agreed +with it, the people did not. The Father got little from his office, +anyhow not enough; this is to say, four pieces of ground near the +village, a poll-tax on the population, and baptismal and burying fees. + +Taken altogether, it amounted to nothing, seeing that the earth +produced scarcely anything, the poll-tax existed only in name, the +new-born were baptized for nothing, and the dead were buried gratis +by the priest. + +Near the church was a deserted house; a house in name only. The +owner of the house could have kept cattle, but he had no beasts. By +the side of the house there was room for a garden, but there was +no garden because, as we have already said, there were no fences in +Saraceni. Father Trandafir bought the whole place and lived in it. As +the house belonged to the priest, nothing much was done to put it +in order, and it was quite dilapidated, the walls had holes in them, +there were rents in the roof. The Father only troubled himself about +other people's houses. + +The priest's table was no better than the house. According to the +old saying, man follows the ways of other men even when he wants +to make them follow his own: the priest lived like the rest of the +village. Happily he had his wife's dowry, but often one does not try +to get help from just the place where it is to be had. The season of +Lent drew near. + +"It will not do!" said Father Trandafir. "This will not do!" And he +began to do as the rest of the world does, to occupy himself first +and foremost with the care of his own house. + +Directly the spring-time came, he hired a gipsy, and set him to work to +plaster the house with clay. In a few days all four walls were firmly +plastered. After that, the priest enjoyed sitting outside more than +inside the house, because you could not see the walls of the house +so well from within; a plastered house was a fine thing in Saraceni, +especially when one could say to oneself, "That is mine!" There was +one thing, though, which was not as it should be. Every time the +Father's eyes fell upon the sides of the roof he went indoors--he +felt he had seen enough. He did not want to see the defective roof, +but every time he wanted to look at the walls he had to see the +roof. That damned roof! It could no longer be left like that. + +Down in the valley where there are numerous pools, not only willows +and osiers grew, but here and there were to be found sedges and rushes, +cat's-tail and a species of reed. "That is what I will do!" thought the +priest. He engaged a man, and sent him out to cut sedges and rushes +and cat's-tail and reeds. One Saturday the house was surrounded by +bundles tied with osiers; and the following Saturday the roof was +mended and edged on the top with bundles of reeds over which were +stretched two strips of wood fastened with cross pieces. The work was +good, and not dear. People passed by the priest's house nodding their +heads and saying, "The priest is one of the devil's own men." Now +the priest could stay happily outside. + +But this happiness did not last long. There was still one thing that +was not quite right. The priest felt that he was too much in the +open. There was no other house in the village like his, and it would +have been better a little separated from the village. The Father hardly +liked to say "At my place," when "my place" was "in the village." There +must be a fence, and a gate for the people to enter by, when they came +to see the priest; it might be a fence in name only, and the gate only +a hurdle, but it must be an understood thing that before anyone could +enter the priest's house he must cross the priest's yard. Once more the +priest hired a man and sent him to cut briars and stakes. He fixed the +stakes into the ground, and placed the briars between them, and there +was the fence, ready made. In front of the house, in the direction of +the church, about half an acre of ground was enclosed: the gate was +formed by four poles fastened by two others placed crosswise. The +priest's wife especially rejoiced at being thus shut in, and the +priest rejoiced when he saw his wife's pleasure. There was not a day +on which either the priest or his wife did not say to the children: +"Listen! you are not to go outside the yard; play quietly at home." + +Once a man starts, he never gets to the end. One desire gives rise +to another. Now the priest's wife got an idea in her head. + +"Do you know, Father," she said one morning, "I think it would be a +good plan to make a few beds for vegetables by the side of the fence." + +"Vegetable-beds?" + +"Yes; we can sow onions, carrots, haricot beans, potatoes, and +cabbages." + +The Father was astonished. To him that seemed quite beyond their +powers. Vegetable-beds in Saraceni! + +For a few days his head was full of vegetable-beds, of potatoes, +cabbages, and haricot beans; and a few days after that, the ground +was already dug up and the beds were ready. Not a day passed on which +the priest and his wife did not go about ten times to the beds to see +if the seeds were growing. Great was the joy one day. The priest had +risen very early. + +"Wife, get up!" + +"What's the matter?" + +"They have sprouted." + +The priest and his wife and all the children spent the whole day +squatting by the beds. The more seeds they saw appear above the ground, +the happier they were. + +And again the villagers passed by the priest's house and looked through +the thorns at the priest's vegetable-beds, and they said once more, +"The priest is one of the devil's own men!" + +"Listen, wife," said the priest. "Wouldn't it be a good plan to sow +maize along the fence and round the beds?" + +"Indeed it would! I like fresh maize!" + +"So do I, especially when it's roasted on the embers!" + +Here was a new task! The priest surrounded himself with maize. He +laughed with pleasure when he thought how pretty it would be when the +maize grew up all round and shut out the briars on the fence which had +begun to offend his eyes. But there is the old proverb, "Much wants +more." At the back of the house was another strip of ground, about +four times the size of the bit they had cultivated. The priest could +not get it out of his head. Why should this land lie fallow? Couldn't +he plant maize at the back of the house too? In the fields opposite, +men were ploughing and sowing, the ground was untouched still in the +village because it was the village. + +Marcu Flori Cucu, the priest's neighbour, had a plough; it was +rather dilapidated, but it was a plough, and Mitru Catamush, Marcu's +neighbour, had two feeble oxen and a foundered horse. The priest, +Marcu, Mitru, the oxen and the horse, worked all one day from morn +till eve. The ground was ploughed up and sown with maize. From +thenceforward, the priest was happier when he was at the back of +the house. + +It was a wonderful and beautiful bit of work--what furrows! And here +and there among the furrows a blade of maize peeped out. In spite of +this, the priest scratched himself once or twice, and then fairly +often, behind the ear. It seemed as though something still weighed +upon his mind. It was a difficult matter, which he hardly dare take in +hand: the glebe lands. Up to now, they had been neglected; at present, +he did not know what to do with them. He would have liked to work +them himself. He would have liked to see his own men sowing them; +he would have liked to take his wife there in the autumn. It was very +tempting. He talked a great deal to his wife about the matter. They +would need horses, a cart, a plough, a labourer, stables--they would +want a quantity of things. Moreover, the priest did not understand +agriculture. + +However, the vegetable-beds were growing green, the maize was +springing up. The priest made up his mind; he took the residue of +his wife's dowry and set to work. Marcu's plough was good enough +to start with. The priest bought one horse from Mitru; a man in the +Rapitza Valley had another one; Stan Schiopu had a cart with three +wheels. The priest bought it as he got a wheel from Mitru, to make +up for the horse being foundered. + +Cozonac, the bell-ringer, engaged himself as labourer to the priest, +for his house was only a stone's throw away. The priest drove four +posts into the ground at one end of the house, two long ones and two +short, and he made three sides of plaited osiers and a roof of rushes, +and there was the stable all ready. + +During these days, Father Trandafir had aged by about ten years; but +he grew young again when he placed his wife and children in the cart, +whipped up the horses, and drove off to see their ploughed land. + +The villagers saw him, and shook their heads, and said once more: +"The priest is the devil's own man." + +The priest's wife had her own feminine worries. She had a beautiful +Icon which had been given to her by the son of the priest at +Vezura. At present the Icon was lying at the bottom of a box wrapped +up in paper. For a long time she had wished to place it between +the windows, to put flowers and sweet basil round it, and look at it +often; because this Icon represented the Holy Virgin, and the priest's +daughter was called Mary. But the walls were dirty and the Icon had +no case. There was another thing that annoyed the priest's wife: +one window was filled in with a pig's bladder, and in the other were +three broken panes mended with paper. The house was rather dark. + +Easter drew near. There were only five days to Holy Week. If the priest +wanted to spend Easter with his wife, he had still three important +things to get: whitewash for the walls, windows for the house, and a +case for the Icon of the most Blessed Virgin--all objects that could +be found only in a town. + +To the market, then! + +The priest had horses and a cart. He was vexed about the osier baskets +for the maize; only the backs and sides of them still remained. He +was ashamed that a priest like himself should have to go to the market +without any maize-baskets. He could not borrow any, seeing he was at +Saraceni, where even the priest had no proper maize-baskets. + +They say "Necessity is the best teacher." The Father sent Cozonac +down the valley to fetch osiers, planted two stakes in the ground +with thinner sticks set between them about a hand's breadth apart, +and then the priest and his wife and children, and Cozonac too, began +to plait the osiers in. Before long the baskets were ready. The work +was not very remarkable, but for all that they were the best baskets +in Saraceni, and so good that Cozonac could not refrain from saying, +"The priest is one of the devil's own men!" + +To the market-place and from the market-place home the Father went +proudly with his baskets; other people had some, but he found people +could buy worse baskets than those he had made himself. + +"What is the priest making?" + +"Baskets for the maize." + +"But he has got some." + +"He is making them for those who have not got any." + +After Easter, Cozonac began to clear the pools of osiers which the +priest wove into baskets. The longer the work continued, the better +was it done; the last basket was always the best. + +Marcu Flori Cucu was a sensible man. He liked to stay and talk to the +priest. Cozonac cleared the osiers, the priest plaited them, while +Marcu lay upon his stomach with his head in his hands and idly watched. + +"This osier is a little too long," said the priest, measuring the osier +with his eye. "Here, Marcu! Give me the hatchet to make it shorter." + +The hatchet was at Marcu's feet. Marcu raised the upper part of his +body, supported himself on his elbows, stretched out his legs, and +began feeling about for the hatchet, trying to draw it up by his feet. + +"Make haste!" said the priest, and gave him a cut with the osier. + +Marcu jumped up and assured the priest that he was much more nimble +than he thought. In the end, this assurance was of great use to +him. By Whitsuntide the priest had a cart-load of baskets ready to +take to the market, and Marcu knew very well that if the priest sold +the baskets he would have a cheerful holiday. + +The priest had had help for some weeks, and the help had always +brought a reward to the man who had given it. + +Just before Whitsuntide the rain began, and seemed as though it would +never cease. + +"I do not know what I shall do," said the priest. "It seems as though +I must leave the market until after Whitsuntide. I do not like going +in the rain. If it does not stop raining by Thursday, I just shall +not go." + +Marcu scratched himself behind his ears and said nothing. He could +see that it did not suit the priest to get soaked. + +"Here," he said a little later, ceasing to plait, "couldn't we weave +an awning? There are reeds and rushes and osiers in the valley." + +"Perhaps you are right," replied the priest. "It could be made the +same way as we are making these." + +Through helping him, Marcu had learnt to make better baskets than +the priest. The awning did Marcu great credit, the priest did not +get wet and came back from the market with a full purse. + +This time Whit-Sunday was fine. The priest's wife had a new gown, +the three eldest children had dolls bought in the town; the tiny one, +Mary, had a straw hat with two pink flowers, the walls were white +both inside and out, the windows were whole, the house was light, +and the Icon of the Holy Virgin could be seen very well placed high +up between the windows, decorated with flowers grown along the edge of +the vegetable-beds. The priest had brought white flour, meat, butter, +and even sugar, from the town. The priest loved his wife, but it was +not his way to kiss her at odd times. But, this morning, the first +thing he did was to embrace her. His wife began to cry--I don't know +why--when Father Trandafir entered the church he felt inclined to +cry; he had seen people in front of the Icon and there were tears in +his eyes when he went up to the altar. The people say he had never +sung more beautifully than he did that day. The saying remained: +"To sing like the priest at Whitsuntide!" + +The parishioners went to see the priest; they passed through the gate +before they crossed the door-step; they wiped their boots, put their +hats on their sticks, leaned their sticks against the wall, smoothed +their moustaches and their beards, and stepped inside. When they came +out of the house again, they took a look round, nodded their heads, +and said nothing. + + + +The years come, the years go; the world moves on, and man is sometimes +at peace with the world, and sometimes at odds with it. The high road +passed through the town, passed by the Dry Valley and ran farther on +to the Rapitza Valley. Where the roads met, at the conjunction of the +two valleys, there was a mill on the Rapitza. Near Rapitza was a cross; +close to the cross was a fountain, and by the fountain were eight fine +sycamores. This spot was called "The Cross of Saraceni." From here to +Saraceni was only about an hour by road. In spite of this, whenever +he came from the town, the man of Saraceni pulled up here to water +his horse, and waited a while, hoping that some wayfarer might come +and ask: "What village is that where one sees that beautiful church +with white walls and the glittering tower?" And when he is asked, he +strokes his moustache, and looking proudly towards the place replies: +"Up there on the Grofnitza? That's our village--Saraceni; but you +ought to hear the bells--what bells that tower contains! One can hear +them a three hours' journey away!" + +Where the road divided there stood a sign-post with two arms; on +one arm was written, "To the Rapitza Valley," and on the other one, +"Towards the Dry Valley." There was no road anywhere round about like +the one that ran through the Dry Valley towards Saraceni. + +It was as smooth as a table, and as solid as a cherry-stone. One could +see the Saracenese had constructed it lovingly. To right and left, +at intervals of ten to fifteen paces, were some shady nut-trees +which were a pleasure to look at. The river-bed lay on the right; +the road ran along its bank, but higher up, so that the water could +not disturb it. The Saracenese had to destroy rock in their progress, +but that they did cheerfully, for out of the rock they built the road. + +From here on, the Saracene felt at home, and drove at a foot's +pace. But he was not bored for a second. At every step almost he +met an acquaintance with whom he exchanged words, "Where do you come +from?" and "Where are you going?" One man had a cart full of lime, +another a load of apples; then came a man carrying a trellis-work, +and another with a wheelbarrow, a stave, or some other article made +of wood. + +From time to time, along the side of the road, one found the +stone-masons at work, their trowels ringing from daybreak till +sunset. This road was not a dreary one! + +There were lime-kilns where the road ran along the valley. In one +place there was a whole village. Some men were loading up lime, +others unloading stone and wood; the masons were shaping the stones, +the men at the kilns were throwing wood on to the fires; the foremen +were making noise enough for five. + +From this point one could see the village well. The gardens were full +of trees; only between the bushes or beyond the trees did one catch +a glimpse here and there of a bit of the walls or the roofs of the +houses. The priest's house was just up by the church; one could only +see five windows and a red roof with two chimney stacks. Opposite the +church stood the school. The house, of which one could only see a piece +of wall with two windows and a roof, belonged to Marcu Flori Cucu. + +The big building visible lower down was the Town Hall. If the houses +had lain less closely together the village would have looked very +beautiful, but, as it was, one only caught a glimpse and must imagine +the rest. + +Every one had changed; Father Trandafir only had remained the same: +fresh, gay, and busy. If his grey hair and grizzled beard had not +betrayed his age, we might have thought that the little children with +whom he played in the evening, on the seat in front of the house, +were his own. One of them, whom he had lifted up to kiss, stole his +hat from off his head and ran away with it. Mariuca opened the window +and called out: + +"My little Trandafir, don't leave grandfather bareheaded." + +Then she flew from the window to catch Ileana, who had stolen +her grandmother's bonnet and adorned herself with it, and was now +proudly showing herself to her grandfather. The old grandfather +laughed heartily, he loved a joke. From close by came Father Costa, +and caught first Ileana and then Mariuca, kissed them, and then seated +himself by his father-in-law's side. Marcu, neighbour and old friend, +Mariuca's father-in-law, and attached to the house, saw the group +and came to join in the conversation. + +"Old man, take your hat; you must not sit there bare-headed," said +the grandmother, handing his hat through the window. + +One of the villagers, in passing, wished him "Good night," and added +to himself, "May the Lord preserve him for many years, for he is one +of God's own men." + + + + + + + +OUT IN THE WORLD + +By ION POPOVICI-BANATZEANU + + +The man tramping along the broad, dusty highway gradually drew near to +a town. He carried a bundle on his back--some old clothes, a change +of underlinen and a pair of boots--and at his breast, wrapped up in +a handkerchief, were his certificate of baptism, his work-book and +his book of military service--all his worldly goods. + +For three years he had served the Emperor, and failing to find +employment in the town where he was, with a stick in his hand and a +few coppers in his pocket he had set out into the world, and walked +with the steadiness of a man well acquainted with the road. + +Some one had advised him to go to Lugosh; he had heard there were +many craftsmen there driving a big trade, and he pursued his way +with hope in his heart. He felt strong and eager to work. For three +years he had not seen a workshop, for three years he had not followed +the craft which he had learnt so lovingly; it seemed to him he would +hardly know how to handle a hide now. Yet with each step forward his +confidence in himself increased, and he thought, "I will work, and +work so that every one wonders, and the peasant who takes in his hand +the sandals I have tanned will never want to part with them." And when +he said this to himself he walked faster. He would have liked to fly +that he might arrive quicker. But then again he slackened his pace, +and other thoughts assailed him: supposing he did not get a situation, +what would he do then? + +"Supposing I do not find work?" + +He was afraid to answer this or to think of what he would do if he +did not get a place. Ah, just to find work with somebody. He comforted +himself, and putting away from him all sad thoughts he imagined a rosy +future. He saw himself in the workshop doing the work of seven, and +saving penny after penny; he saw himself buying first one skin, then +two, then three, six and more, and many more, until he had a workshop +of his own, and then, if he met a girl he liked, he would marry. + +He was intoxicated by his own thoughts, and hardly knew where he +was going. He walked slowly with his head bent. He would not rest, +for he felt no fatigue; it was as though some one urged him forward. + +It was late autumn, the fields were bare and the road dreary. Buffeted +by the wind, the poplars along the side of the road were shedding +their leaves, and sadly swaying their pointed tops. + +The country lay barren and dead, while the voiceless hills were glowing +in the light of the setting sun like a man who, on the point of death, +tries to save himself by some final remedy. The outlines of solitary +fountains prolonged themselves mournfully against the horizon, as +though they regretted the life and gaiety of other days. A flight of +crows, frightened by I know not what, rose from the dark marshes and +alighted upon the tops of the poplars, beating their wings and cawing +above the waste. + +But Sandu saw and heard nothing; he walked absorbed in himself and +communing with his own heart. + +He entered the town as the lights were being lit. He took no side +turnings but kept to the main street so that the dogs should not +hinder him. + +"Keep straight on," he said to himself, "past the Roumanian church, +then I take the turning to the right till I get to the bridge and at +the bridge I must ask my way." + +And at the bridge he asked his way, but they explained it in such a +manner that he lost himself, and it was late before he reached the +hostel. He bade good evening and asked rather diffidently whether +there were anywhere he could sleep, and if there were something to eat. + +The innkeeper entered into conversation with him, and learnt that +Sandu came from the Dobre district, had done three years' military +service, and now was looking for a situation with some tanner. + +"I have come," Sandu spoke with difficulty, "to see if I can find a +place here, for you see----" + +"Who knows, perhaps you may," the innkeeper interrupted him, and went +out of the room. + +"Should you say I shall find a place?" Sandu asked the innkeeper as +he brought him some lard and a piece of bread. + +"Oh, you may find one if you are good at your trade and hard-working." + +Sandu said nothing; the only word he could have uttered would have +been to say, as he could have said, how hard he meant to work, +and what kind of a man he was. But as he could not say this to the +innkeeper he told himself what a lot of work he meant to do, and how +well he meant to behave himself, as well as if he were a young girl. + +Absorbed in thought, he ate at long intervals, and the innkeeper, +seeing how silent he was, bade him put out the lamp and wished him +a good night. + +But the night was not restful. He crossed himself and stretched himself +out on the bench by the side of the wall, his bundle he placed at +his head and carefully pushed his money and his papers underneath +it. Although he was tired from his tramp, sleep would not visit his +eyes. He grew excited, a sort of giddiness overcame him, and he broke +into a cold sweat at his own thoughts. He tossed and turned on the +narrow bench, and pressed his forehead against the cold wall as he +sighed heavily. + +When the day broke he was exhausted, his bones seemed weak, his feet +could hardly support him, and his head felt queer. Water, and the +freshness of the early morning, revived him, and he made his way to +the market-place where, according to the innkeeper, he would find +the booths of the master-tanners. + +Although it was autumn, people were in no hurry to buy sandals, and +only a few of the master-tanners, who did business here on Sundays, +were walking about and moving their strips of leather according to +the position of the sun so as to ensure them being in the shade. + +Sandu stood still by the cross in the market-place, and it seemed as +if a knife went through his heart; when he saw the empty booths he +felt as though his last atom of will had been destroyed. He felt as +though he must turn back, as though he could not ask. It seemed to him +as though he had not the strength to bear hearing one of the tanners +tell him he had no place for him; it would be such a catastrophe that +he would sink into the earth. + +Not knowing what he did he moved forward; but when he approached +the first booth he lost confidence, and had not the courage to greet +the master. + +He passed on. He walked round the booths two or three times, but +could not summon up courage to ask whether one of the tanners had a +situation open or not. + +"Now I will go," he said very firmly to himself, to give himself +strength, but when he moved he saw a peasant go up to the booth. "I +will let him make his purchase and then I will go." + +But he did not stir, he was afraid, especially when the master, +not being able to come to terms with the peasant, undid the box, +and flung the sandals violently into it. He did nothing; it seemed +terrible to him to have to go up to the booth. He did not know why. He +felt angry with himself that it should be so. And as he asked himself +why he was like this, he recalled to mind various acquaintances who +were so very bold and fearless. If only he could be like that! But +he could not be so, his nature did not allow it. + +"Now you good-for-nothing, you are wandering about here like a sheep +in a pen," a tanner, small of stature, with brown eyes and a harsh +voice, said roughly to him. + +"I?" stammered Sandu. "I am not a good-for-nothing." + +"No? Then why do you keep coming round? Haven't I seen you? You walk a +bit, you stand still, you have been round us several times, and now you +are standing still again; it is as though you had some evil intention!" + +"Master, I am not----" + +"Go, whatever you are or are not, else you will see I will get rid +of you." + +Sandu could hardly stand, a sort of mist darkened his eyes, and his +heart was bursting. He would have cried, but he was ashamed for a +grown man to be walking across the market-place with tears in his +eyes. He suffered and would gladly have told how deeply the words he +had listened to had hurt him, but he had no one to whom he could open +his heart. + +He returned to the innkeeper with whom he was lodging. Tired and +spent he threw himself on the bench. + +"What is it?" asked the innkeeper. + +Sandu looked vaguely at him, then, as if afraid to hear the sound of +his own voice, he said: + +"Nothing." + +The innkeeper felt sorry for him. + +"Have you found a situation?" + +"I did not ask for one." + +"Then how can you hope to get one?" + +Sandu remained silent. The innkeeper looked strangely at him, shrugged +his shoulders, shook his head, and went to attend to his duties. + +With his elbows on the table, and his head resting in his hands, +Sandu gazed in front of him, and who knows where his thoughts would +have led him if the innkeeper had not said to him: + +"Listen, Dinu Talpoane sent to ask whether there was any workman +in need of work. Go with the apprentice and he may perhaps engage +you. He is a respectable man and does a big trade." + +Without a word Sandu got up. It seemed to him he must be dreaming. But +when he saw the apprentice with an apron stained yellow and with big +boots covered with stale sap, his eyes shone, and he could have kissed +the innkeeper's hands for very joy. + +Outside he began to talk to the apprentice, who told him that the +master was a splendid man, but his wife was harsh and heaven defend you +from her tongue; that the workshop was large and the work considerable, +especially in the autumn; and that the master sometimes engaged +workmen by the day in order to get a set of hides ready more quickly; +and many other things he told him. But Sandu was no longer listening. + +When the apprentice saw that he asked no further questions, he +hesitated to say more, and they walked along together in silence. + +Sandu knew where he had to go, but he did not know what to say, +or what terms to make--by the year, the month, the week; he could +not think what would be best to do. What he knew of the workshop of +the master-tanner with whom he had learnt his trade, and all he had +heard from the hands working there with him, seemed to be buzzing in +his brain until he grew so bewildered that he could not have told +how many days there are in a week, or how much money he would earn +if he worked for a whole month. + +"Here we are," said the apprentice, stopping in front of a doorway +with gates. + +Sandu felt a cold shiver go through him. For a second he stood +still. Three years as apprentice and four years as workman he had +worked for one master only, and he would have remained there all his +life if he had not been taken to be a soldier, and if the master had +not died he would have gone back to him the day he left the army. He +felt quite nervous, and if the apprentice had not opened the gate he +would not have gone in. + +"They are eating," said the apprentice, seeing the big yard was empty, +and he crossed to the bottom of it where a small house stood built +against the old workshop. + +They were close to the window when they heard people talking in the +house, and the clatter of knives. + +"Look here," said Sandu, "you go on and say I have come but that I +am waiting till they have finished dinner." + +The apprentice went in and told the master that a workman was outside, +but would not come in till the master had got up from the table. + +"Tell him to come into the house." + +But his wife interrupted him with: + +"Leave him out there. Who knows what sort of a creature he is if +he does not venture to show his face inside! Let me have my dinner +in peace." + +The husband, a well-built man, with a round, red face and kind blue +eyes, felt if he said any more his wife would snap his head off, +so he let the apprentice go. + +The apprentice, who knew that one word from the mistress was worth a +hundred orders from the master, withdrew to the hearth in the outer +room, and waited till he should be called to dinner. + +"But what's the matter, Ghitza, you are not eating?" he heard his +mistress saying. "Or are you waiting to be invited? Dear, dear, +perhaps I ought to beg the gentleman to come to table!" + +The apprentice, accustomed to the mistress's ways, took a chair. But +he had not swallowed three mouthfuls before the mistress bade him +call in "that ne'er-do-well out there." + +Sandu shyly wished them good day, but of all those sitting round +the table he only saw the master, and by his side the mistress, +whose eyes seemed to scorch him and make him lose his presence of mind. + +"What is your name?" the master asked him. + +"I am called Sandu Boldurean." + +And in a low voice he told where he was born, with whom he had learnt +the trade, and how long he had worked, but during the questioning +he scarcely raised his eyelids. He grew confused at once when the +mistress screamed at him: + +"But you'll ruin your hat turning it round like that in your hands. Put +it down somewhere and speak up so that a man can understand what you +are saying." + +Sandu felt the blood go to his head, and hardly knowing what he was +doing he hung his hat on a bolt on the door. + +"And you worked only with one master?" + +"Only one. See, here is my work-book," and with some haste he drew +out the handkerchief, unknotted it, and held out his "work-book" +to the master. + +"Let me see too," said the mistress, snatching the book from her +husband's hand. "After all, it's no wonder this idiot stayed in the +same place; and who knows what kind of a master it was?" she whispered +to her husband. + +He would have replied that it was a very good thing for a workman to +have stayed so long with one master, for most tanners worked in the +same way, and only here and there were the hides dressed differently; +but he was ashamed to say so before the workman, and so he busied +himself by looking through the book. + +Sandu broke into a sweat; when he held out the book he felt his +soul was full of joy at having got so far, but little by little, +especially when the mistress took the book and whispered to her +husband, his heart seemed turned to ice. + +What would he say to him? Supposing he found something bad? Supposing +he did not give him work? These were the questions which passed through +his mind and which he could not answer, although he knew his book only +spoke well of him, and that the master required a workman because it +was autumn when business is in full swing. + +A great burden seemed lifted from him at the master's words: + +"Good, I will engage you. How much did you get from your late master?" + +"I worked for him for four years and had a salary." + +"What a lot of talk! We will give you one and a half florins per week +without washing, and you can stay, though probably in the army you +have forgotten all you knew about work," the mistress broke into the +conversation, as she rose from the table. + +It was the signal for the two workmen and the apprentice to return +to their work. + +Sandu stood transfixed. Only the master and a child of six or seven +years of age remained in the house, as the girl and the mistress went +into the passage to see to the dinner things. + +"Well, do you agree? Will you stay or not?" scolded the mistress as +she appeared in the doorway. + +"I will stay," replied Sandu, scarcely knowing what he said. + +The master looked at her, and turned to Sandu. + +"Have you had your dinner?" + +"Did he come for you to feed him," his wife interrupted him. + +"Woman, you----" + +The mistress threw him a look full of meaning, and disappeared into +the yard. + +"You can start work to-morrow." + +Sandu turned and went out after the master; they walked side by +side. When they reached the yard gate they stopped. The master would +have liked to say something about the pay. One and a half florins a +week seemed so very little to him, but Sandu was simple and glad to +get work, and he did not ask for much. + +"Master, I will go now. Good luck to you!" + +"Good luck to you!" replied the master, and he seemed as though he +would like to call him back and say another word to him. + +In rather over a month Sandu had had time to get back into his old +ways, and to work hopefully at his trade, but during this time he had, +little by little, come to see that in his master's house the cock by no +means ruled the roost. Sharp-tongued and ill-tempered, Mistress Veta +was often dissatisfied with the work. Now it was because the skins +had not come out of the vat yellow enough, and had not enough creases; +now it was because a range of skins needed mending as the workmen had +not been sufficiently careful; and so on and so on, always hard words +for the workmen who worked eagerly and with all their might that the +skins might be well tanned, and the mistress have no chance to grumble. + +At first Sandu found these abusive words hard to bear, and all day +long the thought worried him that the mistress only spoke so to him, +and that it was with him only that she was dissatisfied. At one time +even he was seized with the desire to go away so that he might hear +her no longer, and the other men might not be worried on his account, +for he said to himself that only since he entered the workshop had the +work gone so badly, and the mistress's tongue chided so unceasingly. + +But, all unperceived by himself, he grew somewhat accustomed to the +ways of the house, and when a workman told him that the mistress had +always been just the same, and that no matter how well the hides were +dressed she always found some fault, he took heart and dismissed the +idea of quitting the workshop of Talpoane, the master-tanner. + +He was up almost before daylight, and never let his work out of his +hand till it was dinner-time. He washed his hands clean, and took his +usual place at his employers' table--for from olden times it had been +the custom for the masters not to keep aloof from the workmen or to +dine apart. + +Silent at his work, he was, also, silent at meals. Only when he +was spoken to did Sandu reply, gently and with dignity. The other +men talked and laughed, and when they realized that it pleased the +mistress to make fun of Sandu they began to crack every kind of joke +at his expense. + +At first Sandu opened his eyes wide. He looked at them and could not +understand them, but when he took it in he, too, laughed with them, +a laugh full of kindness and friendliness. He lived on good terms +with the workmen; only one of them, Iotza, embittered the days. He +only had to say: "You have made the solution too weak," for Sandu, +although he knew it was not true, to be unhappy all the week, and +often his heart was full of fear that the skins would not come out +yellow enough or creased enough to please the mistress. + +But he felt comforted when he noticed that, when he came into the +workshop, Master Dinu asked only him how many hides were being worked, +and when they would be ready, for at such and such a fair he would +need so many, because a customer was trying to get in touch with him. + +"They'll be ready when they are wanted; don't worry," Sandu would +reply. + +And away Master Dinu would go, quite content, and quite sure that +the hides would be ready when they were wanted for the fair, or had +to be despatched to some customer. + +He saw that everything went very well since Sandu entered the +workshop. The skins were kept in the pits just long enough for the hair +to come off easily and not burn in the lime; the solution was boiled +enough, not too hot and not too strong; the poles were in their places; +the stretching-pegs were in a neat pile, and the workshop was cleaner +than it had ever been before. + +And Master Dinu knew the value of a good workman in a place where +there were many workers, and where work was plentiful. + +"There is only one thing he lacks," he said to himself, "he would be +a man in a thousand, but he is too diffident." + +But, even in spite of his diffidence, he thought so highly of him +that had he asked for four florins a week he would gladly have given +it sooner than let him go away. + +So he said to himself, but Sandu did not dream of asking for much +more than he had. All his life he had worked for the same wage. + +It is true that had he done as the others did, and drawn out money +every Sunday, he might, perhaps, have felt it was hard to see Master +Dinu paying out a great deal more to the others than to him, but +he did not ask for his money. On one occasion only did he draw two +florins from his pay, and that was because, on a certain Tuesday, +his mother had sent greetings to him and had asked him if possible +to send her a little help. + +Sandu ran off at once to the market-place to find Master Dinu to ask +for all the money he was entitled to for his work, that he might send +it to his mother. Master Dinu, not knowing what he wanted it for, +nor how much he needed, asked whether two florins would be enough. + +"Yes," he said, and with the coins in his hand he went to the man +from his village. He wrapped up the money and begged him to lose no +time in giving it to his mother and in telling her how much he longed +for her, and that, perhaps, she might come to him, for he was working +for a good master, and up to now he had not been idle for a single day. + +A fortnight passed and he received no tidings of his mother. But +on Tuesday, the day of the weekly fair, while he was spreading out +the skins, the man came to tell him he had given the money and had +brought a letter written by "Peter the Chinaman." + +Sandu took the letter and would have liked to open it, but he caught +the mistress's eye and involuntarily thrust it into his breast. + +"Look at him," she cried, "we are longing to finish the work quickly, +and he thinks only of reading lines from his sweetheart." + +"I have no sweetheart," replied Sandu gently. + +"Who writes to you then?" + +"My mother." + +"Your mother? She can't know how to use a pen. Did you ever hear such +a lie----" + +"I do not lie." + +"Not lie? Hold your tongue! As if your mother knows how to write----" +And she looked rather sulkily at Sandu, who moved on to the other +pile of stretching-pegs. + +At this moment one of the workmen told her that the letter really was +from his mother, but that it was written by a Chinaman in the village. + +"Then why didn't he tell me?" she cried. "Am I supposed to know +everything?" Sandu turned round. "But can you read?" + +"Yes, mistress, I can." + +"It's a good thing you can." + +The mistress went away and the men were busy with their work till +dinner-time. + +Sandu lingered over his letter. When he went indoors the mistress +could not resist having one or two hits at him. But Sandu scarcely +understood her; his mother thanked him with all her heart, and he +was so full of joy that even had the mistress struck him he would +have felt nothing of it. He ate of the food, but he could not have +told if he were satisfied or hungry when he got up from the table, +and he worked like a nigger till the evening. + +In bed, with his hands beneath his head, many thoughts crossed his +mind. Three years had passed since last he saw his mother. He had +often longed for her when he was in the army, but only from time to +time had he received news of her. He had left her old and poor. + +"And longing for me will have aged her a great deal more," he said +to himself, and his heart was heavy when he thought he could not +go to see her. "How good it would be if I could go and see her at +Christmas! In the meantime I must send more money to give her pleasure +and console her." + +And he fancied how she would cry with joy when she got the money, +and how she would pray God to lengthen his life and give him success +and happiness. + +And he seemed to feel himself close to her, and he seemed to hear +the whisper of sweet comforting words. + +Wrapped in such thoughts as these he fell asleep. + +The next day God sent glorious weather, and Sandu beat the skins +carefully and often that they might dry quickly. + +But no matter what trouble he and the other men took, the skins would +not dry, and Master Dinu could not begin the cutting out till next day; +the cutting out and trimming goes quickly when one has everything +close at hand, and some one to help one, and Master Dinu began to +cut out and to trim. But the damping, oiling, thickening and sewing +of the sandals and straps was difficult and tedious. + +There being great need of haste, Master Dinu told his wife to call Ana, +their daughter, that she might help to damp the sandals. + +The mistress, who was holding the skins to make it easier for Dinu +to cut out the straps, and trim them after cutting out, put her hands +on her hips and looked at her husband. + +"What, my Ana damp the sandals?" + +At his wife's words Master Dinu stayed the knife in the middle of +the skin. + +"She is not a smart lady, is she, and you are not going to marry +her to some grandee? There is no disgrace to her in coming to give +a little help." + +His wife lost her temper. Her daughter damp sandals! Her daughter +associate with the men! Her daughter, who had gone to school to +the nuns for so many years! Her daughter, who knew how to sew so +beautifully! Her daughter, who was friends with the niece of one +important person, and the inseparable companion of the daughters +of another! Her daughter to handle the sandals and make her fingers +smell of bark! + +"You ought to be ashamed of yourself," she said, hoarse with anger, +"even if you do not know how to behave properly, you need not insult +your daughter." + +"Insult?" questioned Master Dinu. + +But his wife rushed from the room. + +He looked long after her, then glanced at the workmen, took up +the knife with a nervous movement, and began quickly to cut out +the sandals. + +The workmen, who had heard the words exchanged, and seen the abrupt +departure of the mistress, kept complete silence and busied themselves +with their work. + +Master Dinu finished cutting the skins. + +"You might hurry yourselves a little when you know the work ought to +be ready," he said to the men, and departed, hanging his head. + +"Very unhappy is Master Dinu," said Iotza, looking after him. + +"Why?" one of them asked him. + +"Why? Because those are the sharpest words I have ever heard coming +from his mouth." + +Dinner was unusually quiet, only the little boy whined and asked for +first one thing and then another. His mother gave him one or two raps +over the knuckles to make him sit still and be silent, but the child +began to cry, and she angrily sent him into the next room. + +Master Dinu said never a word and his daughter, Ana, looked round +her in a frightened manner, and would like to have asked what had +happened to-day to make them all so downcast. + +Sandu had seen her many times, but he had never seen her well. He +knew she was the master's daughter. He greeted her when she came to +the table, but speak to her or look her really in the face, that, +up till to-day, he had never done. + +But when he saw her looking sadly, now at her father, now at her +mother, and then at the others seated round the table, he wanted to say +something to her to cheer her and make her laugh. But he had nothing +to tell her, he could not find a word, and when their eyes met he +felt as though he were being swept away by a storm, and carried he +knew not whither. + +Ana was so beautiful and so graceful. With her white hands and her +fair face one would never have believed her to be the daughter of an +artisan. Her big blue eyes, so full of kindness, were shaded by black +eyelashes, and when she laughed one's heart glowed in the joyous sound, +and one wished one could often hear her laughing. + +Iotza--he had been workman with Dinu for a long time--when the mistress +was out of the house, had more than once asked her to mend something +for him, and not infrequently she had brought him drink from the +cellar when the frost was sharp and he had complained that he could +not stand the cold. And with all his prudence Iotza had let drop a +word in the workshop in praise of Ana's kindness. + +And so it came about that they all waited for the mistress to go out +that they might speak to Ana and ask her one thing or another. + +Only Sandu had never been to her. And that was why he especially +wanted now to divert her thoughts and make her smile. + +Her eyes troubled him, and he felt happier when he found himself back +in the workshop. + +One day, according to the allotment of the work, it was his duty to +turn the skins in the vats full of birch bark solution. He was alone +in the workshop, he could work in peace, but he often let the stick +fall from his hand, for, unlike other days, that day the fumes made +him perspire, and he did not notice whether the skins were thoroughly +turned. There was one vat more to turn when the door opened gently. + +"Good luck, Sandu." + +Sandu raised his head as though he were in a dream, wiped away the +sweat, and looked at Ana as one looks at a person one does not the +least expect to see. He wanted to say something to her, but a lump +rose in his throat. Ana came nearer to him. + +"Sandu, I came to tell you to put the sandals in the box after you +have turned the skins." + +"Good," replied Sandu. + +"Don't forget what Father said," and away she went. + +Outside she met Iotza, and passed him in such a hurry that she did +not hear his greeting. + +"Well, Sandu, what did Ana want in the workshop?" he asked as he +threw his apron behind a vat. + +"Nothing," replied Sandu, who was disappointed at not talking longer +with Ana. + +"Nothing? Well, well! Listen, have you turned the skins?" + +"I have." + +"Have you filled the boiler with water?" + +"Yes, I have." + +"How much have you put? You have not filled it! Bring two more +bucketfuls." + +"How can you pour two more bucketfuls in when it does not hold more +than one?" + +"It does not hold more? I tell you plainly you have been too lazy to +bring more, and who knows how you have turned the skins." + +Sandu grew red. + +"Iotza, I learnt my work from the master and not from the workman." + +"And what next?" + +"The next is, that I don't need your advice." + +"We shall see," cried Iotza, and went off. + +Three days later the mistress came to the workshop; she walked about +here and there, and after a while she looked at the vats and took +out a skin. + +"Who turned this vat?" + +"I did," replied Sandu. + +"I thought as much! Now you--just come and look at your work! That's +how you turned it; that's what the solution is like; that's the kind +of work you get paid for!" + +Sandu went up to the vat feeling as though he had been struck on the +head. The solution was yellow, the skins were yellow and creased as +usual, and he could not understand what fault the mistress had to find. + +"I told him so," said Iotza, interfering in the conversation; +and as he opened the door to take out a bundle of bark, he added: +"But he knows everything, and doesn't need advice from anyone." + +"Of course," scolded the mistress, "you did not have time to turn +the skins; you stood talking, and took no heed of your work. What +was Ana looking for here the day before yesterday?" + +"Ana--Ana came to tell me to put away the sandals in the box." + +"And you could not do that much without being told? You are the kind +of man one must tell everything to, otherwise there would not be much +use in your work!" + +For some time Sandu stayed alone in the workshop; he felt as though +he could not move. His mistress's words rang continually in his ears, +and he felt numbed by their harshness. + +The apprentice had come to call him to dinner, but he had not gone. It +seemed to him they had all heard what the mistress said, and would +have stared at him. + +Iotza and the other man returned from dinner and found him in the +workshop, his hand resting on the vat. + +"Why, when you had turned the skins, didn't you come to dinner, +or have you been talking to Ana?" sneered Iotza. + +Sandu heard his voice, but he did not take in what he said. He looked +at him with great sad eyes, and not knowing what to do went outside. + +Sandu rose at daybreak the following day, but he could not have +told if he had slept, or whether his thoughts had tormented him all +night. He left the workshop without having done anything, he went +to the pits, and took the skins out with the pincers to try whether +they were ready to dress, then he returned to the workshop and was +still quite unsettled. + +He went to dinner with the other men; he followed them; had anyone +asked him whither he was going he could not have told them. They +were alone, and all quite silent, and just this silence was painful +to Sandu. He would have liked to hear conversation, a great deal of +talking. They were about to rise from the table when the mistress +arrived. Everything seemed to turn black before Sandu's eyes. + +After exchanging a few words, Iotza said: + +"Mistress, you better let me turn the skins in those two vats----" + +"Yes, you turn them, just like Sandu did." + +The blood rushed to his head as Sandu dropped his knife and spilt a +piece of lard upon the table. + +"Do you think I shall pity you because you don't eat? You have not +turned them well, and that's all. I didn't begin to keep a workshop +to-day or yesterday." + +"Mistress----" + +"Oh, it's always mistress, mistress! Do your work properly, and +don't let your thoughts go wandering far afield, then no one need +find fault with you." + +The workmen rose. Sandu got up too; his feet could hardly carry him, +and his head was heavy. + + + +For two whole days Sandu did not know whether he was himself or some +one else. He could not take his food, sleep only came to him at rare +intervals. And during this time he often thought of going to Master +Dinu and giving him notice. Several times he had left the workshop +determined to tell him, but once Iotza had called him to come and +help with something, and then he had thought it over and had left it +to a more suitable time when he should find Dinu alone, for in front +of the mistress he could have said nothing to him. + +And who knows whether he would have said anything, if Master Dinu +had not come through the workshop. He asked him how the skins were +getting on, and then, as he never cared to prolong a conversation, +he prepared to go, after telling him that one lot of work must be +pressed forward, and the other done in such and such a way. + +Sandu had followed him but the words died upon his lips. + +"What is it, Sandu? Do you want to tell me something?" + +"Well, Master Dinu, without any offence to you, I want to give up +the work." + +Master Dinu looked long at him. He was prepared for anything except +this, and just now when the fairs were in full swing. + +"You want to give me notice? But why?" + +"Because the mistress is always abusing me, and she is not satisfied +with the way I work, and Iotza makes fun of me, and I can bear it +no longer: it is too hard. I work with all my might, and I want to +do good work, and I don't want you to keep me just out of charity as +people say you do." + +"Come, don't do that; you know the mistress, that is her way. As for +Iotza--listen, I'll stop his mouth. And, then, where would you find +another place? Take my advice and let me talk to the mistress." + +Master Dinu went away, and Sandu returned to the workshop. Before he +had spoken with Master Dinu he had not seemed to realize whether there +was work to finish, and now he did not know whether he had finished +it or not. + +Master Dinu went into the house. He told his wife that Sandu had +wished to leave, and bade her leave him in peace from now on, seeing +that he was an industrious workman and an honest man. + +"Thank you," replied his wife; "let me tell you that I take as much +interest in the workshop as you do, and if I am not to be allowed to +speak to the workmen, or give them orders about the work----" + +"I do not say you are not to give them orders, but you are not to +make fun of them. After all, they are human beings." + +"So I am in the wrong! If I tell them how they are to do something I +am making fun of the men; impertinent man, to accuse me of joking. And +why didn't you send him away?" + +"Send him away? Why? Just now when we are greatly in need of men? I +rack my brains to try and get another hand for the work, and don't +know where to find one, while you are longing to get rid of Sandu, +and in the long run, for no reason. You must not be like this." + +They were still talking when Nitza Burencea came to ask if he was +going to the fair at Devi. + +That evening, after supper, the mistress stopped Sandu as she wanted +to send him somewhere. + +"Sandu, why did you want to leave your work? Are you not satisfied +with our food?" + +"Quite satisfied." + +"Or don't we give you enough whisky in the evening?" + +"I don't drink whisky." + +"Don't drink it? But, you silly man, why didn't you tell me? And those +other two said nothing about it--you don't think it rains whisky with +us, do you? They have drawn your share all these days. But I'll wipe +their mouths for them. Why did you not tell me long ago?" + +"You never asked me." + +"Well, go where I tell you; and, listen, if I send you it is because +I have not got so much confidence in the others; do just what I have +told you." + +"I will do so, mistress," replied Sandu, with a much lighter heart. + +When he reached the street he told himself the mistress was not so +bad after all. + +An hour later, when he returned, only Ana was downstairs. + +After saying good evening, seeing that Ana was by herself, he prepared +to go out again. + +Ana, who saw he was about to open the door, asked him: + +"What do you want, Sandu? Whom are you looking for?" + +"For the mistress." + +"Then wait for her, she will soon come. Sit down." + +Sandu seated himself on the edge of a chair. + +Ana was sewing; he watched her hands with their rapid movements, and +his eyes were absorbed in looking at something more beautiful than he +had ever seen before. Ana felt she was being watched. This idea seemed +to hurry her, and she grasped her needle and began to sew quickly. The +more intently he watched her, the more embarrassed did Ana become, +and a rosy flush mantled her cheeks. A sort of fever came over her, +and in her innermost soul she was picturing Sandu to herself, how he +was sitting on the chair with his black eyes fixed upon her, and his +eyes were so beautiful and so eloquent, and Sandu was good-looking. She +could bear it no longer, his look seemed to burn her. + +"Sandu, why do you look at me like that?" + +"I--I--was not looking." + +A long silence followed. Their souls seemed to draw near each other in +the silent room; they spoke no word, but it was as though they told +each other many things and understood each other very well. He was +very conscious of her, so near to him, her light breath was almost +inaudible, but it made his heart beat fast; she was very conscious of +him, and something intangible but sweet seemed to invade their hearts. + +She felt as though she could not sew, and he found it hard to look +at her. He was afraid of offending her and he was shy, and he felt +he should be ashamed for her to find his glance resting upon her hands. + +He kept his head down. But Ana would have liked to look at him, she +would have liked to bask in the light of his eyes, for she felt happy +enveloped in their warm glow. + +Sandu did not lift his head. She dropped her ball of thread. Roused +by the noise, Sandu jumped as though he had been burnt. He searched +under the table and saw it. + +She forgot to thank him, and he could not say a word, but their eyes +met and they both blushed. + +The time passed on. + +"The mistress does not come," said Sandu a little later, "and I wanted +to tell her that I had to stay some time where she sent me." + +"She will soon come," replied Ana. "Sandu, you told Mother that I +had been in the workshop?" she suddenly questioned, looking straight +at him. + +"I did not tell her." + +"Then who can have told her?" + +"It was not I, and I do not know who it was." + +"How Mother scolded me! And she said I had stayed a long while talking +to you. Was I a long time?" + +"Certainly not; you just came to tell me to put the sandals in the +boxes, and then you went away." + +"Why doesn't Mother like my talking to you when Father says you are +so good?" + +He said nothing; she stopped; and a few moments later the mistress +came in. + +"It is a good thing you are back. I was waiting for you," she said +hurriedly. "I nearly sent some one after you; you are very slow. Now, +come and tell me what you have done." + +In the ante-room he told her what he had arranged with her aunt, +and then went off to bed. + +The next day was Sunday. The men had little work to do, and by ten +o'clock they were free. As usual on feast days there was wine on the +table, and Master Dinu, having bought some thirty skins much more +easily than he had expected to, was more cheerful than usual. + +Sandu was more forthcoming than was his wont, and had washed and +brushed himself extra well to-day. Ana, too, was smart, smart as +always, but she had no time to sit as she had constantly to jump up +to help her mother. Every now and then she threw a glance at Sandu, +and a strange feeling of joy possessed her that he could see her, +that he looked at her. + +Only the mistress was as usual, and when the child complained +constantly that his head ached she wanted the meal to finish +quickly. She laid a wet handkerchief on his forehead and put him to +bed. The child became quieter, and Master Dinu, after drinking the +wine that was left over, rose from the table--a signal that the meal +was finished. Then, according to his usual habit, he took up his hat, +inquired if anyone wanted any money, gave Iotza what he asked, and +went off into the town. + +"Sandu," said the mistress, when the workmen had gone, "if you are +not going anywhere, come back in an hour when we have finished with +the dinner things and sit with Gheorghitza, for to-day is Sunday and +perhaps visitors will come to the house." + +Ana looked at him; Sandu hardly understood the mistress's words, +and could not answer her. + +"Speak, are you coming or not?" + +"I will come." And he went out as though he had been pushed. + +At three o'clock came the mistress's mother, a woman of about sixty +years of age, rosy in the face and well made. She was wearing a +dark coloured skirt, and on her head a kerchief of black silk which +reached nearly to her knees, and in her hand, like all old women, +she carried a yellow handkerchief. + +She rarely came to see her daughter, partly because she knew her time +for going out in society was past, but especially because Mistress +Veta was not glad to see her on feast days; she would not have come +to-day, but she had not been for a long time and she was desirous of +seeing her grandchildren. + +Inside the front room she rejoiced over the beauty and good manners +of her grand-daughter, who, with her mother, was removing the last +speck of dust, or putting back in its right place anything that had +been left about. + +Ana sat down by her grandmother, and her grandmother stroked her head +and looked tenderly into her face. She never grew tired of saying: +"Such grandchildren, such dear grandchildren." But just when she was +feeling happy the door opened. + +"Ah, Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici!" said Mistress Veta, jumping up to +receive them as though some royal party had arrived. + +"Pray sit down." + +Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici accepted the invitation, while their +daughter, a pale, plain girl of over twenty years of age, did not +forget to kiss the mistress's hand. + +"I kiss your hand, aunt," said Ana, too, while Mrs. Naraschievici in +her turn embraced her on the forehead, and could not help expressing +her wonder at how tall Ana had grown and how pretty she was. + +Ana blushed and joined Miss Naraschievici, while the mistress's eyes +shone with pleasure. + +"You must not tell her so; you must not turn her head," she said, +just for something to say, while her mother was asking herself the +question as to why on earth her grand-daughter had said that "Aunt." + +It is true that neither Ana nor Mistress Veta was related to +the Naraschievici family; however, Mr. Naraschievici said it was +"aristocratic," and all he said was right in Mistress Veta's eyes. + +"Is Master Dinu at home?" + +"No. You know what he is--he cannot bear to stay at home." + +As she said this, Mistress Veta approached her mother, who looked as +if she could have taken the whole Naraschievici family and put them +outside the door, so angry was she because they had spoilt the happy +hour she had hoped to pass with her grand-daughter. + +"Mother," she whispered in her ear, "it would be kind if you would +go downstairs to Gheorghitza, who ought to be up now." + +The old lady was at the door before she had finished speaking: with +her hand on the latch she looked furiously at her daughter and at +Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici, choked back some words and went out. + +She was going away, saying to herself that she would never again set +foot inside the house, when she remembered Gheorghitza. When the old +lady went in Sandu was telling him tales. + +"Here is kind Granny, here is kind Granny," cried Gheorghitza gaily. + +He got up quickly, put his arms round her neck and kissed her over +and over again. + +The old woman forgot her distress as she held Gheorghitza in her +arms. He began to untie the handkerchief and feel in the pocket of +her gown. + +"Look what Granny has brought for Gheorghitza," she said. + +It was her habit to bring some toy for him. + +Now that he had a plaything, Gheorghitza was no longer ill. His kind +Granny made him forget it. The old lady watched him for some time, +and then she looked at Sandu. + +"How is the work getting on?" + +"Well." + +"And business is profitable?" + +"Profitable." + +As Sandu said this Mistress Veta came into the ante-room, took a +plateful of cakes out of a cupboard and went quickly away again. + +During the noise she made the old lady looked intently towards +the window. + +"She takes them upstairs, but she did not invite me," and her eyes +filled with tears. "That is how she esteems me," said the old lady, +steeped in bitterness. "It's a sad world. I have reached an old age +when my own daughter is ashamed of me. She sends me out of the house as +if I were a nobody. May God not punish her, for she has children. But +it hurts me to see her pay no attention to me just because of some +bankrupts, some wretches who have fled from Temishoara to avoid their +creditors. But I did not come to get something out of her. I did not +come like those bankrupts to get something to eat. Thank God I have +all I need at home, but that she should belittle me in such a way as +to make me ridiculous in their eyes--Lord, Lord, did I rear her for +this? Is it for this I watched over her?" + +"Sandu," said the old lady, sighing heavily, "give her my thanks, +tell her how I appreciate the honour she has done me, and that all +my life I shall never forget that she received me as she should +receive her mother. But listen to me; tell her, too, she may wait a +long time before I cross her threshold again, and she need not send +to me when she wants anything. Let her go to the gentleman, to the +bankrupt Naraschievici." + +And away went Mistress Veta's mother, so angry that she could not +see where she was walking, while Sandu sat with drooping head. + +In about half an hour Ana came. She was disappointed to hear her +grandmother had gone, and wanted to know why. + +Sandu did not like to tell her, and because his heart would not let +him lie he said to her in a low voice: + +"Well, she went because she could not stay." + +Ana sat on the edge of the bed, and sympathizing with her brother, +she asked him whether his head ached. + +Gheorghitza had no time to answer; he shook his head and went on +playing. + +"Sandu, can you stay with him? You see, I must go up again. Gheorghitza +dear, be good and play nicely." + +Then she kissed him and went slowly away as though she were loth to go. + +And with her went Sandu's heart and the joy which filled his soul +when he saw her standing by her brother and kissing him so tenderly. + +Mistress Veta was beside herself with pleasure that evening. She did +not even ask when or why her mother had gone so suddenly. She told +Sandu that he was not to dare to tell her what the old lady had said, +but to go and get wood to make a fire to warm the supper. And once +again she went over in her mind all that Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici +had said. She felt very flattered, and said she did not remember when +she had spent such a pleasant day. + + + +There was a heavy frost and the Timish was frozen. The tanners were +obliged to have openings made in the ice to enable the rinsing of +the skins to take place. + +Sandu, shod in big working boots, made his way through the thick mist +and came down to the Timish to rinse a set of skins. Behind him came +the apprentice with a barrow containing the block of wood with its +stand, the rinser and two hatchets for breaking the ice. They made the +opening in the ice and Sandu remained alone. He fixed one end of the +block on to a stake and arranged the stand firmly under the other, +opened out two skins, placed them one over the other, on the block, +and began to work. + +Sandu was hardened and accustomed to the cold, but however fast he +worked his breath froze and his hands grew stiff. Seldom at first, +but then more and more frequently did he stamp his feet. He put +the rinser on the block, breathed into the palms of his hands, and +swinging his arms he beat under his left arm with his right hand, +and then under the right arm with his left hand, to make his blood +circulate, the while his eyes watered with the cold. + +Round him was a frosty calm; the gurgling of the water as he turned +the skins made him realize all the more the severity of the winter. He +worked away at his task, but slowly, and with little result. It was +getting towards noon, and he had rinsed five skins when he heard a +crunching of the snow on the bank, and raised his head. + +The rinser dropped from his hand. On the bank was Ana with a jug in +her hand, wishing him "Good luck." + +Sandu did not know how to answer her. + +"Come, see what I have brought you, a drop of warm wine, for Mother +is out, and you must be cold." + +Sandu came up the bank; he could hardly hold the jug. + +"Thank you," he said with his mouth, but his heart spoke from his eyes. + +Ana looked down. + +"Drink quickly," she said, so softly she could scarcely be heard, +"for I must not stay long." + +Sandu drank the wine. + +"Ana, Miss Ana----" + +Ana drew back her hand, and looking at him in a way I cannot describe, +she said: + +"Are you warmer now?" + +Sandu's eyes were too eloquent, the peaceful isolation was too +tempting, the stillness of the atmosphere was too intense, their +hearts were too attuned for them not to understand each other. + +She went up to him with an eager movement, and he put his arm about +her waist and clasped her to his heart. + +They neither of them said a word, but to them both it seemed that no +words were needed. + +"Sandu, I must go, I must really go, for Mother might come," and +gently she disengaged herself from his arms, took a few slow steps, +turned round, and then fled like a little kid towards the house. + +While Sandu was watching her, Costa came along; he, too, was a +master-tanner. + +"Ha, ha! Talpoane's hands live well. What a moment for me to arrive," +murmured Costa in his beard, smiling as he thought of the story he +would be able to tell. "Sandu," he shouted, "I was going to see you, +but as you are at the rinsing I have come down to ask you whether +the hides which I have been waiting for these three days have come +from Pesta." + +"No, they have not come." + +"Not? Why the devil haven't they sent them? Have you much work?" + +"A great deal." + +"How many hides?" + +Sandu looked at him. + +"We have a lot." + +"A lot. Yes, I know you have a lot, but how many?" + +"I have not counted them." + +"Have you got business at Hunedoar fair?" + +"I believe so; the drying is difficult, though." + +"You have got some heavy skins, haven't you?" + +"Some heavy, some light; you know how it is with the work." + +Costa bit his lips and would like to have given Sandu a cuff or two, +so angry was he that he would not tell him what he was longing to know. + +"But, it's cold!" + +"It's cold." + +"Come, you ought not to feel it much when Talpoane's daughter brings +you drink." + +The blood rushed to Sandu's face, and he did not know why he did not +strike Costa to the ground as he smiled at him. + +"But what of it, haven't we all done the same kind of thing? Only +look out that nobody sees you and nobody hears you. That's all right, +I won't keep you from your work!" + +Sandu could not see, everything was black before his eyes, he was +hot all over and a fire seemed to burn within him. He gnashed his +teeth and stretched the skin as though he would tear it, and rinsed +as though he had some rival to surpass. + +At midday the apprentice came to call him to dinner. On the way he +remembered what had happened and would have liked to turn back. In +the ante-room he saw Ana, and his heart beat as though it were on +fire. Ana, too, was radiant, her eyes laughed with joy, and the dimples +in her cheeks were more tantalizing than ever. Sandu's heart was full +of delight; he forgot what Costa had said; he was only conscious of +Ana's voice. + +After dinner the cold was not quite so cruel, the calm was not so +intense, and he did not feel alone; there seemed to be plenty of life +around him, but whenever he turned his head he could only see Ana. And +longings awoke in his heart, and many pleasant thoughts passed through +his mind, and they all gathered round Ana's form. His thoughts carried +him far, and he pictured himself with a workshop and a house of his +own, and Ana beside him making life sweet. They were so tempting and +so full of charm that Sandu smiled to himself as he strung together +tender, caressing words to say to Ana, for he felt she belonged to him, +and no one could disturb the peace of these happy days. + +Night closed sadly in and Sandu had long ago finished his work, +but he did not want to move. He was loath to leave the pleasant, +quiet spot where he had pictured to himself the path in life that +was awaiting him. He gave a sigh of regret as he stepped along the +bank and walked towards the house of Mistress Veta. + + + +The nearer it drew to the Christmas festival the busier became the +fairs, and the tanners raised the price of their goods because the +weather was moist, and the peasants were obliged to buy sandals +whether they wanted to or not. + +Christmas Eve fell on a Tuesday, and, accordingly, the weekly fair +had never been better. + +Although Mistress Veta had such a lot to do that she had hardly time +to turn round, she remained at the booth till ten o'clock, when she +returned home. + +The little white, crown-shaped rolls were baked and divided up, some +for the house, some for the poor, and some for the guests who would +expect hospitality the day after Christmas Day. When everything was +finished and put ready, and Master Dinu arrived, they all went into +the front room. There they lit a fire that must not be allowed to +die out, that Christ, who was born on this night, might not feel the +cold, and there they quietly waited till their house was visited by +carol-singers and lads carrying "Stars" or "Magi." To make the joy +next day more complete, they lit the Christmas Tree, and out of a +cupboard Master Dinu took a little riding-horse for Gheorghitza, and +for Ana a work-frame and other things suitable for a big girl. The +parents were happy at the gratitude written on their children's faces. + +Gradually the world seemed to wake up, the quiet in the town was +dispelled. As the stars rose in the sky, there appeared in every +street, girls carrying "Christmas Trees," boys with "Stars" or "Magi" +or "the Manger," and young men with "carols," and amidst this busy +movement, amidst this pleasant noise, amidst slow, sad songs or +beautiful carols, the whole town seemed enveloped in an atmosphere +of reverence; each one, forgetting the troubles of life, felt himself +drawing nearer to the glory of God. + +While Master Dinu was listening to the carol-singers from his windows, +and taking the symbol of the Magi into his house, Sandu sat alone in +the workshop over the way. He had lit an end of candle, and was sitting +on a chair in front of the opening in the stove below the boiler. + +At intervals a drop of liquid fell from the vats, and the sound of +its fall echoed long in the quiet workshop. + +The noise from outside broke dully against the window and took +Sandu's thoughts back to other days. And all at once he began to +carol to himself: + + + "And as you journey thither + There comes wafted many a mile, + From where the Holy Infant lies, + The scent of fair flowers, + The glow of bright torches, + The smoke of the incense, + The song of the angels." + + +He sang softly, and the dead past of the years he had spent since +he left the home where he was born seemed to unroll itself before +him. And as he saw himself alone, and deprived of every kind of +pleasure, a tear crept into his eye, and with his head resting upon +his hand, he sat gazing into the fire. All the nine years that he +had spent Christmas among strangers, he had envied the joy of others, +and never once had he felt in his heart the peace of the season as he +used to in the days when he was at home. And who would think of him, +or who would give him any happiness at this holy festival? + +The workshop door opened hastily, and the appearance of Ana scattered +his thoughts to the wind. + +"Sandu, I have brought you something for Christmas." Sandu did not +hold out his hand for it. "How you look at me, Sandu! Why do you not +want what I bring you?" + +So saying, Ana came quite close to him, and put what she had brought +into his hand. + +"Ana," said Sandu, in a stifled voice, "may God look upon you as I +look at you." + +His voice seemed to come from the depths of his soul, and Ana's look +grew troubled. The kindness and sorrow with which he spoke touched +her strangely, and resting her head upon his breast she murmured as +in a dream: + +"Sandu, dear Sandu." + +But she had to go, for she had stolen from the house when some boys, +carrying Magi, had arrived, and her mother would be looking for her. + +Sandu remained behind to tell himself that never had God given him +a happier Christmas. + +The day after Christmas, in the afternoon, his various god-children +came to Master Dinu's house: hospitality demands hospitality. They +brought with them rolls and other things. Mistress Veta spread food +upon the table, and whoever came took in exchange a roll from the +god-parents. + +By the evening, Lena, Tziru's widow, alone remained. + +Master Dinu was in a hurry to get away, and Ana was downstairs with +some friends. + +The women remained by themselves, enjoying the wine and conversing. And +when two women sit gossiping, who escapes unscathed by their +tongues? One person is so and so, another person dresses so absurdly +that every one laughs at her, and so the idle talk runs on. + +"Doesn't it make you laugh"--Mistress Veta takes up the word--"when +you see Costa's wife as pink as a girl? How can a woman of her age +paint herself?" + +"Never mind her, my dear, there are others----" + +"I don't seem to have heard of them." + +Then a little later on: + +"I don't know how it is but Costa is an ill-natured man and a regular +chatterbox." + +"You say truly, it's the talk of the town." + +"But he has become a little more careful, he's not as he was a while +ago. He has begun to shrug his shoulders only and keep his tongue +quiet." + +"He pretends to, my dear, but you have not heard him--it's better +for me not to tell you, not to make you unhappy, especially on a +feast day." + +"Of course, you must tell me," Mistress Veta raised her voice and +her eyes flashed. + +"I would sooner you heard it from other lips." + +"Now, Lena, either you tell me, or----" + +Lena knew Mistress Veta too well not to tell her that Costa was +saying how he had seen Ana going down to the Timish with warm wine +for Sandu, and how she had stood in the cold for two hours talking +to him, and a great deal more besides. + +Red was the wine, but Mistress Veta's face was redder still. She +might have had an apoplectic stroke. + +"Ah! He said those words?" + +Lena did not know how to calm her. + +"My dear, really I did not know how much it would upset you or I +should never have told you. Why do you get so angry? Every one knows +he is a liar and a mischief-maker without his equal in the empire, +and who pays attention to all his tales, and all the world knows how +you have brought up Ana. What tanner's daughter can touch her? Your +Ana--come, leave it." + +"I will not leave it," cried Mistress Veta, somewhat calmer. "I'll +show him. To whom did he say these words?" + +"I don't know to whom he said them; I heard of it in Trifu's house." + +"In Trifu's house! Trifu is his cousin. Don't listen, Lena; do you +believe his lies?" + +"How could I believe him, my dear, how could I believe him? Neither +did Trifu believe him. He said he would blush to invent such lies." + +"Lies, Lena, lies. But let him see me! My daughter----" + +"Say no more about it, Veta. May God keep Ana well, and you see +her happy. Costa--but who's Costa? Everybody laughs when he opens +his mouth." + +"You heard it in Trifu's house! Who knows in how many places he has +spit out his libels, for that man spits, Lena, he spits worse than +any cat; but I am not I if I don't pay him out." + +Lena agreed with her, and sympathized with her and urged her not +to be so angry, for the whole town knew what Ana's behaviour always +was, and people stood still and looked after her when she passed by, +sweet and modest as a rosebud. + +"Why let yourself be unhappy, my dear?" she said, getting up to go, +"when every one's heart swells when they see Ana, as if she were not +the pride of us all when we see her going about with gentlemen's +daughters. Ana is just herself, and there is no one like her, so +why give yourself bad moments because of the tittle-tattle of a man +like Costa?" + +Mistress Veta accompanied Lena to the door, and came back asking +herself what was to be done. + +Master Dinu came back just at the right moment. + +Without much hesitation his wife told him everything with various +additions and improvements. + +"Eh! And what of it?" he said. "Don't the people know us and our +daughter, and don't they know what Costa's words are worth? Only +Costa says it." + +Mistress Veta looked furiously at him. + +"What! The town is talking about your daughter, and you don't mind?" + +"It isn't that I don't mind! Of course I mind, but what would you +have me do? Go and kill him? Don't be like this." + +"Not be like this? I'd better be like you and not care when they +insult my daughter!" + +"Come now, what am I to do?" + +"What are you to do? Woe betide the house where the man is not a real +man! Find out, discover to whom he has said it, collect witnesses, +and see he never opens his mouth again." + +"I will see about it." + +"Don't see about it, find him." + +Master Dinu knew that his wife must always have the last word, so +he said nothing; he would have been glad not to be at home, but he +could not go now. A few minutes later he said: + +"Listen, Veta, all right, I will find witnesses, but supposing +it's true?" + +"True?" screamed his wife, and looked as though she could have thrown +herself upon him and struck him. "True? Why doesn't God strangle the +word in your throat?" she snarled, and hurriedly left the room. + +A few seconds later she returned with Ana. + +"Ana, hear your father say that it is true you took warm wine to +Sandu." + +The haste with which her mother had called her, and her father's +expression so overcame her, that she stood with drooping head, and +raising a corner of her apron began to cry. + +"So this is where we have got to--get out of my sight that I may +never see you again." + +Mistress Veta sank exhausted on to a chair, while Ana sobbed as if +her heart would break. + +"Why all this to-do even if she did take wine to the poor man? What +is the great harm in that? She took him wine because he was cold, and +because I told her to go," said Master Dinu, going up to Ana. "Don't +cry any more," and he stroked her forehead. + +Ana continued to sob, and clung more and more tightly to her +father. Master Dinu felt as if his heart would break. + +"Go and kiss your mother's hand, it's nothing. Veta----" + +"No, let her get out of my sight, let her go. Ana has done this to +me, my prudent daughter, my good daughter, my much-praised daughter, +her mother's joy--she has done this," and Mistress Veta shook her +head while everything seemed to turn black before her eyes. + +Master Dinu did not know what to do. To put an end to it, he drew +Ana gently outside, and tried to quiet her sobs. + +A little later he returned to the house. His wife was exhausted and +depressed, and sat gazing at the floor. + +Suddenly she rose. + +"Dinu, you must give Sandu notice to-day, do you hear? If you don't +go now and tell him never to show himself here again, you'll never +have any peace from me." + +"How can I dismiss the man in the middle of the night? You must see +we cannot--and then, what harm has he done?" + +Mistress Veta could have killed him with a look. + +"You will give him notice, do you understand? Or I will turn him out." + +"All right, Veta, we will give him notice, but what stories will +be told about us outside! How we dismiss workmen on feast days, +and turn them out of the house in the dead of night. You must be +patient. To-morrow I will give him all the money due to him, and tell +him to go in God's name." + +"It's your business to deal with him; never let me see him again; +if they make any fuss I'll scratch his eyes out. He has got us talked +about, no other than he, do you hear? Let him get out of my workshop, +or there will be trouble." + +Early next day, Master Dinu went to the workshop and called to Sandu. + +He found it difficult, and he much regretted having to part with him, +but there was nothing else to be done. He asked him how long he had +been in his workshop, what money he had drawn, and made the calculation +as to how much he had still to receive. + +Sandu felt as if the house were falling about his ears--he could not +keep him any longer? The blow was a heavy one. + +"You have twenty-seven florins to come to you," said Master Dinu, and +he did not seem to have the courage to look Sandu in the face. "Here +are thirty, so that you do not lose your daily pay up to the beginning +of next week. May God give you good fortune, you are a good man, +and an honest, but I--I can no longer keep you. I am sorry, but I +cannot help it. God be with you." + +And so saying, Master Dinu went away. + +Lost in thought Sandu stood gazing in front of him, seeing +nothing. After a while he sighed heavily, picked up his money, and with +a heart that seemed turned to ice he went off to collect all he had, +poor man, in the way of clothes and linen, before he took the road. + +He collected all his possessions, but he could not make up his mind to +take leave of the men with whom he had worked so long. Even Iotza was +sorry, for Sandu had been kind, and never spoken a rude word to him. + +"I am sorry to leave you," said Sandu, and he felt as if his heart +was breaking. + +"God be with you," replied they, and holding out their hands they +accompanied him outside. + +Iotza went a little way with him. + +"Sandu, listen; I cannot bear not to tell you, but I know the mistress +and you, and I know you want to go and say good-bye to her. Don't go, +listen to me: it was not the master, it was she who said you were to +be dismissed. Don't go, it is better not to go." + +Sandu made no reply. + +They went a few steps farther together and parted. The nearer he drew +to Master Dinu's house, the more he longed to enter. He felt as though +some one were urging him to go in. + +When he was quite near the door Master Dinu came out into the +street. When he saw Sandu he stopped. + +"You are going?" + +"I am going, master, but I wanted to take leave of the mistress." + +"As the mistress is not at home let me tell her." + +Sandu bent his head. + +"Good luck to you, master." + +"May God be with you!" + +With slow and heavy step Sandu took the road to the market-place. At +the corner he stopped. He turned his head and looked back along the +street towards Master Dinu's house. + +He had crossed the square and was on the bridge when he met Nitza +Burencea. + +"What's up, Sandu, have you left? Where are you going?" + +Sandu, like a person awakened out of a trance, with his eyes fastened +dreamily upon the distant horizon, answered in a troubled voice: + +"I go out into the world!" + + + + + + + +THE BIRD OF ILL OMEN + +By I. AL. BRATESCU-VOINESHTI + + +Conu Costache had one of the pleasantest faces in the town. + +Men of the same age as himself said he was nearly seventy years old; +but a life free from care, a comfortable fortune, a wife as loving +as a sister, two children who were getting on well, and, above all, +his own kindly nature, had kept him so healthy, quick of movement +and clear of mind, that one would not have given him fifty years. + +He told stories with a charm and humour that gathered an audience round +him whenever he opened his mouth; and as he had travelled much abroad, +and was also a sportsman, he knew every kind of amusing anecdote. + +This man, who was as good as new bread, always smiling, whose person +seemed to radiate joy, became acrimonious and impatient every time his +game of Preference went badly; it was the one and only, but the daily +game of cards he played. He did not get angry out of stinginess--he was +not a miser; on the contrary, he was open-handed, that was his nature. + +If it happened that he "entered" twice in succession, or if he got +irritated with his partners, he grew furious. Everything seemed wrong +to him; the jam was sour, the coffee too sweet, the water too cold, +the lamp too dim, the chalk was not sharp enough; he shouted at the +boy who served him; he changed his chair because it squeaked; he +hammered upon the table with his fists until the candlesticks jumped; +he looked daggers over his spectacles at anyone who made a joke--I +assure you, he was in a vile temper, as vile a temper as a man could +be in, when he had no other place in which to give vent to it. + +His partners knew him, and were aware that five minutes after the +game was over he would become once more kind, amiable, and amusing +Conu Costache. + +If you were sitting near him when he was playing Preference, you should +get up the first time he "entered"; shouldn't wait for him to say to +you: "Can't you get away, my good fellow; you spoil my luck!" One day, +after two "entries," he said to a person with whom he had only just +become acquainted and who would not move away from his side: + +"Excuse me, sir, but I believe in birds of ill omen. This game is a +question of faces. I can scarcely compose my own face; I certainly +cannot compose yours. Kindly move a little farther off! Thank +you. Don't be offended." + +Ever since that day, the onlookers at the game have been given +the name of birds of ill omen, and they swarmed in the room where +Conu Costache played; if the game went well he was affable and they +listened to him with pleasure--if the game went badly, they moved +away from him and made fun of his ill humour. + +One evening the Prefect gave a party. The young people danced in +the drawing-room; their elders assembled in the other rooms; Conu +Costache sat at a table playing Preference with three other people; +among them was the attorney, a cunning player with a special talent +for making him lose his temper; a large audience had gathered round. + +Conu Costache was losing: he was angry, but controlled himself--he +could not give vent to his annoyance, for there were ladies +present. Conu and his friends were playing in the middle of the room; +he had barely scored six, and had entered the pool with thirteen. + +At this moment an old lady approached. She was a Moldavian, the mother +of Dr. Ionashcu. She took a chair, seated herself by Conu Costache +with the calm serenity of the aged, who neither see nor hear well. + +There she remained. + +From time to time she gently put a question to Conu Costache; it had +the same effect upon his agitation as does oil upon a fire of coals. + +"How beautiful it must be at your country-house now, Mr. Costache!" + +"Beautiful, Mrs. Raluca," he replied, forcing himself to smile--and +chalking himself another eighteen in the pool. + +"I expect you often go there, as it is so close." + +"I went to-day, Mrs. Raluca." + +No words can describe the contrast between the placidity with which +Mrs. Raluca told her beads, and the fury with which Conu Costache +shuffled his cards. + +"Is it a good harvest, Mr. Costache?" + +"G--g--good, Mrs. Raluca," he replied, thrusting both hands inside +the neck of his shirt to loosen the collar. + +The game began, the attorney played below the ace, Conu Costache +named the suit for the second time. + +"Have you got a good road along there now?" + +"Y--y--yes, Mrs. Raluca." + +It was a wonder his handkerchief did not rub the skin off his forehead, +he mopped it with such vigour. His partners and the onlookers shook +with laughter; the attorney did not give way at all, he saw how +furious he was; he bid with nothing in his hand, and passed just in +time to make him "enter" a second time. + +And at this moment Mrs. Raluca's questions fell one after the other +as fast as the beads of a rosary. She did not hear the rustling of +the cards nor the choking in Conu Costache's throat, she did not see +his misery nor the amusement of the others. + +"But they have cut down the lovely wood on the right, haven't they, +Mr. Costache?" + +"Th--th--they have cut it down, Mrs. Raluca," he answered, gazing at +the ceiling and pressing his temples between his hands. + +He bid and came in, said "Play"--and found two clubs in the talon which +he did not want. Such a collection of cards you have never seen; it +might have been done on purpose. If you had tried to arrange them so, +you could not have done it. It was a regular "walk-over": one cut four +honours, the other cut the spades, and out of the eight games won five. + +All he cut was an ace, and a pair. He put forty-eight in the pool. + +"But the little lake still lies on the left, doesn't it, Mr. Costache?" + +"St--st--still, Mrs. Raluca." + +With a small brush he violently effaced the whole row of his stakes +chalked on the cloth and wrote down a total of ninety-four in huge +figures. + +"But I must ask you, the inn----" + +Conu Costache turned his chair right round. + +"Mrs. Raluca, to-morrow afternoon my wife and I are going to our +country-house--we will come and pick you up. In this way you will see +how they cut down the wood on the right; you will see how the storks +walk by the lake on the left; you will see how they have repaired +the bridges; you will see how they have renovated the inn at the +cross-gates; you will see what a nice house Ionitza Andrescu from +Ulmi has built; you will see what big reservoirs the Aurora factory +have erected by the road...." + +Mrs. Raluca understood and took her departure, telling her beads as she +went, but even when she had passed into the third room Conu Costache +still continued, while the others were convulsed with laughter: + +"You will see how illegible the figures on the 76 milestone have +become; you will see how the boys have broken the insulators on the +telegraph posts by throwing stones at them; you will see how the +geese hiss when the carriage passes by; you will see----" + +Then, turning back to his partners, who laughed till the tears ran +down their cheeks, he groaned: + +"Terrible bird of ill omen!" + + + + + + + +IRINEL + +By B. DELAVRANCEA + + +When my parents died, both in the same year, I was quite small; +I think I must have been about seven years old. + +I wanted to cry over them both, for I loved them both, but when I +approached their coffin I was not alone. + +You must know that my father left a considerable fortune. + +There were many people about him who could not endure him. + +There was talk of a will. + +There was one member of the family about whom my father said: "It is +so long since he crossed our threshold that I do not understand why +he is so offended with us." + +It is unkind to tell you: it was his brother and my uncle, a very +good man, with only one fault--he had lost his entire fortune at +cards. I found among my father's papers a quantity of his I.O.U.'s, +beautifully signed with flourishes, but unpaid. + +I approached the coffin; I was sure that I should weep as no one had +ever wept before. + +My home without my parents! + +Some one took me by the hand, and said to me as he kissed me on +both cheeks: + +"Iorgu, Iorgu, cry, Iorgu, for those who will never return!" + +It was he! The uncle of the promissory notes! + +Just when my eyes ought to have been full of tears, I caught sight +of him, and when I looked round me and saw the other people, when I +met so many pairs of eyes, then--I was ashamed and could not cry. Oh, +it is a terrible thing to feel ashamed to cry when one is sorrowing! + +Do you see how shy I am? Have you grasped it? It is difficult to +understand. It is difficult, because you, readers, are different. Not +one of you are the same as I am. + + + +I was so good and timid that, when I completed my twenty-first year, I +did not want to leave the guardianship of my eldest uncle, my mother's +brother, a very gentle man like myself, and very shy like my mother. + +It makes me laugh. Is it likely I shall tell you an untruth? Why +should I? I don't ask you anything, you don't ask me anything. Why +should I lie? + +But it is true that I have not told you quite openly why I did not +ask for an account of my minority, and why I stayed in that house, +which was as white as milk--especially on moonlight nights--with its +balcony, its oak staircase, its pillars with flowered capitals and +wreaths round their centres. + +Did I like the house? Yes. + +Did I love my uncle who had managed my affairs? Yes. Was I ashamed, +directly I came of age, to demand an account as though I doubted his +honesty? Yes. Anything besides? Was there anything else that kept me +in bondage? + +If you had looked at me a little askance, I should have blushed and +replied, "Yes." And if you were to look at me even now when I have +already grown many white hairs, I should tell you like a guilty child: +"No, it is not true that I loved so much the house in which I grew up, +or the uncle with whom I lived. There was something else." + +There was some one there besides a cousin of the same age as myself, +besides my uncle--my aunt was dead--besides the house, and a +long-haired dog. There was somebody else! + +Ah! This sort of somebody has reformed many a ne'er-do-well, has +dazzled many a shy man, has turned many business men into poets, +has shaken many a professor to the depths of his being, blowing away +his system like the threads of a spider's web. + +No doubt it was a very fascinating "somebody" who made you stay in +tutelage twenty-four hours after you had reached your twenty-first +year and come into 15,000 lei. + +I think you have guessed the secret which I have hidden till now. + +Oh, women, women! What do they care for the timid or the philosopher? + +Neither innocence nor philosophy can resist a light step and a pair +of eyes which sparkle and glow and pierce through the coldest, most +selfish, most impenetrable heart. + + + +Was it not the same Irinel, with whom I once played childish games? Was +she not the same wild tomboy with her frocks down to her knees only, +and her white stockings that became green by the evening? Was she +not the same little demon who threw her books into the veranda on +her return from school, and put both arms round my neck to make me +give her a ride on my back? + +The child turned into the woman, and instead of the gentle eyes with +their extreme innocence in which I lost myself as in a boundless +expanse, there shone two devilish fires in whose light I saw an +explanation of life with all its sea of pleasures and emotions. + +And now Irinel used to take me by the hand. She was fifteen years old; +for some time her hand had felt different--warmer, softer, more I don't +know what, when I took it in mine. Her gaiety was no longer even and +continual as of old; she no longer talked quickly and incessantly. + +And if I said to her: "Irinel, do you think it will rain to-day?" or +"Irinel, there are only two weeks before the long vacation begins, +shall you be pleased, as you used to be, when we go to Slanic?" Irinel +remained silent, looking straight in front of her, and I am sure that +at that moment she saw nothing--trees, houses, and sky disappeared +as though in a thick mist. + +This silence surprised and disquieted me, and I said to her in a low +voice, almost as though I were guilty of something wrong: + +"Irinel, you are scarcely back from school and you are bored already?" + +An exaggerated gaiety was her immediate reply; she laughed, and +talked, and told little anecdotes which she began and left unfinished, +especially about life at school. + +"You don't know," she said to me in a quick, loud voice, "what a +letter one of my friends showed me. Only I read it, and another girl +and her sister, and it seems to me she showed it to some others. I +nearly died of laughter." + +And Irinel began to laugh, and laughed and laughed until the tears +ran down her rosy cheeks. Then sighing and laughing she began: + +"He wrote to her, trembling, of stars, two only, which burnt and +spoke to him. How can the stars he talks about burn? Are they bits of +coal? How can stars speak? I don't understand. After that came ice, +thawing, marble, a bed of fire, a monastery, suicide--Ah! pauvre +Marie! Indeed, I was sorry for her, poor girl! Many a time we put our +arms round each other's necks and kissed each other. We kissed each +other and began to cry. You must know, Iorgu, that we kept nothing +from each other. Every Monday she read me a letter on which could +be seen traces of big tears, and I, after I had controlled myself +sufficiently not to burst out laughing over those 'two twin stars +which burn and speak,' had to prepare to cry, and, believe me, +I cried with all my heart. Pauvre chérie!" + +Irinel was ready to cry after laughing with such enjoyment, but, when +she noticed that I kept my eyes cast down and listened in silence as +though I were offended, she asked me with malicious irony: + +"Iorgu, do you think it will rain to-day?" + +Such scenes took place early in the morning: Sunday was a day +of torture for me. All day Irinel said "If you please" to me. She +embroidered or played the piano instead of our walking about the yard +and garden. All day I felt the terrible anger of a very shy person with +"those two stars which speak." + +For three years I lived this life of daring dreams during the week, +of fear and misery on Sunday, of wonderful plans put off from day +to day, and concealed with an hypocrisy possessed only by the timid +and innocent. + +During the last year, after a vacation passed at Slanic, I made up +my mind. + +The day she went back to school we hardly dared kiss each other. What +cold kisses! We neither of us looked at the other. I remember I looked +at the sofa, and it seemed to me as though my lips had touched the +hard yellow material instead of those firm, rosy cheeks which were +to me a fearful joy. + +I made up my mind, and I am sure that no one could have come to a +more heroic decision. + +To give myself courage, during the first night I thought out the +scene which should take place the following Sunday without fail. I +did not sleep all night; in the intense darkness I saw the garden, +I saw Irinel, I heard myself, I heard her. + + + +The cocks crew. I was lying at full length, my face uppermost, +my eyes shut. I was perspiring from the boldness which I had shown +during the scene which was running in my mind. + +"Irinel, will you come and walk in the garden?" + +"No, merci!" + +"That will not do, we must go for a walk." + +She understood that I had decided to say something important to +her. Such courage impressed and compelled. + +The cocks crew. It was midnight. It was pouring; flashes of lightning, +like serpents of light, shone for a second through my curtains. + +"Irinel, you must come with me. Don't you see what a beautiful day +it is? I have discovered a bunch of ripe grapes which I have kept +for you all the week." + +"No, merci!" + +"It is impossible for you not to come. I have made up my mind to tell +you something----" + +"What?" replied Irinel, and turned her eyes upon me. + +Who could bear such a bright light? I looked down, but revolted by +such cowardice I felt the courage of a hero, and lifting my head I +replied to her: + +"You must come!" + +In all my life I had never commanded anyone. I was ordering her! + +It was pitch dark; it was raining outside. I turned towards the +wall. I closed my eyes. It was light. It was a beautiful Sunday. And +still full of that courage I said to her once more: + +"You must come!" + +And I took her by the hand. From now on my heart almost ceased to +beat. I told her all I had wanted to say to her for two years. + +"Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me? Why are you silent? Why do +you look down? Tell me, shall I leave the house where I have watched +you growing up under my eyes, or----" + +"Stay!" + +We embraced each other; we kissed each other. It was over. + +Lord! How brave men are when they are in love! + +I grew cold all over when I reflected that this scene had not yet +taken place, but was still to come. I sank down under my quilt afraid +of such courage. + +It began to grow light. I went off to sleep gradually, rehearsing +this heroic scene: + +"Irinel, will you come for a walk?" + +"No, merci!" + +"This cannot be, you must----" + + + +The next day I woke up about ten o'clock. My uncle asked me in his +kind, calm voice: + +"Iorgu, are you not well that you got up so late to-day?" + +I, feeling myself in fault, replied, embarrassed: + +"No--a book--I went to sleep late." + +My ears were burning as though I had held them against a hot stove. + +The veranda seemed to be giving way under me. Do you know, at that +moment a thought crossed my mind that overwhelmed me? Irinel was only +Irinel, but, with my uncle, what courage I should need! How would he, +an old man of pious habits, regard in his old age a marriage within +the prohibited degree among members of his own family? + +Why did he stand in front of me? Why did he look at me like that? He +understood me and was appraising me! His look spoke, though his lips +most certainly did not move. I heard the words passing through his +mind as distinctly as though some one had whispered in my ear: + +"I never could have believed, nephew, that you would have turned my +child's head! What would your mother say were she alive to see this?" + +Why did not my uncle turn away from me? Was he looking at me or +elsewhere? What else was there to see? I do not know if the fault +was great, but the judge was cruel. And my judge grew bigger, like +a Titan, like a wall between me and Irinel. In my ears there rang +what I am convinced was the sentence he had secretly passed on me: +"What a depraved youth! The old are passing away, and with them +disappear the old moral ideas!" + +I was ready to sink under my chair. My uncle said to me: + +"Iorgu, you have not had any coffee. It seems to me you are not well, +are you?" + +What irony! Were his words more gentle than before? Useless thought! I +understood him. God defend you from a good man who disapproves +of you. It's bad enough to feel oneself guilty before a good and +upright man. + +Why was punishment for mankind invented? Punishment is the reward of +sin. I could have wished that my uncle would pronounce his sentence +of punishment. But no, he has taken me prisoner, he has judged me and, +instead of punishing me, he stoops to give me coffee and two rolls. In +all my life I had never experienced a greater agony. + +No doubt he had seen us walking silently together, not gaily as we +used to do. He understood why Irinel stayed in the house on one or two +Sundays. Of course he knew why I did not go to sleep till early dawn, +and who knows, he might have heard me calling in my dreams: + +"Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me?" + +What would my uncle think of his daughter married to his sister's +son? It would mean asking for a dispensation. Would it not be turning +such a religious man into an object of derision in his old age? And +for what reason? Just through the caprice of a boy whom he had brought +up and cared for. + +Irinel and I had grown up together more like brother and sister than +cousins! If there had only been a question of the civil right! But +the laws of the Church! How could one trample them underfoot? + +Throughout the week, early in the morning, at night and through the +day, at meals and during school hours, this thought occupied my mind! + +"It is impossible! It is impossible! I wonder that I did not see +that sooner." + + + +About six o'clock on Saturday our old carriage turned into the +courtyard; inside was my uncle and by him sat Irinel. From the +oak steps of the veranda I watched the white hair and the golden +curls and, scarcely able to control my tears, I said to myself: +"It is impossible." + +Irinel sprang from the carriage and came up to me. She was happy. We +kissed each other, but, believe me, she seemed to kiss in the air. + +"What's the matter, Iorgu? You are very pale. You are thinner, or +does it only seem so to me?" + +Before I could answer her my uncle hastened, hastened to say: + +"I don't know what's the matter with Iorgu. It seems to me he is ill, +but he will not say so." + +Oh! Oh! You don't know what is the matter with me, uncle? You don't +know what is the matter? It seems to you I am ill? I do not want to +tell you? Do you say what is the matter with you? You are a good man, +but what a hypocrite---- + +He thinks I do not understand him. + +To Irinel I say gently: + +"There is nothing the matter, Irinel. But you, are you well?" + +And so it went on--nearly a whole year of depression. + +Why should I tell you that I grew thinner and paler, that I often +shivered, and with secret pleasure, exaggerated a little cough when +I walked in the garden with Irinel? You have seen so many thin and +pale men, and you have read so many novels in which consumptive lovers +either shoot themselves or throw themselves into the sea, so that if +I told you that I grew thinner, that I took to playing billiards, +that I began to drink, and that once I drank three half bottles in +succession, you would only yawn. + +There is nothing remarkable in the love and depression of a nervous +person. Who would remain, even for an instant, with a man who suffers +in silence? And I kept silence from St. Mary's day to St. Peter's. + +"What is the matter with you?" + +"Nothing." + +"Are you ill?" + +"No, uncle; no, dear Irinel." + +At last the momentous day arrived! Irinel finished the last year of +her education. On the 20th of June she left school for good. + +That very day she asked my uncle abruptly to what watering-place we +were going, and on hearing came into my room. + +Stretched upon my bed, I was reading the wonderful discourse of +Cogalniceanu's, printed in front of the "Chronicles." I made up my +mind to read law and study literature and history. + +When I saw her I jumped up. She whirled round on one foot, and her +gown seemed like a big convolvulus; and after this revolution she +stopped in front of me, laughing and clapping her hands. She made me +a curtsy as she daintily lifted up her skirt on either side between +two fingers, and asked me coyly: + +"Mon cher cousin, can you guess where we are going to this summer?" + +"No, Irinel," I replied, exaggerating the cough which was becoming +more and more of a silly habit. + +"What will you give me if I tell you?" + +And after once more whirling round while her gown swept across my feet, +and laughing and clapping, she asked me most sedately: + +"Will you kiss my hand with respect, like a grown-up person's, if I +tell you?" + +"Yes, Irinel." + +And the cough again played its part. + +"No, you must kiss my hand first." + +She held out her hand to me, which I kissed sadly, but with pleasure. + +"And now this one!" + +"And that one, Irinel." + +"To Mehadia! To Mehadia! Won't it be beautiful? I am bored with +Slanic." + +She ran about the house so quickly that her petticoats worked up above +her knees. I blushed; she blushed; then breaking into a silvery laugh +she threw herself upon me and said: + +"We will dance a polka. I will sing. I will be gentleman; I will +steer you." + +Then I heard my uncle calling her: "Irinel! Irinel! Where are you?" + +She disappeared in a second. + +I threw myself on my bed. I took up the "Chronicles," but instead of +reading I began to think. "Irinel! Irinel!" The first Irinel was quick, +severe, malicious, the second one was lingering, much softer, almost +caressing. Of course he had meant to reassure her, he had wanted to +deceive me. He thought to make me believe he had meant nothing. But +what did that "Where are you?" signify? + +I understood from the way in which he had said "where" that there lay +the real drift of the question. He had not anything to say to her, +but he very much wanted to know "where" she was. In other words, was +she perchance with me in my room? Such espionage was humiliating for +an orphan whose whole life he had directed, and whose fortune he had +controlled, because he had the right to say to him with a single word, +by a single look: "This is how I reward an ungrateful person, a youth +who has no regard for the old men who are soon to pass away, burying +with them the moral customs of this country." That "Where are you?" was +as clear as noonday. Do you suppose he did not know where she was? + +"Ah! An orphan must not fall in love!" + +I don't know what other thoughts I had. The door of the room opened; +Irinel stood in the doorway. + +How great an unhappiness it is to see happiness standing on the +threshold, and to know it will not cross; that it will remain yonder, +so near and yet so far! + +Irinel crossed the threshold; she came up to me. I realized that she +had crossed the threshold, but still my happiness remained outside. I +understood the old man had sent her back in order to deceive me, +and that she had guessed nothing. + +"Do you know what Father has just told me? A guest is coming to us +at the festival of St. Peter. A big merchant." + +What did that mean? + +"And did he say anything else?" + +"Nothing; but yes, he did. We are to kill our fattest chicken and +the house is to be put into the most spick and span order, for our +guest is an important merchant, a deputy, elderly, and I don't know +what all and what else." + +After teasing me and laughing at me because I coughed just as the +girls at school did to make the doctor prescribe iron and old wine, +but more particularly old wine than iron, Irinel left me. + +"Ugh! It's lucky he is old. Supposing he had been a young man?" + + + +On St. Peter's day I rose in such a state of anxiety that I started +at every sound. Has it not been known for old men to lose their heads +and marry girls of eighteen? + +For three hours I wandered about the grounds. I waited for this +rival with the same impatience with which I once waited for Irinel +to come quickly from school. Am I deceiving myself or not? The same +sensations, identically the same, were present with me, waiting +thus for the object of my hatred as when I waited for her I loved. I +wanted to see him as soon as possible; for a second; just to know him; +to find out who he was. + +At ten o'clock a carriage drew up in front of the door. Some one got +out. When I saw him I began to laugh. He was very feeble, he was very +old. No doubt he was smart with his black coat and red tie. I greeted +him with respect, I might almost say with affection, and then, sorry +at having felt hatred for such an old man, with such snowwhite hair, +I went quietly into the garden. I turned down one of the paths. How sad +and drear do the most beautiful natural surroundings become when they +are reflected by a sad and lonely heart? What indifference everywhere! + +The garden gate was opened rather hastily as though the wind had +forced it. Irinel appeared. She looked all round, then, seeing me, +she flew towards me. The breeze which she made by her flight fluttered +her thin gown of white batiste with black spots. + +She was pale. She took my hand. Her own trembled. She tried to speak, +and said several times: + +"Wait, wait, wait while I get my breath----" + +Then she became silent and looked at me. Oh, what a look! Her eyes +flashed sparks. Their blue depths seemed to me like an incomprehensible +ocean, tempest driven, without bottom, without boundaries. I looked +down, overwhelmed by an inexplicable fear, by a powerful emotion. I +noticed my boots, and I thought to myself: "Have they cleaned my +boots to-day or not? Of course, they must have. Don't they clean them +every day?" + +"Iorgu, do you know why that old man has come?" + +"No," I answered her, with a stupid calm. + +Had they cleaned my boots? Perhaps the dew was still on the grass. + +"Iorgu, do you know what Father said to me?" + +"No." + +"'Put on your foulard gown.'" + +"Your foulard gown? The one I like so much?" + +"But do you know why he wanted me to?" + +"Of course I do." + +She trembled. + +I continued, as I took out my handkerchief and flicked the dust from +one of my boots: + +"Of course I know. Isn't to-day a great festival?" + +"Ah," she replied as she withdrew the hand I was holding, "you +understand nothing! What an indifferent and non-understanding man +you are!" + +Indifferent? I understood everything from her look and her emotion, +and with a calmness which I was certainly far from feeling I bent +down and dusted the other boot. + +"The old man has come, Irinel----" I said, glancing at her for +a moment. + +She was white, her lower lip quivered, the light in her eyes had +darkened. + +"The old man has come, Irinel. What then? He will dine with us? All +the better. We shall be a bigger party at table." + +Was it I speaking? There were only she and I in the garden. + +"The old man has come, has come. Alas!" she replied, covering her eyes +with both her hands. "The old man has come and some one is going to +leave this house! He has----" + +Irinel began to cry. + +"What has he?" + +"A son who is an engineer." + +"Engineer? Has he learnt engineering?" + +"Yes, he has learnt engineering!" Irinel replied angrily, and uncovered +her crimson cheeks. "Yes, he has learnt en-gi-neer-ing, and some one +is going to leave this house!" + +I watched how she stood in the doorway, and then crossed it lightly +as she wiped away her tears on a clean corner of her gown. I looked +long after her, then I threw myself face upwards under one of the +fruit-trees. + +Nature was full of life! The apple-trees bent their great boughs; +the sparrows chattered, some of them were fluttering their wings, +others were collecting into groups preparing for a fierce fight. Little +patches of sunlight played upon my face. When I felt two rows of tears +trickling into my ears, I jumped to my feet, I gazed towards the door, +and said gently, full of a profound melancholy: + +"Some one is going to leave this house!" + + + +The next day I showed my uncle a faked recommendation, in writing, +from a doctor ordering me to Bourboule under pretext of a serious +affection of the left lung. + +I pass rapidly over this episode. I kissed my uncle's hand and +Irinel. Irinel! + +Only when I was crossing the frontier and looking from the open +window of the train at the Hungarian landscape lying stretched out +before me, did I begin to wonder. Supposing she had not looked at +me so intently! A searching look paralysed me. Supposing she had +asked me what it was I wanted to say to her? Such shyness is a form +of madness. But what courage I should have wanted! How could I have +convinced my uncle? Was not Irinel like my sister? Ah, no! It was +impossible! It was impossible! + +The train, which was puffing along, gave a whistle that echoed through +the country. A few tears fell through the window, and seeking with +my eyes the country from which I had come, and the direction where +lay the house and garden in which I had grown up so happily, I gave +a wave with my hand, and said sighing: + +"Good-bye, Irinel!" + + + + THE END + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + +***** This file should be named 38991-8.txt or 38991-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/9/9/38991/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/38991-8.zip b/38991-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fe2414 --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-8.zip diff --git a/38991-h.zip b/38991-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..d17ded6 --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h.zip diff --git a/38991-h/38991-h.htm b/38991-h/38991-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e48ea07 --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h/38991-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,8339 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> +<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source on 2012-02-26T17:10:22Z. --> +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<meta name="generator" content= +"HTML Tidy for Windows (vers 25 March 2009), see www.w3.org"> +<title>Roumanian Stories</title> +<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=us-ascii"> +<meta name="generator" content= +"tei2html.xsl, see http://code.google.com/p/tei2html/"> +<meta name="author" content="Lucy Margaret (Greenly) Schomberg Byng"> +<link rel="schema.DC" href= +"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/"> +<meta name="DC.Creator" content= +"Lucy Margaret (Greenly) Schomberg Byng"> +<meta name="DC.Title" content="Roumanian Stories"> +<meta name="DC.Language" content="en"> +<meta name="DC.Format" content="text/html"> +<meta name="DC.Publisher" content="Project Gutenberg"> +<meta name="DC:Subject" content= +"Short stories, Romanian -- Translations into English."> +<meta name="DC:Subject" content= +"Romania -- Social life and customs -- Fiction."> +<style type="text/css"> +body +{ +font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +margin: 1.58em 16%; +text-align: left; +} +/* Titlepage */ +.titlePage +{ +border: #DDDDDD 2px solid; +margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%; +padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%; +text-align: center; +} +.titlePage .docTitle +{ +line-height: 3.5em; +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .mainTitle +{ +font-size: 1.8em; +} +.titlePage .docTitle .subTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .seriesTitle, .titlePage .docTitle .volumeTitle +{ +font-size: 1.44em; +} +.titlePage .byline +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.72em; +} +.titlePage .byline .docAuthor +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +.titlePage .figure +{ +margin: 2em 0% 2em 0%; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.titlePage .docImprint +{ +margin: 4em 0% 0em 0%; +font-size: 1.2em; +line-height: 1.72em; +} +.titlePage .docImprint .docDate +{ +font-size: 1.2em; +font-weight: bold; +} +/* End Titlepage */ +.transcribernote +{ +background-color:#DDE; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +font-family:sans-serif; +font-size:80%; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.advertisment +{ +background-color:#FFFEE0; +border:black 1px dotted; +color:#000; +margin:2em 5%; +padding:1em; +} +.correctiontable +{ +width: 75%; +} +.width20 +{ +width: 20%; +} +.width40 +{ +width: 40%; +} +.indextoc +{ +text-align: center; +} +.div0 +{ +padding-top: 5.6em; +} +.div1 +{ +padding-top: 4.8em; +} +.index +{ +font-size: 80%; +} +.div2 +{ +padding-top: 3.6em; +} +.div3, .div4, .div5 +{ +padding-top: 2.4em; +} +.footnotes .body, +.footnotes .div1 +{ +padding: 0; +} +.apparatusnote +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +table.alignedtext +{ +border-collapse: collapse; +} +table.alignedtext td +{ +vertical-align: top; +width: 50%; +} +table.alignedtext td.first +{ +border-width: 0 0.2px 0 0; +border-color: gray; +border-style: solid; +padding-right: 10px; +} +table.alignedtext td.second +{ +padding-left: 10px; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4 +{ +clear: both; +font-style: normal; +text-transform: none; +} +h3, .h3 +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +h3.label +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h4, .h4 +{ +font-size:1em; +line-height:1.2em; +} +.alignleft +{ +text-align:left; +} +.alignright +{ +text-align:right; +} +.alignblock +{ +text-align:justify; +} +p.tb, hr.tb +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +text-align: center; +} +p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +text-indent:0; +} +p.argument, p.tocArgument +{ +margin:1.58em 10%; +} +p.tocPart +{ +margin:1.58em 0%; +font-variant: small-caps; +} +p.tocChapter +{ +margin:1.58em 0%; +} +p.tocSection +{ +margin:0.7em 5%; +} +.opener, .address +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.addrline +{ +margin-top: 0; +margin-bottom: 0; +} +.dateline +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-bottom: 1.6em; +text-align: right; +} +.salute +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.signed +{ +margin-top: 1.6em; +margin-left: 3.58em; +text-indent: -2em; +} +.epigraph +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +width: 60%; +margin-left: auto; +} +.epigraph span.bibl +{ +display: block; +text-align: right; +} +.trailer +{ +clear: both; +padding-top: 2.4em; +padding-bottom: 1.6em; +} +.figure +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +} +.floatLeft +{ +float:left; +margin:10px 10px 10px 0; +} +.floatRight +{ +float:right; +margin:10px 0 10px 10px; +} +p.figureHead +{ +font-size:100%; +text-align:center; +} +.figAnnotation +{ +font-size:80%; +position:relative; +margin: 0 auto; /* center this */ +} +.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft +{ +float: left; +} +.figTop, .figBottom +{ +} +.figTopRight, .figBottomRight +{ +float: right; +} +.hangq +{ +text-indent: -0.35em; +} +.hangqq +{ +text-indent: -0.44em; +} +.hangqqq +{ +text-indent: -0.78em; +} +.figure p +{ +font-size:80%; +margin-top:0; +text-align:center; +} +img +{ +border-width:0; +} +p.smallprint,li.smallprint +{ +color:#666666; +font-size:80%; +} +span.parnum +{ +font-weight: bold; +} +.marginnote +{ +font-size:0.8em; +height:0; +left:1%; +line-height:1.2em; +position:absolute; +text-indent:0; +width:14%; +} +.pagenum +{ +display:inline; +font-size:70%; +font-style:normal; +margin:0; +padding:0; +position:absolute; +right:1%; +text-align:right; +} +a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref +{ +font-size: 80%; +text-decoration: none; +vertical-align: 0.25em; +} +.displayfootnote +{ +display: none; +} +div.footnotes +{ +font-size: 80%; +margin-top: 1em; +padding: 0; +} +hr.fnsep +{ +margin-left: 0; +margin-right: 0; +text-align: left; +width: 25%; +} +p.footnote +{ +margin-bottom: 0.5em; +margin-top: 0.5em; +} +p.footnote .label +{ +float:left; +width:2em; +height:12pt; +display:block; +} +/* Tables */ +tr, td, th +{ +vertical-align: top; +} +td.bottom +{ +vertical-align: bottom; +} +td.label, tr.label td +{ +font-weight: bold; +} +td.unit, tr.unit td +{ +font-style: italic; +} +td.sum +{ +padding-top: 2px; border-top: solid black 1px; +} +/* Poetry */ +.lgouter +{ +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */ +} +.lg +{ +text-align: left; +} +.lg h4, .lgouter h4 +{ +font-weight: normal; +} +.lg .linenum, .sp .linenum, .lgouter .linenum +{ +color:#777; +font-size:90%; +left: 16%; +margin:0; +position:absolute; +text-align:center; +text-indent:0; +top:auto; +width:1.75em; +} +p.line +{ +margin: 0 0% 0 0%; +} +span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */ +{ +color: white; +} +.versenum +{ +font-weight:bold; +} +/* Drama */ +.speaker +{ +font-weight: bold; +margin-bottom: 0.4em; +} +.sp .line +{ +margin: 0 10%; +text-align: left; +} +/* End Drama */ +/* right aligned page number in table of contents */ +.tocPagenum, .flushright +{ +position: absolute; +right: 16%; +top: auto; +} +table.tocList +{ +width: 100%; +margin-left: auto; +margin-right: auto; +border-width: 0; +border-collapse: collapse; +} +td.tocPageNum, td.tocDivNum +{ +text-align: right; +width: 10%; +border-width: 0; +} +td.tocDivNum +{ +padding-left: 0; +padding-right: 0.5em; +} +td.tocPageNum +{ +padding-left: 0.5em; +padding-right: 0; +} +td.tocDivTitle +{ +width: auto; +} +span.corr, span.gap +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted red; +} +span.abbr +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted gray; +} +span.measure +{ +border-bottom:1px dotted green; +} +/* Font Styles and Colors */ +.ex +{ +letter-spacing: 0.2em; +} +.sc +{ +font-variant: small-caps; +} +.uc +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +.tt +{ +font-family: monospace; +} +.underline +{ +text-decoration: underline; +} +/* overline is actually a bit too high; overtilde is approximated with overline */ +.overline, .overtilde +{ +text-decoration: overline; +} +.rm +{ +font-style: normal; +} +.red +{ +color: red; +} +/* End Font Styles and Colors */ +hr +{ +clear:both; +height:1px; +margin-left:auto; +margin-right:auto; +margin-top:1em; +text-align:center; +width:45%; +} +.aligncenter, div.figure +{ +text-align:center; +} +h1, h2 +{ +font-size:1.44em; +line-height:1.5em; +} +h1.label, h2.label +{ +font-size:1.2em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin-bottom:0; +} +h5, h6 +{ +font-size:1em; +font-style:italic; +line-height:1em; +} +p +{ +text-indent:0; +} +p.firstlinecaps:first-line +{ +text-transform: uppercase; +} +p.dropcap:first-letter +{ +float: left; +clear: left; +margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0; +padding: 0px; +line-height: 0.8em; +font-size: 420%; +vertical-align:super; +} +.lg +{ +padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%; +} +p.quote,div.blockquote, div.argument +{ +font-size:0.9em; +line-height:1.2em; +margin:1.58em 5%; +} +.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden +{ +text-decoration:none; +} +ul { list-style-type: none; } +.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; } +/* External Links */ +.pglink, .catlink, .exlink, .wplink, .biblink +{ +background-repeat: no-repeat; +background-position: right center; +} +.pglink +{ +background-image: url(images/book.png); +padding-right: 18px; +} +.catlink +{ +background-image: url(images/card.png); +padding-right: 17px; +} +.exlink, .wplink, .biblink +{ +background-image: url(images/external.png); +padding-right: 13px; +} +.pglink:hover +{ +background-color: #DCFFDC; +} +.catlink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFFFDC; +} +.exlink:hover, .wplink:hover, .biblink:hover +{ +background-color: #FFDCDC; +} +body +{ +background: #FFFFFF; +font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif; +} +body, a.hidden +{ +color: black; +} +.titlePage +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; +} +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .h1, .h2, .h3, .h4 +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif; +} +p.byline +{ +font-style: italic; +margin-bottom: 2em; +} +.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, .marginnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage +{ +color: #001FA4; +} +.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a +{ +color: #AAAAAA; +} +a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover +{ +color: red; +} +p.dropcap:first-letter +{ +color: #001FA4; +font-weight: bold; +} +sub, sup +{ +line-height: 0; +} +.pagenum, .linenum +{ +speak: none; +} +</style> + +<style type="text/css"> +.xd19e183 +{ +text-align:center; +} +.xd19e188width +{ +width:475px; +} +.xd19e215 +{ +text-align:center;text-transform:uppercase; +} +.xd19e217 +{ +text-align:center;font-size:x-large; text-transform:uppercase; +} +.xd19e1711 +{ +text-indent:2em; +} +.xd19e5072 +{ +text-align:center; +} +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Roumanian Stories + Translated from the Original Roumanian + +Author: Various + +Translator: Lucy Byng + +Release Date: February 26, 2012 [EBook #38991] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + +</pre> + +<div class="front"> +<div class="div1 frenchtitle"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first xd19e183">Roumanian Stories <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e185" href="#xd19e185" name= +"xd19e185">iii</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 titlepage"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"></p> +<div class="figure xd19e188width"><img src="images/titlepage.gif" alt= +"Original Title Page." width="475" height="720"></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="titlePage"> +<div class="docTitle"> +<div class="mainTitle">Roumanian Stories</div> +<br> +<div class="subTitle">Translated from the<br> +original Roumanian</div> +</div> +<div class="byline">By <span class="docAuthor">Lucy Byng</span></div> +<div class="docImprint">London John Lane, The Bodley Head<br> +New York: John Lane Company. MCMXXI</div> +</div> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e209" href="#xd19e209" name= +"xd19e209">iv</a>]</span></p> +<div class="div1 imprint"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first xd19e183">William Clowes and Sons, Limited, London and +Beccles, England. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e213" href= +"#xd19e213" name="xd19e213">v</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 dedication"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first xd19e215">To</p> +<p class="xd19e217">Roumania’s Gracious Queen</p> +<p class="xd19e215">This book is dedicated with<br> +profound admiration and respect <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e223" +href="#xd19e223" name="xd19e223">vii</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 preface"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Preface</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">By</p> +<p><span class="sc">H.M. The Queen of Roumania</span></p> +<p>Very little is known in England about Roumanian literature, which +although not as rich as in many other countries, presents, +nevertheless, features of real interest.</p> +<p>Like all people in touch with the East, even the peasants have a +strain of poetry in their speech, their expression is picturesque and +gentle, an almost fatalistic note of sadness rings through all the +songs they sing.</p> +<p>Our poets have adapted themselves to this particular strain, and +mostly it is the popular form that has been developed by our literary +men both in prose and poetry.</p> +<p>Roumanian literature possesses eminent historians and critics. I am +not, in these few lines, going to touch upon their activities; but +strangely enough there are few writers of fiction amongst the +Roumanians—great novel writers do not exist.</p> +<p>The Roumanian, above all, excels as poet and as a short-story +writer. In this last art he is past-master, and it is therefore a great +pleasure to me to encourage this book which Mrs. Schomberg Byng +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e243" href="#xd19e243" name= +"xd19e243">viii</a>]</span>is sending out into the world at a moment +when I am so anxious that my country should be better known and +understood in England.</p> +<p>Each one of these short stories is a little work of art, and deeply +characteristic of Roumanian popular life and thought; therefore I have +no doubt that they will interest all those who care about +literature.</p> +<p>I feel personally indebted to Mrs. Schomberg Byng to have thought of +making this interesting feature of Roumanian literature known to the +British public. I therefore, with all my heart, wish this little volume +Good Luck.</p> +<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Marie.</span></p> +<p><i>Jan., 1920.</i> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e258" href= +"#xd19e258" name="xd19e258">ix</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 preface"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Preface</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">By <span class="sc">Professor S. Mehedintzi</span><br> +Of Bucharest University and the Roumanian Academy</p> +<p>As regards poetry Roumanian literature had reached the European +level by the nineteenth century. Eminescu may be placed by the side of +Leopardi. The drama and the novel are still unrepresented by any works +of the first rank; but the short story shows that Roumanian writing is +constantly on the upward grade.</p> +<p>The following stories have been selected from many writers. The +reader must judge each author for himself. It is impossible to settle +their respective merits; that would presuppose an acquaintance with the +whole of Roumanian literature. We may, however, be allowed to say a +word or two about each writer.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Negruzzi is to Roumanian very much what Sir Walter Scott has been to +English literature. After the lapse of nigh a century the historical +novel is still identified with his name.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Creanga is a production exclusively Roumanian; <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e280" href="#xd19e280" name= +"xd19e280">x</a>]</span>a peasant who knew no foreign tongue, but whose +mind was steeped in the fairy tales, proverbs, and wit of the people. +He wrote with a humour and an originality of imagery which make his +work almost impossible to translate into other languages.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Caragiale, our most noted dramatic author, is the antithesis of +Creanga; a man of culture, literary and artistic in the highest sense +of the word. <i>The Easter Torch</i> ranks him high among the great +short-story writers.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Popovici-Banatzeanu—dead very young—and +Bratescu-Voineshti are writers who more than any others give us the +atmosphere of the English novel in which the ethical note predominates. +Some of their pages have the poignancy of Dickens.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The same discreet note is struck by Slavici, born in Hungary, whose +<i>Popa Tanda</i> is the personification of the Roumanian people +subject for centuries to the injustice of an alien race, and driven to +seek support in their own work only.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Delavrancea, a famous orator, is a romantic; while Sadoveanu, the +most fertile prose writer among the younger men, possesses as novelist +and story-teller a touch which makes him akin to Turgenev and +Sienkiewicz.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Beza stands by himself. From the mountains of Macedonia he brings +into the national literature <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd19e308" +href="#xd19e308" name="xd19e308">xi</a>]</span>the original note of the +life of the shepherds in the Balkans. Constantly upon the road, among +mountain tops and plains, always in fear of the foreigners among whom +they pass, their life manifests a great spiritual concentration. Over +Beza’s work there hover a mystery and a restraint which +completely fascinate the reader. Though young, he possesses the +qualities of the classical writers. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"xd19e310" href="#xd19e310" name="xd19e310">xiii</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="div1 note"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Translator’s Note</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first">I wish to take this opportunity of thanking M. Beza +for his most valuable assistance. Without his intimate knowledge of the +two languages and his kindly and expert criticism these translations +would never have seen the light.</p> +<p>Some well-known names, that of Diuliu Zamfirescu for instance, are +absent from my list of authors; lack of time and difficulty in +obtaining their works made their inclusion impossible.</p> +<p class="signed"><span class="sc">Lucy Byng.</span> <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="xd19e322" href="#xd19e322" name= +"xd19e322">xv</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="toc" class="div1 contents"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Contents</h2> +<ul> +<li> <span class="tocPagenum">Page</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch1">The Fairy of the Lake.</a></span> + <i>M. Sadoveanu</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">1</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch2">The Easter Torch.</a></span> + <i>I. L. Caragiale</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">11</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch3">At Manjoala’s Inn<span class= +"corr" id="xd19e355" title="Not in source">.</span></a></span> + <i>I. L. Caragiale</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">35</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch4">Alexandru Lapushneanu, +1564–1569.</a></span> <i>C. Negruzzi</i> + <span class="tocPagenum">51</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch5">Zidra.</a></span> + <i>M. Beza</i> <span class= +"tocPagenum">85</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch6">Gardana.</a></span> + <i>M. Beza</i> <span class= +"tocPagenum">93</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch7">The Dead Pool<span class="corr" id= +"xd19e397" title="Not in source">.</span></a></span> +<i>M. Beza</i> <span class= +"tocPagenum">109</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch8">Old Nichifor, the +Impostor.</a></span> <i>I. Creanga</i> + <span class="tocPagenum">115</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch9">Cozma Racoare.</a></span> + <i>M. Sadoveanu</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">141</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch10">The Wanderers<span class="corr" +id="xd19e429" title="Not in source">.</span></a></span> + <i>M. Sadoveanu</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">157</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch11">The Fledgeling.</a></span> + <i>I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti</i> + <span class="tocPagenum">167</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch12">Popa Tanda.</a></span> + <i>I. Slavici</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">175</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch13">Out in the World.</a></span> + <i>Ion Popovici-Banatzeanu</i> + <span class="tocPagenum">207</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch14">The Bird of Ill Omen.</a></span> + <i>I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti</i> + <span class="tocPagenum">261</span></li> +<li><span class="sc"><a href="#ch15">Irinel.</a></span> + <i>B. Delavrancea</i> +<span class="tocPagenum">267</span></li> +</ul> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb1" href="#pb1" name= +"pb1">1</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="body"> +<div id="ch1" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="super">Roumanian Stories</h2> +<h2 class="main">The Fairy of the Lake</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Sadoveanu</span></p> +<p>One evening old Costescu told us an adventure of his youth.</p> +<p>The old mill of Zavu, he began, stands to this day close to the +Popricani lake. A black building leaning towards the dark waters. The +six wheels are driven by great streams of water which come rushing +through the mill-race, and surround the house, washing through the +cracks. Above the boiling foam which encircles it, the great building +shakes with the unceasing roar of the water.</p> +<p>So it is to-day; so it was at the period when I used to roam about +those parts—it is long, long, since then.</p> +<p>I remember a night like a night in a fairy tale, full of the silver +light of the moon, a night when only youth could see, when only youth +could feel.</p> +<p>It was in July. I was descending the lake by <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb2" href="#pb2" name="pb2">2</a>]</span>myself with +my gun over my shoulder. Flights of duck passing above the forest of +reeds lured me on. I followed their rapid flight through the clear +atmosphere, the black specks became gradually smaller until they were +lost to sight in the rosy clouds of the setting sun. I passed above the +weir, where the waterfall brawls, between the bushy willow-trees which +guard the narrow path, and approached the mill. The green stream swept +through the mill-race, the foaming water boiled round the black +building, and in the yard, unyoked and ruminating, the oxen slept +beside the waggon.</p> +<p>The old man, the miller, the great-grandson of Zavu, descended from +the mill bridge with his pipe in the corner of his mouth. In the +deafening roar of the water and the creaking of the wheels men waited +in silence amid the luminous spray that filled the old building.</p> +<p>“Good health to you, my old friend Simione!”</p> +<p>“Thank you, sir. How goes it with the land? Grinding good +flour?”</p> +<p>This was the old man’s usual question: was the country +grinding good flour?</p> +<p>“Good, my old friend Simione!”</p> +<p>“Praise be to God!” said the old fellow. “But how +are you, sir? You never come to see us. The duck give you no +peace!”</p> +<p>“No, they give me no peace. I mean to lie in wait on the bank +to-night. Perhaps luck will come my way.” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href="#pb3" name="pb3">3</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Good; may it be as you wish. See, Zamfira will show you the +way.”</p> +<p>Just at that moment appeared the miller’s niece. She was a +strange girl of sixteen years of age; of middle height and thin, but +with well-developed muscles: her cheeks were sunburnt, and she had two +grey eyes, eyes so restless and so strange, and of such beauty and such +brilliance as I have never seen since. She had not regular features, +but the grey eyes beneath the heavy, arched brows gave her an unusual +and radiant beauty.</p> +<p>At the old man’s words she stopped suddenly, and said quickly +with twinkling eyes:</p> +<p>“I don’t want to show him the way!”</p> +<p>“Why not?” I asked with surprise, while the old man +smiled.</p> +<p>“Because I don’t want to!” said Zamfira, looking +at me askance.</p> +<p>“Very well,” said the old man quietly, +“don’t take him!”</p> +<p>The girl looked at me searchingly, through half-closed eyelids, and +then cried sharply:</p> +<p>“I’ll take him, after all!”</p> +<p>Old Simione began to laugh softly, turned round, and pursued his way +to the mill bridge, but Zamfira remained in front of me, erect, her +hands by her sides. Her head was bent down, but the grey eyes flashed +at me from beneath the eyebrows. Her head was bare, her chestnut hair +was drawn smoothly back from the temples into a thick plait, +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4" name= +"pb4">4</a>]</span>tied at the nape of the neck; a white water-lily, +beautiful, as though cut out of silver, was fastened among her rich +tresses. Beneath a white chemise her bosom rose and fell, a blue skirt +fell plainly to her ankles.</p> +<p>Suddenly she raised her head and looked shyly at me as she smiled. +Her teeth shone between her thin lips. Then, with her eyes, she gave me +the signal: “Come!”</p> +<p>I followed her. She moved swiftly; her well-developed form was +clearly outlined beneath her thin garments. From time to time she +turned her head, and her teeth flashed. She untied the boat, jumped in +and said curtly:</p> +<p>“Follow me!”</p> +<p>After I was seated, she braced herself for the effort, thrust in the +long pole, and set the boat in motion. For some time we glided through +reeds and rushes, and above great beds of weed. When we reached open +water she put down the pole, and took to the oars. The boat cleft the +deep water which glowed with flames from the fire of the setting sun. +The oars splashed softly with a musical sound. The girl’s whole +body moved with a rhythmic grace that was unspeakably fascinating. The +silver lily quivered in the luxuriant chestnut hair.</p> +<p>Silence reigned over the lake. Water-lilies shone in the golden +sunset; the reeds rustled softly; the dragon-flies passed like blue +flashes through the light. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href= +"#pb5" name="pb5">5</a>]</span></p> +<p>Suddenly the girl turned her strange grey eyes upon me.</p> +<p>“So to-night you will lie in wait for the duck?” she +asked.</p> +<p>“Yes, I shall wait.”</p> +<p>“Good.”</p> +<p>Her voice had a melodious, silvery ring. I questioned her:</p> +<p>“That seems strange to you?”</p> +<p>“No,” she said, turning her head away; “but +aren’t you afraid?”</p> +<p>“Of what should I be afraid?”</p> +<p>“Of the fairy of the lake,” she replied with +conviction.</p> +<p>“Of the water lady? Who is this fairy of the lake?”</p> +<p>“What? Do you not know? The fairy of the lake.”</p> +<p>Her eyes scanned my face intently.</p> +<p>The sun had nearly set; the water of the lake grew dark; a heron +passed above us scarcely moving its wings; its cries sent a shudder of +sadness through the silence of the forest of reeds. The girl looked at +me, and her teeth shone with a smile of almost diabolical beauty: her +clear-cut face seemed to reflect the colour of the green water. I +cannot describe what I felt; only the <i>charm</i> of the speaker was +astounding. In that framework of reeds and creepers—set as it +were between two skies—<i>she</i> was the fairy of the lake. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" href="#pb6" name= +"pb6">6</a>]</span></p> +<p>The boat struck the side of a cave and remained fast.</p> +<p>“Here we are,” said the girl.</p> +<p>Slowly I stepped ashore. But the charm made my head reel. I turned +abruptly, took her face between my hands, and would have kissed those +eyes in whose depths the secret of the lake lay hid. She resisted +gracefully with little movements, and trills of laughter, and instead +of kissing her eyes I touched her lips which burnt like fire.</p> +<p>I felt her draw herself away, I felt those strange eyes piercing +through me, and the boat shot away into the reeds and creepers. The +lake remained desolate, and in the silence only the gentle splash of +distant oars could be heard. I prepared myself a little bed of reeds in +the cave. I spread out my serge cloak, tried the triggers of my gun, +and while I waited for the duck I fell into a brown study. How strange! +I was perfectly conscious of my position; I knew quite well that the +fairy was none other than Zamfira, the miller’s niece, the +sunburnt, and perhaps, the simple maiden; and in spite of this, the +eyes, and the laughter, had something about them that intoxicated me +like the strong perfume of some wild flower.</p> +<p>In the gradually deepening shadows of the twilight she remained like +some vision, floating on the bosom of the lake, among the blossoms of +the water-lilies. I was roused by the rapid whirr of wings. I started +up. A flight of duck passed <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href= +"#pb7" name="pb7">7</a>]</span>over me. This event drove away my +preoccupation. I steadied the gun in my hands and put it at full cock. +In the reeds, torn and beaten by the wings of the duck, coot and +moor-hens called to each other; a light breeze ruffled the forest of +reeds. Small flocks of birds passed through the darkness of the night. +I fired a few shots. The gun made a deep sound which echoed far across +the water; one or two duck detached themselves from the group, and fell +heavily to the surface of the lake, troubling the water. The darkness +increased, it was impossible to distinguish the duck, one could only +hear the rustle of their flight, like a brief wind. The evening breeze +dropped, and a calm spread itself over the lake: only great black birds +flew overhead, noisily crying: “Chaw! Chaw!” From time to +time, in the silence of the night, could be heard the deep, lugubrious, +indistinct note of the bittern.</p> +<p>Stars glowed overhead, and in the depths of the water—the moon +would not rise for nearly another hour. I wrapped myself in my cloak, +and began to ponder over those grey eyes. In the silence, which grew +ever deeper, the noise of the mill and of the weir could be heard afar +off; somewhere a dog barked in its kennel; from some hill, lighting the +darkness, one caught the twinkle of a bright flame. The supple body, +the eyes, and the laughter, the lily blossom which harmonized so well +with the lake and with the green lights in the eyes, tantalized me. Now +she was no longer the simple maiden, kissed <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href="#pb8" name="pb8">8</a>]</span>by the sun +and caressed by the wind; every movement, every look, had something +particular about it. And also something strange.</p> +<p>I had never seen her when I visited the mill. I had heard of the old +man’s devilish niece, but I had never set eyes upon her. But now +an incident recurred to my mind, to which, at the time, I had paid +scant attention. On one occasion I had perceived a pair of restless +eyes peeping at me through a chink in the mill bridge. Those eyes were +surely hers; they sparkled so—and were so full of light and +mirth. There, in the dark night, that ardent kiss seemed to burn me and +I waited—I waited for something that I could not explain even to +myself.</p> +<p>I dozed, dreaming of those grey eyes. I cannot tell—perhaps I +fell asleep. I awoke in the full light of the moon which was flooding +atmosphere and lake with its silver beams. The water glittered, the +night was still, the mill was silent; in the distance the weir was +murmuring as in a dream.</p> +<p>Here and there, the water rippled into circles the colour of agate; +groups of duck were bathing in the moonlight. I put my hand to my gun. +I raised my eyes, I was ready to pull—when I paused. A melodious +song, scarcely intelligible, could be heard coming from the lake. It +was a simple song, and monotonous, but its remoteness, the echo across +the water, the clear light of the moon, lent it a profound charm. I +immediately thought of the lady of the lake. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9" name="pb9">9</a>]</span></p> +<p>I placed my gun beside me and listened. It was a simple and touching +melody. It had ceased for some time, but I still strained my ears; I +could only catch the soft murmur of the distant weir. Time passed, and +yet I still expected something to happen.</p> +<p>After a while I heard distinctly the soft splash of oars. I looked +everywhere, I could not make out whence it came. Then, suddenly, amid +the obscurity of the rushes, the gently floating boat came gliding into +the sea of light with the girl reclining in the silvery beams. The lily +shone in her dark hair.</p> +<p>I cannot tell you what I felt, for the storm of emotion cannot be +expressed in words, and besides that, I was young then, and half a +century has passed since my youth. I know I stood with wondering eyes +and gazed like one possessed: in very truth this was the fairy of the +lake!</p> +<p>All at once I saw a movement. The boat turned, and the oars struck +the water, making great ripples of light. It was directed towards my +cave. She came with wild speed, staring, her great eyes like +phosphorescent stars. But when she got near, she once more let the boat +glide, then turned abruptly, and laughing passed by the cave—a +silvery laugh, which I have never forgotten, no, not to this day +although it is so long ago. She passed by like a phantom, laughing, and +her eyes shining like two stars in the night of those great eyebrows. +To the right of me she rose, and threw something towards <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10" name="pb10">10</a>]</span>me; +then, sinking down, she again took the oars, struck the water, and shot +out into the open lake.</p> +<p>She disappeared. One could only hear the soft stroke of the oars; +then that, too, ceased, and perfect silence fell upon the silvery +lake.</p> +<p>By my side I found a bouquet of carnations and sweet basil, the +flowers of love.</p> +<p>At daybreak the old man came to take me off. When I turned towards +the yard I once again bent my head in the direction of the old black +building. Eyes watched me through the chink in the mill bridge.</p> +<p>That very day I went away. Many a time have I wanted to return to +the old Zavu mill, but fate has willed it otherwise. At last, when I +could have done so, other loves have held me in other places. Years +have passed, but the bunch of dried carnations and basil reminds me of +it all. And from time to time, my thoughts wander to the fairy of the +lake. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11" href="#pb11" name= +"pb11">11</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch2" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">The Easter Torch</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. L. Caragiale</span></p> +<p>Leiba Zibal, mine host of Podeni, was sitting lost in thought, by a +table placed in the shadow in front of the inn; he was awaiting the +arrival of the coach which should have come some time ago; it was +already an hour behind time.</p> +<p>The story of Zibal’s life is a long and cheerless one: when he +is taken with one of his feverish attacks it is a diversion for him to +analyse one by one the most important events in that life.</p> +<p>Huckster, seller of hardware, jobber, between whiles even rougher +work perhaps, seller of old clothes, then tailor, and boot-black in a +dingy alley in Jassy; all this had happened to him since the accident +whereby he lost his situation as office boy in a big wine-shop. Two +porters were carrying a barrel down to a cellar under the supervision +of the lad Zibal. A difference arose between them as to the division of +their earnings. One of them seized a piece of wood that lay at hand and +struck his comrade on the forehead, who fell to the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb12" href="#pb12" name="pb12">12</a>]</span>ground +covered in blood. At the sight of the wild deed the boy gave a cry of +alarm, but the wretch hurried through the yard, and in passing gave the +lad a blow. Zibal fell to the ground fainting with fear. After several +months in bed he returned to his master, only to find his place filled +up. Then began a hard struggle for existence, which increased in +difficulty after his marriage with Sura. Their hard lot was borne with +patience. Sura’s brother, the inn-keeper of Podeni, died; the inn +passed into Zibal’s hands, and he carried on the business on his +own account.</p> +<p>Here he had been for the last five years. He had saved a good bit of +money and collected good wine—a commodity that will always be +worth good money—Leiba had escaped from poverty, but they were +all three sickly, himself, his wife, and his child, all victims of +malaria, and men are rough and quarrelsome in Podeni—slanderous, +scoffers, revilers, accused of vitriol throwing. And the threats! A +threat is very terrible to a character that bends easily beneath every +blow. The thought of a threat worked more upon Leiba’s nerves +than did his attacks of fever.</p> +<p>“Oh, wretched Gentile!” he thought, sighing.</p> +<p>This “wretched” referred to Gheorghe—wherever he +might be!—a man between whom and himself a most unpleasant affair +had arisen.</p> +<p>Gheorghe came to the inn one autumn morning, tired with his walk; he +was just out of hospital—<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13" +href="#pb13" name="pb13">13</a>]</span>so he said—and was looking +for work. The innkeeper took him into his service. But Gheorghe showed +himself to be a brutal and a sullen man. He swore continually, and +muttered to himself alone in the yard. He was a bad servant, lazy and +insolent, and he stole. He threatened his mistress one day when she was +pregnant, cursing her, and striking her on the stomach. Another time he +set a dog on little Strul.</p> +<p>Leiba paid him his wages at once, and dismissed him. But Gheorghe +would not go: he asserted with violence that he had been engaged for a +year. Then the innkeeper sent to the town hall to get guards to remove +him.</p> +<p>Gheorghe put his hand swiftly to his breast, crying:</p> +<p>“Jew!” and began to rail at his master. Unfortunately, a +cart full of customers arrived at that moment. Gheorghe began to grin, +saying: “What frightened you, Master Leiba? Look, I am going +now.” Then bending fiercely over the bar towards Leiba, who drew +back as far as possible, he whispered: “Expect me on Easter Eve; +we’ll crack red eggs together, Jew! You will know then what I +have done to you, and I will answer for it.”</p> +<p>Just then, customers entered the inn.</p> +<p>“May we meet in good health at Easter, Master Leiba!” +added Gheorghe as he left.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Leiba went to the town hall, then to the sub-prefecture <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb14" href="#pb14" name="pb14">14</a>]</span>to +denounce the threatener, begging that he might be watched. The +sub-prefect was a lively young man; he first accepted Leiba’s +humble offering, then he began to laugh at the timid Jew, and make fun +of him. Leiba tried hard to make him realize the gravity of the +situation, and pointed out how isolated the house stood from the +village, and even from the high road. But the sub-prefect, with a more +serious air, advised him to be prudent; he must not mention such +things, for, truly, it would arouse the desire to do them in a village +where men were rough and poor, ready to break the law.</p> +<p>A few days later, an official with two riders came to see him about +Gheorghe; he was “wanted” for some crime.</p> +<p>If only Leiba had been able to put up with him until the arrival of +these men! In the meanwhile, no one knew the whereabouts of Gheorghe. +Although this had happened some time ago, Gheorghe’s appearance, +the movement as though he would have drawn something from his breast, +and the threatening words had all remained deeply impressed upon the +mind of the terror-stricken man. How was it that that memory remained +so clear?</p> +<p>It was Easter Eve.</p> +<p>From the top of the hill, from the village lying among the lakes +about two miles away, came the sound of church bells. One hears in a +strange way <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15" name= +"pb15">15</a>]</span>when one is feverish, now so loud, now so far +away. The coming night was the night before Easter, the night of the +fulfilment of Gheorghe’s promise.</p> +<p>“But perhaps they have caught him by now!”</p> +<p>Moreover, Zibal only means to stay at Podeni till next quarter-day. +With his capital he could open a good business in Jassy. In a town, +Leiba would regain his health, he would go near the police +station—he could treat the police, the commissionaires, the +sergeants. Who pays well gets well guarded.</p> +<p>In a large village, the night brings noise and light, not darkness +and silence as in the isolated valley of Podeni. There is an inn in +Jassy—there in the corner, just the place for a shop! An inn +where girls sing all night long, a Café Chantant. What a gay and +rousing life! There, at all hours of the day and night, officials and +their girls, and other dirty Christians will need entertainment.</p> +<p>What is the use of bothering oneself here where business keeps +falling off, especially since the coming of the railway which only +skirts the marshes at some distance?</p> +<p>“Leiba,” calls Sura from within, “the coach is +coming, one can hear the bells.”</p> +<p>The Podeni valley is a ravine enclosed on all sides by wooded hills. +In a hollow towards the south lie several deep pools caused by the +springs which rise in the hills; above them lie some stretches of +ground covered with bushes and rushes. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb16" href="#pb16" name="pb16">16</a>]</span>Leiba’s hotel +stands in the centre of the valley, between the pools and the more +elevated ground to the north; it is an old stone building, strong as a +small fortress: although the ground is marshy, the walls and cellars +are very dry.</p> +<p>At Sura’s voice Leiba raises himself painfully from his chair, +stretching his tired limbs; he takes a long look towards the east, not +a sign of the diligence.</p> +<p>“It is not coming; you imagined it,” he replied to his +wife, and sat down again.</p> +<p>Very tired the man crossed his arms on the table, and laid his head +upon them, for it was burning. The warmth of the spring sun began to +strike the surface of the marshes and a pleasant lassitude enveloped +his nerves, and his thoughts began to run riot as a sick man’s +will, gradually taking on strange forms and colours.</p> +<p>Gheorghe—Easter Eve—burglars—Jassy—the inn +in the centre of the town—a gay restaurant doing +well—restored health.</p> +<p>And he dozed.</p> +<p>Sura and the child went without a great deal up here.</p> +<p>Leiba went to the door of the inn and looked out on to the road.</p> +<p>On the main road there was a good deal of traffic, an unceasing +noise of wheels accompanied by the rhythmic sound of horses’ +hooves trotting upon the smooth asphalt. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb17" href="#pb17" name="pb17">17</a>]</span></p> +<p>But suddenly the traffic stopped, and from Copou a group of people +could be seen approaching, gesticulating and shouting excitedly.</p> +<p>The crowd appeared to be escorting somebody: soldiers, a guard and +various members of the public. Curious onlookers appeared at every door +of the inn.</p> +<p>“Ah,” thought Leiba, “they have laid hands on a +thief.”</p> +<p>The procession drew nearer. Sura detached herself from the others, +and joined Leiba on the steps of the inn.</p> +<p>“What is it, Sura?” he asked.</p> +<p>“A madman escaped from Golia.”</p> +<p>“Let us close the inn so that he cannot get at us.”</p> +<p>“He is bound now, but just now he escaped. He fought with all +the soldiers. A rough Gentile in the crowd pushed a Jew against the +madman and he bit him on the cheek.”</p> +<p>Leiba could see well from the steps; from the stair below Sura +watched with the child in her arms.</p> +<p>It was, in fact, a violent lunatic held on either side by two men: +his wrists were tightly bound over each other by a thick cord. He was a +man of gigantic stature with a head like a bull, thick black hair, and +hard, grizzled beard and whiskers. Through his shirt, which had been +torn in the struggle, his broad chest was visible, covered like his +head, with a mass of hair. His feet were bare; <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href="#pb18" name="pb18">18</a>]</span>his +mouth was full of blood, and he continually spat out hair which he had +bitten from the Jew’s beard.</p> +<p>Every one stood still. Why? The guards unbound the lunatic’s +hands. The crowd drew to one side, leaving a large space around him. +The madman looked about him, and his fierce glance rested upon +Zibal’s doorway; he gnashed his teeth, made a dash for the three +steps, and in a flash, seizing the child’s head in his right hand +and Sura’s in his left, he knocked them together with such force +that they cracked like so many fresh eggs. A sound was heard, a +scrunching impossible to describe, as the two skulls cracked +together.</p> +<p>Leiba, with bursting heart, like a man who falls from an immense +height, tried to cry out: “The whole world abandons me to the +tender mercies of a madman!” But his voice refused to obey +him.</p> +<p>“Get up, Jew!” cried some one, beating loudly upon the +table with a stick.</p> +<p>“It’s a bad joke,” said Sura from the doorway of +the inn, “thus to frighten the man out of his sleep, you stupid +peasant!”</p> +<p>“What has scared you, Jew?” asked the wag, laughing. +“You sleep in the afternoon, eh? Get up, customers are coming, +the mail coach is arriving.”</p> +<p>And, according to his silly habit which greatly irritated the Jew, +he tried to take his arm and tickle him.</p> +<p>“Let me alone!” cried the innkeeper, drawing +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19" name= +"pb19">19</a>]</span>back and pushing him away with all his might. +“Can you not see that I am ill? Leave me in peace.”</p> +<p>The coach arrived at last, nearly three hours late. There were two +passengers who seated themselves together with the driver, whom they +had invited to share their table.</p> +<p>The conversation of the travellers threw a light upon recent events. +At the highest posting station, a robbery with murder had been +committed during the night in the inn of a Jew. The murdered innkeeper +should have provided change of horses. The thieves had taken them, and +while other horses were being found in the village the curious +travellers could examine the scene of the crime at their leisure. Five +victims! But the details! From just seeing the ruined house one could +believe it to have been some cruel vendetta or the work of some +religious fanatic. In stories of sectarian fanaticism one heard +occasionally of such extravagant crimes.</p> +<p>Leiba shook with a violent access of fever and listened aghast.</p> +<p>What followed must have undoubtedly filled the driver with respect. +The young passengers were two students, one of philosophy, the other of +medicine; they were returning to amuse themselves in their native town. +They embarked upon a violent academic discussion upon crime and its +causes, and, to give him his due, the medical student was better +informed than the philosopher. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" +href="#pb20" name="pb20">20</a>]</span></p> +<p>Atavism; alcoholism and its pathological consequences; defective +birth; deformity; Paludism; then nervous disorders! Such and such +conquest of modern science—but the case of reversion to type! +Darwin, Häckel, Lombroso. At the case of reversion to type, the +driver opened wide his eyes in which shone a profound admiration for +the conquests of modern science.</p> +<p>“It is obvious,” added the medical student. “The +so-called criminal proper, taken as a type, has unusually long arms, +and very short feet, a flat and narrow forehead, and a much developed +occiput. To the experienced eye his face is characteristically coarse +and bestial; he is rudimentary man: he is, as I say, a beast which has +but lately got used to standing on its hind legs only, and to raising +its head towards the sky, towards the light.”</p> +<p>At the age of twenty, after so much excitement, and after a good +repast with wine so well vinted, and so well matured as Leiba’s, +a phrase with a lyrical touch came well even from a medical +student.</p> +<p>Between his studies of Darwin and Lombroso, the enthusiastic youth +had found time to imbibe a little Schopenhauer—“towards the +sky, towards the light!”</p> +<p>Leiba was far from understanding these “illuminating” +ideas. Perhaps for the first time did such grand words and fine +subtleties of thought find expression in the damp atmosphere of Podeni. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21" name= +"pb21">21</a>]</span>But that which he understood better than anything, +much better even than the speaker, was the striking illustration of the +theory: the case of reversion to type he knew in flesh and blood, it +was the portrait of Gheorghe. This portrait, which had just been drawn +in broad outline only, he could fill in perfectly in his own mind, down +to the most minute details.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The coach had gone. Leiba followed it with his eyes until, turning +to the left, it was lost to sight round the hill. The sun was setting +behind the ridge to the west, and the twilight began to weave soft +shapes in the Podeni valley.</p> +<p>The gloomy innkeeper began to turn over in his mind all that he had +heard. In the dead of night, lost in the darkness, a man, two women and +two young children, torn without warning from the gentle arms of sleep +by the hands of beasts with human faces, and sacrificed one after the +other, the agonized cries of the children cut short by the dagger +ripping open their bodies, the neck slashed with a hatchet, the dull +rattle in the throat with each gush of blood through the wound; and the +last victim, half-distraught, in a corner, witness of the scene, and +awaiting his turn. A condition far worse than execution was that of the +Jew without protection in the hands of the Gentile—skulls too +fragile for such fierce hands as those of the madman just now. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb22" href="#pb22" name= +"pb22">22</a>]</span></p> +<p>Leiba’s lips, parched with fever, trembled as they +mechanically followed his thoughts. A violent shivering fit seized him; +he entered the porch of the inn with tottering steps.</p> +<p>“There is no doubt,” thought Sura, “Leiba is not +at all well, he is really ill; Leiba has got ‘ideas’ into +his head. Is not that easy to understand after all he has been doing +these last days, and especially after what he has done +to-day?”</p> +<p>He had had the inn closed before the lights were lit, to remain so +until the Sabbath was ended. Three times had some customers knocked at +the door, calling to him, in familiar voices, to undo it. He had +trembled at each knock and had stood still, whispering softly and with +terrified eyes:</p> +<p>“Do not move—I want no Gentiles here.”</p> +<p>Then he had passed under the portico, and had listened at the top of +the stone steps by the door which was secured with a bar of wood. He +shook so that he could scarcely stand, but he would not rest. The most +distressing thing of all was that, he had answered Sura’s +persistent questions sharply, and had sent her to bed, ordering her to +put out the light at once. She had protested meanwhile, but the man had +repeated the order curtly enough, and she had had unwillingly to +submit, resigning herself to postponing to a later date any explanation +of his conduct.</p> +<p>Sura had put out the lamp, had gone to bed, and now slept by the +side of Strul. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb23" href="#pb23" name= +"pb23">23</a>]</span></p> +<p>The woman was right. Leiba was really ill.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Night had fallen. For a long time Leiba had been sitting, listening +by the doorway which gave on to the passage.</p> +<p>What is that?</p> +<p>Indistinct sounds came from the distance—horses trotting, the +noise of heavy blows, mysterious and agitated conversations. The effort +of listening intently in the solitude of the night sharpens the sense +of hearing: when the eye is disarmed and powerless, the ear seems to +struggle to assert its power.</p> +<p>But it was not imagination. From the road leading hither from the +main road came the sound of approaching horses. Leiba rose, and tried +to get nearer to the big door in the passage. The door was firmly shut +by a heavy bar of wood across it, the ends of which ran into holes in +the wall. At his first step the sand scrunching under his slippers made +an indiscreet noise. He drew his feet from his slippers, and waited in +the corner. Then, without a sound that could be heard by an unexpectant +ear, he went to the door in the corridor, just as the riders passed in +front of it at walking pace. They were speaking very low to each other, +but not so low but that Leiba could quite well catch these words:</p> +<p>“He has gone to bed early.”</p> +<p>“Supposing he has gone away?” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb24" href="#pb24" name="pb24">24</a>]</span></p> +<p>“His turn will come; but I should have +liked——”</p> +<p>No more was intelligible; the men were already some way away.</p> +<p>To whom did these words refer? Who had gone to bed or gone away? +Whose turn would come another time? Who would have liked something? And +what was it he wanted? What did they want on that by-road—a road +only used by anyone wishing to find the inn?</p> +<p>An overwhelming sense of fatigue seemed to overcome Leiba.</p> +<p>“Could it be Gheorghe?”</p> +<p>Leiba felt as if his strength was giving way, and he sat down by the +door. Eager thoughts chased each other through his head, he could not +think clearly or come to any decision.</p> +<p>Terrified, he re-entered the inn, struck a match, and lighted a +small petroleum lamp.</p> +<p>It was an apology for a light; the wick was turned so low as to +conceal the flame in the brass receiver; only by means of the opening +round the receiver could some of the vertical shafts of light penetrate +into a gloom that was like the darkness of death—all the same it +was sufficient to enable him to see well into the familiar corners of +the inn. Ah! How much less is the difference between the sun and the +tiniest spark of light than between the latter and the gloom of +blindness.</p> +<p>The clock on the wall ticked audibly. The <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb25" href="#pb25" name= +"pb25">25</a>]</span>monotonous sound irritated Leiba. He put his hand +over the swinging pendulum, and stayed its movement.</p> +<p>His throat was parched. He was thirsty. He washed a small glass in a +three-legged tub by the side of the bar and tried to pour some good +brandy out of a decanter; but the mouth of the decanter began to clink +loudly on the edge of the glass. This noise was still more irritating. +A second attempt, in spite of his effort to conquer his weakness, met +with no greater success.</p> +<p>Then, giving up the idea of the glass, he let it fall gently into +the water, and drank several times out of the decanter. After that he +pushed the decanter back into its place; as it touched the shelf it +made an alarming clatter. For a moment he waited, appalled by such a +catastrophe. Then he took the lamp, and placed it in the niche of the +window which lighted the passage: the door, the pavement, and the wall +which ran at right angles to the passage, were illuminated by almost +imperceptible streaks of light.</p> +<p>He seated himself near the doorway and listened intently.</p> +<p>From the hill came the sound of bells ringing in the Resurrection +morning. It meant that midnight was past, day was approaching. Ah! If +only the rest of this long night might pass as had the first half!</p> +<p>The sound of sand trodden underfoot! But he <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href="#pb26" name="pb26">26</a>]</span>was +sitting in the corner, and had not stirred; a second noise, followed by +many such. There could be no doubt some one was outside, here, quite +near. Leiba rose, pressing his hand to his heart, and trying to swallow +a suspicious lump in his throat.</p> +<p>There were several people outside—and Gheorghe! Yes, he was +there; yes, the bells on the hill had rung the Resurrection.</p> +<p>They spoke softly:</p> +<p>“I tell you he is asleep. I saw when the lights went +out.”</p> +<p>“Good, we will take the whole nest.”</p> +<p>“I will undo the door, I understand how it works. We must cut +an opening—the beam runs along here.”</p> +<p>He seemed to feel the touch of the men outside as they measured the +distance on the wood. A big gimlet could be heard boring its way +through the dry bark of the old oak. Leiba felt the need of support; he +steadied himself against the door with his left hand while he covered +his eyes with the right.</p> +<p>Then, through some inexplicable play of the senses, he heard, from +within, quite loud and clear:</p> +<p>“Leiba! Here comes the coach.”</p> +<p>It was surely Sura’s voice. A warm ray of hope! A moment of +joy! It was just another dream! But Leiba drew his left hand quickly +back; the point of the tool, piercing the wood at that spot, had +pricked the palm of his hand. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href= +"#pb27" name="pb27">27</a>]</span></p> +<p>Was there any chance of escape? Absurd! In his burning brain the +image of the gimlet took inconceivable dimensions. The instrument, +turning continually, grew indefinitely, and the opening became larger +and larger, large enough at last to enable the monster to step through +the round aperture without having to bend. All that surged through such +a brain transcends the thoughts of man; life rose to such a pitch of +exaltation that everything seen, heard, felt, appeared to be enormous, +the sense of proportion became chaotic.</p> +<p>The work outside was continued with method and perseverance. Four +times in succession Leiba had seen the sharp steel tooth pierce through +to his side and draw back again.</p> +<p>“Now, give me the saw,” said Gheorghe.</p> +<p>The narrow end of a saw appeared through the first hole, and started +to work with quick, regular movements. The plan was easy to understand; +four holes in four corners of one panel; the saw made cuts between +them; the gimlet was driven well home in the centre of the panel; when +the piece became totally separated from the main body of the wood it +was pulled out; through the opening thus made a strong hand inserted +itself, seized the bar, pushed it to one side and—Gentiles are in +Leiba’s house.</p> +<p>In a few moments, this same gimlet would cause the destruction of +Leiba and his domestic hearth. The two executioners would hold the +victim <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href="#pb28" name= +"pb28">28</a>]</span>prostrate on the ground, and Gheorghe, with heel +upon his body, would slowly bore the gimlet into the bone of the living +breast as he had done into the dead wood, deeper and deeper, till it +reached the heart, silencing its wild beatings and pinning it to the +spot.</p> +<p>Leiba broke into a cold sweat; the man was overcome by his own +imagination, and sank softly to his knees as though life were ebbing +from him under the weight of this last horror, overwhelmed by the +thought that he must abandon now all hope of saving himself.</p> +<p>“Yes! Pinned to the spot,” he said, despairingly. +“Yes! Pinned to the spot.”</p> +<p>He stayed a moment, staring at the light by the window. For some +moments he stood aghast, as though in some other world, then he +repeated with quivering eyelids:</p> +<p>“Yes! Pinned to the spot.”</p> +<p>Suddenly a strange change took place in him, a complete revulsion of +feeling; he ceased to tremble, his despair disappeared, and his face, +so discomposed by the prolonged crisis, assumed an air of strange +serenity. He straightened himself with the decision of a strong and +healthy man who makes for an easy goal.</p> +<p>The line between the two upper punctures of the panel was finished. +Leiba went up, curious to see the working of the tool. His confidence +became more pronounced. He nodded his head as though to say: “I +still have time.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href= +"#pb29" name="pb29">29</a>]</span></p> +<p>The saw cut the last fibre near the hole towards which it was +working, and began to saw between the lower holes.</p> +<p>“There are still three,” thought Leiba, and with the +caution of the most experienced burglar he softly entered the inn. He +searched under the bar, picked up something, and went out again as he +entered, hiding the object he had in his hand as though he feared +somehow the walls might betray him, and went back on tiptoe to the +door.</p> +<p>Something terrible had happened; the work outside had +ceased—there was nothing to be heard.</p> +<p>“What is the matter? Has he gone? What has happened?” +flashed through the mind of the man inside. He bit his lower lip at +such a thought, full of bitter disappointment.</p> +<p>“Ha, ha!” It was an imaginary deception; the work began +again, and he followed it with the keenest interest, his heart beating +fast. His decision was taken, he was tormented by an incredible desire +to see the thing finished.</p> +<p>“Quicker!” he thought, with impatience. +“Quicker!”</p> +<p>Again the sound of bells ringing on the hill.</p> +<p>“Hurry up, old fellow, the daylight will catch us!” said +a voice outside, as though impelled by the will of the man within.</p> +<p>The work was pushed on rapidly. Only a few more movements and all +the punctures in the panel would be united. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30" name="pb30">30</a>]</span></p> +<p>At last!</p> +<p>Gently the drill carried out the four-sided piece of wood. A large +and supple hand was thrust in; but before it reached the bars it sought +two screams were heard, while, with great force, Leiba enclosed it with +the free end of the noose, which was round a block fixed to the cellar +door.</p> +<p>The trap was ingeniously contrived: a long rope fastened round a +block of wood; lengthwise, at the place where the sawn panel had +disappeared, was a spring-ring which Leiba held open with his left +hand, while at the same time his right hand held the other end taut. At +the psychological moment he sprang the ring, and rapidly seizing the +free end of the rope with both hands he pulled the whole arm inside by +a supreme effort.</p> +<p>In a second the operation was complete. It was accompanied by two +cries, one of despair, the other of triumph: the hand is “pinned +to the spot.” Footsteps were heard retreating rapidly: +Gheorghe’s companions were abandoning to Leiba the prey so +cleverly caught.</p> +<p>The Jew hurried into the inn, took the lamp and with a decided +movement turned up the wick as high as it would go: the light concealed +by the metal receiver rose gay and victorious, restoring definite +outlines to the nebulous forms around.</p> +<p>Zibal went into the passage with the lamp. The burglar groaned +terribly; it was obvious from the stiffening of his arm that he had +given up the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31" name= +"pb31">31</a>]</span>useless struggle. The hand was swollen, the +fingers were curved as though they would seize something. The Jew +placed the lamp near it—a shudder, the fever is returning. He +moved the light quite close, until, trembling, he touched the +burglar’s hand with the burning chimney; a violent convulsion of +the finger was followed by a dull groan. Leiba was startled at the +sight of this phenomenon.</p> +<p>Leiba trembled—his eyes betrayed a strange exaltation. He +burst into a shout of laughter which shook the empty corridor and +resounded in the inn.</p> +<p>Day was breaking.</p> +<p>Sura woke up suddenly—in her sleep she seemed to hear a +terrible moaning. Leiba was not in the room. All that had happened +previously returned to her mind. Something terrible had taken place. +She jumped out of bed and lighted the candle. Leiba’s bed had not +been disturbed. He had not been to bed at all.</p> +<p>Where was he? The woman glanced out of the window; on the hill in +front shone a little group of small bright lights, they flared and +jumped, now they died away, now, once more, soared upwards. They told +of the Resurrection. Sura undid the window; then she could hear groans +from down by the door. Terrified, she hurried down the stairs. The +corridor was lighted up. As she emerged through the doorway, the woman +was astonished by a horrible sight. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb32" +href="#pb32" name="pb32">32</a>]</span></p> +<p>Upon a wooden chair, his elbows on his knees, his beard in his hand, +sat Leiba. Like a scientist, who, by mixing various elements, hopes to +surprise one of nature’s subtle secrets which has long escaped +and worried him, Leiba kept his eyes fixed upon some hanging object, +black and shapeless, under which, upon another chair of convenient +height, there burnt a big torch. He watched, without turning a hair, +the process of decomposition of the hand which most certainly would not +have spared him. He did not hear the groans of the unhappy being +outside: he was more interested, at present, in watching than in +listening.</p> +<p>He followed with eagerness each contortion, every strange convulsion +of the fingers till one by one they became powerless. They were like +the legs of a beetle which contract and stretch, waving in agitated +movement, vigorously, then slower and slower until they lie paralysed +by the play of some cruel child.</p> +<p>It was over. The roasted hand swelled slowly and remained +motionless. Sura gave a cry.</p> +<p>“Leiba!”</p> +<p>He made a sign to her not to disturb him. A greasy smell of burnt +flesh pervaded the passage: a crackling and small explosions were +heard.</p> +<p>“Leiba! What is it?” repeated the woman.</p> +<p>It was broad day. Sura stretched forward and withdrew the bar. The +door opened outwards, dragging with it Gheorghe’s body, suspended +by <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33" name= +"pb33">33</a>]</span>the right arm. A crowd of villagers, all carrying +lighted torches, invaded the premises.</p> +<p>“What is it? What is it?”</p> +<p>They soon understood what had happened. Leiba, who up to now had +remained motionless, rose gravely to his feet. He made room for himself +to pass, quietly pushing the crowd to one side.</p> +<p>“How did it happen, Jew?” asked some one.</p> +<p>“Leiba Zibal,” said the innkeeper in a loud voice, and +with a lofty gesture, “goes to Jassy to tell the Rabbi that Leiba +Zibal is a Jew no longer. Leiba Zibal is a Christian—for Leiba +Zibal has lighted a torch for Christ.”</p> +<p>And the man moved slowly up the hill, towards the sunrise, like the +prudent traveller who knows that the long journey is not achieved with +hasty steps. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href="#pb35" name= +"pb35">35</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch3" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">At Manjoala’s Inn</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. L. Caragiale</span></p> +<p>It took a quarter of an hour to reach Manjoala’s Inn. From +there to Upper Popeshti was about nine miles; at an easy pace, that +meant one hour and a half. A good hack—if they gave it oats at +the inn, and three-quarters’ of an hour rest—could do it +comfortably. That is to say, one quarter of an hour and three-quarters +of an hour made one hour, on to Popeshti was one hour and a half, that +made two and a half. It was past seven already; at ten o’clock at +latest, I should be with Pocovnicu Iordache. I was rather late—I +ought to have started earlier—but, after all, he expected me.</p> +<p>I was turning this over in my mind when I saw in the distance, a +good gun-shot length away, a great deal of light coming from +Manjoala’s Inn, for it still retained that name. It was now +really Madame Manjoala’s inn—the husband died some five +years ago. What a capable woman! How she had worked, how she had +improved the place! They were on the point of selling the inn while her +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb36" href="#pb36" name= +"pb36">36</a>]</span>husband was alive. Since then she had paid off the +debts, and had repaired the house; moreover, she had built a flight of +stone steps, and every one said she had a good sum of money too. Some +surmised that she had found a hidden treasure, others that she had +dealings with the supernatural.</p> +<p>Once some robbers attempted an attack upon her. They tried to force +the door. One of them, the strongest, a man like a bull, wielded the +axe, but when he tried to strike he fell to the ground. They quickly +raised him up—he was dead. His brother tried to speak, but could +not—he was dumb. There were four of them. They hoisted the dead +man on to his brother’s back, the other two took his feet that +they might carry him off to bury him somewhere away.</p> +<p>As they left the courtyard of the inn, Madame Manjoala began to +scream from the window, “Thieves!” and in front of her +there suddenly appeared the sub-prefect with numerous men and four +mounted soldiers. The official shouted:</p> +<p>“Who is there?”</p> +<p>Two of the robbers escaped. The dumb man remained behind with his +dead brother on his back.</p> +<p>Now what happened at the trial? Every one knew the mute had been +able to speak. How could anyone doubt but that the dumb man was +shamming? They beat him till he was crazy to try and make his speech +come back, but in vain. Since then the lads had lost all desire to +attack the place. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37" +name="pb37">37</a>]</span></p> +<p>While all this was passing through my mind I arrived at the inn. A +number of carts were waiting in the yard of the inn. Some were carrying +timber down the valley; others, maize up the hill.</p> +<p>It was a raw autumn evening. The drivers were warming themselves +round the fire. It was the light from the latter that had been visible +so far away. An ostler took my horse in charge to give him some oats in +the stable. I entered the tap-room where a good many men were drinking, +while two sleepy gipsies, one with a lute and one with a zither, were +playing monotonously in a corner. I was hungry and cold. The damp had +pierced through me.</p> +<p>“Where’s your mistress?” I asked the boy behind +the bar.</p> +<p>“By the kitchen fire.”</p> +<p>“It ought to be warmer there,” I said, and passed +through the vestibule, out of the tap-room into the kitchen.</p> +<p>It was very clean in the kitchen, and the smell was not like that in +the tap-room, of fur and boots and damp shoes; there was a smell of +new-made bread. Madame Manjoala was looking after the oven.</p> +<p>“Well met, Mistress Marghioala.”</p> +<p>“Welcome, Mr. Fanica.”</p> +<p>“Is there a chance of getting anything to eat?”</p> +<p>“Up to midnight even, for respectable people like +yourself.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38" name= +"pb38">38</a>]</span></p> +<p>Mistress Marghioala quickly gave orders to one of the servants to +lay a table in the next room, and then, going up to the hearth, +said:</p> +<p>“Look, choose for yourself.”</p> +<p>Mistress Marghioala was beautiful, well-built and fascinating, that +I knew; but never since I had known her—and I had known her for a +long time, for I had passed Manjoala’s Inn many a time when my +dead father was alive, as the road to the town led by it—had she +appeared to me more attractive. I was young, smart and daring, much +more daring than smart. I came up on her left side as she was bending +over the hearth, and took her by the waist! with my hand I took hold of +her right arm, which was as hard as iron, and the devil tempted me to +give it a pinch.</p> +<p>“Have you got nothing to do?” said the woman, looking at +me askance.</p> +<p>But I, to cover my blunder, said:</p> +<p>“What marvellous eyes you have, Mistress +Marghioala!”</p> +<p>“Don’t try and flatter me; you had better tell me what +to give you.”</p> +<p>“Give me—give me—give me yourself.”</p> +<p>“Really——”</p> +<p>“Indeed, you have marvellous eyes, Mistress Marghioala!” +sighing.</p> +<p>“Supposing your father-in-law heard you?”</p> +<p>“What father-in-law? What do you mean by that?” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb39" href="#pb39" name= +"pb39">39</a>]</span></p> +<p>“You think because you hide yourself under your cap that +nobody sees what you do. Aren’t you going to Pocovnicu Iordache +to engage yourself to his eldest daughter? Come, don’t look at me +like that, go into the next room to dinner.”</p> +<p>I had seen many clean and quiet rooms in the course of my life, but +a room like that one! What a bed! What curtains! What walls! What a +ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those crochet +things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being under a +hen’s wing, and a smell of apples and quinces!</p> +<p>I was about to seat myself at the table, when, according to a habit +I had acquired in my childhood, I turned to bow towards the east. I +looked carefully round all along the walls—not an Icon to be +seen.</p> +<p>“What are you looking for?” said Mistress +Marghioala.</p> +<p>“Your Icons. Where do you keep them?”</p> +<p>“Dash the Icons! They only breed worms and +wood-lice.”</p> +<p>What a cleanly woman! I seated myself at the table, and crossed +myself as was my custom, when suddenly there was a yell. It appeared +that with the heel of my boot I had trodden upon an old Tom cat which +was under the table.</p> +<p>Mistress Marghioala jumped up quickly and undid the outside door. +The injured cat made a bound outside while the cold air rushed in and +extinguished the lamp. She groped about for the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb40" href="#pb40" name="pb40">40</a>]</span>matches. +I searched here, she searched there. We met face to face in the dark. +I, very bold, took her in my arms and began to kiss her. The lady now +resisted, now yielded; her cheeks were burning, her mouth was cold, +soft down fluttered about her ears. At last the servant arrived with a +tray with viands on it, and a light. We must have hunted some time for +the matches, for the chimney of the lamp was quite cold. I lit it +again.</p> +<p>What excellent food! Hot bread, roast duck with cabbage, boiled veal +sausages, and wine! And Turkish coffee! And laughter and conversation! +Good luck to Mistress Marghioala!</p> +<p>After coffee she said to the old maidservant: “Tell them to +bring out a half-bottle of muscadine.”</p> +<p>That wonderful old wine! A sort of languor seized my every limb. I +sat on one side of the bed, draining the last amber drops from my +glass, and smoking a cigarette, while through the cloud of tobacco +smoke I watched Mistress Marghioala who sat on a chair opposite rolling +cigarettes for me. I said:</p> +<p>“Indeed, Mistress Marghioala, you have marvellous eyes! Do you +know what?”</p> +<p>“What?”</p> +<p>“Would it trouble you to make me another cup of coffee, not +quite so sweet as this?”</p> +<p>How she laughed! When the maid brought the coffee-pot, she said: +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb41" href="#pb41" name= +"pb41">41</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Madam, you sit talking here—you don’t know what +it is like outside.”</p> +<p>“What is it?”</p> +<p>“A high wind has got up, and there is a storm +coming.”</p> +<p>I jumped to my feet and looked at the time; it was nearly a quarter +to eleven. Instead of half an hour, I had been at the inn for two hours +and a half! That’s what comes when one begins to talk.</p> +<p>“Let some one get my horse!”</p> +<p>“Who? The ostlers have gone to bed.”</p> +<p>“I will go to the stables myself.”</p> +<p>“They have bewitched you at Pocovnicu!” said the lady +with a ripple of laughter, as she barred my passage through the +door.</p> +<p>I put her gently on one side and went out on to the veranda. It was +indeed a dreadful night. The drivers’ fires had died down, men +and animals were sleeping on the straw, lying one against the other on +the ground, while above them the wind howled wildly.</p> +<p>“There is a great storm,” said Mistress Marghioala, +shuddering as she seized me firmly by the hand. “You are mad to +start in such weather. Stay the night here: start at daybreak +to-morrow.”</p> +<p>“That’s impossible.”</p> +<p>I forcibly withdrew my hand. I proceeded to the stables. With great +difficulty I roused an ostler and found my horse. I tightened the +girths, fastened the horse to the steps, and then went to <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href="#pb42" name="pb42">42</a>]</span>the room +to bid my hostess good night. The woman, immersed in thought, was +sitting on the bed with my cap in her hand. She was turning and +twisting it about.</p> +<p>“How much have I to pay?” I asked.</p> +<p>“You can pay me when you come back,” replied my hostess, +looking intently into the lining of my cap.</p> +<p>And then she rose to her feet and held it out to me. I took the cap, +and put it on my head, rather on one side.</p> +<p>I said, looking straight into the woman’s eyes, which seemed +to shine most strangely:</p> +<p>“I kiss your eyes, Mistress Marghioala!”</p> +<p>“A safe journey to you.”</p> +<p>I threw myself into the saddle, the old servant opened the gate for +me, and out I rode. Resting my left hand on my horse’s flank, I +turned my head round. Over the top of the fence could be seen the open +door of the room, and in the opening was outlined the white figure of +the woman with her hand above her arched eyebrows.</p> +<p>I rode at a slow pace whistling a gay song to myself until I turned +the corner of the fence to get to the road, when the picture was hidden +from my sight. I said to myself, “Here we go!” and crossed +myself. At that moment I plainly heard the banging of a door and the +mew of a cat. My hostess, unable to see me any longer, went hastily +back into the warmth and doubtless caught the cat <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43" name="pb43">43</a>]</span>in the +door. That damned cat! It was always getting under people’s +feet.</p> +<p>I had gone a good part of the way. The storm increased and shook me +in the saddle. Overhead, cloud after cloud hurried across the valley +and above the hill, as though in fear of chastisement from on high; now +massed together, now dispersed, they revealed at long intervals the +pale light of the waning moon.</p> +<p>The damp cold pierced through me. I felt it paralysing legs and +arms. As I rode with head bent to avoid the buffeting of the wind, I +began to feel pains in my neck; my forehead and temples were burning, +and there was a drumming in my ears.</p> +<p>“I have drunk too much,” I thought to myself, as I +pushed my cap on to the nape of my neck, and raised my forehead towards +the sky.</p> +<p>But the whirling clouds made me dizzy. I felt a burning sensation +below my left rib. I drew in a deep breath of cold air, and a knife +seemed to drive right through my chest. I tucked my chin down again. My +cap seemed to squeeze my head like a vice. I took it off and placed it +on the point of my saddle. I felt ill. It was foolish of me to have +started. Everybody would be asleep at Pocovnicu Iordache. They would +not have expected me. They would not have imagined that I should be +silly enough to start in such weather. I urged on my horse which +staggered as though it, too, had been drinking.</p> +<p>The wind had sunk, the rain had ceased. It <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb44" href="#pb44" name="pb44">44</a>]</span>was +misty; it began to grow dark and to drizzle. I put my cap on again. +Suddenly the blood began to beat against my temples. The horse was +quite done, exhausted by the violence of the wind. I dug my heels into +him, I gave him a cut with my whip; the animal took a few hasty paces, +then snorted, and stood still on the spot as though he had seen some +unexpected obstacle in front of him. I looked. I really saw, a few +paces in front of the horse, a tiny creature jumping and skipping. An +animal! What could it be? A wild beast? It was a very small one. I put +my hand to my revolver; then I clearly heard the bleat of a kid.</p> +<p>I urged on the horse as much as I could. It turned straight round +and started to go back. A few paces forward, and again it stood +snorting. The kid again! The horse stopped; it turned round. I gave it +some cuts with the whip and tightened the curb. It moved +forward—a few paces—the kid again!</p> +<p>The clouds had dispersed. One could see now as clearly as possible. +It was a little black kid. Now it trotted forward, now it turned back, +it flung out its hooves, and finally reared itself on to its hind legs +and ran about with its little beard in front, and its head ready to +butt, making wonderful bounds and playing every kind of wild antic.</p> +<p>I got off my horse, which would not advance for the world, and took +the reins up short. I bent down to the ground. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href="#pb45" name="pb45">45</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Come, come!” I called the kid, with my hand as though I +wanted to give it some bran.</p> +<p>The kid approached, jumping continually. The horse snorted madly, it +tried to break away. I went down on my knees, but I held the horse +firmly. The kid came close up to my hand. It was a dear little black +buck which allowed itself to be petted and lifted up. I put it in the +bag on the right side among some clothes. At that moment the horse was +convulsed and shook in every limb as though in its death throes.</p> +<p>I remounted. The horse started off like a mad thing. For some time +it went like the wind over ditches, over mole-hills, over bushes, +without my being able to stop it, without my knowing where I was, or +being able to guess where it was taking me. During this wild chase, +when at any moment I might have broken my neck, with body frozen and +head on fire, I thought of the comfortable haven I had so stupidly +left. Why? Mistress Marghioala would have given me her room, otherwise +she would not have invited me.</p> +<p>The kid was moving in the bag, trying to make itself more +comfortable. I looked towards it; with its intelligent little head +stuck out of the bag it was peering wisely at me. The thought of +another pair of eyes flashed through my mind. What a fool I’d +been.</p> +<p>The horse stumbled; I stopped him forcibly; he tried to move on +again, but sank to his knees. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb46" href= +"#pb46" name="pb46">46</a>]</span>Suddenly, through an opening in the +clouds, appeared the waning moon, shining on the side of a slope. The +sight of it struck me all of a heap. It was in front of me! There were +then two moons in the sky! I was going uphill; the moon ought to be +behind me! I turned my head quickly to see the real moon. I had missed +my way—I was going downhill! Where was I? I looked ahead—a +maize-field with uncut stalks; behind me lay open field. I crossed +myself, and pressing my horse with my weary legs, I tried to help him +rise. Just then I felt a violent blow on my right foot. A cry! I had +kicked the kid! I put my hand quickly into the bag; the bag was empty. +I had lost the kid on the road! The horse rose shaking its head as +though it were giddy. It reared on to its hind legs, hurled itself on +one side, and threw me to the other; finally he tore away like a thing +possessed and disappeared into the darkness.</p> +<p>By the time I got up, much shaken, I could hear a rustle among the +maize, and close by came the sound of a man’s voice saying +clearly:</p> +<p>“Hi! Hi! May Heaven remove you!”</p> +<p>“Who is there?” I called.</p> +<p>“An honest man.”</p> +<p>“Who?”</p> +<p>“Gheorghe.”</p> +<p>“Which Gheorghe?”</p> +<p>“Natrut—Gheorghe Natrut, who watches the +maize-fields.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href="#pb47" +name="pb47">47</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Aren’t you coming this way?”</p> +<p>“Yes, here I come.”</p> +<p>And the figure of a man became visible among the maize.</p> +<p>“May I ask, brother Gheorghe, where we are at this moment? I +have missed my way in the storm.”</p> +<p>“Where do you want to go to?”</p> +<p>“To Upper Popeshti.”</p> +<p>“Eh! To Pocovnicu Iordache.”</p> +<p>“That’s it.”</p> +<p>“In that case you have not missed your road. You’ll have +some trouble to get to Popeshti—you are only at Haculeshti +here.”</p> +<p>“At Haculeshti?” I said joyfully. “Then I am close +to Manjoala’s Inn.”</p> +<p>“Look there; we are at the back of the stables.”</p> +<p>“Come and show me the way so that I don’t just go and +break my neck.”</p> +<p>I had been wandering about for four hours. A few steps brought us to +the inn. Mistress Marghioala’s room was lit up and shadows moved +across the curtain. Who knew what other, wiser traveller had enjoyed +that bed! I should have to rest content with some bench by the kitchen +fire. But what luck! As I knocked some one heard me. The old +maidservant hurried to open to me. As I entered I stumbled over +something soft on the threshold. The kid! Did you ever! It was my +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb48" href="#pb48" name= +"pb48">48</a>]</span>hostess’ kid! It, too, entered the room and +went and lay down comfortably under the bed.</p> +<p>What was I to say? Did the woman know I had returned, or had she got +up very early? The bed was made.</p> +<p>“Mistress Marghioala!” So much I was able to say.</p> +<p>Wishing to thank God that I had escaped with my life, I started to +raise my right hand to my head.</p> +<p>The lady quickly seized my hand and pulling it down, drew me with +all her strength into her arms.</p> +<p>I can still see that room. What a bed! What curtains! What walls! +What a ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those +crochet things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being +under a hen’s wing, and a smell of apples and quinces!</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>I should have stayed a long time at Manjoala’s Inn if my +father-in-law, Pocovnicu Iordache, God forgive him, had not fetched me +away by force. Three times I fled from him before the marriage, and +returned to the inn, until the old man, who at all cost wanted me for a +son-in-law, set men to catch me and take me gagged to a little +monastery in the mountains. Forty days of fasting, genuflexions and +prayers. I left it quite repentant. I got engaged and I married.</p> +<p>Only lately, one clear winter’s night, while my father-in-law +and I were sitting talking together, as <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb49" href="#pb49" name="pb49">49</a>]</span>is the custom of the +country, in front of a flagon of wine, we heard from a prefect, who +arrived from the town where he had been making some purchases, that +during the day there had been a big fire at Haculeshti. +Manjoala’s Inn had been burnt to the ground, burying poor +Mistress Marghioala, who thus met her end under a gigantic funeral +pyre.</p> +<p>“And so at the last the sorceress was thrown on the +bonfire!” said my father-in-law, laughing.</p> +<p>And I began to tell the above story for at least the hundredth time. +Pocovnicu maintained, among other things, that the lady put a charm +into the lining of my cap, and that the kid and the cat were one and +the same.</p> +<p>“May be,” I said.</p> +<p>“She was the devil, listen to me.”</p> +<p>“She may have been,” I replied, “but if that is +so, then the devil, it seems, leads to the good.”</p> +<p>“At first it seems to be good, to catch one, but later one +sees where it leads one.”</p> +<p>“How do you know all this?”</p> +<p>“That’s not your business,” replied the old man, +“that’s another story!” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb51" href="#pb51" name="pb51">51</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch4" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Alexandru Lapushneanu<br> +1564–1569</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By C. Negruzzi</span></p> +<p>Jacob Eraclid, surnamed the “Despot,” perished by the +hand of Shtefan Tomsha, who then proceeded to govern the land, but +Alexandru Lapushneanu, after two successive defeats at the hands of the +tyrant’s forces, fled to Constantinople, succeeded in securing +aid from the Turkish army, and returned to drive out the rapacious +Tomsha, and seize for himself the throne which he never would have lost +had the boyars not betrayed him. He entered Moldavia accompanied by +seven thousand spahees and three thousand mixed troops. He also brought +with him imperial orders for Han Tatar Nogai to collect some troops +with which to come to his aid.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu rode with Vornic Bogdan by his side, both were mounted +upon Turkish stallions, and were armed from head to foot.</p> +<p>“What think you, Bogdan,” he said after a short pause, +“shall we succeed?” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb52" +href="#pb52" name="pb52">52</a>]</span></p> +<p>“How can your Highness doubt it,” replied the courtier, +“the country groans under the harshness of Tomsha. The whole army +will surrender when you promise them higher pay. Those boyars who are +still left alive are only held back by fear of death, but when they see +that your Highness comes with force they will at once flock to you, and +desert the other.”</p> +<p>“Please God we shall not be obliged to do what Voda Mircea did +in Muntenia; but as I have told you, I know our boyars, for I have +lived among them.”</p> +<p>“This matter must be left to your Highness’s +sagacity.”</p> +<p>Thus speaking they drew near to Tecuci where they halted by a +wood.</p> +<p>“Sire,” said a messenger approaching, “some boyars +have arrived, and crave an audience of your Highness.”</p> +<p>“Let them come,” replied Alexandru.</p> +<p>Four boyars soon entered the tent, where he was sitting surrounded +by his boyars and officers; two of them were elderly men but the other +two were young. They were Vornic Motzoc, Postelnic Veveritza, Spancioc, +the noble, and Stroici. They approached Voda Alexandru, and bowed to +the ground, but without kissing the hem of his garment as was the +custom.</p> +<p>“Welcome, boyars!” said Alexandru, forcing himself to +smile. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href="#pb53" name= +"pb53">53</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Good health to your Highness,” replied the boyars.</p> +<p>“I have heard,” pursued Alexandru, “of the +affliction of the land, and I have come to deliver it; I know the +country awaits me with joy.”</p> +<p>“Do not imagine that it is so, your Highness,” said +Motzoc. “The country is quiet; it may be your Highness has heard +things that are not really facts, it being the habit of our people to +make stallions out of mosquitoes. For this reason the community has +sent us to tell you that the people do not want you, no one loves you, +and your Highness has only to turn back——”</p> +<p>“You may not want me, I want you,” replied Lapushneanu, +and his eyes flashed like lightning. “You may not love me, I will +love you, and will come among you with your consent or without it. I +turn back? Sooner may the Danube change its course! Ah! The country +does not want me? Do I understand that you do not want me?”</p> +<p>“One dare not behead ambassadors,” said Spancioc. +“We are bound to tell you the truth. The boyars have decided to +take their way to Hungary, to Poland, and to Muntenia, where they all +have relations and friends. They will come with foreign armies, and woe +betide the poor country when we have war between us, and maybe your +Highness will not do well because Shtefan +Tomsha——”</p> +<p>“Tomsha! Has he taught you to speak with <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb54" href="#pb54" name="pb54">54</a>]</span>such +temerity? I know not what prevents me from smashing the teeth in your +jaw with this club,” he said, seizing the weapon from +Bogdan’s hand. “Has that wretched Tomsha taught +you?”</p> +<p>“He who is worthy to be named the Anointed of God cannot be +wretched,” said Veveritza.</p> +<p>“Am not I, too, the Anointed of God? Did you not swear fealty +to me when I was only Petre Stolnic? Did you not choose me? What was my +reign like! What blood have I shed? Whom have I turned from my door +without due reward and help? And yet you do not want me, do not love +me? Ha, ha, ha!”</p> +<p>He laughed; a laugh that distorted the muscles of his face, and his +eyes blinked incessantly.</p> +<p>“With your Highness’s permission,” said Stroici, +“we see that our country will once more be under the heel of the +heretics. When these hordes of Turks have robbed and devastated the +land, over whom will your Highness reign?”</p> +<p>“And with what will you satisfy the greed of these heretics, +whom your Highness has brought with you?” added Spancioc.</p> +<p>“With your possessions, not with the money of the peasants +whom you fleece. You milk the country dry, but now the time has come +when I will milk you dry. Enough, boyars! Return and tell him who sent +you to be on his guard lest I catch him, if he would not have me make +flutes <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href="#pb55" name= +"pb55">55</a>]</span>out of his bones, and cases for my drums out of +his skin.”</p> +<p>The boyars retired sadly; Motzoc remained.</p> +<p>“Why do you stay?” asked Lapushneanu.</p> +<p>“Sire! Sire!” said Motzoc, falling on his knees. +“Reward us not after our iniquities! Remember this is your native +land, remember the scriptural admonition to forgive your enemies! Have +pity on the poor land. Sire! dismiss these pagan armies; come with only +a few Moldavians with you, and we will guarantee that not a hair of +your Highness’s head shall be touched; and if you need armies we +will arm our women and our children, we will raise the country, we will +call up our retainers and our neighbours. Trust yourself to +us!”</p> +<p>“Trust myself to you?” said Lapushneanu, comprehending +his plan. “Perchance you think I do not know the Moldavian +proverb: ‘The wolf may change his skin, but never his +habits’? Perchance I do not know you, you especially? Do I not +know that when my army was outnumbered, when you saw that I was +defeated, you abandoned me? Veveritza is an old enemy of mine, but he +has never concealed the fact; Spancioc is still young, his heart is +full of love for his country; it pleases me to see his pride which he +does not attempt to conceal. Stroici is a child, who does not +understand men yet, and does not know the meaning of flattery, or a +lie; to him it seems that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb56" href= +"#pb56" name="pb56">56</a>]</span>all birds that fly are fit to eat. +But you, Motzoc, seasoned veteran of hard times, accustomed to fawn on +every ruler, you have sold the Despot; you have sold me too, and will +now sell Tomsha; tell me, should I not be an arch fool to put my trust +in you? Still, I pardon you for daring to think that you could cheat +me, and I promise you my sword shall not stain itself with your blood; +I will spare you, for you are useful to me and will help to bear my +blame. The others are all drones, and the hive must be freed from +them.”</p> +<p>Motzoc kissed his hand, like the dog which, instead of biting, licks +the hand that beats him. He was grateful for the promise given him. He +knew that Voda Alexandru would have need of an intriguer like himself. +The deputies had been commanded by Tomsha, in the event of their being +unable to turn Lapushneanu from his path, to take the road to +Constantinople, where by means of petitions and bribes they were to try +and compass his overthrow. But seeing that he came with the good will +of the Porte itself, and, moreover, fearing to return without any +success to Tomsha, he begged leave to remain in his company. This was +Motzoc’s plan that he might himself adhere to Lapushneanu. Leave +was granted him.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Tomsha, not finding himself in a position to offer resistance, fled +into Valahia, and Lapushneanu found no obstacle in his path. The people +round <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57" name= +"pb57">57</a>]</span>met him with joy and hope, reminding themselves of +his first reign, during which he had not had time to develop his odious +character.</p> +<p>But the boyars trembled. They had two great reasons to be anxious: +they knew that the people hated them, and the monarch did not love +them.</p> +<p>Immediately upon his arrival Lapushneanu gave orders that all the +Moldavian towns, except Hotin, should be piled high with wood and +burnt, wishing thus to destroy the refuge of the discontented, who many +times, under the protection of their walls, hatched plots and attempted +rebellion. In order to undermine the influence of the boyars, and to +root out the feudal communities, he despoiled them of their estates +under every kind of pretext; in this way he deprived them of their only +means of reducing and corrupting the populace.</p> +<p>But not deeming this plan sufficient he put persons to death from +time to time. For the smallest official mistake, upon the utterance of +the slightest complaint, the head of the culprit was spiked upon the +gates of the churchyard, with a placard setting forth his fault, real +or imaginary; the rotting head was only removed to make room for +another.</p> +<p>No one dared to speak against him, much less plot. A numerous guard +of mercenaries, Albanians, Serbs, Hungarians, driven out on account of +their misdeeds, found shelter with Alexandru, who bribed them with high +pay; the Moldavian army, under <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb58" +href="#pb58" name="pb58">58</a>]</span>captains who were his own +creatures, he kept on the frontiers, he gave the soldiers leave to go +to their own homes, retaining only a small number.</p> +<p>One day he was walking alone in the saloon of the royal palace. He +had had a long talk with Motzoc, who was in great favour, and who had +departed after devising a scheme for some fresh tax. He seemed +restless, he talked to himself, and was evidently meditating another +death or some fresh persecution when a side door opened, and admitted +the Princess Rucsanda.</p> +<p>At the death of her parent, the good Petru Raresh, who—says +the chronicle—was buried amidst much lamentation and mourning in +the sacred Monastery of Probota, erected by himself, Rucsanda remained, +at a tender age, under the guardianship of her two elder brothers, +Iliash and Shtefan: Iliash, succeeding his father upon the throne, +after a short and stormy reign, retired to Constantinople where he +embraced Mohammedanism, and Shtefan took his place upon the throne. +This man was more cruel than his brother; he began by compelling all +strangers and Catholics to renounce their religion, and many rich +families settled in the country went into exile on this account, giving +as a pretext the poverty of the land and the decline in trade. The +boyars, many of whom were related by marriage to the Poles and +Hungarians, took offence, and entering into communication with the +exiled boyars decided that Shtefan should perish. Perhaps they would +have <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" href="#pb59" name= +"pb59">59</a>]</span>delayed to put this plan into execution if his +excesses had not hastened it on. “No woman was safe from his lust +if she were fair,” says the chronicler in his naïve fashion. +One day when he was at Tzutzora, instead of waiting for the arrival of +the exiled boyars, the boyars who were with him cut the ropes of the +tent under which he was seated, in order to prevent his escape, and +rushing upon him murdered him.</p> +<p>After this Rucsanda alone remained of the family of Petru Raresh, +and the murderous boyars decided to give her as wife to one of their +number called Jolde, whom they had chosen to be their ruler. But +Lapushneanu, chosen by the exiled boyars, met Jolde, whom he defeated, +and seizing him he cut off his nose, and turned him into a monk; in +order to win the hearts of the people, who still kept a lively +recollection of Raresh, he married, and took to himself Raresh’s +daughter. Thus the gentle Rucsanda found herself the partner of the +conqueror.</p> +<p>When she entered the hall she was clothed with all the magnificence +due to the wife, daughter and sister of a king.</p> +<p>Above a long garment of cloth of gold, open in front, she wore a +tight coat of blue velvet trimmed with sable, and with long sleeves +falling back; she wore a girdle of gold which fastened with big clasps +of jasper surrounded by precious stones; round her neck hung a necklace +of many rows of pearls. A cap of sable, placed rather on one side, was +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href="#pb60" name= +"pb60">60</a>]</span>ornamented with a white aigrette studded with +jewels and held in place by a big emerald flower. Her hair, according +to the fashion of the day, was parted and hung in braids over her back +and shoulders. Her face was of that beauty which once made famous the +Roumanian women, but which is rarely found to-day, for it has +degenerated through the mingling of foreign blood. She was also sad and +languishing, like a flower exposed unshaded to the burning heat of the +sun. She had seen her father die, had witnessed the abdication and +withdrawal of one brother and the murder of another. She had first of +all been destined by the community to be the wife of Jolde—whom +she did not know—then she was forced by that same community, who +disposed without question of her heart, to give her hand to Alexandru +Voda whom she honoured and obeyed as her husband, and whom she would +have been ready to love had she found in him the least trace of human +feeling. Drawing near, she bent and kissed his hand. Lapushneanu took +her by the waist, and lifting her as though she were a feather placed +her upon his knee.</p> +<p>“What tidings, my fair lady?” he said, kissing her on +the brow. “For what reason have you to-day, which is not a feast +day, deserted your spinning-wheel? What has roused you so +early?”</p> +<p>“The tears the widowed women shed at my door, and which cry to +the Lord Christ and the Holy Virgin for vengeance for all the blood you +shed.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61" name= +"pb61">61</a>]</span></p> +<p>Lapushneanu’s face grew dark, and he unclasped his hands; +Rucsanda fell at his feet.</p> +<p>“Oh, good my Lord! my brave husband!” she continued. +“It is enough! You have spilt so much blood, made so many widows, +so many orphans. Consider that your Highness is all powerful, and that +a few poor boyars cannot harm you. What does your Highness lack? You +are not at war with anyone; the land is quiet and submissive. +I—God knows how much I love you! Your Highness’s children +are fair and young. Reflect that after life comes death, and that your +Highness is mortal and must give <span class="corr" id="xd19e1357" +title="Source: acount">account</span> of his deeds, for blood is not +redeemed by building monasteries; especially is it tempting and +insulting God to deem that you can propitiate him by erecting churches +and——”</p> +<p>“Thoughtless woman!” cried Lapushneanu, jumping to his +feet, and from force of habit he put his hand to the dagger at his +belt; but instantly controlling himself, he bent forward, and raising +Rucsanda from the floor he said: “My wife, do not let such +foolish words escape your lips, for God only knows what might happen. +Be thankful to the great saint and martyr, Dimitric Isvoritor, of +blessed memory, to whose honour we dedicate the church which we have +built at Pangaratzi, that he has hindered us from committing a great +sin, and caused us to remember that you are the mother of our +children.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb62" href="#pb62" name= +"pb62">62</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Even though I know you will murder me I cannot keep silence. +Yesterday when I wished to come in, a woman with five children threw +herself in front of my carriage and stopped me to show me a head +fastened to the courtyard gate. ‘You will have to answer for it, +Madam,’ she said to me, ‘if you allow your husband to +behead our fathers, husbands and brothers. See, Madam, that is my +husband, the father of these children who are left orphans! Look +well.’ And she showed me the gory head, and the head looked +terribly at me! Ah, Sire, since then I see that head incessantly, and I +am afraid! I cannot rest!”</p> +<p>“What will you?” asked Lapushneanu, smiling.</p> +<p>“I will that you spill no more blood, that you cease to kill, +that I may see no more decapitated heads which make my heart +break.”</p> +<p>“I promise you that after the day after to-morrow you will see +no more,” replied Alexandru Voda, “and to-morrow I will +give you a remedy for fear.”</p> +<p>“What? What does that mean?”</p> +<p>“To-morrow you will see. Now, sweet lady, go and see your +children, and attend to your house like a good mistress, and see to the +preparations for a feast, for to-morrow I give a great dinner to the +boyars.”</p> +<p>The Princess Rucsanda departed after once more kissing his hand. Her +husband accompanied her to the door. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb63" href="#pb63" name="pb63">63</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Ah, have you arranged everything?” he asked, moving +quickly towards his esquire who entered at that moment.</p> +<p>“Everything is ready.”</p> +<p>“But will they come?”</p> +<p>“They will come.”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>At eventide came the news that on the next day, being Sunday, all +the boyars were to assemble at the Metropolitan Church, where the +Prince would be present to attend the Liturgy, and afterwards were to +feast at the court.</p> +<p>Upon the arrival of Alexandru Voda divine service began; the boyars +were all assembled. Contrary to his usual custom, Lapushneanu was +dressed with regal splendour that day. He wore the crown of the +Paleologs; over his long Polish tunic of crimson velvet, he wore a +Turkish royal cloak. He carried no weapon except a small dagger, inlaid +with gold; but between the fastenings of the tunic could be seen a +shirt of mail.</p> +<p>After listening to divine service he descended from his stall, +prostrated himself before the Icon, and approaching the shrine of St. +John the New, bent forward with great humility and kissed the sacred +relics. It is said that at that moment his face was very yellow, and +that the saintly shrine shook.</p> +<p>Then once more ascending his stall, he turned to the boyars and +said: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb64" href="#pb64" name= +"pb64">64</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Most noble boyars! From the time I assumed kingship until +this day, I have shown myself harsh towards many: I have been cruel, +severe, shedding much blood. Only God knows how hard this has been for +me, and how I regret it, but you, boyars, know that I have only been +constrained thereto by the desire to end the various quarrels and +disputes which aimed at the disturbance of the country and my +destruction. To-day the state of affairs is different. The boyars have +come to their senses; they have realized that the flock cannot exist +without a shepherd as the Saviour said: ‘They were distressed and +scattered as sheep not having a shepherd.’ Most noble boyars! Let +us henceforth live in peace, loving one another like brothers, for this +is one of the ten commandments: ‘Thou shalt love thy neighbour as +thyself,’ and let us pardon one another, seeing that we are +mortal, beseeching our Lord Jesus Christ”—here he made the +sign of the cross—“to forgive us our daily trespasses as we +forgive those that trespass against us.”</p> +<p>Having finished this disjointed speech, he passed to the centre of +the church, and after prostrating himself once more turned towards the +people in front, and to the right and to the left of him, saying:</p> +<p>“Pardon me, good people, and you also, most noble +boyars!”</p> +<p>“May God forgive you, your Highness!” they all replied, +except two young boyars who were standing <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb65" href="#pb65" name="pb65">65</a>]</span>lost in thought, hidden +by a tomb near the door, where no one paid heed to them.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu left the church, bidding the boyars come and dine +together with him; he mounted his horse and returned to the palace.</p> +<p>The people dispersed.</p> +<p>“What do you think of it?” said one of the boyars, who, +we have seen, did not extend his pardon to Alexandru Voda.</p> +<p>“I advise you not to dine with him to-day,” replied the +other.</p> +<p>And they mixed with the crowd. They were Spancioc and Stroici.</p> +<p>At the court great preparations had been made for this feast. The +news had spread that the Prince had made his peace with the boyars, and +the boyars rejoiced at the change, in the hopes they would once more +occupy positions whence they could amass fresh wealth at the expense of +the sweating peasants. As to the people, they were indifferent; they +neither expected good nor feared evil from this reconciliation. The +people were reconciled to the rule of Alexandru Voda. They only +grumbled about his Minister, Motzoc, who took advantage of his credit +with the Prince to cheat the mass of the people. Thus, although the +complaints of the community were continual about the thefts of Motzoc, +Lapushneanu either would not answer them or would not listen to +them.</p> +<p>As the hour of the feast drew near, the boyars <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66" name="pb66">66</a>]</span>arrived +on horseback, each accompanied by two or three retainers. They noticed +that the courtyard was full of armed mercenaries and that four guns +were trained upon the doors, but they concluded they were placed there +to fire the usual ceremonial salute. Perhaps one or two suspected a +trap, but once inside it was impossible to return, for the gates were +guarded and the sentries had orders to let no one pass out.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu joined the boyars, forty-seven in number, and placed +himself at the head of the table, placing the Chancellor, Trotushan, +upon his right, and Home Secretary, Motzoc, upon his left. The pipes +began to play, and the viands were placed upon the table.</p> +<p>In Moldavia at that period there was nothing remarkable in the +fashion of the food. The banquet only comprised a few varieties of +dishes. After the Polish soup came Greek dishes of boiled vegetables +floating in butter, then Turkish rice and finally a roast. The +table-cloth was of home-spun linen. The dishes containing the food, the +plates and the goblets, were of silver. Along the wall stood a row of +earthenware jars full of wine from Odobeshti and from Cotnari, and at +the back of each boyar waited some servant who poured out the wine.</p> +<p>In the courtyard by the side of two roast oxen and four roast sheep, +three casks of wine had been broached; the retainers ate and drank, the +boyars <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb67" href="#pb67" name= +"pb67">67</a>]</span>ate and drank. Soon brains began to get inflamed: +the wine began to do its work. The boyars saluted, and congratulated +the Prince with loud applause, to which the mercenaries responded with +shouts and the guns with salvos.</p> +<p>They were on the point of rising from the table when Veveritza +raised his glass, and bowing, said:</p> +<p>“May your Highness live for many years! May you rule the land +in peace and may a merciful God strengthen the desire you have shown to +no longer molest the boyars or afflict the +people——”</p> +<p>He did not finish for the dagger of an esquire struck him right on +the forehead and felled him to the ground.</p> +<p>“Ah, you would insult your Prince!” cried the esquire. +“Upon them!”</p> +<p>In a second, all the servants behind the boyars drew their daggers +and struck them; other soldiers under the captain of mercenaries +entered and slashed at them with their swords. In the meanwhile +Lapushneanu took Motzoc by the hand and drew him to the open window +whence to watch the butchery which began. He laughed; but Motzoc, +forcing himself to laugh, felt the hair rising upon his head, and his +teeth chattering. And, in truth, it was horrible to watch that bloody +scene. The fancy must picture a hall 33 ft. long and 30 ft. wide, a +hundred and more desperate men, determined to kill, executioners and +victims, some <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68" href="#pb68" name= +"pb68">68</a>]</span>fighting with the fury of despair, others with +drunken rage. The boyars had had no suspicions, thus treacherously +attacked from behind, and unarmed, they fell unable to defend +themselves. The older men died making the sign of the cross; but many +of the younger ones defended themselves with desperation; chairs, +plates, the implements upon the table became weapons in their hands; +some of the wounded gripped with fury the throats of the assassins, and +in spite of the injuries they received they squeezed them till they +suffocated. If one among them found a sword he sold his life dearly. +Many a mercenary perished, but finally not a boyar remained alive. +Forty-seven corpses lay upon the floor! In the struggle and turmoil the +table was overturned; the jars were broken and the wine mixed with +blood made a pool upon the boards of the hall.</p> +<p>Simultaneously with the murder upstairs began the massacre in the +courtyard.</p> +<p>The boyars’ servants, finding themselves set upon without +warning by the soldiers, tried to flee. Only a few escaped with their +lives; they succeeded in scaling the walls and gave the alarm in the +boyars’ homes: they called out others of the boyars’ +retainers and men, and roused the populace. The whole city flocked to +the gates of the courtyard, which they began to destroy with axes. The +soldiers, stupid with drink, made little resistance. The crowd grew +stronger and stronger. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href="#pb69" +name="pb69">69</a>]</span></p> +<p>Lapushneanu, when he recognized the strength of the crowd, sent an +esquire to inquire what they wished. The esquire went out.</p> +<p>“Well, Vornic Motzoc,” he said, turning towards that +person, “tell me, have I not done well to rid myself of this +rabble, to free the land from this sore?”</p> +<p>“Your Highness has acted with great wisdom,” replied the +obsequious courtier; “I have long had it in my mind to advise +your Highness to do this, but I see your Highness’s sagacity has +anticipated me, and you have done well to destroy; +because—why—it was——”</p> +<p>“I see the esquire tarries,” said Lapushneanu, cutting +short Motzoc, who was becoming involved in his speech. “I think +we will give orders to fire a round into the mob. Ha! what think +you?”</p> +<p>“Certainly, certainly, let us turn the guns on them; there is +not much loss in a few hundred churls dying when so many boyars have +perished. Yes, let us destroy them root and branch.”</p> +<p>“I expected just such an answer,” said Lapushneanu with +irritation, “but we will see first what it is they +ask.”</p> +<p>At that moment the esquire stepped through the door into the +courtyard, and making a sign, cried:</p> +<p>“Good people! His Highness sends to inquire what it is you +want and ask, and wherefore you are come with so much noise?” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb70" href="#pb70" name= +"pb70">70</a>]</span></p> +<p>The crowd stood open-mouthed. They had not expected such a question. +They had come without knowing why, or what they wanted. They collected +quietly into little groups and asked one another what it was they did +want. At last they began to shout:</p> +<p>“Remit the taxes!” “Cease to harass us!” +“Do not kill us!” “Do not rob us!” “We +remain poor!” “We have no money!” “Motzoc has +taken our all!” “Motzoc! Motzoc!” “He fleeces +us and ruins us!” “He advises the Voda!” “Let +him die!” “To death with Motzoc!” “We want the +head of Motzoc!”</p> +<p>The last words found an echo in every heart, and were like an +electric spark. All the voices rang together as one voice, and this +voice cried:</p> +<p>“We ask for Motzoc’s head!”</p> +<p>“What do they ask for?” asked Lapushneanu, as the +esquire entered.</p> +<p>“The head of Vornic Motzoc,” replied the esquire.</p> +<p>“How? What?” cried Motzoc, jumping like a man who has +trodden on a serpent. “You did not hear aright, fool! You try to +jest, but this is no time for jesting. What words are these! What would +they do with my head? I tell you, you are deaf, you did not hear +well.”</p> +<p>“But very well,” said Alexandru Voda, “just +listen. Their cries are audible here.” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb71" href="#pb71" name="pb71">71</a>]</span></p> +<p>In fact, as the soldiers no longer resisted them, the people had +begun to clamber up the walls whence they shouted at the top of their +voices:</p> +<p>“Give us Motzoc!” “We want Motzoc’s +head!”</p> +<p>“Oh, miserable sinner that I am!” cried the wretched +man, “most Holy Mother of God, do not let me be destroyed. What +have I done to these men? Holy Virgin save me from this danger, and I +swear to build a church to pray for the rest of my days, I will +enshrine with silver the miracle-working Icon from the Neamtzu +Monastery. But gracious Prince, do not listen to these common people, +to these churls. Command that the guns decimate them. Let them all die! +I am a great boyar, they are only churls!”</p> +<p>“Churls, but many of them,” replied Lapushneanu coldly: +“would it not be a sin to murder many men for the sake of one? +Only reflect. Go and sacrifice yourself for the good of the realm, as +you yourself said when you told me that the country neither wanted me +nor loved me. Rejoice that the people repay you for the service you +rendered me, betraying to me the army of Anton Sechele, then destroying +me, and taking Tomsha’s side.”</p> +<p>“Oh, unfortunate man that I am!” cried Motzoc, tearing +his beard, for he realized from the tyrant’s words that there was +no escape for him. “At least let me go and put my house in order! +Have pity upon my wife and children! Give me <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb72" href="#pb72" name="pb72">72</a>]</span>time to +confess!” And he cried and screamed and groaned.</p> +<p>“Enough!” cried Lapushneanu. “Do not wail like a +woman. Be a brave Roumanian. What can you confess? What can you say to +the priest? That you are a thief and robber? All Moldavia knows that. +Come! Take him and give him to the people and tell them that this is +the way Alexandru Voda serves those who rob the country.”</p> +<p>The esquire and the captain of mercenaries immediately laid hands +upon him.</p> +<p>The wretched boyar yelled as loudly as possible, trying to protect +himself, but how could his old hands shield him from the four strong +arms that carried him? He tried to stand upon his feet, but they caught +in the dead bodies of the victims and slipped upon the blood which had +congealed upon the boards. As last his strength became exhausted, and +the tyrant’s satellites carried him more dead than alive to the +door of the courtyard, and thrust him out among the crowd.</p> +<p>The miserable boyar fell into the arms of the many-headed Hydra, +which in a second tore him to pieces.</p> +<p>“See how Alexandru Voda rewards those who rob the land!” +said the tyrant’s emissaries.</p> +<p>“Long live His Highness the Voda!” replied the crowd. +And they dispersed, rejoicing over their victim.</p> +<p>While the unhappy Motzoc was being thus <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb73" href="#pb73" name="pb73">73</a>]</span>treated, +Lapushneanu ordered that the table should be replaced, and the utensils +collected; the heads of the murdered were then cut off, and the bodies +thrown out of the window. After which, he took the heads and quietly +and methodically set them in the middle of the table; he placed the +less important boyars below, and the more important above, according to +their family and rank, until he had made a pyramid of forty-seven +heads, the top of which he crowned with the head of an important +Logofat. Then after washing his hands, he went to a side door, withdrew +the bolt and wooden bar which secured it, and entered the +Princess’s apartment.</p> +<p>From the beginning of this tragedy, the Princess Rucsanda, ignorant +of what was taking place, had been anxious. She did not understand the +cause of the noise she heard, for, according to the custom of the time, +women could not leave their apartment, and the servants could not risk +going amongst soldiers of whose discipline they knew nothing. One among +them, bolder than the others, had gone out, had heard it said that an +attack had been made upon the Voda, and had carried these tidings to +her mistress.</p> +<p>The gentle Princess was terrified, fearing the fury of the mob, and +when Alexandru entered he found her praying before the Icon, with her +children by her side.</p> +<p>“Ah,” she cried, “our Lady be praised that I see +you again! I have been greatly frightened.” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74" name="pb74">74</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Wherefore? Because I promised I would prepare you a remedy +for fear? Come with me, Madam.”</p> +<p>“But those cries, those shouts we heard?”</p> +<p>“Nothing. The servants began to wrangle, but they are quiet +now.”</p> +<p>So saying he took Rucsanda by the hand, and led her to the +dining-hall. She gave a cry of horror at the terrible sight and +fainted.</p> +<p>“A woman is always a woman,” said Lapushneanu, smiling, +“instead of rejoicing, she is horrified.”</p> +<p>He lifted her in his arms, and took her back to her apartment. Then +he returned again to the hall where he found the captain of mercenaries +and the esquire awaiting him.</p> +<p>“You can throw these corpses over the wall to the dogs, but +set their heads upon the wall,” he said to the mercenary. +“And you,” he said, addressing the esquire, “are to +lay hands upon Spancioc and Stroici.”</p> +<p>But Stroici and Spancioc were already close to the Dniester.</p> +<p>Their pursuers only caught up with them when they had crossed the +frontier.</p> +<p>“Tell him who sent you,” Spancioc shouted back, +“that he will not see us till he is about to die!”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Four years passed since this scene, during which <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href="#pb75" name="pb75">75</a>]</span>time +Alexandru Lapushneanu, faithful to the promise made to the Princess +Rucsanda, did not execute a single boyar. But, because he was unable to +stifle his overmastering desire to witness human suffering, he invented +various forms of torture.</p> +<p>He had eyes put out, noses cut off, he mutilated and maimed any +person he suspected; even his suspicions were imaginary, for no one +ventured to make the slightest complaint. All the same he was not at +ease, for he could not lay hands on Spancioc and Stroici, who remained +at Kamenitza, waiting, abiding their time. Although he had two +highly-placed sons-in-law with great influence at the Polish court, he +was anxious lest these two boyars should solicit the aid of the Poles, +who were only seeking a pretext to invade Moldavia; but these two +Roumanians were too good patriots not to reflect that war and the +arrival of foreign soldiers would be the ruin of their native land.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu wrote to them many times in succession that if they +would only return he would pledge himself, by the most sacred oath, to +do them no harm; but they knew the value of his oath. In order to +observe them more closely, he moved to the town of Hotin which he +fortified with care, but he became ill from spleen here. The disease +made rapid strides, and the tyrant soon saw himself at the portal of +the tomb.</p> +<p>In the delirium of his fever he seemed to see all the victims of his +cruelty, terrifying and admonitory, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb76" +href="#pb76" name="pb76">76</a>]</span>threatening him and calling to +the most just God for justice. In vain he tossed upon his bed of +sickness, he could not find relief.</p> +<p>Summoning Teofan, the Metropolitan, the Bishops and boyars, he +informed them that he felt the end of his life to be approaching; he +humbled himself, and implored pardon for all the wrong he had done. +Finally, he begged for consideration for his son, Bogdan, to whom he +left the throne of the realm if they would assist him. Being of tender +years, and surrounded by powerful enemies, he would be unable to +protect either himself or his country unless the boyars preserved unity +among themselves and affection and loyalty to the Ruler.</p> +<p>“As for myself,” he proceeded to say, “if I +recover from this sickness, I am determined to become a monk in the +Monastery of Slatina, where I may repent for the rest of the days that +it pleases God to leave me. Therefore, I beseech you, Fathers, when you +see me at the point of death to shave me like a +monk——”</p> +<p>He was not able to say much more. He was seized with convulsions, +and a terrible coma like death itself stiffened his body, so that the +Metropolitan and the Bishops, believing him to be expiring, canonized +him, bestowing upon him the name of Paisie after that of Peter, which +name he had borne previous to becoming Prince. After this they paid +homage to the Princess Rucsanda as regent during <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77" name="pb77">77</a>]</span>the +minority of her son, and proclaimed Bogdan king.</p> +<p>Immediately after they sent envoys to all the boyars within the +country and to the exiles, and to the captains of the army.</p> +<p>The twilight was approaching when Stroici and Spancioc arrived.</p> +<p>Dismounting at an inn, they approached the castle with haste. The +town was silent and dreary like some gigantic tomb. Only the murmuring +waters of the Dniester were audible as they continually washed the +slopes of the grey bare banks, and the monotonous cry of the sentries +who examined each other by the evening light along the length of their +lances. Pursuing their way into the palace, they experienced no small +surprise at meeting no one; at last a lacquey showed them the sick +man’s room. As they were about to enter they heard a loud noise, +and paused to listen.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu was rousing from his lethargy. Upon opening his eyes he +saw two monks standing, the one at his head, and the other at his feet, +motionless, like two statues of bronze; he glanced at himself, and +found himself clothed in the habit of a monk; round his head was a +cowl. He tried to raise his hand, but was prevented by the strings of a +rosary. It seemed to him as though he dreamed, and he closed his eyes +again; but opening them once more after a little while he saw the same +things, the rosary, the cowl, the monks. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb78" href="#pb78" name="pb78">78</a>]</span></p> +<p>“How are you feeling now, Brother Paisie?” one of the +monks asked him, seeing that he was not sleeping.</p> +<p>This name brought back to his mind all that had taken place. His +blood began to boil and half raising himself he cried:</p> +<p>“What are these? Ah, you are making fun of me! Avaunt, foul +creatures! Go, or I will murder you all!”</p> +<p>He sought a weapon with his hand, but finding nothing but the cowl +he flung it with his hand at the head of one of the monks.</p> +<p>At the sound of his shouting, the Princess, with her son, the +Metropolitan, the boyars and servants, all entered the room.</p> +<p>Meanwhile the other two boyars arrived and stood by the door +listening.</p> +<p>“Ah, you wanted to turn me into a monk,” cried +Lapushneanu in a raucous and terrible voice. “You thought to get +rid of me? But you can dismiss that idea! God or the devil will make me +well again, and——”</p> +<p>“Unhappy man, do not blaspheme,” said the Metropolitan, +cutting him short. “Do not forget you are in the hour of death! +Reflect, sinful man, that you are a monk, you are no longer Ruler! +Reflect that such ravings and yells are frightening this innocent +woman, and this child in whom rests the hope of Moldavia.”</p> +<p>“Infernal hypocrite!” added the sick man, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79" name= +"pb79">79</a>]</span>endeavouring to rise from his bed. “Hold +your tongue; it was I who made you Metropolitan, and I unfrock you. You +tried to make me a priest but I will put that right. There are many I +will make into priests. But as for that bitch, I will cut her into four +pieces with her pup so that they may never again listen to the advice +of hypocrites or to my enemies. He lies who says I am a monk. I am no +monk—I am Ruler. I am Alexandru Voda! Help! Help! Where are my +soldiers? Fetch them! Fetch them all! I will command them. Kill all +these people. Let none escape. Ah! I am choking! Water! Water! +Water!” And he fell back exhausted, gasping with excitement and +fury.</p> +<p>The Princess and the Metropolitan retired. At the door they came +face to face with Stroici and Spancioc.</p> +<p>“Madam,” said Spancioc, seizing Rucsanda’s hand, +“that man must die at all costs. See this powder, pour it into +his drink.”</p> +<p>“Poison,” she cried with a shudder.</p> +<p>“Poison!” pursued Spancioc. “Unless this man dies +at once, the lives of your Highness and your son are in danger. The +father has lived long enough and done enough. Let the father die that +the son may live.”</p> +<p>A servant came out of the room.</p> +<p>“What is it?” asked the Princess.</p> +<p>“The sick man has roused and asks for water <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb80" href="#pb80" name="pb80">80</a>]</span>and his +son. He bade me not to return without him.”</p> +<p>“Oh, they wish to kill him,” groaned the wretched +mother, pressing her son passionately to her breast.</p> +<p>“There is not time for hesitation, Madam,” added +Spancioc. “Think of the wife of Voda Shtefanitza and choose +between father and son.”</p> +<p>“What say you, Father?” said the poor woman, turning +towards the Metropolitan, with her eyes full of tears.</p> +<p>“This man is cruel and fierce, my daughter; may the Lord God +give you counsel. As for me, I go to prepare for our departure with our +new Ruler; for our late Prince, may God pardon him, and also forgive +you.”</p> +<p>With these words the holy Teofan departed.</p> +<p>Rucsanda took a silver cup full of water, which was handed to her by +the servant, and then, amid the entreaties and arguments of the boyars, +poured the poison into it. The boyars pushed her into the sick +man’s room.</p> +<p>“What is he doing?” asked Spancioc of Stroici, who +pushed open the door again and looked in.</p> +<p>“He asks for his son—he says he wishes him to come to +him—he asks for a drink—the Princess trembles—she +gives him the cup—he will not take it!”</p> +<p>Spancioc starts and draws his dagger from his belt. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81" name="pb81">81</a>]</span></p> +<p>“But yes, he takes it, he drinks. May it do your Highness +good!”</p> +<p>Rucsanda emerged shaking and livid, and supporting herself against +the wall.</p> +<p>“You must render account before God,” she said, sighing, +“for you have caused me to commit this sin.”</p> +<p>The Metropolitan arrived.</p> +<p>“Let us go,” he said to the Princess.</p> +<p>“But who will tend to this wretched man?”</p> +<p>“We will,” replied the boyars.</p> +<p>“Oh, Father, what have you made me do!” said the +Princess to the Metropolitan, and she went sobbing with him.</p> +<p>The two boyars went into the sick man. The poison had not yet begun +to do its work. Lapushneanu lay stretched out, his face uppermost, calm +but very weak. When the two boyars entered, he looked at them for some +time, but not recognizing them he asked who they were, and what they +had to say.</p> +<p>“I am Stroici,” replied one.</p> +<p>“And I am Spancioc,” added the other, “and our +wish is to see you before you die as we promised you.”</p> +<p>“Oh, my enemies!” sighed Alexandru.</p> +<p>“I am Spancioc,” continued that person, “Spancioc +whom you would fain have beheaded when you murdered the forty-seven +boyars, and who escaped from your clutches! Spancioc, whose +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb82" href="#pb82" name= +"pb82">82</a>]</span>property you have destroyed leaving his wife and +children to beg for alms at the doors of Christian houses.”</p> +<p>“Ah, I feel as though a fire burnt me!” cried the sick +man, grasping his stomach with both hands.</p> +<p>“To-day we free ourselves, for you must die. The poison +works.”</p> +<p>“Oh, you have poisoned me, infamous creatures! Oh, what a +fire! Where is the Princess? Where is my son?”</p> +<p>“They have gone away and left you to us.”</p> +<p>“They have gone away and left me! Have left me to you! Oh, +kill me and let me escape from suffering. Oh, stab me, you are still +young, have pity, free me from the agony that rends me, stab me!” +he said, and turned towards Stroici.</p> +<p>“I will not desecrate my noble dagger with the blood of such a +worthless tyrant as you.”</p> +<p>The pains increased. The poisoned man writhed in convulsions.</p> +<p>“Oh,” he cried, “my very soul burns me! Oh, give +me water—give me something to drink.”</p> +<p>“Look,” said Spancioc, taking the silver cup from the +table, “the dregs of the poison are left. Drink and quench your +thirst!”</p> +<p>“Nay, nay, I will not,” said the sick man, setting his +teeth.</p> +<p>Then Stroici seized him and held him tight while Spancioc, drawing a +knife from its sheath, unclenched his teeth with its point and poured +down his throat <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href="#pb83" name= +"pb83">83</a>]</span>the poison which had remained at the bottom of the +cup.</p> +<p>Lapushneanu, roaring like a bull which sees the hand and axe which +is about to strike him, tried to turn his face towards the wall.</p> +<p>“What, you do not want to see us?” said the boyars. +“No, but it is meet that you should see in us your punishment; +learn to die, you who have only known how to kill.” And seizing +him both together, they held him inflexibly, staring at him with +devilish delight and reviling him.</p> +<p>The unhappy Prince writhed in spasms of agony, he foamed at the +mouth, he gnashed his teeth, and his bloodshot eyes protruded out of +his head; an icy sweat, sad forerunner of death, broke out in drops +upon his brow. After a torture of half an hour, he finally yielded up +the ghost in the hands of his judges.</p> +<p>Such was the end of Alexandru Lapushneanu, who leaves a bloody page +in the history of Moldavia.</p> +<p>A portrait of himself and his family may be seen to this day in the +Monastery at Slatina, which he built, and where he is buried. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb85" href="#pb85" name= +"pb85">85</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch5" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Zidra</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Beza</span></p> +<p>We were talking in the inn at Grabova and passing round the wine +without troubling ourselves as to the lateness of the hour. In time we +began to sing—as it is the custom to sing in these parts. One +raises his voice, while the others subdue theirs, till all take up the +chorus:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">Your head lies in my pouch,</p> +<p class="line xd19e1711">Zidra, mighty Zidra!</p> +</div> +<p class="first">Only our friend, Mitu Dola, was silent; he was much +moved and kept turning first to one side and then to the other.</p> +<p>“Oh, that song!” he gasped when we stopped. Then +suddenly to me: “Do you know who Zidra was? And do you know who +killed Zidra?”</p> +<p>He took up his mug, drank from it several times, and then, with a +brain clouded by distant memories and the strong wine, he began to tell +me the story:</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>“It must be some thirty years ago. Zidra was <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb86" href="#pb86" name="pb86">86</a>]</span>then a +haiduk in the Smolcu mountains. What a man! There was a heavy price +upon his head. His very name, passed from mouth to mouth, brought a +wave of fear. And we children would gather together in the evening +under the eaves of the fountains, by the church doors, and talk of +Zidra. This much we knew: at one time he had lived amongst us and then +had unexpectedly disappeared from the village; on account of some +murder everybody said. After a long time he appeared again, robbing a +long way this side of Smolcu: ‘Zidra is at Seven-Hills; Zidra is +in the Vigla Forest.’</p> +<p>“Whispering thus secretly, we would glance over our shoulders. +We would shiver as though we could feel a cold breath from the dark +thicket whence Zidra might appear. I pictured him just like my father, +probably because my father, too, was a striking figure. In a coat with +long flowing sleeves, his cap on one side, and his belt loaded with +pistols, my father—like all tax-gatherers at that +period—was on the road a great deal of his time, so that my +mother and I remained alone for weeks on end.</p> +<p>“We had a house just on the outskirts of the village +surrounded by a beech wood, the shadows of which hung darkly above our +heads. How it would begin to moan at night! The rustling of the leaves, +the prolonged roar of the rocking trees was like some great waterfall. +From our soft bed, clasped in my mother’s arms, I listened to the +fierce <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb87" href="#pb87" name= +"pb87">87</a>]</span>din. From time to time it ceased; then, through +the silence, came the sound of whistling, of shots, of the trampling of +horses and of men.</p> +<p>“I sighed with terror. ‘Mother, supposing robbers should +attack us.’ ‘Hush! It is unlucky to speak of such +things.’ ‘You know, mother, Zidra is in Vigla +Forest.’ When I first mentioned this name my mother trembled and +started back, but quickly coming forward she said hastily and with +unusual anxiety: ‘Who told you this?’ ‘Cousin Gushu, +mother. Gushu’s father, mother, saw a host of vultures over Vigla +Forest circling round.’</p> +<p>“My mother repeated in a puzzled way: ‘Vultures circling +round——’ Then, after thinking a moment, she said to +herself: ‘That is it; that is where he halted and had his +food—the vultures are attracted by the smell.’</p> +<p>“My father, arriving a few days later, said the same thing, +while he added that some shepherds had also seen Zidra. My mother was +delicate, her features bore the melancholy expression of some hidden +sorrow. She looked wan and remained staring into space. ‘Eh? +What?’ said my father sternly. ‘Why should I be afraid of +Zidra?’</p> +<p>“He closed the conversation. But into our house there crept an +unexplained disquietude—something intangible, blowing like an icy +breath that made my mother shudder. How could I understand then? Time +alone has given me the explanation of it all. And to-day when I think +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88" name= +"pb88">88</a>]</span>of the spot where this dark mystery unfolded +itself old scenes and things emerge from oblivion and stand vividly +before me. I see the yard of our house with the door opening into the +wood, the staircase leading into the bedroom; here is the hearth and +along the walls are the great wooden cupboards. Sitting upon the +corner-seat by the fire my mother spun at her wheel—often she +would start to spin but seemed as though she could not. She would +constantly stop, her thoughts were elsewhere. And if I asked her +anything, she would nod her head without listening to me. Only when, +amid the loud rustle of the trees, I would mention Zidra she would turn +quickly, her eyes wide open, and say with a shiver: +‘Zidra?’ ‘Yes, mother.’</p> +<p>“And when night fell she would try the doors one after the +other. She would walk up and down, a pine-torch in her hand, passing +through visions of horror, and with her went the smoking flame which +rose and fell as it struggled with the shadows, moving upon the +ceilings and floors and on the walls of the room where the sofa was, +where it lit up for a second the hanging weapons: an old musket, two +scimitars, some pistols.</p> +<p>“Sometimes there was a pleasant silence over everything. The +wood slept, the country, too, was asleep. Then, in the light of the +little icon-lamp, could be heard the gentle hum of the spinning-wheel, +murmuring like a golden beetle in a fairy-tale, lulling me till I +slept. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" href="#pb89" name= +"pb89">89</a>]</span></p> +<p>“During one of these nights—the wheel stopped and I +heard my mother saying: ‘Tuesday at Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, +Thursday—Thursday——’ She knew where my father +usually stayed and was calculating.</p> +<p>“Becoming confused she began again from the beginning: +‘Tuesday at Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, Thursday—Thursday +on the road.’ And she rose. She went to the lamp to pour in oil +that it might burn till the daylight. In the meantime a noise came from +the yard and was repeated more loudly. ‘Mother, some one is +knocking!’ ‘Who could be knocking?’ she murmured.</p> +<p>“After a moment of indecision she went downstairs. +Unintelligible words followed—a man’s voice, the door was +shaken. My mother began to speak gently, inaudibly. Soon everything was +silent again. By my side I could hear my mother’s breath, coming +short and with difficulty, but her tongue remained tied. When she +recovered herself she said suddenly: ‘Can I? How can I open? I am +married. I cannot.’ ‘To whom, mother—to whom must you +open?’ She took me tremblingly in her arms, squeezed me to her, +and pressed her burning cheek against mine. ‘You are too little. +You do not understand, my treasure!’</p> +<p>“And, after a while, talking more to herself, while the tears +flowed slowly down her cheeks: ‘At the fountain in Plaiu—it +is long ago. We pledged our word—at dusk—God saw us; and in +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb90" href="#pb90" name= +"pb90">90</a>]</span>the end he made off one day, and I waited for +him—years and years I waited. Now what does he want? I am +married. What does he expect? Why did he come?’</p> +<p>“Thus much I remember. I fell asleep close to my mother. The +next day she might just have got up after a long illness so white was +she in the face, with fear shining in her eyes. When my father saw her +he raised the thick bushy eyebrows which gave such a harsh appearance +to his hairy face. ‘There is something wrong, something has +happened.’</p> +<p>“Could she deny it? They went into the room where the sofa +stood, and soon after my father broke out with: ‘From henceforth +either I or he!’ And he stormed about, taking long heavy strides +while the weapons clattered on the wall. He swore, and added with a +wild burst of laughter: ‘Ha, ha! And the head and two hundred +ducats!’</p> +<p>“From now on he no longer took the road; he remained on guard. +Spies began to move about. Fierce-looking men knocked at the door. My +father went out, exchanged some rapid words with them, among which +could be continually heard the name of Zidra, and they disappeared. But +what were those cries, those sharp whistles through the night? Often, +too, across the hillocks came the sound of stones—stones striking +one against the other, and my father replied in the same way. And the +knocking sounds rose sonorous, ringing through the darkness as though +some strange birds <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb91" href="#pb91" +name="pb91">91</a>]</span>were rattling their beaks. I heard it in my +sleep and shuddered. ‘Have no fear,’ whispered my mother, +‘it is nothing, my dear one. Your father is talking—with +some sentries.’</p> +<p>“A few weeks passed thus, until one midnight there appeared in +the further room four men in black cloaks, carrying guns; they seemed +to have sprung out of the ground. They shook hands and without a +moment’s pause began moving about in the ruddy, uncertain light +of the pine-torch. In the silence outside—a silence caused by the +fog which deadened all sound—their words could be overheard. As +my father slung his scimitar over his shoulder, one of them said in a +loud clear voice: ‘At Sticótur, in the monastery.’ +‘Since when?’ ‘Since dinner-time to-day—he is +eating and drinking.’ ‘The man is caught,’ said +another. ‘He can’t escape this time.’</p> +<p>“They went out quickly; they were lost in the black darkness +which began to vibrate with the rising of the wind. The bushes rattled +and bent beneath the rain—storms of rain beat and splashed +against the window-panes, a sea of sound, storm after storm.”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Here, as far as I can remember, Mitu Dola brought the story to a +close. I asked:</p> +<p>“How did it end?”</p> +<p>“Didn’t you hear the song? My father took the head and +put it in his pouch. As he said, ‘and the head and two hundred +ducats.’” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb93" href="#pb93" +name="pb93">93</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch6" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Gardana</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Beza</span></p> +<p>Mitu Tega returned to the house much annoyed. As he entered his wife +asked him:</p> +<p>“Well, has he not turned up yet?”</p> +<p>“No, not to-day either.”</p> +<p>“This is what happens when you rely on an unknown man, a +stranger. Suppose he never comes. God forbid that he should go off with +the whole herd!”</p> +<p>Tega did not reply. He sat motionless in the silent veranda, which +gradually grew dark with shadows of the evening mist, and pondered. Of +course such things did happen; he might have taken the goats and gone +off, in which case let him find him who can! Where could one look for +him? Whither could one follow him?</p> +<p>And as he meditated thus he seemed to see the shepherd before his +eyes; he called to mind the first day he had seen him; a terrible man, +like a wild man from the woods, with a great moustache <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb94" href="#pb94" name="pb94">94</a>]</span>lost in +a hard, black beard, which left only his eyes and cheek-bones visible. +He came into him, and without looking him in the face, said:</p> +<p>“I have heard—some people told me that you want a man to +tend the bucks. Take me, I am a shepherd.”</p> +<p>Tega gave him one look, he was just the kind of man he wanted. He +asked him:</p> +<p>“Where do you come from?”</p> +<p>“I come—well, from Blatza. Toli—Toli the +shepherd—I have been with many other goat owners.”</p> +<p>Tega looked at him again, considered a little, and said:</p> +<p>“Good, I’ll take you; may you prove honest, for, look, +many a man has cheated me, and many a man has stolen from me up to +now.”</p> +<p>And so he engaged him. Toli stayed with Tega, and no one could have +conducted himself better.</p> +<p>A month later they went together to the Salonica district, where +they bought goats, over eight hundred head. When it was time to return, +Tega—for fear of attack by brigands—went ahead secretly, +leaving Toli to follow on alone with the herd. The days slipped +by—one week, two—Toli did not put in an appearance. What +could have happened? Many ideas passed through Tega’s brain. +Especially after what his wife had said. At night he could not sleep. +He dozed for a while, and then woke <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb95" +href="#pb95" name="pb95">95</a>]</span>again, with his mind on the +shepherd, tormenting himself, until the crowing of the cocks heralded +the dawn. Then he got up; and, as he was short and plump, he took a +staff in his hand, and proceeded to the nearest hill whence could be +seen the country opening out as flat as the palm of a hand.</p> +<p>At that hour the first blush of dawn glowed in the east. And slowly, +slowly rose the sun. Round, purple, fiery, it lit first the crests of +the mountains, then flashed its rays into the heart of the valleys; the +window-panes in the village suddenly caught the fiery light; the birds +began to fly; on the ground, among the glistening dew, flowers raised +their heads out of the fresh grass, a wealth of daisies and buttercups +like little goblets of gold. But Mitu Tega had no time for such things. +His eyes were searching the landscape. Something was moving +yonder—a cloud of dust.</p> +<p>“The herd, it is the herd!” murmured Tega.</p> +<p>He could hear the light, soft tinkle of the bells, sounding +melodiously in the spring morning. And see, see—the herd drew +near, the bell-carrier in front, two dogs with them, and last of all +the shepherd with his cloak round his shoulder.</p> +<p>“Welcome,” cried Tega with all his heart. “But, +Toli, you have tarried a long while. I was beginning to +wonder——”</p> +<p>“What would you, I did not come direct, I had to go +round.”</p> +<p>The bucks played around, a fine, picked lot with <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href="#pb96" name="pb96">96</a>]</span>silky +hair, they roamed about, and Tega felt as though he, too, could skip +about, could take the shepherd in his arms, and embrace him for sheer +joy.</p> +<p>As in other years, Tega kept the herd on the neighbouring slopes, on +the Aitosh hills. It was Toli’s business to get the bread, salt, +and all that was needed, and once every two or three days, leaving the +herd in the care of a comrade, he would take his way to his +employer’s house. Usually Tega’s wife would be spinning at +her wheel when he went in.</p> +<p>“Good day!”</p> +<p>“Welcome, Toli,” the woman said pleasantly. “Tega +is not at home at present, but sit down, Toli, sit down, and wait till +he comes.”</p> +<p>The shepherd took off his cloak, and did not say another word.</p> +<p>The veranda where they were sitting was upstairs; through the open +windows the eye could follow the distant view; the hills lay slumbering +in the afternoon light, along their foot lay a road—processions +of laden mules, whole caravans ascending slowly and laboriously, +winding along in bluish lines till lost to sight over the brow of the +hill. The woman followed them with her eyes, and without moving, from +her wheel, pointing with her hand, she said:</p> +<p>“There are sheepfolds yonder, too, aren’t +there?”</p> +<p>The shepherd nodded his head.</p> +<p>“I never asked you, Toli, how are the goats <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb97" href="#pb97" name="pb97">97</a>]</span>doing? +Do you think my man chose well this year?”</p> +<p>“Well, very well.”</p> +<p>That was all. He said no more. His deep-set eyes were sad, and black +as the night. A minute later footsteps sounded in the garden, and then +the voice of a neighbour:</p> +<p>“Where are you, dear, where have you hidden +yourself?”</p> +<p>“Here, Lena, here,” replied the woman upstairs.</p> +<p>Lena mounted the stairs. Behind her came Doda Sili and Mia; they had +all brought their work, for they would not go away till late in the +evening.</p> +<p>“Have you heard?” asked Lena.</p> +<p>“What?”</p> +<p>“Two more murders.”</p> +<p>Suspicion had fallen upon Gardana. He had become a kind of vampire +about whom many tales were told. Especially old men, if they could +engage you in conversation, would try and impress you with the +story.</p> +<p>In a village lived a maiden, modest and very beautiful. She was +small, of the same age as Gardana, who was a boy then. They were fond +of each other, they played together, they kissed each other—they +kissed as children kiss. But after a while the girl’s form took +on the soft curves of coming womanhood; then it came to pass that they +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href="#pb98" name= +"pb98">98</a>]</span>never kissed each other, they knew not why, and +when they were alone they did not venture to look into each +other’s eyes; she would blush like a ripe apple, and +Gardana’s lips would tremble. Then there appeared upon the scene, +from somewhere, a certain Dina, son of a rich somebody; the girl +pleased him, and he sent her an offer of marriage. Her father did not +think twice, her father gave her to him.</p> +<p>And Gardana—would you believe it—after he realized that +it was hard fact, gnashed his teeth, beat his breast, and disappeared. +Two days later he was on the mountains, and a gang with him.</p> +<p>Eh! love knows no bounds, love builds, but love also destroys many +homes.</p> +<p>The girl’s father was seized and murdered; not long after Dina +was murdered too. Then Gardana spread terror for many years in +succession.</p> +<p>For some time now, whatever he might have been doing, wherever he +might be in hiding, nothing had been heard of him. But as soon as +something happened, his name once again passed round the village: +“Gardana, it is Gardana!”</p> +<p>Perhaps it was not he, perhaps he had left the mountains, perhaps +even he was dead; but the people who knew something——</p> +<p>“How many did you say there were?” asked Mia.</p> +<p>“Two; both merchants. They came from abroad.” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99" href="#pb99" name= +"pb99">99</a>]</span></p> +<p>“And who can have murdered them?”</p> +<p>“No one but—Gardana.”</p> +<p>“How is it? But is Gardana still alive?”</p> +<p>“Come, do you think he really is dead? No, no, they alone give +this kind of tidings of themselves.”</p> +<p>“And why?”</p> +<p>“They have to be on their guard, the bailiffs are after them, +they might capture them.”</p> +<p>“Perhaps——”</p> +<p>The spinning-wheel spun on. The spool wound the thread, the treadle +hummed, filling the room with a soothing noise.</p> +<p>Doda Sili said wonderingly:</p> +<p>“Who knows what kind of man he is?”</p> +<p>“Gardana?”</p> +<p>“Gardana.”</p> +<p>“Not a very big man, but large enough to terrify one, with a +black beard—oh, so black!—and, when you least expect it, +there he is on your road, just as though he had sprung out of the +ground. Didn’t our Toli once meet him!”</p> +<p>“How was that?”</p> +<p>The spinning-wheel stopped suddenly. A swarm of gnats came in +through the windows, and buzzed round in the warmth of the sun; and +Lena said quietly:</p> +<p>“It was on his way from the sheepfold; he came upon Gardana on +the Padea-Murgu.”</p> +<p>“Oh, it might have been somebody else.” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb100" href="#pb100" name="pb100">100</a>]</span></p> +<p>“It was he, he himself, with that beard, those +garments——”</p> +<p>And so the conversation continued. Toli, the shepherd, took no part +in the talk. He sat over on the floor, silent, impassive—like a +moss-grown stone. Only occasionally he raised his bushy eyebrows, and a +troubled, misty look shone in his eyes. Tega’s wife wondered to +herself, she could not understand him; really, what was the matter with +him? He was brave, she knew he had not his equal for courage, when he +had charge of the herd not an animal was ever lost; all the same, what +a man he was, always frowning, and never a smile on his lips! There +must be something with him, naturally it must be—— And +breaking off her train of thought she suddenly spoke to him.</p> +<p>“Toli, during all the months you have been with us I have +never asked you whether you are married?”</p> +<p>The question was unexpected. The shepherd seemed to be considering. +Then he answered:</p> +<p>“No.”</p> +<p>“What? You have never married? Have you no wife, no +home?”</p> +<p>“Home—ah!” he sighed. “You are right, even I +once had a home, even I had hopes of a bride, but they came to +nought—what would you, it was not written in the book of +destiny—I was poor.”</p> +<p>He spoke haltingly, and his eyes wandered here <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb101" href="#pb101" name="pb101">101</a>]</span>and +there. And after one motion of his hand, as though to say “I have +much sorrow in my heart,” he added:</p> +<p>“That girl is dead—and I, too, shall die, everything +will die.”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>One afternoon in March, as the shepherd did not appear, Mitu Tega +prepared to go alone to the fold. He brought out the horse, bought two +bags of bread, and a lamb freshly killed, went to the mill where he +procured some barley, and then on slowly, quietly—he on foot, the +horse in front—till he reached his destination just as the sun +was disappearing behind the Aitosh mountains.</p> +<p>The shepherds rubbed their eyes when they saw him, but he called +out:</p> +<p>“I have brought a lamb for roasting.”</p> +<p>“You must eat it with us,” said Toli, “and stay +the night here.”</p> +<p>“No, for they expect me at home.”</p> +<p>“Will you start back at this hour?” put in Panu, +Toli’s comrade. “The night brings many perils.”</p> +<p>It was getting quite dark. Stars twinkled. Whether he wished to or +not, Mitu Tega was obliged to remain. Then the shepherds set to work; +one put the lamb on to the spit, and lit the fire; the other fetched +boughs from the wood. He brought whole branches with which they +prepared a shelter for the night for Tega—within was a +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href="#pb102" name= +"pb102">102</a>]</span>bed of green bracken. Then all three stretched +themselves by the fire. Gradually the flames sank a little, on the heap +of live coals the lamb began to brown, and spit with fat, and send out +an appetizing smell. The moon shone through the bushes; they seemed to +move beneath the hard, cold light which flooded the solitude. The +shadows of the mountains stretched away indefinitely. Above, some night +birds crossed unseen, flapping their wings. Mitu Tega turned his head. +For a moment his glance was arrested: by Toli’s side, a gun and a +long scimitar lay shining on the ground. He was not nervous, +otherwise——He glanced at Toli.</p> +<p>“What a man!” thought Tega. “I have nothing to +fear while I am with him.”</p> +<p>They began to eat, quickly and hungrily, tearing the meat with their +fingers, not speaking a word. Toli picked up the shoulder-bone of the +lamb, and drew near the fire, to scrutinize it, for some omen for the +future.</p> +<p>“What’s the matter?” Tega asked.</p> +<p>“Nothing—only it seems to me—that there is blood +everywhere, that blood pursues. Look, and you, too, Panu.”</p> +<p>“There is,” murmured Panu, “a little blood, one +can see a spot, two red patches.”</p> +<p>The hours passed. The dogs started off towards the woods. From their +bark there might be dangerous men on the move. Toli listened a moment, +took his gun, and said quickly to Tega: <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb103" href="#pb103" name="pb103">103</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Have you any weapon about you?”</p> +<p>“I have—a pistol.”</p> +<p>“Take it out, and go in there, and do not move. But you, Panu, +get more over there—not near the fire, move into the +shadow.”</p> +<p>He had scarcely finished speaking before the brigands were upon +them. They came stealthily through the bushes, avoiding the moonlight, +but the shepherd saw them, and without waiting fired a chance shot.</p> +<p>“Don’t shoot, don’t shoot!” cried the +robbers.</p> +<p>A great noise arose—the flock scattered, the barking of the +dogs became gradually more and more excited; there was another report, +and yet another. Toli’s gun gave a dull sound and was followed by +several cries:</p> +<p>“You will kill us all like this, all——”</p> +<p>“Down with your arms, lay down your arms!” cried +Toli.</p> +<p>“Look, man, we are putting them down; only don’t +shoot.”</p> +<p>“Drop them!”</p> +<p>Toli’s voice thundered. His voice alone was enough to make one +tremble.</p> +<p>The brigands threw down their arms, and advanced. There were three +of them. One was quite a young man, about thirty-five years of age, +with a worn face, and very pale. Blood was flowing from one foot and +clotting on to his white gaiters as it flowed. Toli went up to him and +said: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb104" href="#pb104" name= +"pb104">104</a>]</span></p> +<p>“I have wounded you—have I wounded you?”</p> +<p>The brigand did not reply. Toli crossed his arms and shaking his +head asked:</p> +<p>“Was it me you meant to rob? Was it me you meant to attack? Do +you know who I am?”</p> +<p>They looked into each other’s eyes, they stared at each +other—deep into each other’s eyes they gazed. Each one was +thinking: “Where have I seen him before?” for they had +surely known each other somewhere. Vague memories of their past life, +of bygone years began to stir, and gradually, recollection dawned.</p> +<p>“Gardana,” said the brigand, “is it +you?”</p> +<p>Mitu Tega was startled. He shivered as though iced water were being +poured down his back. Who had uttered that name? Where was Gardana? He +was thunder-struck by what followed: Toli and the robbers shook hands, +embraced each other and conversed with each other.</p> +<p>“Gardana, Gardana, I thought you were dead—they told me +you had died, Gardana!”</p> +<p>“No, brother,” said Toli. “It might have been +better if I had died.”</p> +<p>Then after, a short pause:</p> +<p>“But you are in pain, brother; I have hurt you—look, you +were within an ace of being killed, brother Manole, and I should have +had another man’s soul, and another man’s blood upon my +head. There, you were nearly killed. What brought you, what drew you +within range of my gun? Within <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb105" +href="#pb105" name="pb105">105</a>]</span>an ace, brother +Manole—another man’s soul, another man’s +blood——”</p> +<p>For the first time for many years he seemed moved with self-pity. He +tore a strip from his shirt, bent over Manole, and dressed his wound. +The others watched, amazed. The waters were sleeping, the forests were +sleeping. From the trees, from the valleys, from the grass, came voices +murmuring in the silence of the night, soft, remote, a sort of breath, +more like a sigh from the sleeping earth. Manole spoke:</p> +<p>“Do you remember, Gardana? We were on the Baitan mountains, +you know—at Piatra-de-Furca—we were together when the +bailiffs hemmed us in on all sides—a host of them. We held our +own till nightfall. Eh! and then I saw what stuff Gardana was made of! +You gave us one call and went straight ahead—we after you, and so +we escaped, we cut our way through with our scimitars. Then, when the +trumpets gave the alarm, and the guns began to go off, I lost sight of +you, Gardana; we were all scattered, I remained alone in the valley +under Piatra-de-Furca. Do you remember? It must be five years, +more—six years ago. Where are all our comrades now?”</p> +<p>“Our comrades—they have gone away, I let them go. +Brother Manole, heavy curses lie on my head—enough to crush me, +brother. I was not a bad man. You know how many times I went to Dina. I +said: ‘Don’t drive me too far, bethink <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href="#pb106" name= +"pb106">106</a>]</span>yourself.’ And I went to the girl’s +father. But you see Dina was rich, Dina had flocks of sheep. And her +father gave her to him without asking whether the girl loved him. And +after that, tell me, brother, could I sit patiently by, bite my nails +and say nothing? Could I?”</p> +<p>Toli Gardana ceased speaking. After a moment of reflection he added +softly:</p> +<p>“But the girl faded away—she died of grief and +disappointment. One day the earth will cover me too, our bodies may rot +anywhere, and no one will weep—not a tear, they will all rejoice. +I don’t know, brother, but since that girl died it seems to me I +am not the man I was. I wanted to kill myself, I roamed about here, and +one day I went to Tega. I was strong—I gave out that I came from +Blatza, and that I was a shepherd; who was he that he should know +differently! But you, brother, how has the world treated +you?”</p> +<p>“Harshly, Gardana. I was shut up in Tricol for three years. +Prison cut me off from life. For months I dug—with hands and +nails I dug—until one night, during a storm, I broke through the +wall and escaped with these two companions. And when I found myself +back among these mountains my thoughts turned to you. I had heard you +were dead, Gardana; but see what has happened, and how it has come to +pass, how fate brings these things about, brother Gardana ... it is not +a month since I escaped....” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb107" +href="#pb107" name="pb107">107</a>]</span></p> +<p>Before they were aware of it the shadows of the night began to melt +away. The brigands ceased to speak as though they feared the signs of +the coming day. They remained silent, their heads upon the ground in +the face of the glory of the flaming dawn.</p> +<p>Toli Gardana asked:</p> +<p>“Where are you going now?”</p> +<p>“How should we know? No matter where. There are many +forests.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb109" href="#pb109" +name="pb109">109</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch7" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">The Dead Pool</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Beza</span></p> +<p>We seemed to be between Mount Gramos and Mount Deniscu. I guessed it +to be so from the peaks, which showed like some fancies of the night, +keeping steadfast watch in the moonlight; the moon we could not see, we +could only feel her floating over us. The pale light shone only in the +ether above, and gradually diminished till it was lost to the eyes in a +mass of shadows; they fell like curtains, enveloping us, dense, black. +The silence extended indefinitely; it was as though the world here had +remained unchanged since its creation. Hardly a breath of wind reached +us. It always carried with it at this spot the same odour of dank +weeds, of plants with poisonous juices; everything told of the +neighbourhood of water—not fresh water, but water asleep for +centuries.</p> +<p>“Can you see the pool?” questioned my companion, Ghicu +Sina; and then he added: “It is hidden, certainly, but look with +attention.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb110" href="#pb110" +name="pb110">110</a>]</span></p> +<p>I looked, and after a time, getting accustomed to the darkness, I, +too, got the impression of something shining and smooth.</p> +<p>“The pool——”</p> +<p>“Only the pool? Some lights too?”</p> +<p>“That is so,” I whispered with a shudder.</p> +<p>There on the surface of the water were flickering points of fire. +They could not come from above, they were not glow-worms, or sparks +such as one sees passing over graves.</p> +<p>Ghicu Sina spoke:</p> +<p>“They are reflections, the lights are burning in the +pool.”</p> +<p>With the fear that seizes us in the presence of the supernatural, I +asked:</p> +<p>“What induced us to stay here?”</p> +<p>“Where else could we stop? There are no sheep-folds in these +parts, formerly there were such, but since the death of the Spirit who +guarded the mountains, none of them remain.”</p> +<p>After a pause he said slowly:</p> +<p>“You have heard of dead pools?” He stood immersed in +thought. “This is a dead pool. I will tell you about it.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>“Once upon a time, when the trees were bursting into leaf, +this district was full of sheep. Flock after flock passed through, +handled by sturdy shepherds, well known in their own neighbourhood. +Then one spring-tide a stranger showed his face, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb111" href="#pb111" name= +"pb111">111</a>]</span>beautiful as a god, wearing upon his shoulders a +cloak as white as snow. Every one wondered, ‘Who may he be, and +whence does he come?’ Many tales passed round until the mystery +began to unravel itself. In the valley of the Tempe, so runs the story, +whither he had wandered with the sheep, he fell in love with the +beautiful Virghea. Mad with love, when the family made the winter-move, +he followed her to the mountains; he came with a comrade and wandered +about till he settled his sheep-fold here, in these parts.</p> +<p>“Ah! where had the fame of this Virghea of Gramuste not +reached! All the beauties of nature seemed to have bestowed some gift +upon her: the blue of heaven—the colour of her eyes; the shadow +of the woods—the mystery of their liquid depths; the setting +sun—the gold of her soft hair; the springs—the tone of her +silvery laugh. Attracted by such charms every youth fell at the feet of +Virghea. But she did not care; only when her eyes rested on the +shepherd did her youthful being fill with a burning desire.</p> +<p>“Now day after day from the high ground about the sheep-fold +could be heard the sound of a flute; heard in the stillness of the dusk +it roused strange longings in the girl’s breast. Then she would +steal out of the house, and the shepherd himself would come down +towards Gramuste.</p> +<p>“About this time, there broke loose such a storm as had never +been seen before. The peaks began <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb112" +href="#pb112" name="pb112">112</a>]</span>to rattle as though the +mountains were changing places, striking each other with noise like +thunder. Thus it continued for three days. Only on the fourth day, late +in the evening, could the shepherd leave the fold: he had taken only a +few steps when—what a sight met his eyes by the side of the pool! +A big fire, and round it a shadowy form. And suddenly the phantom spoke +with hand pointing to the spit which he held above the heap of burning +coals: ‘The heart of the Spirit of Deniscu.’</p> +<p>“In a flash the shepherd realized the meaning of the hurricane +of the last few days. The guardian Spirits of the mountains had striven +together, and one had been overthrown. The shadow continued to speak: +‘Turn this spit that I may rest a while. Taste not of the heart, +for if you touch it you will immediately die.’</p> +<p>“The shadow fell into a profound slumber.</p> +<p>“By the side of the fire the shepherd looked fearfully on all +sides. Far off, in the pale blue sky, a star broke away; it fell with a +long tail of fire, and went out. ‘Some one will die,’ +sighed the shepherd. The words of the Spirit flashed through his mind. +‘H’m!’ he said. ‘If I taste, perhaps the +contrary is true, who knows?’ So thinking, he put his finger on +the heart on the spit and carried it to his mouth. The sensation was +unspeakably pleasant. He laughed; then quickly ate the whole heart. +Immediately there rose within him a cruel <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb113" href="#pb113" name="pb113">113</a>]</span>passion towards the +sleeping Spirit; upon the spot he killed it and took the heart. At once +there came to him the strength of a giant, the ground began to tremble +beneath his footsteps, while aerial voices, and voices from the water, +sounded round him. Creatures never seen before emerged from the pool; +linked together by their white hands they danced round in whirling +circles. Thus changed, he reached his comrade at the fold, and tried to +explain, but his thoughts were elsewhere, and his voice sounded as +though from another world. He finished with broken words: ‘The +water calls me—tell no one what has happened to me—take my +flute: if danger threatens come to the pool and sing to me.’</p> +<p>“During the evenings that followed Virghea saw naught of the +shepherd, and she wondered at not seeing him, expecting him from day to +day. So days passed that seemed like weeks, and weeks seemed months, +and they went by without any news of him till the poor maiden took to +her bed from grief. Then the comrade of the hills remembered the +shepherd’s words. He came at midnight to the side of the pool and +sang—a long time he sang. Towards dawn, when the strains of the +flute died away, there came from Gramuste the sound of two strokes of a +bell, then another two, and others in succession, mournful, prolonged. +The echoes answered back, as though other bells were ringing in other +places, resounding from hill to hill until <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb114" href="#pb114" name="pb114">114</a>]</span>they +reached the bottom of the pool, and after a time, to the voice of the +bells were joined real words, sobbing to the rhythm: ‘Virghea is +dead—is dead!’”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Ghicu Sina paused a while. Although he had only told me these things +quite briefly, I felt their secret had entered my soul; with my eyes +upon the pool where the strange reflections constantly played, I seemed +to hear, as one sometimes hears the faint voice of memory from a remote +past, the sound of the bells and their metallic words: “Virghea +is dead—is dead!”</p> +<p>And then, the story adds, he rose from the pool. Like the wind, he +raised her in his arms and carried her deep down to his translucent +palace where, to this day, little fiery points of light burn round the +head of the dead woman. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" href= +"#pb115" name="pb115">115</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch8" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Old Nichifor, the Impostor</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. Creanga</span></p> +<p>Old Nichifor is not a character out of a story-book but a real man +like other men; he was once, when he was alive, an inhabitant of the +Tzutzuen quarter of the town of Neamtzu, towards the village of Neamtzu +Vinatori.</p> +<p>When old Nichifor lived in Tzutzuen my grandfather’s +grandfather was piper at the christening feast at the house of Mosh +Dedui from Vinatori, the great Ciubar-Voda being godfather, to whom +Mosh Dedui gave forty-nine brown lambs with only one eye each; and the +priest, uncle of my mother’s uncle, was Ciubuc the Bell-ringer +from the Neamtzu Monastery, who put up a big bell at this same +monastery at his own expense, and had a fancy to ring it all by himself +on big feast days, on which account he was called the bell-ringer. +About this time old Nichifor lived at Tzutzuen.</p> +<p>Old Nichifor was a cab-driver. Although his carriage was only +fastened together with thongs <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" +href="#pb116" name="pb116">116</a>]</span>of lime and bark, it was +still a good carriage, roomy and comfortable. A hood of matting +prevented the sun and rain from beating down into old Nichifor’s +carriage. In the well of the carriage hung a grease box with a greasing +stick and some screws which banged against each other ding! dong! ding! +dong! whenever the carriage moved. On a hook below the boot—on +the left—was suspended a little axe to be ready for any +emergency.</p> +<p>Two mares, white as snow and swift as flame, nearly always supported +the pole of the carriage; nearly always but not quite always; old +Nichifor was a horse-dealer, and when he got the chance he would either +exchange or sell a mare in the middle of a journey, and in that case +the pole would be bare on the one side. The old man liked to have +young, well-bred mares; it was a weakness with him. Perhaps you will +ask me why mares and always white ones, and I will tell you this: +mares, because old Nichifor liked to breed from them, white, because +the whiteness of the mares, he said, served him as a lantern on the +road at nights.</p> +<p>Old Nichifor was not among those who do not know that “It is +not good to be coachman behind white horses or the slave of +women;” he knew this, but the mares were his own, and when he +took care of them they were taken care of and when he did +not—well, there was no one to reproach him. Old Nichifor avoided +carrier’s work; he refused to do any lifting for fear of giving +himself a rupture. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb117" href="#pb117" +name="pb117">117</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Cab driving,” he said, “is much better; one has +to deal with live goods who go up hill on foot, and down hill on foot, +and only stay in the carriage when it halts.”</p> +<p>Old Nichifor had a whip of hemp twig, plaited by his own hand, with +a silk lash, which he cracked loud enough to deafen you. And whether he +had a full load or was empty, old Nichifor always walked up the hills +and usually pulled together with the mares. Down the hills he walked to +avoid laming the mares.</p> +<p>The passengers, willing or unwilling, had to do the same, for they +had enough of old Nichifor’s tongue, who once rounded on one of +them like this: “Can’t you get out and walk; the horse is +not like a blockhead that talks.” If you only knew how to +appreciate everything that fell from old Nichifor’s mouth, he was +very witty. If he met a rider on the road, he would ask: “Left +the Prince far behind, warrior?” and then, all at once, he would +whip up the mares, saying:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">“White for the leader, white for the wheeler,</p> +<p class="line">The pole lies bare on the one side.</p> +<p class="line">Heigh! It’s not far to Galatz. Heigh!”</p> +</div> +<p class="first">But if he met women and young girls then he sang a +knowing song, rather like this:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">“When I took my old wife</p> +<p class="line">Eight lovers did sigh:</p> +<p class="line">Three women already wed,</p> +<p class="line">And five girls, in one village.”</p> +</div> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb118" href="#pb118" name= +"pb118">118</a>]</span></p> +<p>They say, moreover, that one could not take the road, especially in +the month of May, with a pleasanter or gayer man. Only sometimes, when +you pretended not to see you were passing the door of a public house, +because you did not feel inclined to soften old Nichifor’s +throat, did you find him in a bad mood, but even on these occasions he +would drive rapidly from one inn to the other. On one occasion, +especially, old Nichifor coveted two mares which were marvels on the +road, but at the inns, whether he wanted to or no, they used to halt, +for he had bought them from a priest.</p> +<p>My father said that some old men, who had heard it from old +Nichifor’s own lips, had told him that at that time it was a good +business being a cab-driver in Neamtzu town. You drove from Varatic to +Agapia, from Agapia to Varatic, then to Razboeni; there were many +customers, too, at the church hostels. Sometimes you had to take them +to Peatra, sometimes to Folticeni, sometimes to the fair, sometimes to +Neamtzu Monastery, sometimes all about the place to the different +festivals.</p> +<p>My father also said he had heard from my grandfather’s +grandfather that the then prior of Neamtzu is reported to have said to +some nuns who were wandering through the town during Holy Week:</p> +<p>“Nuns!”</p> +<p>“Your blessing, reverend Father!” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119" name="pb119">119</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Why do you not stay in the convent and meditate during +Passion Week?”</p> +<p>“Because, reverend Father,” they are said to have +replied with humility, “this wool worries us, but for that we +should not come. Your Reverence knows we keep ourselves by selling +serge, and though we do not collect a great deal, still those who go +about get something to live on....”</p> +<p>Then, they say, the prior gave a sigh, and he laid all the blame on +old Nichifor, saying:</p> +<p>“I would the driver who brought you here might die, for then +he could not bring you so often to the town.”</p> +<p>They say old Nichifor was greatly troubled in his mind when he heard +this, and that he swore an oath that as long as he lived he would never +again have dealings with the clergy, for, unfortunately, old Nichifor +was pious and was much afraid of falling under the ban of the priests. +He quickly went to the little monastery at Vovidenia to Chiviac, the +anchorite of St. Agura, who dyed his hair and beard with black +cherries, and on dry Friday he very devoutly baked an egg at a candle +that he might be absolved from his sins. And after this he decided that +from henceforth he would have more to do with the commercial side.</p> +<p>“The merchant,” said old Nichifor, “lives by his +business and for himself.”</p> +<p>When he was asked why, old Nichifor answered jokingly: <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb120" href="#pb120" name="pb120">120</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Because he has not got God for his master.”</p> +<p>Old Nichifor was a wag among wags, there was no doubt of it, but +owing to all he had to put up with he became a bit disagreeable.</p> +<p>I don’t know what was the matter with her, but for some time +past, his old wife had begun to grumble; now this hurt her; now that +hurt her; now she had the ear-ache; now some one had cast a spell over +her; now she was in tears. She went from one old witch to the other to +get spells and ointments. As for old Nichifor, this did not suit him +and he was not at all at his ease; if he stayed two or three days at +home there was such bickering and quarrelling and ill will that his +poor old wife rejoiced to see him leave the house.</p> +<p>It’s plain old Nichifor was made for the road, and that when +he was off it he was a different man; let him be able to crack his whip +and he was ready to chaff all the travellers he met and tell anecdotes +about all the chief places he passed through.</p> +<p>Early one day—it was the Wednesday before +Whit-Sunday—old Nichifor had taken a wheel off the carriage, and +was greasing it when suddenly Master Shtrul of Neamtzu town came up +behind him; he was a grocer; a dealer in ointments; he took in washing; +he traded in cosmetics, hair-dyes, toilet accessories, blue stone, +rouge or some good pomade for the face, palm branches, smelling salts +and other poisons. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href="#pb121" +name="pb121">121</a>]</span></p> +<p>At that time there was no apothecary in Neamtzu town and Master +Shtrul to please the monks and nuns brought them all they wanted. Of +course he did other business too. To conclude, I hardly know how to +tell you, he was more important than the confessor, for without him the +monasteries could not have existed.</p> +<p>“Good morning, Mosh Nichifor!”</p> +<p>“Good luck to you, Master Shtrul. What business brings you to +us?”</p> +<p>“My daughter-in-law wants to go to Peatra. How much will you +charge to take her there?”</p> +<p>“Probably she will have a great many packages like you do, +sir,” said old Nichifor, scratching his head. “That +doesn’t matter; she can have them. My carriage is large; it can +hold a good deal. But without bargaining, Master Shtrul, you give me +sixteen shillings and a gold irmal and I’ll take her there quite +easily; for you’ll see, now I’ve attended to it and put +some of this excellent grease into it, the carriage will run like a +spinning-wheel.”</p> +<p>“You must be satisfied with nine shillings, Mosh Nichifor, and +my son will give you a tip when you get to Peatra.”</p> +<p>“All right, then; may God be with us, Master Shtrul. I am glad +the fair is in full swing just now; perhaps I shall get a customer for +the return journey. Now I would like to know when we have to +start?”</p> +<p>“Now, at once, Mosh Nichifor, if you are ready.” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb122" href="#pb122" name= +"pb122">122</a>]</span></p> +<p>“I am ready, Master Shtrul; I have only to water the mares. Go +and get your daughter-in-law ready.”</p> +<p>Old Nichifor was energetic and quick at his work and he rapidly +threw some fodder into the carriage, spread out a couple of leather +cushions, put to the mares, flung his sheepskin cloak round his +shoulders, took his whip in his hand and was up and away. Master Shtrul +had scarcely reached home when old Nichifor drew up his carriage at the +door. Malca—that was the name of Master Shtrul’s +daughter-in-law—came out to take a look at the driver.</p> +<p>This is Malca’s story: it appeared that Peatra was her native +place; she was very red in the face, because she had been crying at +parting with her parents-in-law. It was the first time she had been in +Neamtzu; it was her wedding visit as they say with us. It was not much +more than two weeks since she had married Itzic, Master Shtrul’s +son, or, it would be better to say, in all good fellowship, that Itzic +had married Malca. He had quitted his parents’ house according to +the custom, and in two weeks’ time Itzic had brought Malca to +Neamtzu and placed her in his parents’ hands and had returned +quickly to Peatra to look after his business.</p> +<p>“You have kept your promise, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Certainly, Master Shtrul; my word is my word. I don’t +trouble myself much. As for the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb123" +href="#pb123" name="pb123">123</a>]</span>journey, it’s as well +to set out early and to halt in good time in the evening.”</p> +<p>“Will you be able to reach Peatra by the evening, Mosh +Nichifor.”</p> +<p>“Eh! Do you know what you’re talking about, Master +Shtrul? I expect, so help me God, to get your daughter-in-law to Peatra +this afternoon.”</p> +<p>“You are very experienced, Mosh Nichifor; you know better than +I do. All I beg of you is that you will be very careful to let no harm +befall my daughter-in-law.”</p> +<p>“I did not start driving the day before yesterday, Master +Shtrul. I have already driven dames and nuns and noble ladies and other +honest girls, and, praise be to God, none have ever complained of me. +Only with the nun Evlampia, begging sister from Varatic, did I have a +little dispute. Wherever she went it was her custom to tie a cow to the +back of the carriage, for economy’s sake, that she might have +milk on the journey; this caused me great annoyance. The cow, just like +a cow, pulled the forage out of my carriage, once it broke the rack, +going uphill it pulled back, and once it nearly strangled my mares. And +I, unhappy man that I am, was bold enough to say, ‘Little nun, +isn’t it being a penny wise and a pound foolish?’ Then she +looked sadly at me, and in a gentle voice said to me, ‘Do not +speak so, Mosh Nichifor, do not speak thus of the poor little cow, for +she, poor thing, is not <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href= +"#pb124" name="pb124">124</a>]</span>guilty of anything. The anchorite +fathers of St. Agura have ordained that I should drink milk from a cow +only, so that I may not get old quickly; so what is to be done? I must +listen to them, for these holy men know a great deal better than do we +poor sinners.’</p> +<p>“When I heard this, I said to myself, that perhaps the begging +Sister had some reason on her side, and I left her to her fate, for I +saw that she was funny and at all events was determined to drink only +from one well. But, Master Shtrul, I do not think you are going to +annoy me with cows too. And, then, Mistress Malca, where it is very +steep, uphill or down, will always get out and walk a little way. It is +so beautiful out in the country then. But there, we mustn’t waste +our time talking. Come, jump in, Mistress Malca, that I may take you +home to your husband; I know how sad it is for these young wives when +they have not got their husbands with them; they long for home as the +horse longs for his nose-bag.”</p> +<p>“I am ready to come, Mosh Nichifor.”</p> +<p>And she began at once to pick up the feather mattress, the soft +pillows, a bundle containing food, and other commodities. Then Malca +took leave of her parents-in-law, and got on to the feather mattresses +in the bottom of the carriage. Old Nichifor jumped on to the box, +whipped up the mares, and left Master Shtrul and his wife behind in +tears. Old Nichifor drove at a great pace <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb125" href="#pb125" name="pb125">125</a>]</span>through the town, the +mares seemed to be almost flying. They passed the beach, the villages, +and the hill at Humuleshti in a second. From Ocea nearly to Grumazeshti +they went at the gallop.</p> +<p>But the other side of Grumazeshti old Nichifor took a pull from the +brandy flask which had come from Brashov, lit his pipe, and began to +let the mares go their own pace.</p> +<p>“Look, Mistress Malca, do you see that fine, large village? It +is called Grumazeshti. Were I to have as many bulls and you as many +sons as Cossacks, barbarians and other low people have dropped dead +there from time to time, it would be well for us!”</p> +<p>“God grant I may have sons, Mosh Nichifor.”</p> +<p>“And may I have bulls, young lady—I have no hope of +having sons; my wife is an unfruitful vine; she has not been busy +enough to give me even one; may she die before long! When I am dead +there’ll be nothing left but this battered old carriage and these +good-for-nothing mares!”</p> +<p>“Don’t distress yourself, Mosh Nichifor,” said +Malca, “maybe God has willed it so; because it is written in our +books, concerning some people, that only in their old age did they +beget sons.”</p> +<p>“Don’t bother me, Mistress Malca, with your books. I +know what I know; it’s all in vain, we never can choose. I have +heard it said in our church that ‘a tree that bears no fruit +should be hewn down and cast into the fire.’ Can one have +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126" href="#pb126" name= +"pb126">126</a>]</span>anything clearer than that? Really, I wonder how +I can have had patience to keep house with my old woman so long. In +this respect you are a thousand times better off. If he does not give +you a child you’ll get some one else. If that does not +do—why then another; and in due time will come a little blessing +from the Almighty. It’s not like that with us who see ourselves +condemned to live with one barren stock to the end of our life with no +prospect of children. After all the great and powerful Lord was not +crucified for only one person in this world. Isn’t it so, young +lady? If you have anything more to say, say it!”</p> +<p>“It may be so, Mosh Nichifor.”</p> +<p>“Dear young lady, it is as I tell you. <i>Houp là!</i> +We have gone a good part of the way. Lord, how a man forgets the road +when he’s talking, and when one wakes up who knows where one has +got to. It’s a good thing the Holy God has given one +companionship! Hi! daughters of a dragon, get on! Here is the +Grumazeshti Forest, the anxiety of merchants and the terror of the +boyars. Hei, Mistress Malca, if this forest had a mouth to tell what it +has seen, our ears could not hear more terrible adventures: I know we +should hear some things!”</p> +<p>“But what has happened here, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Oh, young lady, oh! God grant that what has been may never be +again! One used to have some trouble to pass through here without being +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb127" href="#pb127" name= +"pb127">127</a>]</span>robbed, thrashed or murdered. Of course this +happened more often by night than by day. As for me, up to now, I have +never spoken in an unlucky hour, God preserve me! Wolves and other wild +beasts have come out in front of me at different times, but I +didn’t hurt them; I left them alone, I pretended not to see +anything, and they went about their own business.”</p> +<p>“Ah, Mosh Nichifor, don’t talk about wolves any more, +for they terrify me.”</p> +<p>I have told you how amusing old Nichifor was; sometimes he would say +something that made you hold your sides with laughing, at other times +he would bring your heart into your mouth with fear.</p> +<p>“There is a wolf coming towards us, Mistress Malca!”</p> +<p>“Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, where can I hide?”</p> +<p>“Hide where you are, for I can tell you one thing, I am not +afraid of the whole pack.”</p> +<p>Then poor Malca, terrified, clung round old Nichifor’s neck, +and stuck to him like a leech, and as she sat there she said, +trembling:</p> +<p>“Where is the wolf, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Where is it? It crossed the road just in front of us, and +went into the wood again. But if you had strangled me, young lady, and +then the mares had bolted, it would have been a fine look +out.”</p> +<p>He had scarcely ceased speaking when Malca said softly: <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb128" href="#pb128" name="pb128">128</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Never tell me again that a wolf is coming, Mosh Nichifor, I +shall die from fright.”</p> +<p>“It is not that I say so; there is one just coming; there you +have one!”</p> +<p>“Alas! What are you saying?”</p> +<p>And again she hid close to old Nichifor.</p> +<p>“What is young is young. You want to play, young lady, +isn’t that it? It seems to me you’re lucky, for I keep my +self-control. I am not very afraid of the wolf, but if some one else +had been in my place——”</p> +<p>“No more wolves will come, Mosh Nichifor, will +they?”</p> +<p>“Oho! you are too funny, young lady, you want them to come too +often. You mustn’t expect to see a wolf at every tree. On St. +Andrew’s Day many of them prowl together in the same place and +the huntsmen are on the watch. During the great hunt, do you think +it’s only a few wolves that are put to shame by having to leave +their skins as hostages? Now we will let the mares get their wind. +Look, this is ‘Dragon Hill.’ Once an enormous dragon +alighted here, which spouted flames out of his mouth, and when it +whistled the forest roared, the valleys groaned, the wild beasts +trembled and beat their heads together with fear, and no one dared pass +by here.”</p> +<p>“Alas! And where is the dragon, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“How should I know, young lady? The <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb129" href="#pb129" name= +"pb129">129</a>]</span>forest is large, it knows where it has hidden +itself. Some say that after it had eaten a great many people and peeled +the bark off all the oaks in the wood it expired at this spot. By +others I have heard it said that it made a black cow give it milk, and +this enabled it to rise again into the skies whence it had fallen. But +how do I know whom to believe? People will say anything! Luckily I +understand witchcraft, and I am not at all afraid of dragons. I can +take serpents out of their nest as easily as you can take a flea out of +your poultry-house.”</p> +<p>“Where did you learn these spells, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Eh? My dear young lady, that I may not tell. My old +woman—she was just on twenty-four when I fell in love with +her—what hasn’t she done! How she has worried me to tell +her, and I wouldn’t tell her. And that’s why she’ll +die when she does die, but why hasn’t she died long before, for +then I could have got a younger woman. For three days I can live in +peace with her, and then it’s enough to kill one! I am sick to +death of the old hag. Every minute she worries and reproaches me by her +manner. When I think that when I return I have got to go back to her, I +feel wild—just inclined to run away—nothing more nor +less.”</p> +<p>“Stop, stop, Mosh Nichifor, you men are like that.”</p> +<p>“Eh! Mistress Malca, here we are near the top of the wood. +Won’t you walk a little while we go <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb130" href="#pb130" name="pb130">130</a>]</span>up the hill? I only +say it because I am afraid you will get stiff sitting in the carriage. +Look at the lovely flowers along the edge of the wood, they fill the +air with sweetness. It is really a pity for you to sit huddled up +there.”</p> +<p>“I am afraid of the wolf, Mosh Nichifor,” said Malca, +shaking.</p> +<p>“Let’s have done with that wolf. Have you nothing else +to talk about?”</p> +<p>“Stand still that I may get down.”</p> +<p>“Wo! Step gently here on to the step of the carriage. Ah, now +I see for myself that you are sturdy; that’s how I like people to +be, born not laid.”</p> +<p>While Malca gathered some balm to take to Itzic, old Nichifor stood +still and tinkered a little at the carriage. Then he called +quickly:</p> +<p>“Are you ready, young lady? Come, get in and let us get on +with the help of God; from here on it is mostly down hill.”</p> +<p>After Malca has mounted she asked:</p> +<p>“Are we a little late, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“If we meet with no obstacles I shall soon have you in +Peatra.”</p> +<p>And he whipped up the mares, saying:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">“White for the leader, white for the wheeler</p> +<p class="line">The pole lies bare on the one side.</p> +<p class="line">Heigh! It’s not far to Galatz. Heigh!”</p> +</div> +<p class="first">He had scarcely gone twenty yards when—bang! An +axle-pin broke. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb131" href="#pb131" +name="pb131">131</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Well, here’s a to-do!”</p> +<p>“Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, we shall be benighted in the +wood.”</p> +<p>“Don’t take it amiss, Mistress Malca. Come, it’s +only happened to me once in my life. While you eat a little something, +and the mares put away a bit of fodder, I shall have replaced the +axle-pin.”</p> +<p>When old Nichifor came to look at the hook, the little axe had +disappeared!</p> +<p>“Well, what has been had to be,” said old Nichifor, +knitting his eyebrows, and getting angry as he thought of it. “If +God punishes the old woman, may he punish her! See how she takes care +of me; there is no axe here.”</p> +<p>When poor Malca heard this she began to sigh and to say:</p> +<p>“Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?”</p> +<p>“Now, young lady, don’t lose heart, for I have still a +ray of hope.”</p> +<p>He drew his pocket-knife out of its sheath, he went to the side of +the carriage, and began to cut away at a young oak of the previous +year. He cut it as best he could, then he began to rummage about in a +box in the carriage to find some rope; but how could he find it if it +had not been put in? After looking and looking in vain, he cut the cord +from the nose-bag, and a strap from the bridle of one of the mares to +tie the sapling where it was wanted, put the wheel in position, slipped +in the bit of wood which ran from the head of the axle to <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb132" href="#pb132" name="pb132">132</a>]</span>the +staff-side of the carriage, twisted round the chain which connected the +head of the axle with the shaft, and tied it to the step; then he lit +his pipe and said:</p> +<p>“Look, my dear young lady, how necessity teaches a man what to +do. With old Nichifor of Tzutzuen no one comes to grief on the road. +But from now on sit tight in the bottom of the <span class="corr" id= +"xd19e2391" title="Source: carrriage">carriage</span>, and hold fast to +the back of your seat, for I must take these mares in hand and make +them gallop. Yes, I warrant you, my old woman won’t have an easy +time when I get home. I’ll play the devil with her and teach her +how to treat her husband another time, for ‘a woman who has not +been beaten is like a broken mill.’ Hold tight, Mistress Malca! +<i>Houp-là!</i>”</p> +<p>And at once the mares began to gallop, the wheels to go round, and +the dust to whirl up into the sky. But in a few yards the sapling began +to get hot and brittle and—off came the wheel again!</p> +<p>“Ah! Everything is contrary! It’s evident I crossed a +priest early this morning or the devil knows what.”</p> +<p>“Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?”</p> +<p>“We shall do what we shall do, young lady. But now stay quiet +here, and don’t speak a word. It’s lucky this didn’t +happen somewhere in the middle of the fields. Praise be to God, in the +forest there is enough wood and to spare. Perhaps some one will catch +us up who can lend me an axe.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb133" href="#pb133" name="pb133">133</a>]</span>And as he spoke he +saw a man coming towards them.</p> +<p>“Well met, good man!”</p> +<p>“So your carriage has broken the road!”</p> +<p>“Put chaff aside, man; it would be better if you came and +helped me to mend this axle, for you can see my heart’s breaking +with my ill luck.”</p> +<p>“But I am in a hurry to get to Oshlobeni. You’ll have to +lament in the forest to-night; I don’t think you’ll die of +boredom.”</p> +<p>“I am ashamed of you,” said Nichifor sulkily. “You +are older than I am and yet you have such ideas in your +head.”</p> +<p>“Don’t get excited, good man, I was only joking. Good +luck! The Lord will show you what to do.” And on he went.</p> +<p>“Look, Mistress Malca, what people the devil has put in this +world! He is only out to steal. If there had been a barrel of wine or +brandy about, do you think he would have left the carriage stuck in the +middle of the road all that time? But I see, anything there is to do +must be done by old Nichifor. We must have another try.”</p> +<p>And again he began to cut another sapling. He tried and he tried +till he got that, too, into place. Then he whipped up the mares and +once more trotted a little way, but at the first slope, the axle-pin +broke again. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb134" href="#pb134" name= +"pb134">134</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Now, Mistress Malca, I must say the same as that man, we +shall have to spend the night in the forest.”</p> +<p>“Oh! Woe is me! Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you +saying?”</p> +<p>“I am saying what is obvious to my eyes. Look yourself; +can’t you see the sun is going down behind the hill, and we are +still in the same place? It is nothing at all, so don’t worry. I +know of a clearing in the wood quite near here. We will go there, and +we shall be just as though we were at home. The place is sheltered and +the mares can graze. You’ll sleep in the carriage, and I shall +mount guard all night. The night soon passes, we must spend it as best +we can, but I will remind my old woman all the rest of her days of this +misfortune, for it is her fault that things have gone so with +me.”</p> +<p>“Well, do what you think best, Mosh Nichifor; it’s sure +to be right.”</p> +<p>“Come, young lady, don’t take it too much to heart, for +we shall be quite all right.”</p> +<p>And at once old Nichifor unharnessed the mares and, turning the +carriage, he drew it as well as he could, till he reached the +clearing.</p> +<p>“Mistress Malca, it is like a paradise straight from God here; +where one lives for ever, one never dies! But you are not accustomed to +the beauty of the world. Let us walk a little bit while we can still +see, for we must collect sticks to keep <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb135" href="#pb135" name="pb135">135</a>]</span>enough fire going all +night to ward off the mosquitoes and gnats in the world.”</p> +<p>Poor Malca saw it was all one now. She began to walk about and +collect sticks.</p> +<p>“Lord! you look pretty, young lady. It seems as though you are +one of us. Didn’t your father once keep an inn in the village +somewhere?”</p> +<p>“For a long time he kept the inn at Bodesti.”</p> +<p>“And I was wondering how you came to speak Moldavian so well +and why you looked like one of our women. I cannot believe you were +really afraid of the wolf. Well, well, what do you think of this +clearing? Would you like to die without knowing the beauty of the +world? Do you hear the nightingales, how charming they are? Do you hear +the turtle-doves calling to each other?”</p> +<p>“Mosh Nichifor, won’t something happen to us this +evening? What will Itzic say?”</p> +<p>“Itzic? Itzic will think himself a lucky man when he sees you +at home again.”</p> +<p>“Do you think Itzic knows the world? Or what sort of accidents +could happen on the road?”</p> +<p>“He only knows how to walk about his hearth or by the oven +like my worn-out old woman at home. Let me see whether you know how to +make a fire.”</p> +<p>Malca arranged the sticks; old Nichifor drew out the tinder box and +soon had a flame. Then old Nichifor said: <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb136" href="#pb136" name="pb136">136</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Do you see, Mistress Malca, how beautifully the wood +burns?”</p> +<p>“I see, Mosh Nichifor, but my heart is throbbing with +fear.”</p> +<p>“Ugh! you will excuse me, but you seem to belong to the Itzic +breed. Pluck up a little courage! If you are so timid, get into the +carriage, and go to sleep: the night is short, daylight soon +comes.”</p> +<p>Malca, encouraged by old Nichifor, got into the carriage and lay +down; old Nichifor lighted his pipe, spread out his sheepskin cloak and +stretched himself by the side of the fire and puffed away at his pipe, +and was just going off to sleep when a spark flew out on to his +nose!</p> +<p>“Damn! That must be a spark from the sticks Malca picked up; +it has burnt me so. Are you asleep, Mistress?”</p> +<p>“I think I was sleeping a little, Mosh Nichifor, but I had a +nightmare and woke up.”</p> +<p>“I have been unlucky too; a spark jumped out on to my nose and +frightened sleep away or I might have slept all night. But can anyone +sleep through the mad row these nightingales are making? They seem to +do it on purpose. But then, this is their time for making love to each +other. Are you asleep, young lady?”</p> +<p>“I think I was going to sleep, Mosh Nichifor.”</p> +<p>“Do you know, young lady, I think I will put out the fire now +at once: I have just remembered <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb137" +href="#pb137" name="pb137">137</a>]</span>that those wicked wolves +prowl about and come after smoke.”</p> +<p>“Put it out, Mosh Nichifor, if that’s the +case.”</p> +<p>Old Nichifor at once began to put dust on the fire to smother +it.</p> +<p>“From now on, Mistress Malca, you can sleep without anxiety +till the day dawns. There! I’ve put out the fire and forgotten to +light my pipe. But I’ve got the tinder box. The devil take you +nightingales: I know too well you make love to each other!”</p> +<p>Old Nichifor sat thinking deeply until he had finished his pipe, +then he rose softly and went up to the carriage on the tips of his +toes.</p> +<p>Malca had begun to snore a little. Old Nichifor shook her gently and +said:</p> +<p>“Mistress Malca! Mistress Malca!”</p> +<p>“I hear, Mosh Nichifor,” replied Malca, trembling and +frightened.</p> +<p>“Do you know what I’ve been thinking as I sat by the +fire?”</p> +<p>“What, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“After you have gone to sleep, I will mount one of the mares, +hurry home, fetch an axle-pin and axe, and by daybreak I shall be back +here again.”</p> +<p>“Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you saying? Do you want to +find me dead from fright when you come back?”</p> +<p>“May God preserve you from such a thing! Don’t be +frightened, I was only talking at random.” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb138" href="#pb138" name="pb138">138</a>]</span></p> +<p>“No, no, Mosh Nichifor, from now on I shall not want to sleep; +I shall get down and sit by you all night.”</p> +<p>“You look after yourself, young lady; you sit quietly where +you are, for you are comfortable.”</p> +<p>“I am coming all the same.”</p> +<p>And as she spoke down she came and sat on the grass by old Nichifor. +And first one, and then the other was overcome by sleep, till both were +slumbering profoundly. And when they woke it was broad daylight.</p> +<p>“See, Mistress Malca, here’s the blessed day! Get up and +come and see what’s to be done. There, no one has eaten you, have +they? Only you have had a great fright!”</p> +<p>Malca fell asleep again at these words. But old Nichifor, like a +careful man, got up into the carriage, and began rummaging about all +over the place, and under the forage bags, and what should there be but +the axe and a measure and a gimlet beneath the seat.</p> +<p>“Who would have believed it! Here’s a pity! I was +wondering why my old woman didn’t take care of me. Now because I +wronged her so terribly I must take her back a red fez and a bag of +butter to remind her of our youth. Evidently I took them out yesterday +with my pipe. But my poor, good old wife, difficult though she is, knew +all I should want on the journey, only she did not put them in their +right place. But the woman tried to understand <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb139" href="#pb139" name="pb139">139</a>]</span>all +her husband wanted! Mistress Malca! Mistress Malca!”</p> +<p>“What is it, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Do you know that I have found the axe, and the rope and the +gimlet and everything I want.”</p> +<p>“Where, Mosh Nichifor?”</p> +<p>“Why, under your bundles. Only they had no mouths with which +to tell me. We have made a mistake: we have been like some one sitting +on hidden treasure and asking for alms. But it’s good that we +have found them now. It shows my poor old woman did put them +in.”</p> +<p>“Mosh Nichifor, you are feeling remorse in your +heart.”</p> +<p>“Well, yes, young lady. I see I am at fault. I must sing a +song of penitence:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">Poor old wife of mine!</p> +<p class="line">Be she kind or be she harsh,</p> +<p class="line">Still her home is mine.”</p> +</div> +<p class="first">And so saying old Nichifor rolled up his sleeves, cut +a beech stick, and made a wonderful axle-pin. Then he set it in +position, put the wheel in place, harnessed the mares, quietly took the +road and said:</p> +<p>“In you get, young lady, and let’s start.”</p> +<p>As the mares were refreshed and well rested they were at Peatra by +middle day.</p> +<p>“There you will see your home, Mistress Malca.”</p> +<p>“Thank God, Mosh Nichifor, that I came to no harm in the +forest.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb140" href="#pb140" name= +"pb140">140</a>]</span></p> +<p>“The fact is, young lady, there’s no doubt about it, +there’s no place like home.”</p> +<p>And while they were talking they reached the door of Itzic’s +house. Itzic had only just come back from the school, and when he saw +Malca he was beside himself with joy. But when he heard all about the +adventures they had met with and how the Almighty had delivered them +from danger he did not know how to thank old Nichifor enough. What did +he not give him! He himself marvelled at all that was given him. The +next day old Nichifor went back with other customers. And when he +reached home he was so gay that his old woman wondered what he had been +doing, for he was more drunk than he had been for a long time.</p> +<p>From now on Malca came every two or three weeks to visit her +parents-in-law in Neamtzu: she would only let old Nichifor take her +back home, and she was never again afraid of wolves.</p> +<p>A year, or perhaps several years, after, over a glass of wine, old +Nichifor whispered to one of his friends the story of the adventure in +the “Dragon” Wood, and the fright Mistress Malca got. Old +Nichifor’s friend whispered it again to some friends of his own, +and then people, the way people will do, began to give old Nichifor a +nickname and say: “Nichifor, the Impostor: Nichifor, the +Impostor:” and even though he is dead the poor man has kept the +name of Nichifor, the Impostor, to this very day. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href="#pb141" name="pb141">141</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch9" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Cozma Racoare</h2> +<h2 class="main"></h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Sadoveanu</span></p> +<p>He was a terrible man, Cozma Racoare!</p> +<p>When I say Cozma, I seem to see, do you know, I seem to see before +me, a sinister-looking man riding upon a bay horse; two eyes like steel +pierce through me; I see a moustache like twin sparrows. Fierce Rouman! +He rode with a gun across his back, and with a knife an ell long, here, +in his belt, on the left side. It was thus I always saw him. I am old, +you know, nigh on a hundred, I have travelled much about the world, I +have met various characters, and many people, but I tell you, a man +like Cozma Racoare I have never seen! Yet he was not physically so +terrible; he was a man of middle height, lean, with a brown face, a man +like many another—ha! but all the same! only to have seen the +eyes was to remember him. Terrible Rouman!</p> +<p>There was grief and bitterness in the land at that time. Turks and +Greeks were overrunning <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb142" href= +"#pb142" name="pb142">142</a>]</span>the country on all sides, +everywhere honest men were complaining—they were hard times! +Cozma had no cares. To-day he was here, to-morrow one heard of him, who +knows where! Every one fled before the storm, but he, good Lord, he +never cared! They caught him and put him in chains. What need? He just +shook himself, wrenched the bars with one hand, whistled to his horse, +and there he was on the road again. Who did not know that Racoare had a +charmed life? Ah, how many bullets were aimed at his breast! But in +vain! It was said of him: only a silver bullet can slay him! Where do +you see men like that nowadays? Those times are gone for ever.</p> +<p>Have you heard of the Feciorul Romancei? He was a fire-eater too! He +robbed the other side of Muntenia, Cozma robbed this, and one +night—what a night!—they both met at Milcov, exchanged +booty, and were back in their homes before dawn. Were the frontier +guards on the watch? Did they catch them as they rode? Why! +Racoare’s horse flew like a phantom, no bullet could touch him! +What a road that is from here, across the mountains of Bacau, to the +frontier! Eh! to do it, there and back in one night, you mark my words, +that’s no joke! But that horse! That’s the truth of the +matter, that horse of Racoare’s was not like any other horse. +That’s clear. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href="#pb143" +name="pb143">143</a>]</span></p> +<p>Voda-Calimbach had an Arabian mare, which his servants watched as +the apple of his eye; she was due to foal. One night—it was in +the seventh month—Cozma got into the stall, ripped open the mare +and stole the foal. But that was not all he did! You understand the +foal was wrapped in a caul. Racoare cut the caul, but he cut it in such +a way as to split the foal’s nostrils. And look, the foal with +the split nostrils grew up in the dark fed upon nut kernels; and when +Cozma mounted it—well, that was a horse!</p> +<p>Even the wind, therefore, could not out-distance Cozma. On one +occasion—I was a volunteer then—Cozma woke to find himself +within the walls of Probot, with volunteers inside and the Turks +outside. The Turks were battering the walls with their guns. The +volunteers decided to surrender the fortress. Cozma kept his own +counsel. The next day Cozma was nowhere to be found. But from the +walls, up to the forest of Probot, was a line of corpses! That had been +Racoare’s road!</p> +<p>That is how it always was! His were the woods and fields! He +recognized no authority, he did not know what fear was, nor +love—except on one occasion. Terrible Rouman! It seems to me I +can see him now, riding upon his bay horse.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href="#pb144" name= +"pb144">144</a>]</span></p> +<p>At that time a Greek was managing the Vulturesht estate, and on this +side, on our estate, within those ruined walls, there ruled such a minx +of a Roumanian as I had never seen before. The Greek was pining for the +Roumanian. And no wonder! The widow had eyebrows that met, and the eyes +of the devil—Lord! Lord! such eyes would have tempted a saint. +She had been married, against her will, to a Greek, to Dimitru Covas; +the Greek died, and now the lady ruled alone over our estate.</p> +<p>As I tell you, Nicola Zamfiridi, the Greek, was dying for the lady. +What did that man not do, where did he not go, what soothsayers did he +not visit, all in vain! The lady would not hear of it! She hated the +Greek. And yet Nicola was not ill-favoured. He was a proud Greek, +bronzed, with pointed moustache and curly beard. But still he did not +please the widow!</p> +<p>One day, Nicola sat pondering in his room while he smoked. What was +to be done? He most certainly wanted to marry, and to take her for his +wife; why would she not hear of it?</p> +<p>A few days before he had gone with Ciocirlie, the gipsy, and had +sung desperately outside the walls. Alas, the courtyard remained still +as stone! What the devil was to be done?</p> +<p>Boyar Nicola thought to himself: “You are not ugly, you are +not stupid—what’s the reason <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb145" href="#pb145" name="pb145">145</a>]</span>of it? Is she, +perhaps, in love with some one else?” No. He watched for one +whole night. Nobody entered, and nobody left the courtyard.</p> +<p>The boyar was angry. He rose, picked up a whip and went out. The +grooms were grooming the horses in the yard.</p> +<p>“Is that horse supposed to be groomed?” he shouted, and +slash! down came the whip on one of the grooms.</p> +<p>Farther on the gardener was resting from the heat.</p> +<p>“Is this how you look after the garden? Hey!” and swish! +crack!</p> +<p>What next? Was it any use losing one’s temper with the people? +He went into the garden, and seated himself under a beautiful +lime-tree. There, on the stone bench, he pondered again. His life was +worthless if the woman he loved would not look at him! He watched the +flight of the withered leaves in the still air; he heaved a sigh.</p> +<p>“Vasile! Vasile!” called the boyar. His voice rang sadly +in the melancholy garden.</p> +<p>A sturdy old man came through the garden door, and went towards his +master.</p> +<p>“Vasile,” said the boyar, “what is to be +done?”</p> +<p>The old man eyed his master, then he, too, sighed and scratched his +head.</p> +<p>“What is to be done, Vasile?” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb146" href="#pb146" name="pb146">146</a>]</span></p> +<p>“How should I know, master?”</p> +<p>“You must find something. Many people have advised me, now you +suggest something. I got nothing out of that old witch, and Ciocirlie +was no good; cannot you propose something?”</p> +<p>“H’m——”</p> +<p>“Do not desert me, Vasile!”</p> +<p>“H’m, master, I’ll tell you something if you will +give me something.”</p> +<p>“Take a ducat of mine, Vasilica—speak!”</p> +<p>Vasile did not let himself be put off by the mention of one ducat. +He scratched his head again.</p> +<p>“If I knew you would give me two ducats, master, or even +three, or many—you understand—that’s how it is! What +will be, will be! I say go right off to Frasini, go into the courtyard, +through the courtyard into the lady’s boudoir and steal her! +That’s what I say!”</p> +<p>“What are you talking about, good Vasile! Is it +possible!”</p> +<p>Vasile said no more. The boyar thought deeply, his hand on his +forehead; then he said:</p> +<p>“That’s what I must do, Vasile! I know what I have to +do! Bravo you, good Vasile!”</p> +<p>“If only I knew I was to get two ducats reward!” sighed +Vasile, scratching his head.</p> +<p>And that evening Boyar Nicola kept his word. He mounted his horse, +took with him five companions from among the grooms, and started out to +Frasini. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb147" href="#pb147" name= +"pb147">147</a>]</span></p> +<p>The forest shuddered with the whisper of the breeze of the autumn +night. The men rode silently. From time to time could be heard the +trumpeting of the cock, coming they knew not whence. Beyond lay +silence. At last the widow’s courtyard came into sight, black, +like some heap of coal.</p> +<p>Like ghosts Nicola and his companions approached the wall; in +silence they dismounted; they threw rope-ladders over the top of the +wall, climbed up and over to the other side. The horses remained tied +to the trees.</p> +<p>Suddenly they heard cries. Boyar Nicola was not afraid. He hurried +to the door—the doors were not shut. He passed along the +corridor.</p> +<p>“Aha!” murmured the Greek. “Now I shall have the +darling in my arms.”</p> +<p>But suddenly a door was opened, and a bright sea of light +illuminated the passage. Boyar Nicola was not frightened. He advanced +towards the room. But he had scarcely gone two paces when there, on the +threshold, stood the Sultana, with her hair undone, in a thin white +petticoat and a white dressing-jacket. With frowning brows she stood in +the doorway looking at the boyar.</p> +<p>Nicola was beside himself. He would willingly have gone on his +knees, and kissed her feet, so beautiful was she. But he knew if he +knelt before her she would only mock him. He approached to embrace +her.</p> +<p>“Hold!” cried the Sultana. “I thought <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb148" href="#pb148" name= +"pb148">148</a>]</span>there were thieves! Ha, ha! it is you, Boyar +Nicola?”</p> +<p>And suddenly, there in the light, she raised a shining scimitar in +her right hand. Nicola felt a hard blow on the side of his head. He +stood still. His grooms started to run, but one fell, yelling, and +covered with blood. Just then a great noise was heard, and the +lady’s servants came in.</p> +<p>Nicola fled towards the exit followed by his four companions. Then +on into the yard with scimitars flashing on their right and on their +left. And once more they are on horseback fleeing towards +Vulturesht.</p> +<p>There he dismounted, feeling very bitter, and entered the garden +once more, and once more sat on the stone bench, and hid his face in +his hands.</p> +<p>“Woe is me!” he murmured miserably. “How wretched +is my life! What is to be done? What is to be done?”</p> +<p>He sat there in the October night tortured by his thoughts. Only the +breeze carrying the mist from the fields disturbed him.</p> +<p>“Woe is me! How wretched is my life!” and he bent +forward, his head in his hands, his elbows on his knees. “What a +terrible woman!” he murmured again as he mused. “What eyes +she has! Oh, Blessed Virgin! Oh, Blessed Virgin! Do not abandon me, for +my heart is breaking!” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb149" href= +"#pb149" name="pb149">149</a>]</span></p> +<p>For some time he stayed there dreaming. After a while he rose and +moved towards the house.</p> +<p>“What a terrible woman, and what eyes!”</p> +<p>In the house he once more called for Vasile.</p> +<p>“Good Vasile, I am undone! A terrible woman, good +Vasile—she has burnt my heart and turned it to ashes! What is to +be done? Do not leave me! Look, you understand, you shall have two of +my ducats.”</p> +<p>“I know what you have been through, master. She is a proud +lady, there is no denying it! If I knew you would give me five ducats, +or even six—but there, it’s only an +idea——”</p> +<p>“Speak, Vasile, good man, I will give you—— What +eyes! Woe is me!”</p> +<p>“Then I understand, master,” says Vasile, “that +you give me seven ducats, but you’ll have to give seven times +seven if you get her here at your hand—don’t be afraid, +master, it is not much—only seven times seven to have her here at +your hand! I’ll bring Cozma Racoare to you! As sure as you put +the ducats into the palm of my hand, so sure will he put the Sultana +into your arms, that’s that<span class="corr" id="xd19e2702" +title="Not in source">.</span>”</p> +<p>Boyar Nicola was rather alarmed when he heard talk of Cozma Racoare, +but afterwards he sighed and said:</p> +<p>“Good!”</p> +<p>Three days later Racoare came. Nicola was sitting on the stone bench +in the garden under the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href= +"#pb150" name="pb150">150</a>]</span>lime-tree, smoking a pipe of +fragrant tobacco. When he caught sight of the highwayman he sat gazing +at him with startled eyes. Cozma came calmly along with his +horse’s bridle in his left hand. He wore top boots up to his +knees with long steel spurs. A long gun was slung across his back. On +his head was a black sheepskin cap. He walked unconcernedly as usual +with knitted brows; his horse followed him with bent head.</p> +<p>Vasile, the boyar’s agent, came up to the stone seat, +scratching his head, and whispered with a grin:</p> +<p>“What do you say to this, master? Just take a look at him. He +could bring you the devil himself!”</p> +<p>Boyar Nicola could not take his eyes off Cozma. The highwayman +stopped and said:</p> +<p>“God be with you!”</p> +<p>“I thank you,” replied Vasile. “God grant +it!”</p> +<p>The boyar remained persistently silent.</p> +<p>“H’m!” murmured Vasile. “You have come to +see us, friend Cozma?”</p> +<p>“I have come,” responded Racoare.</p> +<p>“On our business?”</p> +<p>“Yes.”</p> +<p>Cozma spoke slowly, frowning; wherever he might be no smile ever lit +up his face.</p> +<p>“Ah, yes, you have come,” said the boyar, as if awaking +from sleep. “Vasile, go and tell them to prepare coffee, but +bring wine at once.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb151" href= +"#pb151" name="pb151">151</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Let them make coffee for one,” said Cozma, “I +never drink.”</p> +<p>Vasile went off grinning, after a side-glance at his master.</p> +<p>“Ah, you never drink!” said the boyar with an effort. +“So, so, you have come on our business—how much? Ah, I am +giving fifty ducats.”</p> +<p>“Good!” said Racoare quietly.</p> +<p>Vasile returned, smiling knowingly. The boyar was silent.</p> +<p>“Eh,” said Vasile, scratching his head, “how are +you getting on?”</p> +<p>“Good Vasile, go and fetch the purse from under my +pillow.”</p> +<p>“No, there is no need to give me a purse,” said the +highwayman, “I have no need of money.”</p> +<p>“What?” murmured the boyar. “Ah, yes! You do not +need? Why?”</p> +<p>“The thing is to put the Sultana of Frasini into your +arms—I hand you over the lady, and you hand me the +money.”</p> +<p>“Let’s be brief!” cried Vasile, passing his hand +through his hair. “One party gives the lady, the other the money. +What did I tell you? Cozma would fetch you the devil from hell. From +henceforth the lady is yours.”</p> +<p>Racoare turned round, strode to the bottom of the garden, fastened +his horse to a tree, drew a cloak of serge from his saddle, spread it +out and wrapped himself in it. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb152" +href="#pb152" name="pb152">152</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Well! Well!” groaned Boyar Nicola, breathing heavily. +“What a terrible man! But I feel as though he had taken a load +off my mind.”</p> +<p>Vasile smiled but said nothing. Later, when he was by himself, he +began to laugh and whisper: “Ha, ha! He who bears a charmed life +is a lucky man!”</p> +<p>The boyar started up as from sleep and looked fearfully at Vasile; +then he shook his head and relapsed into thought.</p> +<p>“Ah, yes!” he murmured, without understanding what he +was talking about.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>When night had fallen Cozma Racoare tightened his horse’s +girths and mounted. Then he said:</p> +<p>“Boyar, wait for me in the glade at Vulturesht.”</p> +<p>The gates were opened, the horse snorted and rushed forth like a +dragon.</p> +<p>The full moon shone through the veil of an autumnal mist, weaving +webs of light, lighting up the silent hills and the dark woods. The +rapid flight of the bay broke the deep silence. Racoare rode silently +under the overhanging woods with their sparse foliage; he seemed like a +phantom in the blue light.</p> +<p>Then he reached Frasini. Every one was asleep, the doors were shut. +Cozma knocked at the door: Rat-a-tat! Rat-a-tat!</p> +<p>“Who is there?” cried a voice from within.</p> +<p>“Open!” said Racoare. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb153" href="#pb153" name="pb153">153</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Who are you?”</p> +<p>“Open!” shouted Cozma.</p> +<p>From within was heard a whispered:</p> +<p>“Open!” “Do not open!” “Open, it is +Cozma!”</p> +<p>A light shone through a niche in the wall above the door, and +lighted up Cozma’s face. Then a rustling sound became audible, +the light was extinguished, and the bar across the door rattled.</p> +<p>Cozma entered the empty courtyard, dismounted by the steps, and +pushed open the door.</p> +<p>“The door is open,” he murmured, “the lady is not +nervous.”</p> +<p>In the dark corridor his footsteps and his spurs echoed as in a +church. A noise was heard in one of the rooms, and a bright light shone +into the passage. The Sultana appeared in the doorway, dressed in white +with her hair unplaited, with frowning brows and the scimitar in her +right hand.</p> +<p>“Who are you? What do you want?” she cried.</p> +<p>“I have come to fetch you,” said Racoare shortly, +“and take you to Boyar Nicola.”</p> +<p>“Ah, you are not burglars?” said the lady, and raised +her scimitar. “See here, you will meet the same fate as your +Nicola!”</p> +<p>Racoare took a step forward, calmly seized the scimitar, squeezed +the lady’s fist, and the steel blade flew into a corner. The lady +sprang quickly back, calling: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb154" +href="#pb154" name="pb154">154</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Gavril! Niculai! Toader! Help!”</p> +<p>Voices were heard, and the servants crowded into the passage, and +stood by the door. Racoare approached the lady, and tried to seize her. +She avoided him, and caught up a knife from the table.</p> +<p>“What are you doing, you boobies? Help! Seize him, bind +him!”</p> +<p>“Don’t talk nonsense—I see you are not frightened; +I cannot do other than I am doing!” said Racoare.</p> +<p>Then the servants murmured again:</p> +<p>“How can we bind him? It is Racoare. He is here! Cozma +Racoare, lady!”</p> +<p>“Cowards!” cried the lady, and threw herself upon +Cozma.</p> +<p>The highwayman took her arm, pressed her hands together, tied them +with a leather strap, and lifted her under his arm like a bundle.</p> +<p>“Get out of the way!” he said then, and the people fell +over each other as they scattered to either side.</p> +<p>“What a pearl among women!” thought Cozma, while he +strode along the corridor with the lady under his arm, “he has +not bad taste, that Boyar Nicola! Proud woman!”</p> +<p>The Sultana looked with eyes wide with horror at the servants who +gave way on either hand in their terror. She felt herself held as in a +vice. At last she raised her eyes to Racoare’s fierce face. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155" name= +"pb155">155</a>]</span>The light from the room was reflected in the +man’s steely eyes, and lit up his weather-beaten face.</p> +<p>“Who are you?” she gasped.</p> +<p>“I? Cozma Racoare.”</p> +<p>The lady gave another glance at the servants huddled in the corners, +and she said not another word. Now she understood.</p> +<p>Outside, the highwayman mounted the bay, placed the lady in front of +him, and set spurs to his horse. Once more the sound of the galloping +horse broke the silence of the night.</p> +<p>“What a pearl among women!” thought Racoare, and the +horse sped along the road like a phantom.</p> +<p>The lady turned her head, and studied Racoare by the light of the +moon.</p> +<p>“Why do you look at me like that, lady?” And the horse +sped along under the overhanging woods.</p> +<p>The black hair of the lady shone in great billows of light. The +foliage glistened with hoar-frost, like silver-leaf. The lady looked at +the highwayman and shuddered, she felt herself squeezed in his powerful +arms, and her eyes burnt like two stars beneath the heavy knitted +brows.</p> +<p>“Why do you look at me like that, lady? Why do you shiver? Are +you cold?”</p> +<p>The galloping hooves thundered through the glades, the leaves +glittered in their silver sheen, and the bay passed on like a phantom +in the light. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href="#pb156" name= +"pb156">156</a>]</span></p> +<p>A shadow suddenly appeared in the distance.</p> +<p>“What is that yonder?” questioned the lady.</p> +<p>“Boyar Nicola awaits us there,” replied Racoare.</p> +<p>The lady said no more. But Cozma felt her stiffen herself. The +leather strap was snapped, and two white hands were lifted up. The +highwayman had no time to stop her. Like lightning she seized the +bridle in her right hand, and turned the horse on the spot, but her +left arm she twined round Racoare’s neck. The highwayman felt the +lady’s head resting against his breast, and a voice murmured +softly:</p> +<p>“Would you give me to another?”</p> +<p>And the horse flew like a phantom through the blue light; the +meadows rang with the sound of the galloping hooves, the silver leaves +glistened, and tresses of black hair floated in the wind. But now +shadows seemed to be pursuing them. The hills on the horizon seemed +peopled with strange figures, which hurried through the light mist. But +the black phantom sped on, and ever onwards, till it was lost in the +far distance, in the gloom of the night. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb157" href="#pb157" name="pb157">157</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch10" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">The Wanderers</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By M. Sadoveanu</span></p> +<p>A house stood isolated in the middle of a garden, separated from the +main group about the market-place.</p> +<p>It was an old house, its veranda was both high and broad and had big +whitewashed pillars. The pointed roof was tiled and green with moss. In +front of the veranda, and facing south, stood two beautiful round +lime-trees throwing out their shade.</p> +<p>One day in the month of August, the owners, Vladimir Savicky and +Ana, his wife, were sitting in the veranda. Both were old, +weather-beaten by the storms of many journeys and the misfortunes of +life. The old man wore a long white beard and long white hair, which +was parted down the middle and smooth on the top; he smoked a very long +pipe, and his blue eyes gazed towards the plains which stretched away +towards the sunset. The old woman, Ana, selected a nosegay of flowers +from a basket. He was tall and vigorous still, she was slight with +gentle movements. Forty years ago <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" +href="#pb158" name="pb158">158</a>]</span>they left their ruined +Poland, and settled in our country. They kept an adopted daughter, and +had a son of thirty years of age, a bachelor, and a good craftsman. +They had lived for thirty years here in the old house, busying +themselves with market-gardening: for thirty years they had lived a +sad, monotonous life in this place. They had been alone with their +adopted child, with Magdalena; Roman, their boy, had been roaming +through the world for the last ten years.</p> +<p>Old Vladimir puffed away at his pipe as he stroked his beard; the +warmth of the afternoon had made him lay aside his blue jacket. The old +wife was choosing her flowers. A gentle breeze, laden with fragrance, +came from the garden, from the trees heavy with fruit, and from the +gay-coloured flowers. Shafts of light penetrated through the leafy +limes, little patches of white light came from above, and played over +the bright grass, green as the tree-frog. From time to time the +quivering foliage sent a melodious rustle into the peaceful +balcony.</p> +<p>At intervals the soft notes of a song floated through the open +window.</p> +<p>Suddenly a resounding noise broke the stillness of the day. What was +it? A carriage. The old man started, put down his pipe, and rose. The +old woman put her head, wrapped in a white shawl, out over the +railings. The rumbling vehicle, an ugly Jew upon the box, drew nearer, +and pulled up outside the door of the old house. A strong, +broad-shouldered <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href="#pb159" +name="pb159">159</a>]</span>young man descended, a big bundle in his +right hand, a case in his left.</p> +<p>“Roman! Roman!” cried the old lady in a feeble voice. +She tried to rise but fell softly back beside the flowers.</p> +<p>“There, there, old lady, it is Roman,” murmured the old +man gaily, as he went down the stairs.</p> +<p>“Mr. Roman!” cried a gentle voice, and Magdalena’s +fair head appeared at the window.</p> +<p>Roman had let fall the bundle and thrown himself into his +father’s arms.</p> +<p>“Yes, old lady, it is Roman!” murmured Vladimir Savicky, +with tears in his eyes. He embraced his son, and pressed him to his +heart. “Yes, old lady, it is Roman!” That was all he could +find to say.</p> +<p>“Mother,” cried the young man, “I have not seen +you for ten years.”</p> +<p>The old mother cried silently, her son strained her to his breast, +while the old man wandered round murmuring tearfully into his +beard:</p> +<p>“Yes, yes, old lady, it is our Roman.”</p> +<p>As Roman Savicky straightened his strong frame and turned round, he +saw a white face with blue eyes in the doorway. He stood transfixed +with astonishment; the girl watched him, smiling shyly.</p> +<p>“Ha! ha!” laughed old Savicky, “how now? Do you +not know each other? Ah! Kiss each <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb160" +href="#pb160" name="pb160">160</a>]</span>other, you have known +Magdalena ever since she was a child.”</p> +<p>The young people approached each other in silence, the girl offered +her cheek with eyelids lowered, and Roman kissed her.</p> +<p>“I did not recognize her,” said Roman, “she has +grown so big.”</p> +<p>His mother laughed softly. “You, too, Roman, you have grown +much bigger—and handsome.”</p> +<p>“Naturally <i>our</i> Roman is handsome,” said the old +man, “our own Roman, old lady.”</p> +<p>Again the mother kissed her son. Roman seated himself upon a chair +in the veranda, the old man placed himself on his right, and the mother +on the left; they watched him, feasting their eyes upon him.</p> +<p>“My darling! my darling!” he said to the old woman, +“it is long since I have seen you.”</p> +<p>In the end they grew silent, looking intently at one another, +smiling. The gentle rustle of the lime trees broke the heat and +stillness of the August day.</p> +<p>“Whence do you come, Roman?” questioned the old man +suddenly.</p> +<p>“From Warsaw,” said his son, raising his head.</p> +<p>The old man opened wide his eyes, then he turned towards Ana.</p> +<p>“Do you hear that, old lady, from Warsaw?”</p> +<p>The old lady nodded her head, and said wonderingly: <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb161" href="#pb161" name="pb161">161</a>]</span></p> +<p>“From Warsaw!”</p> +<p>“Yes,” said Roman, “I have journeyed throughout +Poland, full of bitterness, and I have wandered among our exiled +brothers in all parts of the world.”</p> +<p>Profound misery rang in his powerful voice. The old people looked +smilingly at him, lovingly, but without understanding him. All acute +feeling for their country had long ago died away in their hearts. They +sat looking happily into the blue eyes of their Roman, at his fair, +smooth face, at his beautiful luxuriant hair.</p> +<p>The young man began to speak. Gradually his voice rose, it rang +powerfully, full of sorrow and bitterness. Where had he not been! He +had been everywhere, and everywhere he had met exiled Poles, pining +away among strangers, dying far from the land of their fathers. +Everywhere the same longing, everywhere the same sorrow. Tyrants ruled +over the old hearth, the cry of the oppressed rent the air, patriots +lay in chains or trod the road to Siberia, crowds fled from the homes +of their fathers, strangers swept like a flood into their places.</p> +<p>“Roman, Roman!” said the old woman, bursting into tears, +“how beautifully you talk.”</p> +<p>“Beautifully talks our Roman, old lady,” said Vladimir +Savicky sadly, “beautifully, but he brings us sad +tidings.”</p> +<p>And in the old man’s soul old longings and bitter memories +began to stir. On the threshold <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" +href="#pb162" name="pb162">162</a>]</span>Magdalena stood dismayed and +shuddered as she looked at Roman.</p> +<p>Suddenly two old men entered by the door. One had thick, grizzled +whiskers, the other a long beard in which shone silver threads.</p> +<p>“Ah,” cried the old Savicky, “here comes +Palchevici, here comes Rujancowsky. Our Roman has come! Here he +is!”</p> +<p>“We know,” said Rujancowsky gravely, “we have seen +him.”</p> +<p>“Yes, yes, we have seen him,” murmured Palchevici.</p> +<p>They both approached and shook Roman warmly by the hand.</p> +<p>“Good day and welcome to you! See, now all the Poles of this +town are met together in one place,” said Rujancowsky.</p> +<p>“What?” questioned Roman. “Only these few are +left?”</p> +<p>“The others have passed away,” said old Savicky +sadly.</p> +<p>“Yes, they have passed away,” murmured Palchevici, +running his fingers through his big grey whiskers.</p> +<p>They were all silent for a time.</p> +<p>“Old lady,” said Vladimir Savicky, “go and fetch a +bottle of wine and get something to eat too, perhaps Roman is hungry. +But where are you? Where is Ana?” asked the old man, looking at +Magdalena. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163" href="#pb163" name= +"pb163">163</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Do not worry, she has gone to get things ready,” +replied the girl smilingly.</p> +<p>“’Tis well! ’tis well!” Then turning towards +the two Poles. “You do not know how Roman can talk. You should +hear him. Roman, you must say it again.”</p> +<p>The old wife came with wine and cold meat. She placed meat in front +of her boy, and the wine before the older men. They all began to talk. +But Roman’s voice sounded melancholy in the stillness of the +summer day. Then they began to drink to Roman’s health, to the +health of each one of them.</p> +<p>“To Poland!” cried Roman excitedly, striking the table +with his fist. And then he began to speak:</p> +<p>“Do you realize how the downtrodden people begin to murmur and +to agitate? Soon there will rise a mighty storm which will break down +the prison walls, the note of liberty will ring through our native +land! Ah, you do not know the anguish and the bitterness <i>there</i>! +Stranger-ridden and desolate! Since Kosciusko died there are exiles and +desolation everywhere! Mother,” cried Roman, then turning towards +the old woman, “give me the case from over there, I must sing +something to you.”</p> +<p>With these words his eyes darkened and he stared into space. The old +people looked at him, much moved, their heads upon their breasts, not +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb164" href="#pb164" name= +"pb164">164</a>]</span>speaking a word. Quiet reigned in the old house, +and in the garden there was peace; a fiery sunset, crowned with clouds +of flame, was merging into the green sea of the woods. Golden rays +penetrated into the old veranda and shone on Roman’s hair.</p> +<p>His mother handed him the case.</p> +<p>“Well,” said the young man, “I will sing you +something with my cither. I will sing of our grief.”</p> +<p>Then, beneath his fingers, the strings began to murmur as though +awaking from sleep. Roman bent forward and began, the old people sat +motionless round him.</p> +<p>Sad tones vibrated through the quiet of the old house, notes soft +and sorrowful like some remote mournful cry, notes deep with the tremor +of affliction; the melody rose sobbing through the clear sunset like +the flight of some bird of passage.</p> +<p>In the souls of the old people there rose like a storm the clamour +of past sorrows. The song lamented the ruin of fair lands; they seemed +to listen, as in a sad dream, to the bitter tears of those dying for +their native land. They seemed to see Kosciusko, worn with the +struggle, covered in blood, kneeling with a sword in hand.</p> +<p>Finis Poloniæ! Poland is no more! Ruin everywhere, death all +around; a cry of sorrow rose; the children were torn from their unhappy +land to pine away and die on alien soil!</p> +<p>The chords surged, full of grief, through the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb165" href="#pb165" name= +"pb165">165</a>]</span>clear sunset. Then slowly, slowly, the melody +died away as though tired with sorrow until the final chord finished +softly, like a distant tremor, ending in deathlike silence.</p> +<p>The listeners seemed turned to stone. Roman leant his head upon his +hand, and his eyes, full of pain, turned towards the flaming sunset. +His chin trembled; his mind was full of bitter memories. The old men +sat as though stunned, like some wounded creatures, their heads upon +their breasts; the old mother cried softly, sighing, her eyes upon her +Roman. As the young man turned his eyes towards the door he saw two +bright tears in Magdalena’s blue eyes; amid a deep silence his +own eyes gazed into the girl’s while the last crimson rays faded +away from the woods. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href="#pb167" +name="pb167">167</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch11" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">The Fledgeling</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. Al. +Bratescu-Voineshti</span></p> +<p>One springtime a quail nearly dead with fatigue—she came from +far-away Africa—dropped from her flight into a green corn-field +on the edge of a plantation. After a few days of rest she began to +collect twigs, dried leaves, straw, and bits of hay, and made herself a +nest on a mound of earth, high up, so that the rain would not spoil it; +then for seven days in succession she laid an egg, in all seven eggs, +as small as sugar eggs, and she began to sit upon them.</p> +<p>Have you seen how a hen sits on her eggs? Well, that is how the +quail did, but instead of sitting in a coop, she sat out of doors, +among the grain; it rained, it pelted with rain, but she never moved, +and not a drop reached the eggs. After three weeks there hatched out +some sweet little birds, not naked like the young of a sparrow, but +covered with yellow fluff, like chickens, only smaller, like seven +little balls of silk, and they began to scramble through the corn, +looking for food. Sometimes the quail caught an ant, sometimes a +grasshopper, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb168" href="#pb168" name= +"pb168">168</a>]</span>which she broke into pieces for them, and with +their little beaks they went pic! pic! pic! and ate it up +immediately.</p> +<p>They were pretty and prudent and obedient; they walked about near +their mother, and when she called to them “pitpalac!” they +ran quickly back to her. Once, in the month of June, when the peasants +came to reap the corn, the eldest of the chicks did not run quickly at +his mother’s call, and, alas, a boy caught him under his cap. He +alone could tell the overwhelming fear he felt when he found himself +clasped in the boy’s hand; his heart beat like the watch in my +pocket. Luckily for him an old peasant begged him off.</p> +<p>“Let him go, Marin, it’s a pity on him, he will die. +Don’t you see he can hardly move, he is quite dazed.”</p> +<p>When he found himself free, he fled full of fear to the quail to +tell her what had befallen him. She drew him to her and comforted him, +and said to him:</p> +<p>“Do you see what will happen if you do not listen to me? When +you are big you can do what you like, but while you are little you must +follow my words or something worse may overtake you.”</p> +<p>And thus they lived, contented and happy. The cutting of the corn +and the stacking of the sheaves shook a mass of seeds on to the stubble +which gave them food, and, although there was no water near, they did +not suffer from thirst because in the early <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb169" href="#pb169" name= +"pb169">169</a>]</span>morning they drank the dew-drops on the blades +of grass. By day, when it was very hot, they stayed in the shade of the +plantation; in the afternoon, when the heat grew less, they all went +out on to the stubble, but on the cold nights they would gather in a +group under the protecting wings of the quail as under a tent. +Gradually the fluff upon them had changed into down and feathers, and +with their mother’s help they began to fly. The flying lesson +took place in the early morning towards sunrise, when night was turning +into day, and in the evening in the twilight, for during the daytime +there was danger from the hawks which hovered above the +stubble-field.</p> +<p>Their mother sat upon the edge and asked them:</p> +<p>“Are you ready?”</p> +<p>“Yes,” they answered.</p> +<p>“One, two, three!”</p> +<p>And when she said “three,” whrrr! away they all flew +from the side of the plantation, as far as the sentry-box on the high +road, and back again. And their mother told them they were learning to +fly in preparation for a long journey they would have to take when the +summer was over.</p> +<p>“We shall have to fly high up above the earth for days and +nights, and we shall see below us great towns and rivers and the +sea.”</p> +<p>One afternoon towards the end of August, while the chicks were +playing happily near their mother <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb170" +href="#pb170" name="pb170">170</a>]</span>in the stubble, a carriage +was heard approaching, and it stopped in the track by the edge of the +plantation. They all raised their heads with eyes like black beads and +listened. A voice could be heard calling: “Nero! to +heel!”</p> +<p>The chicks did not understand, but their mother knew it was a man +out shooting, and she stood petrified with fear. The plantation was +their refuge, but exactly from that direction came the sportsman. After +a moment’s thought she ordered them to crouch down close to the +earth, and on no consideration to move.</p> +<p>“I must rise, you must stay motionless, he who flies is lost. +Do you understand?”</p> +<p>The chicks blinked their eyes to show they understood, and remained +waiting in silence. They could hear the rustling of a dog moving +through the stubble, and from time to time could be heard a man’s +voice: “Where are you? To heel, Nero!”</p> +<p>The rustling drew near—the dog saw them; he remained +stationary, one paw in the air, his eyes fixed upon them.</p> +<p>“Do not move,” whispered the quail to them, and she ran +quickly farther away from them.</p> +<p>The dog followed slowly after her. The sportsman hurried up. His +foot was so near to them that they could see an ant crawling up the leg +of his boot. Oh, how their hearts beat! A few seconds later the quail +rose, and flew low along the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb171" href= +"#pb171" name="pb171">171</a>]</span>ground a few inches in front of +the dog’s muzzle. It pursued her, and the sportsman followed, +shouting: “To heel! to heel!” He could not shoot for fear +of hurting the dog; the quail pretended to be wounded so well that the +dog was determined to catch her at all cost, but when she thought she +was out of range of the gun she quickly flew for shelter towards the +plantation.</p> +<p>During this time, the eldest fledgeling, instead of remaining +motionless like his brothers, as their mother bade them, had taken to +his wings; the sportsman heard the sound of his flight, turned and +shot. He was some distance away. Only a single shot reached his wings. +He did not fall, he managed to fly as far as the plantation, but there +the movement of the wings caused the bone which had only been cracked +at first to give way altogether, and the fledgeling fell with a broken +wing.</p> +<p>The sportsman, knowing the plantation was very thick, and seeing it +was a question of a young bird only, decided it was not worth while to +look for it among the trees. The other little birds did not move from +the spot where the quail had left them.</p> +<p>They listened in silence. From time to time they heard the report of +a gun and the voice of the sportsman calling: “Bring it +here!” After a time the carriage left the cart-track by the +plantation and followed the sportsman; gradually the shots and the +shouting became fainter and died away, and <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb172" href="#pb172" name="pb172">172</a>]</span>in +the silence of the evening nothing could be heard but the song of the +crickets; but when night had fallen and the moon had risen above +Cornatzel, they clearly heard their mother’s voice calling to +them from the end of the stubble: “Pitpalac! pitpalac!” +They flew quickly towards her and found her. She counted them; one was +missing.</p> +<p>“Where is the eldest one?”</p> +<p>“We do not know—he flew off.”</p> +<p>Then the heart-broken quail began to call loudly, and yet more +loudly, listening on every side. A faint voice from the plantation +answered: “Piu! piu!” When she found him, when she saw the +broken wing, she knew his fate was sealed, but she hid her own grief in +order not to discourage him.</p> +<p>From now on, sad days began for the poor fledgeling. He could +scarcely move with his wing trailing behind him; with tearful eyes he +watched his brothers learning to fly in the early morning and in the +evening; at night when the others were asleep under his mother’s +wings, he would ask her anxiously:</p> +<p>“Mother, I shall get well, I shall be able to go with you, +shan’t I? And you will show me, too, the big cities and rivers +and the sea, won’t you?”</p> +<p>“Yes,” answered the quail, forcing herself not to +cry.</p> +<p>In this way the summer passed. Peasants came with ploughs to plough +up the stubble, the quail and her children removed to a neighbouring +field of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb173" href="#pb173" name= +"pb173">173</a>]</span>maize; after a time men came to gather in the +maize. They cut the straw and hoed up the ground, then the quails +retired to the rough grass by the edge of the plantation.</p> +<p>The long, beautiful days gave place to short and gloomy ones, the +weather began to grow foggy and the leaves of the plantation withered. +In the evening, belated swallows could be seen flying low along the +ground, sometimes other flocks of birds of passage passed and, in the +stillness of the frosty nights, the cry of the cranes could be heard, +all migrating in the same direction, towards the south.</p> +<p>A bitter struggle took place in the heart of the poor quail. She +would fain have torn herself in two, that one half might go with her +strong children who began to suffer from the cold as the autumn +advanced, and the other half remain with the injured chick which clung +to her so desperately. One day, without any warning, the north-east +wind blew a dangerous blast, and that decided her. Better that one of +the fledgelings should die than that all of them should—and +without looking back lest her resolution should weaken, she soared away +with the strong little birds, while the wounded one called +piteously:</p> +<p>“Do not desert me! Do not desert me!”</p> +<p>He tried to rise after them, but could not, and remained on the same +spot following them with his eyes until they were lost to sight on the +southern horizon. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb174" href="#pb174" +name="pb174">174</a>]</span></p> +<p>Three days later, the whole region was clothed in winter’s +white, cold garb. The violent snowstorm was followed by a calm as clear +as crystal, accompanied by a severe frost.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>On the edge of the plantation lay a young quail with a broken wing +and stiff with cold. After a period of great suffering he had fallen +into a pleasant state of semi-consciousness. Through his mind flashed +fragments of things seen—the stubble-field, the leg of a boot +with an ant crawling upon it, his mother’s warm wings. He turned +over from one side to the other and lay dead with his little claws +pressed together as though in an act of devotion. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175" name="pb175">175</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch12" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Popa Tanda</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. Slavici</span></p> +<p>God have mercy on the soul of Schoolmaster Pintilie! He was a good +man, and a well-known chorister. He was very fond of salad with +vinegar. Whenever he was hoarse, he would drink the yolk of an egg with +it; when he raised his voice, the windows rattled while he sang, +“Oh, Lord, preserve Thy people.” He was schoolmaster in +Butucani, a fine, large town containing men of position and sound +sense, and given to almsgiving and hospitality. Now Schoolmaster +Pintilie had only two children: a daughter married to Petrea Tzapu, and +Trandafir, Father Trandafir, priest in Saraceni.</p> +<p>God keep Father Trandafir! He was a good man, he had studied many +books, and he sang even better than his dead father, God have mercy on +his soul! He always spoke correctly and carefully as though he were +reading out of a book. Father Trandafir was an industrious, careful +man. He gathered from many sources, and made something out of nothing. +He saved, he mended, he collected to get enough for himself and for +others. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176" href="#pb176" name= +"pb176">176</a>]</span></p> +<p>Father Trandafir went through a great deal in his youth. One does +not achieve big results in a minute or two. The poor man has to go +without a great deal more than he ever gets. He worked harder with his +brain than with a spade and fork. But what he did was not work thrown +away. Young Trandafir became priest in his native town, in Butucani, a +fine large town containing men of position and good sense, but +Trandafir did not enjoy the almsgiving and hospitality.</p> +<p>Father Trandafir would have been a wonderful man had not one thing +spoilt him. He was too severe in his speech, too harsh in his +judgments; he was too straightforward and outspoken. He never minded +his words, but said right out what he had in his mind. It is not good +to be a man like that. Men take offence if you speak too plainly to +them, and it is best to live peaceably with the world. This was evident +in Father Trandafir’s case. A man like him could not stay two +years in Butucani. It was first one thing, then another; at one time he +complained to the townspeople, the next time to the archdeacon. Now it +is well known that priests must not make complaints to the archdeacon. +The archdeacon understands presents much better than complaints. But +that was what Father Trandafir would not comprehend.</p> +<p>There is no doubt that Father Trandafir was in the right.</p> +<p>But the thing is, right is the prerogative of the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb177" href="#pb177" name= +"pb177">177</a>]</span>mighty. The weak can only assert themselves +gradually. The ant cannot overthrow the mountain. It can, though, +change its position; but slowly, slowly, bit by bit. Perhaps the Father +knew that this was so in the world; he had his own standard, +though.</p> +<p>“Even the devil cannot turn what is true and right into a +lie!” This was his remark, and with this remark he got himself +turned out of Butucani. That is to say, it was not only he who did it, +it was the townspeople too. One word and a little something besides to +promote a good understanding with the archdeacon, a visit to the +bishop, and a word there from the archdeacon: things get done if one +knows how to do them. The long and the short of it was that Father +Trandafir was sent from Butucani to Saraceni—to promote a good +understanding among the faithful. Priest in Saraceni! Who knows what +that means to be priest in Saraceni? That is what befell Father +Trandafir! Who would fain leap the ditch throws his bag over it first. +Father Trandafir only had a wife and two children; his bag was empty. +That was why he leaped so unwillingly from Butucani to Saraceni.</p> +<p>In the “Dry Valley” there was a village which they +called “Saraceni.” A village called “poor” in a +“dry” valley; could any place have a more unpleasant +name?</p> +<p>The Dry Valley!</p> +<p>“Valley” because the place was shut in between +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178" name= +"pb178">178</a>]</span>mountains; “dry,” because the +stream, which had cut its way through the middle of the valley, was dry +most of the year.</p> +<p>This was how the valley lies.</p> +<p>To the right stood a hill called “Rîpoasa.” On the +left were three other hills, called “Fatza,” +“Grofnitza,” and “Alunish.” Rîpoasa was +rocky. Fatza was cultivated; the village stood on Grofnitza, while on +Alunish lay the village graveyard among hazel and birch trees. Thus it +lay to right and left, but the chief feature of the landscape stood at +the bottom. Here rose the mountains—from there, came what did +come.</p> +<p>The other side, beyond Rîpoasa was the Rapitza Valley—a +much deeper valley than the Dry Valley, and so called because the +Rapitza flowed through it. The Rapitza was a treacherous river, +especially in the spring, and the stream in the Dry Valley was a branch +of the Rapitza. In the spring, when the snow melted on the mountains, +the Rapitza got angry and poured part of her fury into the branch that +flowed through the Dry Valley, and the latter ceased to be +“dry.”</p> +<p>In a few hours the inhabitants of Saraceni were rather too rich in +water. This occurred nearly every year. When the crops in the valley +appeared to be most favourable, the Dry Valley belied its name and +washed away all that lay in its path.</p> +<p>It would have been rather better if this invasion had lasted only a +short time, but the water remained <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179" +href="#pb179" name="pb179">179</a>]</span>in the valley, and in many +places formed refuges for the frog family. And instead of corn, osiers +and interlacing willows grew by the side of its pools.</p> +<p>Was it any wonder that in consequence of this the people of Saraceni +had become in time the most idle of men? He is a fool who sows where he +cannot reap, or where he does not know whether he will be able to reap +or not. The Fatza was a sandy spot; the corn grew a few inches high and +the maize a yard; on Rîpoasa one could not grow blackberries +even, for at the bottom the water spoilt the fruit. Where there is no +hope of reward there is no incentive to work. Whoever works wants to +earn, but the people of Saraceni had given up all thoughts of gain, and +therefore no one felt inspired to work. Those who could afford it +passed their time lying out of doors; those who could not, spent their +day working in the neighbouring villages. When the winter came life was +hard and bitter.</p> +<p>But whoever has got used to the bad does not think of better things; +the people of Saraceni appeared to think that things could not be +better than they were. Fish in the water, birds in the air, moles in +the ground, and the people of Saraceni in poverty!</p> +<p>Saraceni? One can imagine what a village like Saraceni must have +been; here a house, there a house—all alike. Hedges were +superfluous, seeing there was nothing to enclose; the street was the +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href="#pb180" name= +"pb180">180</a>]</span>whole village. It would have been absurd to put +a chimney on the house—the smoke found its way out through the +roof. There would have been no sense in putting plaster on the walls +either, as that dropped off in time. Some of the buildings were made of +bits of wood knocked together, a roof of straw mixed with hay, an oven +of clay, an old-fashioned veranda outside, a bed with four posts built +into the ground, a door made out of three boards held together by two +stakes placed crosswise—quickly made and well made—whoever +was not pleased with it, let him make something he liked better.</p> +<p>At the top of the village, that is to say on the highest point, was +a sort of building which the Saracenese called the +“church.” It was a heap of old tree trunks piled one on the +top of the other in the form of walls. In the old days—when, one +does not know—these kind of walls were open to the sky; later, +one does not know when, the walls had been made to converge in one +place, to support what was supposed to do duty for a tower. +This—owing to the fact that the supports of the facade had +perished through the buffeting of a very strong wind—had fallen +towards the patient earth, dragging the entire structure after it. And +there it had remained ever since, for the church counted for little in +Saraceni; it was superfluous.</p> +<p>Priest? They say there is no village without a priest. Probably +whoever said this did not know <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb181" +href="#pb181" name="pb181">181</a>]</span>about Saraceni. Saraceni was +a village without a priest. That is to say, it was a village with a +priest—only this priest was a priest without a village. Saraceni +was unique in one way. There had never been a priest who stayed more +than three days in Saraceni; he came one day, stayed the next, and left +on the third. Many guilty priests passed through Saraceni; whoever had +stayed there long would have expiated all his sins.</p> +<p>Then Father Trandafir reached this penitential spot. He could not +expect to do as the others had done, come one day, stay the next, and +depart the third. He was too much out of favour with the archdeacon to +imagine that he would send him to another village. He could not remain +without a village: a priest without a village—a cart without a +wheel, a yoke without oxen, a hat on the top of a wig. He began to +think what he must do; he must take things as they were, and stay +gladly in Saraceni. It was only a village in name, but no one could say +he was a priest without a village. But really a more suitable priest +for a more suitable village you could not have found. The poverty of +the priest corresponded to the poverty in the homes of his +parishioners. From the beginning Trandafir realized one thing: it was +much nicer in Butucani than in Saraceni. There the people all had +something, and you could always have some of it. In Saraceni all the +latches were made of wood. Then the Father reflected: the priest did +all the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb182" href="#pb182" name= +"pb182">182</a>]</span>business of the town, but the town took care of +the priest’s purse. Before long the Father began to feel sure +that the people who started by being charitable and hospitable were not +born fools. “It is a wise thing when men meet together to comfort +and cheer each other. Even our Redeemer began with almsgiving, and the +wedding at Cana of Galilee.” Thus thought Father Trandafir; but +in Saraceni there was neither almsgiving nor hospitality.</p> +<p>“There is one thing,” said the Father to himself a +little later on, “in a poor village there is no corn for the +priest to gather. As long as the people of Saraceni are lazy, so long +shall I be hungry!” And he began to think how he was going to +make his parishioners industrious. The industrious man eats the stones, +makes soup out of the stagnant water, and reaps corn where the hemlock +used to grow. “Then”—concluded the +priest—“when the cow has fodder she is no longer +dry!”</p> +<p>Thus he spoke, and he set to work to put it in practice. A man who +has nothing to eat busies himself with other people’s affairs. He +does no good that way! The blind man cannot aid the cripple; the hungry +don’t improve their village; when the geese keep watch among the +vegetables, little remains for the gardener: but Father Trandafir was +obstinate; when he started, he went on—and he got there, or he +died by the way.</p> +<p>The first Sunday Father Trandafir preached before the people, who +had assembled in considerable <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb183" +href="#pb183" name="pb183">183</a>]</span>numbers to see the new +priest. There is nothing more agreeable to a man who desires the +welfare of others than to see his words making an impression. A good +thought multiplies itself, penetrating many hearts, and whoever +possesses it and passes it on, if he values it, rejoices to see it +gaining ground in the world. Father Trandafir felt happy that day. +Never before had he been listened to with such attention as on this +occasion. It seemed as though these people were listening to something +which they knew but which they did not understand well. They drank in +his words with such eagerness, it was as though they wanted to read his +very soul the better to understand his teaching. That day he read the +gospel of “The Prodigal Son.” Father Trandafir showed how +God, in His unending love for man, had created him to be happy. Having +placed man in the world, God wishes him to enjoy all the innocent +pleasures of life, for only so will he learn to love life and live +charitably with his neighbours. The man who, through his own fault or +owing to other causes, only feels the bitterness and sorrow of this +world cannot love life; and, not loving it, he despises in a sinful +manner the great gift of God.</p> +<p>What kind of people are the lazy people, the people who make no +effort, who do not stretch out a hand to take this gift? They are +sinners! They have no desires—only carnal appetites. Man has been +given pure desires which he may gratify with <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb184" href="#pb184" name="pb184">184</a>]</span>the +fruit of his labours; longings are put into his heart that he may +conquer the world while God Himself contemplates him with pleasure from +on high. To work is the first duty of man; and he who does not work is +a sinner.</p> +<p>After this, the Father sketched in words which seemed to give life +to his ideas the miserable existence of a man perishing from hunger, +and he gave his faithful hearers the thoughts which had germinated in +his own intelligent brain—how they must work in the spring and in +the summer, in the autumn and in the winter.</p> +<p>The people had listened; the Father’s words were written on +their faces; going home they could only talk of what they had heard in +church, and each one felt himself more of a man than before.</p> +<p>Maybe there were many among them who only waited for Sunday to pass +that they might begin their first day of work.</p> +<p>“There has never been such a priest in Saraceni!” said +Marcu Flori Cucu, as he parted from his neighbour, Mitru.</p> +<p>“A priest that does honour to a village,” replied Mitru, +as if he felt that his village was not exactly honoured.</p> +<p>Other Sundays followed. Father Trandafir was ready with his sermon. +The second Sunday he had no one to address. The weather was wet, and +people stayed at home. Other Sundays the weather was fine; probably +then the people did not remember <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb185" +href="#pb185" name="pb185">185</a>]</span>in time; they were loath to +part from God’s blue sky. And so the Father only had in church +some old woman or some aged man with failing sight and deaf ears. +Sometimes there was only Cozonac, the bell-ringer. In this way he made +no progress. Had he been a different kind of man he would have stopped +here.</p> +<p>But Father Trandafir was like the goat among cabbages in the garden. +When you turn it out at the door, it comes in through the fence, when +you mend the fence, it jumps over it, and does a lot more damage by +destroying the top of the hedge.</p> +<p>God keep him! Father Trandafir still remained a good man.</p> +<p>“Wait!” he said. “If you will not come to me, I +will go to you!”</p> +<p>Then the priest went from door to door. He never ceased talking from +the moment it was light. Whenever he came across anyone he gave him +good advice. You met the priest in the fields; you found him on the +hill; if you went down the valley you encountered the priest; the +priest was in the woods. The priest was in church; the priest was at +the death-bed; the priest was at the wedding; the priest was with your +next-door neighbour—you had to fly the village if you wanted to +escape the priest. And whenever he met you, he gave you wise +counsel.</p> +<p>During a whole year, Father Trandafir gave good advice. People +listened gladly—they liked to stay and talk to the priest even if +he did give them <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" href="#pb186" +name="pb186">186</a>]</span>good advice. All the same, the old saying +holds good: men know what they ought to do, but they don’t do it. +The Father was disappointed. After a certain time he ceased to give +advice. There was not a man in the village upon whom he had not poured +the whole weight of his learning: he had nothing more to say.</p> +<p>“This will not do,” said the priest once more. +“Advice does not pay. I must start something more +severe.”</p> +<p>He began to chaff.</p> +<p>Wherever he found a man, Father Trandafir began to make him +ridiculous, to make fun of him in every kind of way. If he passed a +house that had not been re-roofed yesterday, he would say to the owner: +“Oh, you are a clever man, you are! You have windows in the roof. +You do love the light and the blessed sun!” If he found a woman +in a dirty blouse: “Look at me! Since when have you taken to +wearing stuff dresses?”</p> +<p>If he met an unwashed child: “Listen, good wife, you must have +a lot of plum jam if you can plaster your children with it!” And +if he came across a man lying in the shade he would say to him, +“Good luck with your work! Good luck with your work!” If +the man got up, he would beg him not to stop work, for his +children’s sake.</p> +<p>He began like this, but he carried it altogether too far. It got to +such a pitch that the people did their utmost to get out of the +priest’s way. He <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb187" href= +"#pb187" name="pb187">187</a>]</span>became a perfect pest. The worst +thing about it was that the people nicknamed him “Popa +Tanda” because he chaffed them so. And “Popa Tanda” +he has remained ever since.</p> +<p>To tell the truth, it was only in one way the people did not like +the priest. Each one was ready to laugh at the others with the priest; +no one was pleased, though, when the others laughed at him. That is +human; every one is ready to saddle his neighbour’s mare. In that +way, Father Trandafir pleased his parishioners, but he was not content +himself. Before the year was out, every man in the village had become a +tease; there was not a person left of whom to make fun, and in the end +the wags began to laugh at themselves. That put an end to it. Only one +thing remained to do: the village to make fun of the priest.</p> +<p>Two whole years passed without Trandafir being able to stir up the +people, even when he had passed from advising them to annoying them. +They became either givers of advice or they were teasers: all day they +stood in groups, some of them giving advice, others joking. It was a +wonderful affair; the people recognized the right, despised the bad; +but nothing altered them.</p> +<p>“Eh! say now, didn’t Father Trandafir mind? Didn’t +he get angry, very angry?”</p> +<p>He did get wild. He began to abuse the people. As he had proceeded +to advise them, and to chaff them, so now he proceeded to abuse them. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb188" href="#pb188" name= +"pb188">188</a>]</span>Whenever he got hold of a man, he abused him. +But he did not get far with this. At first the people allowed +themselves to be insulted. Later on, they began to answer back, on the +sly, as it were. Finally, thinking it was going too far, they began to +abuse the priest.</p> +<p>From now on, things got a little involved. Everything went +criss-cross. The people began to tell the priest that if he did not +leave off laughing at them, and insulting them, they would go to the +bishop and get him removed from the village. That is what the priest +deserved. The people had hit on the very thing! Throw him out of +Saraceni! The priest began to curse in earnest. Off he went; the people +got in to their carts to go to the archdeacon, and from the archdeacon +to the bishop.</p> +<p>In the Book of Wisdom, concerning the life of this world, there is a +short sentence which says: our well-wishers are often our undoing and +our evil-wishers are useful to us. Father Trandafir was not lucky in +getting good out of his evil-wishers. The bishop was a good soul, +worthy of being put in all the calendars all over the face of the +earth. He took pity on the poor priest, said he was in the right, and +scolded the people.</p> +<p>And so Popa Tanda stayed in Saraceni.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Misfortunes generally heap themselves upon mankind. One gives rise +to another, or are they, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb189" href= +"#pb189" name="pb189">189</a>]</span>perhaps, inseparable? Anyhow, they +are always like light and shade, one alongside the other.</p> +<p>By now Father Trandafir had three children. When he returned from +the bishop, he found his wife in bed. There was a fourth little +blessing in the house. A sick wife, three little children, a fourth at +the breast, and a tumble-down house; the snow drifted through the +walls, the stove smoked, the wind came through the roof, the granary +was bare, his purse empty, and his heart heavy.</p> +<p>Father Trandafir was not the man to find a way out of this +embarrassing state of things. Had it been some one else in his +situation, he could have helped him: he could not comfort himself. For +a long time he stood in the dim light of the little lamp; every one +around him slept. The sick woman was asleep. Now there is nothing more +conducive to melancholy than the sight of people asleep. He loved those +sleeping forms; he loved them and was responsible for their happiness; +he lived for them, and their love made life precious to him. Thoughts +crowded into his brain. His mind turned to the past and to the future; +considering the state in which he found himself, the future could only +appear depicted in the saddest colours. His children! His wife! What +would become of them? His heart was heavy, and he could not find one +consoling thought, one single loop-hole of escape; nowhere in the world +was there anything to give him a gleam of hope. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb190" href="#pb190" name="pb190">190</a>]</span></p> +<p>The next day was Sunday. The Father went to church with bowed head, +to read Matins.</p> +<p>Like the generality of mankind, Father Trandafir had never given +much thought to what he was doing. He was a priest, and he was content +with his lot. He liked to sing, to read the Gospel, to instruct the +faithful, to comfort, and to give spiritual assistance to the erring. +His thoughts did not go much beyond that. Had he been asked at any time +whether he realized the sanctity, the inner meaning of his calling, +maybe he would have laughed to himself at all those things which a man +only grasps in moments of intense suffering. It is man’s nature +when his mind comprehends a series of more or less deep thoughts, to +measure the whole world by this standard, and not to believe what he +does not understand. But man does not always think in this way. There +are events during which his brain becomes inactive: in danger, when no +escape seems possible; in moments of joy, when he knows not from what +source his happiness is derived; at times when his train of thought +seems to have lost all coherence. Then, when man has reached, in any +way, the point where the possible becomes indistinguishable from the +impossible, he ceases to reason, instinct asserts itself.</p> +<p>Father Trandafir went into the church. How many times had he not +entered that church! Just as a blacksmith might enter his forge. But +this time he was seized with an incomprehensible fear, he <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href="#pb191" name="pb191">191</a>]</span>took +a few steps forward and then hid his face in his hands and began to sob +bitterly. Why did he cry? Before whom did he cry? His lips uttered +these words only: “Almighty God, succour me!” Did he +believe that this prayer, expressed with all the energy of despair, +could bring him help? He believed nothing; he thought of nothing; he +was in a state of exaltation.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The Holy Scriptures teach us that just as the ploughman lives on the +fruit of his toil, so does the spiritual pastor, who serves the altar, +live by the result of his service at that altar. Father Trandafir +always believed in the Holy Scriptures; he always worked only for the +spiritual welfare of his people, and expected that they, in return, +would furnish him with his daily bread. But the world is not always in +agreement with what is written and commanded; only the priest agreed +with it, the people did not. The Father got little from his office, +anyhow not enough; this is to say, four pieces of ground near the +village, a poll-tax on the population, and baptismal and burying +fees.</p> +<p>Taken altogether, it amounted to nothing, seeing that the earth +produced scarcely anything, the poll-tax existed only in name, the +new-born were baptized for nothing, and the dead were buried gratis by +the priest.</p> +<p>Near the church was a deserted house; a house in name only. The +owner of the house could have <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb192" +href="#pb192" name="pb192">192</a>]</span>kept cattle, but he had no +beasts. By the side of the house there was room for a garden, but there +was no garden because, as we have already said, there were no fences in +Saraceni. Father Trandafir bought the whole place and lived in it. As +the house belonged to the priest, nothing much was done to put it in +order, and it was quite dilapidated, the walls had holes in them, there +were rents in the roof. The Father only troubled himself about other +people’s houses.</p> +<p>The priest’s table was no better than the house. According to +the old saying, man follows the ways of other men even when he wants to +make them follow his own: the priest lived like the rest of the +village. Happily he had his wife’s dowry, but often one does not +try to get help from just the place where it is to be had. The season +of Lent drew near.</p> +<p>“It will not do!” said Father Trandafir. “This +will not do!” And he began to do as the rest of the world does, +to occupy himself first and foremost with the care of his own +house.</p> +<p>Directly the spring-time came, he hired a gipsy, and set him to work +to plaster the house with clay. In a few days all four walls were +firmly plastered. After that, the priest enjoyed sitting outside more +than inside the house, because you could not see the walls of the house +so well from within; a plastered house was a fine thing in Saraceni, +especially when one could say to oneself, “That is mine!” +There was one thing, though, which was not as it should <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb193" href="#pb193" name="pb193">193</a>]</span>be. +Every time the Father’s eyes fell upon the sides of the roof he +went indoors—he felt he had seen enough. He did not want to see +the defective roof, but every time he wanted to look at the walls he +had to see the roof. That damned roof! It could no longer be left like +that.</p> +<p>Down in the valley where there are numerous pools, not only willows +and osiers grew, but here and there were to be found sedges and rushes, +cat’s-tail and a species of reed. “That is what I will +do!” thought the priest. He engaged a man, and sent him out to +cut sedges and rushes and cat’s-tail and reeds. One Saturday the +house was surrounded by bundles tied with osiers; and the following +Saturday the roof was mended and edged on the top with bundles of reeds +over which were stretched two strips of wood fastened with cross +pieces. The work was good, and not dear. People passed by the +priest’s house nodding their heads and saying, “The priest +is one of the devil’s own men.” Now the priest could stay +happily outside.</p> +<p>But this happiness did not last long. There was still one thing that +was not quite right. The priest felt that he was too much in the open. +There was no other house in the village like his, and it would have +been better a little separated from the village. The Father hardly +liked to say “At my place,” when “my place” was +“in the village.” There must be a fence, and a gate for the +people to enter by, when they came to see the priest; it might +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb194" href="#pb194" name= +"pb194">194</a>]</span>be a fence in name only, and the gate only a +hurdle, but it must be an understood thing that before anyone could +enter the priest’s house he must cross the priest’s yard. +Once more the priest hired a man and sent him to cut briars and stakes. +He fixed the stakes into the ground, and placed the briars between +them, and there was the fence, ready made. In front of the house, in +the direction of the church, about half an acre of ground was enclosed: +the gate was formed by four poles fastened by two others placed +crosswise. The priest’s wife especially rejoiced at being thus +shut in, and the priest rejoiced when he saw his wife’s pleasure. +There was not a day on which either the priest or his wife did not say +to the children: “Listen! you are not to go outside the yard; +play quietly at home.”</p> +<p>Once a man starts, he never gets to the end. One desire gives rise +to another. Now the priest’s wife got an idea in her head.</p> +<p>“Do you know, Father,” she said one morning, “I +think it would be a good plan to make a few beds for vegetables by the +side of the fence.”</p> +<p>“Vegetable-beds?”</p> +<p>“Yes; we can sow onions, carrots, haricot beans, potatoes, and +cabbages.”</p> +<p>The Father was astonished. To him that seemed quite beyond their +powers. Vegetable-beds in Saraceni!</p> +<p>For a few days his head was full of vegetable-beds, of potatoes, +cabbages, and haricot beans; and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" +href="#pb195" name="pb195">195</a>]</span>a few days after that, the +ground was already dug up and the beds were ready. Not a day passed on +which the priest and his wife did not go about ten times to the beds to +see if the seeds were growing. Great was the joy one day. The priest +had risen very early.</p> +<p>“Wife, get up!”</p> +<p>“What’s the matter?”</p> +<p>“They have sprouted.”</p> +<p>The priest and his wife and all the children spent the whole day +squatting by the beds. The more seeds they saw appear above the ground, +the happier they were.</p> +<p>And again the villagers passed by the priest’s house and +looked through the thorns at the priest’s vegetable-beds, and +they said once more, “The priest is one of the devil’s own +men!”</p> +<p>“Listen, wife,” said the priest. “Wouldn’t +it be a good plan to sow maize along the fence and round the +beds?”</p> +<p>“Indeed it would! I like fresh maize!”</p> +<p>“So do I, especially when it’s roasted on the +embers!”</p> +<p>Here was a new task! The priest surrounded himself with maize. He +laughed with pleasure when he thought how pretty it would be when the +maize grew up all round and shut out the briars on the fence which had +begun to offend his eyes. But there is the old proverb, “Much +wants more.” At the back of the house was another strip of +ground, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href="#pb196" name= +"pb196">196</a>]</span>about four times the size of the bit they had +cultivated. The priest could not get it out of his head. Why should +this land lie fallow? Couldn’t he plant maize at the back of the +house too? In the fields opposite, men were ploughing and sowing, the +ground was untouched still in the village because it was the +village.</p> +<p>Marcu Flori Cucu, the priest’s neighbour, had a plough; it was +rather dilapidated, but it was a plough, and Mitru Catamush, +Marcu’s neighbour, had two feeble oxen and a foundered horse. The +priest, Marcu, Mitru, the oxen and the horse, worked all one day from +morn till eve. The ground was ploughed up and sown with maize. From +thenceforward, the priest was happier when he was at the back of the +house.</p> +<p>It was a wonderful and beautiful bit of work—what furrows! And +here and there among the furrows a blade of maize peeped out. In spite +of this, the priest scratched himself once or twice, and then fairly +often, behind the ear. It seemed as though something still weighed upon +his mind. It was a difficult matter, which he hardly dare take in hand: +the glebe lands. Up to now, they had been neglected; at present, he did +not know what to do with them. He would have liked to work them +himself. He would have liked to see his own men sowing them; he would +have liked to take his wife there in the autumn. It was very tempting. +He talked a great deal to his wife <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb197" +href="#pb197" name="pb197">197</a>]</span>about the matter. They would +need horses, a cart, a plough, a labourer, stables—they would +want a quantity of things. Moreover, the priest did not understand +agriculture.</p> +<p>However, the vegetable-beds were growing green, the maize was +springing up. The priest made up his mind; he took the residue of his +wife’s dowry and set to work. Marcu’s plough was good +enough to start with. The priest bought one horse from Mitru; a man in +the Rapitza Valley had another one; Stan Schiopu had a cart with three +wheels. The priest bought it as he got a wheel from Mitru, to make up +for the horse being foundered.</p> +<p>Cozonac, the bell-ringer, engaged himself as labourer to the priest, +for his house was only a stone’s throw away. The priest drove +four posts into the ground at one end of the house, two long ones and +two short, and he made three sides of plaited osiers and a roof of +rushes, and there was the stable all ready.</p> +<p>During these days, Father Trandafir had aged by about ten years; but +he grew young again when he placed his wife and children in the cart, +whipped up the horses, and drove off to see their ploughed land.</p> +<p>The villagers saw him, and shook their heads, and said once more: +“The priest is the devil’s own man.”</p> +<p>The priest’s wife had her own feminine worries. She had a +beautiful Icon which had been given to <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb198" href="#pb198" name="pb198">198</a>]</span>her by the son of the +priest at Vezura. At present the Icon was lying at the bottom of a box +wrapped up in paper. For a long time she had wished to place it between +the windows, to put flowers and sweet basil round it, and look at it +often; because this Icon represented the Holy Virgin, and the +priest’s daughter was called Mary. But the walls were dirty and +the Icon had no case. There was another thing that annoyed the +priest’s wife: one window was filled in with a pig’s +bladder, and in the other were three broken panes mended with paper. +The house was rather dark.</p> +<p>Easter drew near. There were only five days to Holy Week. If the +priest wanted to spend Easter with his wife, he had still three +important things to get: whitewash for the walls, windows for the +house, and a case for the Icon of the most Blessed Virgin—all +objects that could be found only in a town.</p> +<p>To the market, then!</p> +<p>The priest had horses and a cart. He was vexed about the osier +baskets for the maize; only the backs and sides of them still remained. +He was ashamed that a priest like himself should have to go to the +market without any maize-baskets. He could not borrow any, seeing he +was at Saraceni, where even the priest had no proper maize-baskets.</p> +<p>They say “Necessity is the best teacher.” The Father +sent Cozonac down the valley to fetch osiers, planted two stakes in the +ground with thinner sticks <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href= +"#pb199" name="pb199">199</a>]</span>set between them about a +hand’s breadth apart, and then the priest and his wife and +children, and Cozonac too, began to plait the osiers in. Before long +the baskets were ready. The work was not very remarkable, but for all +that they were the best baskets in Saraceni, and so good that Cozonac +could not refrain from saying, “The priest is one of the +devil’s own men!”</p> +<p>To the market-place and from the market-place home the Father went +proudly with his baskets; other people had some, but he found people +could buy worse baskets than those he had made himself.</p> +<p>“What is the priest making?”</p> +<p>“Baskets for the maize.”</p> +<p>“But he has got some.”</p> +<p>“He is making them for those who have not got any.”</p> +<p>After Easter, Cozonac began to clear the pools of osiers which the +priest wove into baskets. The longer the work continued, the better was +it done; the last basket was always the best.</p> +<p>Marcu Flori Cucu was a sensible man. He liked to stay and talk to +the priest. Cozonac cleared the osiers, the priest plaited them, while +Marcu lay upon his stomach with his head in his hands and idly +watched.</p> +<p>“This osier is a little too long,” said the priest, +measuring the osier with his eye. “Here, Marcu! Give me the +hatchet to make it shorter.”</p> +<p>The hatchet was at Marcu’s feet. Marcu raised <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200" name="pb200">200</a>]</span>the +upper part of his body, supported himself on his elbows, stretched out +his legs, and began feeling about for the hatchet, trying to draw it up +by his feet.</p> +<p>“Make haste!” said the priest, and gave him a cut with +the osier.</p> +<p>Marcu jumped up and assured the priest that he was much more nimble +than he thought. In the end, this assurance was of great use to him. By +Whitsuntide the priest had a cart-load of baskets ready to take to the +market, and Marcu knew very well that if the priest sold the baskets he +would have a cheerful holiday.</p> +<p>The priest had had help for some weeks, and the help had always +brought a reward to the man who had given it.</p> +<p>Just before Whitsuntide the rain began, and seemed as though it +would never cease.</p> +<p>“I do not know what I shall do,” said the priest. +“It seems as though I must leave the market until after +Whitsuntide. I do not like going in the rain. If it does not stop +raining by Thursday, I just shall not go.”</p> +<p>Marcu scratched himself behind his ears and said nothing. He could +see that it did not suit the priest to get soaked.</p> +<p>“Here,” he said a little later, ceasing to plait, +“couldn’t we weave an awning? There are reeds and rushes +and osiers in the valley.”</p> +<p>“Perhaps you are right,” replied the priest. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb201" href="#pb201" name= +"pb201">201</a>]</span>“It could be made the same way as we are +making these.”</p> +<p>Through helping him, Marcu had learnt to make better baskets than +the priest. The awning did Marcu great credit, the priest did not get +wet and came back from the market with a full purse.</p> +<p>This time Whit-Sunday was fine. The priest’s wife had a new +gown, the three eldest children had dolls bought in the town; the tiny +one, Mary, had a straw hat with two pink flowers, the walls were white +both inside and out, the windows were whole, the house was light, and +the Icon of the Holy Virgin could be seen very well placed high up +between the windows, decorated with flowers grown along the edge of the +vegetable-beds. The priest had brought white flour, meat, butter, and +even sugar, from the town. The priest loved his wife, but it was not +his way to kiss her at odd times. But, this morning, the first thing he +did was to embrace her. His wife began to cry—I don’t know +why—when Father Trandafir entered the church he felt inclined to +cry; he had seen people in front of the Icon and there were tears in +his eyes when he went up to the altar. The people say he had never sung +more beautifully than he did that day. The saying remained: “To +sing like the priest at Whitsuntide!”</p> +<p>The parishioners went to see the priest; they passed through the +gate before they crossed the door-step; they wiped their boots, put +their hats <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb202" href="#pb202" name= +"pb202">202</a>]</span>on their sticks, leaned their sticks against the +wall, smoothed their moustaches and their beards, and stepped inside. +When they came out of the house again, they took a look round, nodded +their heads, and said nothing.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The years come, the years go; the world moves on, and man is +sometimes at peace with the world, and sometimes at odds with it. The +high road passed through the town, passed by the Dry Valley and ran +farther on to the Rapitza Valley. Where the roads met, at the +conjunction of the two valleys, there was a mill on the Rapitza. Near +Rapitza was a cross; close to the cross was a fountain, and by the +fountain were eight fine sycamores. This spot was called “The +Cross of Saraceni.” From here to Saraceni was only about an hour +by road. In spite of this, whenever he came from the town, the man of +Saraceni pulled up here to water his horse, and waited a while, hoping +that some wayfarer might come and ask: “What village is that +where one sees that beautiful church with white walls and the +glittering tower?” And when he is asked, he strokes his +moustache, and looking proudly towards the place replies: “Up +there on the Grofnitza? That’s our village—Saraceni; but +you ought to hear the bells—what bells that tower contains! One +can hear them a three hours’ journey away!”</p> +<p>Where the road divided there stood a sign-post with two arms; on one +arm was written, “To the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" +href="#pb203" name="pb203">203</a>]</span>Rapitza Valley,” and on +the other one, “Towards the Dry Valley.” There was no road +anywhere round about like the one that ran through the Dry Valley +towards Saraceni.</p> +<p>It was as smooth as a table, and as solid as a cherry-stone. One +could see the Saracenese had constructed it lovingly. To right and +left, at intervals of ten to fifteen paces, were some shady nut-trees +which were a pleasure to look at. The river-bed lay on the right; the +road ran along its bank, but higher up, so that the water could not +disturb it. The Saracenese had to destroy rock in their progress, but +that they did cheerfully, for out of the rock they built the road.</p> +<p>From here on, the Saracene felt at home, and drove at a foot’s +pace. But he was not bored for a second. At every step almost he met an +acquaintance with whom he exchanged words, “Where do you come +from?” and “Where are you going?” One man had a cart +full of lime, another a load of apples; then came a man carrying a +trellis-work, and another with a wheelbarrow, a stave, or some other +article made of wood.</p> +<p>From time to time, along the side of the road, one found the +stone-masons at work, their trowels ringing from daybreak till sunset. +This road was not a dreary one!</p> +<p>There were lime-kilns where the road ran along the valley. In one +place there was a whole village. Some men were loading up lime, others +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href="#pb204" name= +"pb204">204</a>]</span>unloading stone and wood; the masons were +shaping the stones, the men at the kilns were throwing wood on to the +fires; the foremen were making noise enough for five.</p> +<p>From this point one could see the village well. The gardens were +full of trees; only between the bushes or beyond the trees did one +catch a glimpse here and there of a bit of the walls or the roofs of +the houses. The priest’s house was just up by the church; one +could only see five windows and a red roof with two chimney stacks. +Opposite the church stood the school. The house, of which one could +only see a piece of wall with two windows and a roof, belonged to Marcu +Flori Cucu.</p> +<p>The big building visible lower down was the Town Hall. If the houses +had lain less closely together the village would have looked very +beautiful, but, as it was, one only caught a glimpse and must imagine +the rest.</p> +<p>Every one had changed; Father Trandafir only had remained the same: +fresh, gay, and busy. If his grey hair and grizzled beard had not +betrayed his age, we might have thought that the little children with +whom he played in the evening, on the seat in front of the house, were +his own. One of them, whom he had lifted up to kiss, stole his hat from +off his head and ran away with it. Mariuca opened the window and called +out:</p> +<p>“My little Trandafir, don’t leave grandfather +bareheaded.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb205" href="#pb205" +name="pb205">205</a>]</span></p> +<p>Then she flew from the window to catch Ileana, who had stolen her +grandmother’s bonnet and adorned herself with it, and was now +proudly showing herself to her grandfather. The old grandfather laughed +heartily, he loved a joke. From close by came Father Costa, and caught +first Ileana and then Mariuca, kissed them, and then seated himself by +his father-in-law’s side. Marcu, neighbour and old friend, +Mariuca’s father-in-law, and attached to the house, saw the group +and came to join in the conversation.</p> +<p>“Old man, take your hat; you must not sit there +bare-headed,” said the grandmother, handing his hat through the +window.</p> +<p>One of the villagers, in passing, wished him “Good +night,” and added to himself, “May the Lord preserve him +for many years, for he is one of God’s own men.” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb207" href="#pb207" name= +"pb207">207</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch13" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Out in the World</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By Ion Popovici-Banatzeanu</span></p> +<p>The man tramping along the broad, dusty highway gradually drew near +to a town. He carried a bundle on his back—some old clothes, a +change of underlinen and a pair of boots—and at his breast, +wrapped up in a handkerchief, were his certificate of baptism, his +work-book and his book of military service—all his worldly +goods.</p> +<p>For three years he had served the Emperor, and failing to find +employment in the town where he was, with a stick in his hand and a few +coppers in his pocket he had set out into the world, and walked with +the steadiness of a man well acquainted with the road.</p> +<p>Some one had advised him to go to Lugosh; he had heard there were +many craftsmen there driving a big trade, and he pursued his way with +hope in his heart. He felt strong and eager to work. For three years he +had not seen a workshop, for three years he had not followed the craft +which he had learnt so lovingly; it seemed to him he would hardly know +how to handle a hide now. Yet <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb208" +href="#pb208" name="pb208">208</a>]</span>with each step forward his +confidence in himself increased, and he thought, “I will work, +and work so that every one wonders, and the peasant who takes in his +hand the sandals I have tanned will never want to part with +them.” And when he said this to himself he walked faster. He +would have liked to fly that he might arrive quicker. But then again he +slackened his pace, and other thoughts assailed him: supposing he did +not get a situation, what would he do then?</p> +<p>“Supposing I do not find work?”</p> +<p>He was afraid to answer this or to think of what he would do if he +did not get a place. Ah, just to find work with somebody. He comforted +himself, and putting away from him all sad thoughts he imagined a rosy +future. He saw himself in the workshop doing the work of seven, and +saving penny after penny; he saw himself buying first one skin, then +two, then three, six and more, and many more, until he had a workshop +of his own, and then, if he met a girl he liked, he would marry.</p> +<p>He was intoxicated by his own thoughts, and hardly knew where he was +going. He walked slowly with his head bent. He would not rest, for he +felt no fatigue; it was as though some one urged him forward.</p> +<p>It was late autumn, the fields were bare and the road dreary. +Buffeted by the wind, the poplars along the side of the road were +shedding their leaves, and sadly swaying their pointed tops. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209" href="#pb209" name= +"pb209">209</a>]</span></p> +<p>The country lay barren and dead, while the voiceless hills were +glowing in the light of the setting sun like a man who, on the point of +death, tries to save himself by some final remedy. The outlines of +solitary fountains prolonged themselves mournfully against the horizon, +as though they regretted the life and gaiety of other days. A flight of +crows, frightened by I know not what, rose from the dark marshes and +alighted upon the tops of the poplars, beating their wings and cawing +above the waste.</p> +<p>But Sandu saw and heard nothing; he walked absorbed in himself and +communing with his own heart.</p> +<p>He entered the town as the lights were being lit. He took no side +turnings but kept to the main street so that the dogs should not hinder +him.</p> +<p>“Keep straight on,” he said to himself, “past the +Roumanian church, then I take the turning to the right till I get to +the bridge and at the bridge I must ask my way.”</p> +<p>And at the bridge he asked his way, but they explained it in such a +manner that he lost himself, and it was late before he reached the +hostel. He bade good evening and asked rather diffidently whether there +were anywhere he could sleep, and if there were something to eat.</p> +<p>The innkeeper entered into conversation with him, and learnt that +Sandu came from the Dobre <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb210" href= +"#pb210" name="pb210">210</a>]</span>district, had done three +years’ military service, and now was looking for a situation with +some tanner.</p> +<p>“I have come,” Sandu spoke with difficulty, <span class= +"corr" id="xd19e3495" title="Not in source">“</span>to see if I +can find a place here, for you see——”</p> +<p>“Who knows, perhaps you may,” the innkeeper interrupted +him, and went out of the room.</p> +<p>“Should you say I shall find a place?” Sandu asked the +innkeeper as he brought him some lard and a piece of bread.</p> +<p>“Oh, you may find one if you are good at your trade and +hard-working.”</p> +<p>Sandu said nothing; the only word he could have uttered would have +been to say, as he could have said, how hard he meant to work, and what +kind of a man he was. But as he could not say this to the innkeeper he +told himself what a lot of work he meant to do, and how well he meant +to behave himself, as well as if he were a young girl.</p> +<p>Absorbed in thought, he ate at long intervals, and the innkeeper, +seeing how silent he was, bade him put out the lamp and wished him a +good night.</p> +<p>But the night was not restful. He crossed himself and stretched +himself out on the bench by the side of the wall, his bundle he placed +at his head and carefully pushed his money and his papers underneath +it. Although he was tired from his tramp, sleep would not visit his +eyes. He grew excited, a sort of giddiness overcame him, and he broke +into a cold sweat at his own thoughts. He <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb211" href="#pb211" name="pb211">211</a>]</span>tossed and turned on +the narrow bench, and pressed his forehead against the cold wall as he +sighed heavily.</p> +<p>When the day broke he was exhausted, his bones seemed weak, his feet +could hardly support him, and his head felt queer. Water, and the +freshness of the early morning, revived him, and he made his way to the +market-place where, according to the innkeeper, he would find the +booths of the master-tanners.</p> +<p>Although it was autumn, people were in no hurry to buy sandals, and +only a few of the master-tanners, who did business here on Sundays, +were walking about and moving their strips of leather according to the +position of the sun so as to ensure them being in the shade.</p> +<p>Sandu stood still by the cross in the market-place, and it seemed as +if a knife went through his heart; when he saw the empty booths he felt +as though his last atom of will had been destroyed. He felt as though +he must turn back, as though he could not ask. It seemed to him as +though he had not the strength to bear hearing one of the tanners tell +him he had no place for him; it would be such a catastrophe that he +would sink into the earth.</p> +<p>Not knowing what he did he moved forward; but when he approached the +first booth he lost confidence, and had not the courage to greet the +master.</p> +<p>He passed on. He walked round the booths <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href="#pb212" name="pb212">212</a>]</span>two +or three times, but could not summon up courage to ask whether one of +the tanners had a situation open or not.</p> +<p>“Now I will go,” he said very firmly to himself, to give +himself strength, but when he moved he saw a peasant go up to the +booth. “I will let him make his purchase and then I will +go.”</p> +<p>But he did not stir, he was afraid, especially when the master, not +being able to come to terms with the peasant, undid the box, and flung +the sandals violently into it. He did nothing; it seemed terrible to +him to have to go up to the booth. He did not know why. He felt angry +with himself that it should be so. And as he asked himself why he was +like this, he recalled to mind various acquaintances who were so very +bold and fearless. If only he could be like that! But he could not be +so, his nature did not allow it.</p> +<p>“Now you good-for-nothing, you are wandering about here like a +sheep in a pen,” a tanner, small of stature, with brown eyes and +a harsh voice, said roughly to him.</p> +<p>“I?” stammered Sandu. “I am not a +good-for-nothing.”</p> +<p>“No? Then why do you keep coming round? Haven’t I seen +you? You walk a bit, you stand still, you have been round us several +times, and now you are standing still again; it is as though you had +some evil intention!”</p> +<p>“Master, I am not——” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href="#pb213" name="pb213">213</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Go, whatever you are or are not, else you will see I will get +rid of you.”</p> +<p>Sandu could hardly stand, a sort of mist darkened his eyes, and his +heart was bursting. He would have cried, but he was ashamed for a grown +man to be walking across the market-place with tears in his eyes. He +suffered and would gladly have told how deeply the words he had +listened to had hurt him, but he had no one to whom he could open his +heart.</p> +<p>He returned to the innkeeper with whom he was lodging. Tired and +spent he threw himself on the bench.</p> +<p>“What is it?” asked the innkeeper.</p> +<p>Sandu looked vaguely at him, then, as if afraid to hear the sound of +his own voice, he said:</p> +<p>“Nothing.”</p> +<p>The innkeeper felt sorry for him.</p> +<p>“Have you found a situation?”</p> +<p>“I did not ask for one.”</p> +<p>“Then how can you hope to get one?”</p> +<p>Sandu remained silent. The innkeeper looked strangely at him, +shrugged his shoulders, shook his head, and went to attend to his +duties.</p> +<p>With his elbows on the table, and his head resting in his hands, +Sandu gazed in front of him, and who knows where his thoughts would +have led him if the innkeeper had not said to him:</p> +<p>“Listen, Dinu Talpoane sent to ask whether there was any +workman in need of work. Go with <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb214" +href="#pb214" name="pb214">214</a>]</span>the apprentice and he may +perhaps engage you. He is a respectable man and does a big +trade.”</p> +<p>Without a word Sandu got up. It seemed to him he must be dreaming. +But when he saw the apprentice with an apron stained yellow and with +big boots covered with stale sap, his eyes shone, and he could have +kissed the innkeeper’s hands for very joy.</p> +<p>Outside he began to talk to the apprentice, who told him that the +master was a splendid man, but his wife was harsh and heaven defend you +from her tongue; that the workshop was large and the work considerable, +especially in the autumn; and that the master sometimes engaged workmen +by the day in order to get a set of hides ready more quickly; and many +other things he told him. But Sandu was no longer listening.</p> +<p>When the apprentice saw that he asked no further questions, he +hesitated to say more, and they walked along together in silence.</p> +<p>Sandu knew where he had to go, but he did not know what to say, or +what terms to make—by the year, the month, the week; he could not +think what would be best to do. What he knew of the workshop of the +master-tanner with whom he had learnt his trade, and all he had heard +from the hands working there with him, seemed to be buzzing in his +brain until he grew so bewildered that he could not have told how many +days there are in a week, or how much money he would earn if he worked +for a whole month. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb215" href="#pb215" +name="pb215">215</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Here we are,” said the apprentice, stopping in front of +a doorway with gates.</p> +<p>Sandu felt a cold shiver go through him. For a second he stood +still. Three years as apprentice and four years as workman he had +worked for one master only, and he would have remained there all his +life if he had not been taken to be a soldier, and if the master had +not died he would have gone back to him the day he left the army. He +felt quite nervous, and if the apprentice had not opened the gate he +would not have gone in.</p> +<p>“They are eating,” said the apprentice, seeing the big +yard was empty, and he crossed to the bottom of it where a small house +stood built against the old workshop.</p> +<p>They were close to the window when they heard people talking in the +house, and the clatter of knives.</p> +<p>“Look here,” said Sandu, “you go on and say I have +come but that I am waiting till they have finished dinner.”</p> +<p>The apprentice went in and told the master that a workman was +outside, but would not come in till the master had got up from the +table.</p> +<p>“Tell him to come into the house.”</p> +<p>But his wife interrupted him with:</p> +<p>“Leave him out there. Who knows what sort of a creature he is +if he does not venture to show his face inside! Let me have my dinner +in peace.”</p> +<p>The husband, a well-built man, with a round, <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb216" href="#pb216" name="pb216">216</a>]</span>red +face and kind blue eyes, felt if he said any more his wife would snap +his head off, so he let the apprentice go.</p> +<p>The apprentice, who knew that one word from the mistress was worth a +hundred orders from the master, withdrew to the hearth in the outer +room, and waited till he should be called to dinner.</p> +<p>“But what’s the matter, Ghitza, you are not +eating?” he heard his mistress saying. “Or are you waiting +to be invited? Dear, dear, perhaps I ought to beg the gentleman to come +to table!”</p> +<p>The apprentice, accustomed to the mistress’s ways, took a +chair. But he had not swallowed three mouthfuls before the mistress +bade him call in “that ne’er-do-well out there.”</p> +<p>Sandu shyly wished them good day, but of all those sitting round the +table he only saw the master, and by his side the mistress, whose eyes +seemed to scorch him and make him lose his presence of mind.</p> +<p>“What is your name?” the master asked him.</p> +<p>“I am called Sandu Boldurean.”</p> +<p>And in a low voice he told where he was born, with whom he had +learnt the trade, and how long he had worked, but during the +questioning he scarcely raised his eyelids. He grew confused at once +when the mistress screamed at him:</p> +<p>“But you’ll ruin your hat turning it round like that in +your hands. Put it down somewhere and speak up so that a man can +understand what you are saying.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb217" href="#pb217" name="pb217">217</a>]</span></p> +<p>Sandu felt the blood go to his head, and hardly knowing what he was +doing he hung his hat on a bolt on the door.</p> +<p>“And you worked only with one master?”</p> +<p>“Only one. See, here is my work-book,” and with some +haste he drew out the handkerchief, unknotted it, and held out his +“work-book” to the master.</p> +<p>“Let me see too,” said the mistress, snatching the book +from her husband’s hand. “After all, it’s no wonder +this idiot stayed in the same place; and who knows what kind of a +master it was?” she whispered to her husband.</p> +<p>He would have replied that it was a very good thing for a workman to +have stayed so long with one master, for most tanners worked in the +same way, and only here and there were the hides dressed differently; +but he was ashamed to say so before the workman, and so he busied +himself by looking through the book.</p> +<p>Sandu broke into a sweat; when he held out the book he felt his soul +was full of joy at having got so far, but little by little, especially +when the mistress took the book and whispered to her husband, his heart +seemed turned to ice.</p> +<p>What would he say to him? Supposing he found something bad? +Supposing he did not give him work? These were the questions which +passed through his mind and which he could not answer, although he knew +his book only spoke well of him, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb218" +href="#pb218" name="pb218">218</a>]</span>and that the master required +a workman because it was autumn when business is in full swing.</p> +<p>A great burden seemed lifted from him at the master’s +words:</p> +<p>“Good, I will engage you. How much did you get from your late +master?”</p> +<p>“I worked for him for four years and had a salary.”</p> +<p>“What a lot of talk! We will give you one and a half florins +per week without washing, and you can stay, though probably in the army +you have forgotten all you knew about work,” the mistress broke +into the conversation, as she rose from the table.</p> +<p>It was the signal for the two workmen and the apprentice to return +to their work.</p> +<p>Sandu stood transfixed. Only the master and a child of six or seven +years of age remained in the house, as the girl and the mistress went +into the passage to see to the dinner things.</p> +<p>“Well, do you agree? Will you stay or not?” scolded the +mistress as she appeared in the doorway.</p> +<p>“I will stay,” replied Sandu, scarcely knowing what he +said.</p> +<p>The master looked at her, and turned to Sandu.</p> +<p>“Have you had your dinner?”</p> +<p>“Did he come for you to feed him,” his wife interrupted +him.</p> +<p>“Woman, you——” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb219" href="#pb219" name="pb219">219</a>]</span></p> +<p>The mistress threw him a look full of meaning, and disappeared into +the yard.</p> +<p>“You can start work to-morrow.”</p> +<p>Sandu turned and went out after the master; they walked side by +side. When they reached the yard gate they stopped. The master would +have liked to say something about the pay. One and a half florins a +week seemed so very little to him, but Sandu was simple and glad to get +work, and he did not ask for much.</p> +<p>“Master, I will go now. Good luck to you!”</p> +<p>“Good luck to you!” replied the master, and he seemed as +though he would like to call him back and say another word to him.</p> +<p>In rather over a month Sandu had had time to get back into his old +ways, and to work hopefully at his trade, but during this time he had, +little by little, come to see that in his master’s house the cock +by no means ruled the roost. Sharp-tongued and ill-tempered, Mistress +Veta was often dissatisfied with the work. Now it was because the skins +had not come out of the vat yellow enough, and had not enough creases; +now it was because a range of skins needed mending as the workmen had +not been sufficiently careful; and so on and so on, always hard words +for the workmen who worked eagerly and with all their might that the +skins might be well tanned, and the mistress have no chance to +grumble.</p> +<p>At first Sandu found these abusive words hard <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href="#pb220" name="pb220">220</a>]</span>to +bear, and all day long the thought worried him that the mistress only +spoke so to him, and that it was with him only that she was +dissatisfied. At one time even he was seized with the desire to go away +so that he might hear her no longer, and the other men might not be +worried on his account, for he said to himself that only since he +entered the workshop had the work gone so badly, and the +mistress’s tongue chided so unceasingly.</p> +<p>But, all unperceived by himself, he grew somewhat accustomed to the +ways of the house, and when a workman told him that the mistress had +always been just the same, and that no matter how well the hides were +dressed she always found some fault, he took heart and dismissed the +idea of quitting the workshop of Talpoane, the master-tanner.</p> +<p>He was up almost before daylight, and never let his work out of his +hand till it was dinner-time. He washed his hands clean, and took his +usual place at his employers’ table—for from olden times it +had been the custom for the masters not to keep aloof from the workmen +or to dine apart.</p> +<p>Silent at his work, he was, also, silent at meals. Only when he was +spoken to did Sandu reply, gently and with dignity. The other men +talked and laughed, and when they realized that it pleased the mistress +to make fun of Sandu they began to crack every kind of joke at his +expense.</p> +<p>At first Sandu opened his eyes wide. He <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb221" href="#pb221" name= +"pb221">221</a>]</span>looked at them and could not understand them, +but when he took it in he, too, laughed with them, a laugh full of +kindness and friendliness. He lived on good terms with the workmen; +only one of them, Iotza, embittered the days. He only had to say: +“You have made the solution too weak,” for Sandu, although +he knew it was not true, to be unhappy all the week, and often his +heart was full of fear that the skins would not come out yellow enough +or creased enough to please the mistress.</p> +<p>But he felt comforted when he noticed that, when he came into the +workshop, Master Dinu asked only him how many hides were being worked, +and when they would be ready, for at such and such a fair he would need +so many, because a customer was trying to get in touch with him.</p> +<p>“They’ll be ready when they are wanted; don’t +worry,” Sandu would reply.</p> +<p>And away Master Dinu would go, quite content, and quite sure that +the hides would be ready when they were wanted for the fair, or had to +be despatched to some customer.</p> +<p>He saw that everything went very well since Sandu entered the +workshop. The skins were kept in the pits just long enough for the hair +to come off easily and not burn in the lime; the solution was boiled +enough, not too hot and not too strong; the poles were in their places; +the stretching-pegs were in a neat pile, and the workshop was cleaner +than it had ever been before. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb222" +href="#pb222" name="pb222">222</a>]</span></p> +<p>And Master Dinu knew the value of a good workman in a place where +there were many workers, and where work was plentiful.</p> +<p>“There is only one thing he lacks,” he said to himself, +“he would be a man in a thousand, but he is too +diffident.”</p> +<p>But, even in spite of his diffidence, he thought so highly of him +that had he asked for four florins a week he would gladly have given it +sooner than let him go away.</p> +<p>So he said to himself, but Sandu did not dream of asking for much +more than he had. All his life he had worked for the same wage.</p> +<p>It is true that had he done as the others did, and drawn out money +every Sunday, he might, perhaps, have felt it was hard to see Master +Dinu paying out a great deal more to the others than to him, but he did +not ask for his money. On one occasion only did he draw two florins +from his pay, and that was because, on a certain Tuesday, his mother +had sent greetings to him and had asked him if possible to send her a +little help.</p> +<p>Sandu ran off at once to the market-place to find Master Dinu to ask +for all the money he was entitled to for his work, that he might send +it to his mother. Master Dinu, not knowing what he wanted it for, nor +how much he needed, asked whether two florins would be enough.</p> +<p>“Yes,” he said, and with the coins in his hand he went +to the man from his village. He <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb223" +href="#pb223" name="pb223">223</a>]</span>wrapped up the money and +begged him to lose no time in giving it to his mother and in telling +her how much he longed for her, and that, perhaps, she might come to +him, for he was working for a good master, and up to now he had not +been idle for a single day.</p> +<p>A fortnight passed and he received no tidings of his mother. But on +Tuesday, the day of the weekly fair, while he was spreading out the +skins, the man came to tell him he had given the money and had brought +a letter written by “Peter the Chinaman.”</p> +<p>Sandu took the letter and would have liked to open it, but he caught +the mistress’s eye and involuntarily thrust it into his +breast.</p> +<p>“Look at him,” she cried, “we are longing to +finish the work quickly, and he thinks only of reading lines from his +sweetheart.”</p> +<p>“I have no sweetheart,” <span class="corr" id= +"xd19e3722" title="Source: repiled">replied</span> Sandu gently.</p> +<p>“Who writes to you then?”</p> +<p>“My mother.”</p> +<p>“Your mother? She can’t know how to use a pen. Did you +ever hear such a lie——”</p> +<p>“I do not lie.”</p> +<p>“Not lie? Hold your tongue! As if your mother knows how to +write——” And she looked rather sulkily at Sandu, who +moved on to the other pile of stretching-pegs.</p> +<p>At this moment one of the workmen told her that the letter really +was from his mother, but that it was written by a Chinaman in the +village. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224" name= +"pb224">224</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Then why didn’t he tell me?” she cried. “Am +I supposed to know everything?” Sandu turned round. “But +can you read?”</p> +<p>“Yes, mistress, I can.”</p> +<p>“It’s a good thing you can.”</p> +<p>The mistress went away and the men were busy with their work till +dinner-time.</p> +<p>Sandu lingered over his letter. When he went indoors the mistress +could not resist having one or two hits at him. But Sandu scarcely +understood her; his mother thanked him with all her heart, and he was +so full of joy that even had the mistress struck him he would have felt +nothing of it. He ate of the food, but he could not have told if he +were satisfied or hungry when he got up from the table, and he worked +like a nigger till the evening.</p> +<p>In bed, with his hands beneath his head, many thoughts crossed his +mind. Three years had passed since last he saw his mother. He had often +longed for her when he was in the army, but only from time to time had +he received news of her. He had left her old and poor.</p> +<p>“And longing for me will have aged her a great deal +more,” he said to himself, and his heart was heavy when he +thought he could not go to see her. “How good it would be if I +could go and see her at Christmas! In the meantime I must send more +money to give her pleasure and console her.”</p> +<p>And he fancied how she would cry with joy when she got the money, +and how she would pray <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href= +"#pb225" name="pb225">225</a>]</span>God to lengthen his life and give +him success and happiness.</p> +<p>And he seemed to feel himself close to her, and he seemed to hear +the whisper of sweet comforting words.</p> +<p>Wrapped in such thoughts as these he fell asleep.</p> +<p>The next day God sent glorious weather, and Sandu beat the skins +carefully and often that they might dry quickly.</p> +<p>But no matter what trouble he and the other men took, the skins +would not dry, and Master Dinu could not begin the cutting out till +next day; the cutting out and trimming goes quickly when one has +everything close at hand, and some one to help one, and Master Dinu +began to cut out and to trim. But the damping, oiling, thickening and +sewing of the sandals and straps was difficult and tedious.</p> +<p>There being great need of haste, Master Dinu told his wife to call +Ana, their daughter, that she might help to damp the sandals.</p> +<p>The mistress, who was holding the skins to make it easier for Dinu +to cut out the straps, and trim them after cutting out, put her hands +on her hips and looked at her husband.</p> +<p>“What, my Ana damp the sandals?”</p> +<p>At his wife’s words Master Dinu stayed the knife in the middle +of the skin.</p> +<p>“She is not a smart lady, is she, and you are <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb226" href="#pb226" name="pb226">226</a>]</span>not +going to marry her to some grandee? There is no disgrace to her in +coming to give a little help.”</p> +<p>His wife lost her temper. Her daughter damp sandals! Her daughter +associate with the men! Her daughter, who had gone to school to the +nuns for so many years! Her daughter, who knew how to sew so +beautifully! Her daughter, who was friends with the niece of one +important person, and the inseparable companion of the daughters of +another! Her daughter to handle the sandals and make her fingers smell +of bark!</p> +<p>“You ought to be ashamed of yourself,” she said, hoarse +with anger, “even if you do not know how to behave properly, you +need not insult your daughter.”</p> +<p>“Insult?” questioned Master Dinu.</p> +<p>But his wife rushed from the room.</p> +<p>He looked long after her, then glanced at the workmen, took up the +knife with a nervous movement, and began quickly to cut out the +sandals.</p> +<p>The workmen, who had heard the words exchanged, and seen the abrupt +departure of the mistress, kept complete silence and busied themselves +with their work.</p> +<p>Master Dinu finished cutting the skins.</p> +<p>“You might hurry yourselves a little when you know the work +ought to be ready,” he said to the men, and departed, hanging his +head.</p> +<p>“Very unhappy is Master Dinu,” said Iotza, looking after +him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb227" href="#pb227" name= +"pb227">227</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Why?” one of them asked him.</p> +<p>“Why? Because those are the sharpest words I have ever heard +coming from his mouth.”</p> +<p>Dinner was unusually quiet, only the little boy whined and asked for +first one thing and then another. His mother gave him one or two raps +over the knuckles to make him sit still and be silent, but the child +began to cry, and she angrily sent him into the next room.</p> +<p>Master Dinu said never a word and his daughter, Ana, looked round +her in a frightened manner, and would like to have asked what had +happened to-day to make them all so downcast.</p> +<p>Sandu had seen her many times, but he had never seen her well. He +knew she was the master’s daughter. He greeted her when she came +to the table, but speak to her or look her really in the face, that, up +till to-day, he had never done.</p> +<p>But when he saw her looking sadly, now at her father, now at her +mother, and then at the others seated round the table, he wanted to say +something to her to cheer her and make her laugh. But he had nothing to +tell her, he could not find a word, and when their eyes met he felt as +though he were being swept away by a storm, and carried he knew not +whither.</p> +<p>Ana was so beautiful and so graceful. With her white hands and her +fair face one would never have believed her to be the daughter of an +artisan. Her big blue eyes, so full of kindness, were shaded +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb228" href="#pb228" name= +"pb228">228</a>]</span>by black eyelashes, and when she laughed +one’s heart glowed in the joyous sound, and one wished one could +often hear her laughing.</p> +<p>Iotza—he had been workman with Dinu for a long time—when +the mistress was out of the house, had more than once asked her to mend +something for him, and not infrequently she had brought him drink from +the cellar when the frost was sharp and he had complained that he could +not stand the cold. And with all his prudence Iotza had let drop a word +in the workshop in praise of Ana’s kindness.</p> +<p>And so it came about that they all waited for the mistress to go out +that they might speak to Ana and ask her one thing or another.</p> +<p>Only Sandu had never been to her. And that was why he especially +wanted now to divert her thoughts and make her smile.</p> +<p>Her eyes troubled him, and he felt happier when he found himself +back in the workshop.</p> +<p>One day, according to the allotment of the work, it was his duty to +turn the skins in the vats full of birch bark solution. He was alone in +the workshop, he could work in peace, but he often let the stick fall +from his hand, for, unlike other days, that day the fumes made him +perspire, and he did not notice whether the skins were thoroughly +turned. There was one vat more to turn when the door opened gently.</p> +<p>“Good luck, Sandu.”</p> +<p>Sandu raised his head as though he were in a <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href="#pb229" name= +"pb229">229</a>]</span>dream, wiped away the sweat, and looked at Ana +as one looks at a person one does not the least expect to see. He +wanted to say something to her, but a lump rose in his throat. Ana came +nearer to him.</p> +<p>“Sandu, I came to tell you to put the sandals in the box after +you have turned the skins.”</p> +<p>“Good,” replied Sandu.</p> +<p>“Don’t forget what Father said,” and away she +went.</p> +<p>Outside she met Iotza, and passed him in such a hurry that she did +not hear his greeting.</p> +<p>“Well, Sandu, what did Ana want in the workshop?” he +asked as he threw his apron behind a vat.</p> +<p>“Nothing,” replied Sandu, who was disappointed at not +talking longer with Ana.</p> +<p>“Nothing? Well, well! Listen, have you turned the +skins?”</p> +<p>“I have.”</p> +<p>“Have you filled the boiler with water?”</p> +<p>“Yes, I have.”</p> +<p>“How much have you put? You have not filled it! Bring two more +bucketfuls.”</p> +<p>“How can you pour two more bucketfuls in when it does not hold +more than one?”</p> +<p>“It does not hold more? I tell you plainly you have been too +lazy to bring more, and who knows how you have turned the +skins.”</p> +<p>Sandu grew red.</p> +<p>“Iotza, I learnt my work from the master and not from the +workman.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb230" href="#pb230" +name="pb230">230</a>]</span></p> +<p>“And what next?”</p> +<p>“The next is, that I don’t need your advice.”</p> +<p>“We shall see,” cried Iotza, and went off.</p> +<p>Three days later the mistress came to the workshop; she walked about +here and there, and after a while she looked at the vats and took out a +skin.</p> +<p>“Who turned this vat?”</p> +<p>“I did,” replied Sandu.</p> +<p>“I thought as much! Now you—just come and look at your +work! That’s how you turned it; that’s what the solution is +like; that’s the kind of work you get paid for!”</p> +<p>Sandu went up to the vat feeling as though he had been struck on the +head. The solution was yellow, the skins were yellow and creased as +usual, and he could not understand what fault the mistress had to +find.</p> +<p>“I told him so,” said Iotza, interfering in the +conversation; and as he opened the door to take out a bundle of bark, +he added: “But he knows everything, and doesn’t need advice +from anyone.”</p> +<p>“Of course,” scolded the mistress, “you did not +have time to turn the skins; you stood talking, and took no heed of +your work. What was Ana looking for here the day before +yesterday?”</p> +<p>“Ana—Ana came to tell me to put away the sandals in the +box.”</p> +<p>“And you could not do that much without being told? You are +the kind of man one must <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231" href= +"#pb231" name="pb231">231</a>]</span>tell everything to, otherwise +there would not be much use in your work!”</p> +<p>For some time Sandu stayed alone in the workshop; he felt as though +he could not move. His mistress’s words rang continually in his +ears, and he felt numbed by their harshness.</p> +<p>The apprentice had come to call him to dinner, but he had not gone. +It seemed to him they had all heard what the mistress said, and would +have stared at him.</p> +<p>Iotza and the other man returned from dinner and found him in the +workshop, his hand resting on the vat.</p> +<p>“Why, when you had turned the skins, didn’t you come to +dinner, or have you been talking to Ana?” sneered Iotza.</p> +<p>Sandu heard his voice, but he did not take in what he said. He +looked at him with great sad eyes, and not knowing what to do went +outside.</p> +<p>Sandu rose at daybreak the following day, but he could not have told +if he had slept, or whether his thoughts had tormented him all night. +He left the workshop without having done anything, he went to the pits, +and took the skins out with the pincers to try whether they were ready +to dress, then he returned to the workshop and was still quite +unsettled.</p> +<p>He went to dinner with the other men; he followed them; had anyone +asked him whither he was going he could not have told them. They +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb232" href="#pb232" name= +"pb232">232</a>]</span>were alone, and all quite silent, and just this +silence was painful to Sandu. He would have liked to hear conversation, +a great deal of talking. They were about to rise from the table when +the mistress arrived. Everything seemed to turn black before +Sandu’s eyes.</p> +<p>After exchanging a few words, Iotza said:</p> +<p>“Mistress, you better let me turn the skins in those two +vats——”</p> +<p>“Yes, you turn them, just like Sandu did.”</p> +<p>The blood rushed to his head as Sandu dropped his knife and spilt a +piece of lard upon the table.</p> +<p>“Do you think I shall pity you because you don’t eat? +You have not turned them well, and that’s all. I didn’t +begin to keep a workshop to-day or yesterday.”</p> +<p>“Mistress——”</p> +<p>“Oh, it’s always mistress, mistress! Do your work +properly, and don’t let your thoughts go wandering far afield, +then no one need find fault with you.”</p> +<p>The workmen rose. Sandu got up too; his feet could hardly carry him, +and his head was heavy.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>For two whole days Sandu did not know whether he was himself or some +one else. He could not take his food, sleep only came to him at rare +intervals. And during this time he often thought of going to Master +Dinu and giving him <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb233" href="#pb233" +name="pb233">233</a>]</span>notice. Several times he had left the +workshop determined to tell him, but once Iotza had called him to come +and help with something, and then he had thought it over and had left +it to a more suitable time when he should find Dinu alone, for in front +of the mistress he could have said nothing to him.</p> +<p>And who knows whether he would have said anything, if Master Dinu +had not come through the workshop. He asked him how the skins were +getting on, and then, as he never cared to prolong a conversation, he +prepared to go, after telling him that one lot of work must be pressed +forward, and the other done in such and such a way.</p> +<p>Sandu had followed him but the words died upon his lips.</p> +<p>“What is it, Sandu? Do you want to tell me +something?”</p> +<p>“Well, Master Dinu, without any offence to you, I want to give +up the work.”</p> +<p>Master Dinu looked long at him. He was prepared for anything except +this, and just now when the fairs were in full swing.</p> +<p>“You want to give me notice? But why?”</p> +<p>“Because the mistress is always abusing me, and she is not +satisfied with the way I work, and Iotza makes fun of me, and I can +bear it no longer: it is too hard. I work with all my might, and I want +to do good work, and I don’t want you to keep me just out of +charity as people say you do.” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb234" href="#pb234" name="pb234">234</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Come, don’t do that; you know the mistress, that is her +way. As for Iotza—listen, I’ll stop his mouth. And, then, +where would you find another place? Take my advice and let me talk to +the mistress.”</p> +<p>Master Dinu went away, and Sandu returned to the workshop. Before he +had spoken with Master Dinu he had not seemed to realize whether there +was work to finish, and now he did not know whether he had finished it +or not.</p> +<p>Master Dinu went into the house. He told his wife that Sandu had +wished to leave, and bade her leave him in peace from now on, seeing +that he was an industrious workman and an honest man.</p> +<p>“Thank you,” replied his wife; “let me tell you +that I take as much interest in the workshop as you do, and if I am not +to be allowed to speak to the workmen, or give them orders about the +work——”</p> +<p>“I do not say you are not to give them orders, but you are not +to make fun of them. After all, they are human beings.”</p> +<p>“So I am in the wrong! If I tell them how they are to do +something I am making fun of the men; impertinent man, to accuse me of +joking. And why didn’t you send him away?”</p> +<p>“Send him away? Why? Just now when we are greatly in need of +men? I rack my brains to try and get another hand for the work, and +don’t <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb235" href="#pb235" name= +"pb235">235</a>]</span>know where to find one, while you are longing to +get rid of Sandu, and in the long run, for no reason. You must not be +like this.”</p> +<p>They were still talking when Nitza Burencea came to ask if he was +going to the fair at Devi.</p> +<p>That evening, after supper, the mistress stopped Sandu as she wanted +to send him somewhere.</p> +<p>“Sandu, why did you want to leave your work? Are you not +satisfied with our food?”</p> +<p>“Quite satisfied.”</p> +<p>“Or don’t we give you enough whisky in the +evening?”</p> +<p>“I don’t drink whisky.”</p> +<p>“Don’t drink it? But, you silly man, why didn’t +you tell me? And those other two said nothing about it—you +don’t think it rains whisky with us, do you? They have drawn your +share all these days. But I’ll wipe their mouths for them. Why +did you not tell me long ago?”</p> +<p>“You never asked me.”</p> +<p>“Well, go where I tell you; and, listen, if I send you it is +because I have not got so much confidence in the others; do just what I +have told you.”</p> +<p>“I will do so, mistress,” replied Sandu, with a much +lighter heart.</p> +<p>When he reached the street he told himself the mistress was not so +bad after all.</p> +<p>An hour later, when he returned, only Ana was downstairs. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb236" href="#pb236" name= +"pb236">236</a>]</span></p> +<p>After saying good evening, seeing that Ana was by herself, he +prepared to go out again.</p> +<p>Ana, who saw he was about to open the door, asked him:</p> +<p>“What do you want, Sandu? Whom are you looking for?”</p> +<p>“For the mistress.”</p> +<p>“Then wait for her, she will soon come. Sit down.”</p> +<p>Sandu seated himself on the edge of a chair.</p> +<p>Ana was sewing; he watched her hands with their rapid movements, and +his eyes were absorbed in looking at something more beautiful than he +had ever seen before. Ana felt she was being watched. This idea seemed +to hurry her, and she grasped her needle and began to sew quickly. The +more intently he watched her, the more embarrassed did Ana become, and +a rosy flush mantled her cheeks. A sort of fever came over her, and in +her innermost soul she was picturing Sandu to herself, how he was +sitting on the chair with his black eyes fixed upon her, and his eyes +were so beautiful and so eloquent, and Sandu was good-looking. She +could bear it no longer, his look seemed to burn her.</p> +<p>“Sandu, why do you look at me like that?”</p> +<p>“I—I—was not looking.”</p> +<p>A long silence followed. Their souls seemed to draw near each other +in the silent room; they spoke no word, but it was as though they told +each other many things and understood each other very <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb237" href="#pb237" name= +"pb237">237</a>]</span>well. He was very conscious of her, so near to +him, her light breath was almost inaudible, but it made his heart beat +fast; she was very conscious of him, and something intangible but sweet +seemed to invade their hearts.</p> +<p>She felt as though she could not sew, and he found it hard to look +at her. He was afraid of offending her and he was shy, and he felt he +should be ashamed for her to find his glance resting upon her +hands.</p> +<p>He kept his head down. But Ana would have liked to look at him, she +would have liked to bask in the light of his eyes, for she felt happy +enveloped in their warm glow.</p> +<p>Sandu did not lift his head. She dropped her ball of thread. Roused +by the noise, Sandu jumped as though he had been burnt. He searched +under the table and saw it.</p> +<p>She forgot to thank him, and he could not say a word, but their eyes +met and they both blushed.</p> +<p>The time passed on.</p> +<p>“The mistress does not come,” said Sandu a little later, +“and I wanted to tell her that I had to stay some time where she +sent me.”</p> +<p>“She will soon come,” replied Ana. “Sandu, you +told Mother that I had been in the workshop?” she suddenly +questioned, looking straight at him.</p> +<p>“I did not tell her.”</p> +<p>“Then who can have told her?” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238" name="pb238">238</a>]</span></p> +<p>“It was not I, and I do not know who it was.”</p> +<p>“How Mother scolded me! And she said I had stayed a long while +talking to you. Was I a long time?”</p> +<p>“Certainly not; you just came to tell me to put the sandals in +the boxes, and then you went away.”</p> +<p>“Why doesn’t Mother like my talking to you when Father +says you are so good?”</p> +<p>He said nothing; she stopped; and a few moments later the mistress +came in.</p> +<p>“It is a good thing you are back. I was waiting for +you,” she said hurriedly. “I nearly sent some one after +you; you are very slow. Now, come and tell me what you have +done.”</p> +<p>In the ante-room he told her what he had arranged with her aunt, and +then went off to bed.</p> +<p>The next day was Sunday. The men had little work to do, and by ten +o’clock they were free. As usual on feast days there was wine on +the table, and Master Dinu, having bought some thirty skins much more +easily than he had expected to, was more cheerful than usual.</p> +<p>Sandu was more forthcoming than was his wont, and had washed and +brushed himself extra well to-day. Ana, too, was smart, smart as +always, but she had no time to sit as she had constantly to jump up to +help her mother. Every now and then she threw a glance at Sandu, and a +strange feeling of joy <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href= +"#pb239" name="pb239">239</a>]</span>possessed her that he could see +her, that he looked at her.</p> +<p>Only the mistress was as usual, and when the child complained +constantly that his head ached she wanted the meal to finish quickly. +She laid a wet handkerchief on his forehead and put him to bed. The +child became quieter, and Master Dinu, after drinking the wine that was +left over, rose from the table—a signal that the meal was +finished. Then, according to his usual habit, he took up his hat, +inquired if anyone wanted any money, gave Iotza what he asked, and went +off into the town.</p> +<p>“Sandu,” said the mistress, when the workmen had gone, +“if you are not going anywhere, come back in an hour when we have +finished with the dinner things and sit with Gheorghitza, for to-day is +Sunday and perhaps visitors will come to the house.”</p> +<p>Ana looked at him; Sandu hardly understood the mistress’s +words, and could not answer her.</p> +<p>“Speak, are you coming or not?”</p> +<p>“I will come.” And he went out as though he had been +pushed.</p> +<p>At three o’clock came the mistress’s mother, a woman of +about sixty years of age, rosy in the face and well made. She was +wearing a dark coloured skirt, and on her head a kerchief of black silk +which reached nearly to her knees, and in her hand, like all old women, +she carried a yellow handkerchief.</p> +<p>She rarely came to see her daughter, partly because she knew her +time for going out in society <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb240" +href="#pb240" name="pb240">240</a>]</span>was past, but especially +because Mistress Veta was not glad to see her on feast days; she would +not have come to-day, but she had not been for a long time and she was +desirous of seeing her grandchildren.</p> +<p>Inside the front room she rejoiced over the beauty and good manners +of her grand-daughter, who, with her mother, was removing the last +speck of dust, or putting back in its right place anything that had +been left about.</p> +<p>Ana sat down by her grandmother, and her grandmother stroked her +head and looked tenderly into her face. She never grew tired of saying: +“Such grandchildren, such dear grandchildren.” But just +when she was feeling happy the door opened.</p> +<p>“Ah, Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici!” said Mistress Veta, +jumping up to receive them as though some royal party had arrived.</p> +<p>“Pray sit down.”</p> +<p>Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici accepted the invitation, while their +daughter, a pale, plain girl of over twenty years of age, did not +forget to kiss the mistress’s hand.</p> +<p>“I kiss your hand, aunt,” said Ana, too, while Mrs. +Naraschievici in her turn embraced her on the forehead, and could not +help expressing her wonder at how tall Ana had grown and how pretty she +was.</p> +<p>Ana blushed and joined Miss Naraschievici, while the +mistress’s eyes shone with pleasure. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb241" href="#pb241" name="pb241">241</a>]</span></p> +<p>“You must not tell her so; you must not turn her head,” +she said, just for something to say, while her mother was asking +herself the question as to why on earth her grand-daughter had said +that “Aunt.”</p> +<p>It is true that neither Ana nor Mistress Veta was related to the +Naraschievici family; however, Mr. Naraschievici said it was +“aristocratic,” and all he said was right in Mistress +Veta’s eyes.</p> +<p>“Is Master Dinu at home?”</p> +<p>“No. You know what he is—he cannot bear to stay at +home.”</p> +<p>As she said this, Mistress Veta approached her mother, who looked as +if she could have taken the whole Naraschievici family and put them +outside the door, so angry was she because they had spoilt the happy +hour she had hoped to pass with her grand-daughter.</p> +<p>“Mother,” she whispered in her ear, “it would be +kind if you would go downstairs to Gheorghitza, who ought to be up +now.”</p> +<p>The old lady was at the door before she had finished speaking: with +her hand on the latch she looked furiously at her daughter and at Mr. +and Mrs. Naraschievici, choked back some words and went out.</p> +<p>She was going away, saying to herself that she would never again set +foot inside the house, when she remembered Gheorghitza. When the old +lady went in Sandu was telling him tales. <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb242" href="#pb242" name="pb242">242</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Here is kind Granny, here is kind Granny,” cried +Gheorghitza gaily.</p> +<p>He got up quickly, put his arms round her neck and kissed her over +and over again.</p> +<p>The old woman forgot her distress as she held Gheorghitza in her +arms. He began to untie the handkerchief and feel in the pocket of her +gown.</p> +<p>“Look what Granny has brought for Gheorghitza,” she +said.</p> +<p>It was her habit to bring some toy for him.</p> +<p>Now that he had a plaything, Gheorghitza was no longer ill. His kind +Granny made him forget it. The old lady watched him for some time, and +then she looked at Sandu.</p> +<p>“How is the work getting on<span class="corr" id="xd19e4116" +title="Source: !">?</span>”</p> +<p>“Well.”</p> +<p>“And business is profitable?”</p> +<p>“Profitable.”</p> +<p>As Sandu said this Mistress Veta came into the ante-room, took a +plateful of cakes out of a cupboard and went quickly away again.</p> +<p>During the noise she made the old lady looked intently towards the +window.</p> +<p>“She takes them upstairs, but she did not invite me,” +and her eyes filled with tears. “That is how she esteems +me,” said the old lady, steeped in bitterness. “It’s +a sad world. I have reached an old age when my own daughter is ashamed +of me. She sends me out of the house as if I were a nobody. May God not +punish her, for she has children. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb243" +href="#pb243" name="pb243">243</a>]</span>But it hurts me to see her +pay no attention to me just because of some bankrupts, some wretches +who have fled from Temishoara to avoid their creditors. But I did not +come to get something out of her. I did not come like those bankrupts +to get something to eat. Thank God I have all I need at home, but that +she should belittle me in such a way as to make me ridiculous in their +eyes—Lord, Lord, did I rear her for this? Is it for this I +watched over her?”</p> +<p>“Sandu,” said the old lady, sighing heavily, “give +her my thanks, tell her how I appreciate the honour she has done me, +and that all my life I shall never forget that she received me as she +should receive her mother. But listen to me; tell her, too, she may +wait a long time before I cross her threshold again, and she need not +send to me when she wants anything. Let her go to the gentleman, to the +bankrupt Naraschievici.”</p> +<p>And away went Mistress Veta’s mother, so angry that she could +not see where she was walking, while Sandu sat with drooping head.</p> +<p>In about half an hour Ana came. She was disappointed to hear her +grandmother had gone, and wanted to know why.</p> +<p>Sandu did not like to tell her, and because his heart would not let +him lie he said to her in a low voice:</p> +<p>“Well, she went because she could not stay.”</p> +<p>Ana sat on the edge of the bed, and sympathizing <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb244" href="#pb244" name="pb244">244</a>]</span>with +her brother, she asked him whether his head ached.</p> +<p>Gheorghitza had no time to answer; he shook his head and went on +playing.</p> +<p>“Sandu, can you stay with him? You see, I must go up again. +Gheorghitza dear, be good and play nicely.”</p> +<p>Then she kissed him and went slowly away as though she were loth to +go.</p> +<p>And with her went Sandu’s heart and the joy which filled his +soul when he saw her standing by her brother and kissing him so +tenderly.</p> +<p>Mistress Veta was beside herself with pleasure that evening. She did +not even ask when or why her mother had gone so suddenly. She told +Sandu that he was not to dare to tell her what the old lady had said, +but to go and get wood to make a fire to warm the supper. And once +again she went over in her mind all that Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici had +said. She felt very flattered, and said she did not remember when she +had spent such a pleasant day.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>There was a heavy frost and the Timish was frozen. The tanners were +obliged to have openings made in the ice to enable the rinsing of the +skins to take place.</p> +<p>Sandu, shod in big working boots, made his way through the thick +mist and came down to the Timish to rinse a set of skins. Behind him +came the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb245" href="#pb245" name= +"pb245">245</a>]</span>apprentice with a barrow containing the block of +wood with its stand, the rinser and two hatchets for breaking the ice. +They made the opening in the ice and Sandu remained alone. He fixed one +end of the block on to a stake and arranged the stand firmly under the +other, opened out two skins, placed them one over the other, on the +block, and began to work.</p> +<p>Sandu was hardened and accustomed to the cold, but however fast he +worked his breath froze and his hands grew stiff. Seldom at first, but +then more and more frequently did he stamp his feet. He put the rinser +on the block, breathed into the palms of his hands, and swinging his +arms he beat under his left arm with his right hand, and then under the +right arm with his left hand, to make his blood circulate, the while +his eyes watered with the cold.</p> +<p>Round him was a frosty calm; the gurgling of the water as he turned +the skins made him realize all the more the severity of the winter. He +worked away at his task, but slowly, and with little result. It was +getting towards noon, and he had rinsed five skins when he heard a +crunching of the snow on the bank, and raised his head.</p> +<p>The rinser dropped from his hand. On the bank was Ana with a jug in +her hand, wishing him “Good luck.”</p> +<p>Sandu did not know how to answer her.</p> +<p>“Come, see what I have brought you, a drop of <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb246" href="#pb246" name="pb246">246</a>]</span>warm +wine, for Mother is out, and you must be cold.”</p> +<p>Sandu came up the bank; he could hardly hold the jug.</p> +<p>“Thank you,” he said with his mouth, but his heart spoke +from his eyes.</p> +<p>Ana looked down.</p> +<p>“Drink quickly,” she said, so softly she could scarcely +be heard, “for I must not stay long.”</p> +<p>Sandu drank the wine.</p> +<p>“Ana, Miss Ana——”</p> +<p>Ana drew back her hand, and looking at him in a way I cannot +describe, she said:</p> +<p>“Are you warmer now?”</p> +<p>Sandu’s eyes were too eloquent, the peaceful isolation was too +tempting, the stillness of the atmosphere was too intense, their hearts +were too attuned for them not to understand each other.</p> +<p>She went up to him with an eager movement, and he put his arm about +her waist and clasped her to his heart.</p> +<p>They neither of them said a word, but to them both it seemed that no +words were needed.</p> +<p>“Sandu, I must go, I must really go, for Mother might +come,” and gently she disengaged herself from his arms, took a +few slow steps, turned round, and then fled like a little kid towards +the house.</p> +<p>While Sandu was watching her, Costa came along; he, too, was a +master-tanner.</p> +<p>“Ha, ha! Talpoane’s hands live well. What <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb247" href="#pb247" name="pb247">247</a>]</span>a +moment for me to arrive,” murmured Costa in his beard, smiling as +he thought of the story he would be able to tell. “Sandu,” +he shouted, “I was going to see you, but as you are at the +rinsing I have come down to ask you whether the hides which I have been +waiting for these three days have come from Pesta.”</p> +<p>“No, they have not come.”</p> +<p>“Not? Why the devil haven’t they sent them? Have you +much work?”</p> +<p>“A great deal.”</p> +<p>“How many hides?”</p> +<p>Sandu looked at him.</p> +<p>“We have a lot.”</p> +<p>“A lot. Yes, I know you have a lot, but how many?”</p> +<p>“I have not counted them.”</p> +<p>“Have you got business at Hunedoar fair?”</p> +<p>“I believe so; the drying is difficult, though.”</p> +<p>“You have got some heavy skins, haven’t you?”</p> +<p>“Some heavy, some light; you know how it is with the +work.”</p> +<p>Costa bit his lips and would like to have given Sandu a cuff or two, +so angry was he that he would not tell him what he was longing to +know.</p> +<p>“But, it’s cold!”</p> +<p>“It’s cold.”</p> +<p>“Come, you ought not to feel it much when Talpoane’s +daughter brings you drink.”</p> +<p>The blood rushed to Sandu’s face, and he did <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href="#pb248" name="pb248">248</a>]</span>not +know why he did not strike Costa to the ground as he smiled at him.</p> +<p>“But what of it, haven’t we all done the same kind of +thing? Only look out that nobody sees you and nobody hears you. +That’s all right, I won’t keep you from your +work!”</p> +<p>Sandu could not see, everything was black before his eyes, he was +hot all over and a fire seemed to burn within him. He gnashed his teeth +and stretched the skin as though he would tear it, and rinsed as though +he had some rival to surpass.</p> +<p>At midday the apprentice came to call him to dinner. On the way he +remembered what had happened and would have liked to turn back. In the +ante-room he saw Ana, and his heart beat as though it were on fire. +Ana, too, was radiant, her eyes laughed with joy, and the dimples in +her cheeks were more tantalizing than ever. Sandu’s heart was +full of delight; he forgot what Costa had said; he was only conscious +of Ana’s voice.</p> +<p>After dinner the cold was not quite so cruel, the calm was not so +intense, and he did not feel alone; there seemed to be plenty of life +around him, but whenever he turned his head he could only see +Ana<span class="corr" id="xd19e4257" title="Not in source">.</span> And +longings awoke in his heart, and many pleasant thoughts passed through +his mind, and they all gathered round Ana’s form. His thoughts +carried him far, and he pictured himself with a workshop and a house of +his own, and Ana beside him making life sweet. They were so tempting +and so full of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb249" href="#pb249" name= +"pb249">249</a>]</span>charm that Sandu smiled to himself as he strung +together tender, caressing words to say to Ana, for he felt she +belonged to him, and no one could disturb the peace of these happy +days.</p> +<p>Night closed sadly in and Sandu had long ago finished his work, but +he did not want to move. He was loath to leave the pleasant, quiet spot +where he had pictured to himself the path in life that was awaiting +him. He gave a sigh of regret as he stepped along the bank and walked +towards the house of Mistress Veta.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The nearer it drew to the Christmas festival the busier became the +fairs, and the tanners raised the price of their goods because the +weather was moist, and the peasants were obliged to buy sandals whether +they wanted to or not.</p> +<p>Christmas Eve fell on a Tuesday, and, accordingly, the weekly fair +had never been better.</p> +<p>Although Mistress Veta had such a lot to do that she had hardly time +to turn round, she remained at the booth till ten o’clock, when +she returned home.</p> +<p>The little white, crown-shaped rolls were baked and divided up, some +for the house, some for the poor, and some for the guests who would +expect hospitality the day after Christmas Day. When everything was +finished and put ready, and Master Dinu arrived, they all went into the +front room. There they lit a fire that must not be allowed to die +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb250" href="#pb250" name= +"pb250">250</a>]</span>out, that Christ, who was born on this night, +might not feel the cold, and there they quietly waited till their house +was visited by carol-singers and lads carrying “Stars” or +“Magi.” To make the joy next day more complete, they lit +the Christmas Tree, and out of a cupboard Master Dinu took a little +riding-horse for Gheorghitza, and for Ana a work-frame and other things +suitable for a big girl. The parents were happy at the gratitude +written on their children’s faces.</p> +<p>Gradually the world seemed to wake up, the quiet in the town was +dispelled. As the stars rose in the sky, there appeared in every +street, girls carrying “Christmas Trees,” boys with +“Stars” or “Magi” or “the Manger,” +and young men with “carols,” and amidst this busy movement, +amidst this pleasant noise, amidst slow, sad songs or beautiful carols, +the whole town seemed enveloped in an atmosphere of reverence; each +one, forgetting the troubles of life, felt himself drawing nearer to +the glory of God.</p> +<p>While Master Dinu was listening to the carol-singers from his +windows, and taking the symbol of the Magi into his house, Sandu sat +alone in the workshop over the way. He had lit an end of candle, and +was sitting on a chair in front of the opening in the stove below the +boiler.</p> +<p>At intervals a drop of liquid fell from the vats, and the sound of +its fall echoed long in the quiet workshop.</p> +<p>The noise from outside broke dully against the <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb251" href="#pb251" name= +"pb251">251</a>]</span>window and took Sandu’s thoughts back to +other days. And all at once he began to carol to himself:</p> +<div class="lgouter"> +<p class="line">“And as you journey thither</p> +<p class="line">There comes wafted many a mile,</p> +<p class="line">From where the Holy Infant lies,</p> +<p class="line">The scent of fair flowers,</p> +<p class="line">The glow of bright torches,</p> +<p class="line">The smoke of the incense,</p> +<p class="line">The song of the angels.”</p> +</div> +<p class="first">He sang softly, and the dead past of the years he had +spent since he left the home where he was born seemed to unroll itself +before him. And as he saw himself alone, and deprived of every kind of +pleasure, a tear crept into his eye, and with his head resting upon his +hand, he sat gazing into the fire. All the nine years that he had spent +Christmas among strangers, he had envied the joy of others, and never +once had he felt in his heart the peace of the season as he used to in +the days when he was at home. And who would think of him, or who would +give him any happiness at this holy festival?</p> +<p>The workshop door opened hastily, and the appearance of Ana +scattered his thoughts to the wind.</p> +<p>“Sandu, I have brought you something for Christmas.” +Sandu did not hold out his hand for it. “How you look at me, +Sandu! Why do you not want what I bring you?”</p> +<p>So saying, Ana came quite close to him, and put what she had brought +into his hand. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb252" href="#pb252" name= +"pb252">252</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Ana,” said Sandu, in a stifled voice, “may God +look upon you as I look at you.”</p> +<p>His voice seemed to come from the depths of his soul, and +Ana’s look grew troubled. The kindness and sorrow with which he +spoke touched her strangely, and resting her head upon his breast she +murmured as in a dream:</p> +<p>“Sandu, dear Sandu.”</p> +<p>But she had to go, for she had stolen from the house when some boys, +carrying Magi, had arrived, and her mother would be looking for +her.</p> +<p>Sandu remained behind to tell himself that never had God given him a +happier Christmas.</p> +<p>The day after Christmas, in the afternoon, his various god-children +came to Master Dinu’s house: hospitality demands hospitality. +They brought with them rolls and other things. Mistress Veta spread +food upon the table, and whoever came took in exchange a roll from the +god-parents.</p> +<p>By the evening, Lena, Tziru’s widow, alone remained.</p> +<p>Master Dinu was in a hurry to get away, and Ana was downstairs with +some friends.</p> +<p>The women remained by themselves, enjoying the wine and conversing. +And when two women sit gossiping, who escapes unscathed by their +tongues? One person is so and so, another person dresses so absurdly +that every one laughs at her, and so the idle talk runs on.</p> +<p>“Doesn’t it make you laugh”—Mistress Veta +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253" name= +"pb253">253</a>]</span>takes up the word—“when you see +Costa’s wife as pink as a girl? How can a woman of her age paint +herself?”</p> +<p>“Never mind her, my dear, there are +others——”</p> +<p>“I don’t seem to have heard of them.”</p> +<p>Then a little later on:</p> +<p>“I don’t know how it is but Costa is an ill-natured man +and a regular chatterbox.”</p> +<p>“You say truly, it’s the talk of the town.”</p> +<p>“But he has become a little more careful, he’s not as he +was a while ago. He has begun to shrug his shoulders only and keep his +tongue quiet.”</p> +<p>“He pretends to, my dear, but you have not heard +him—it’s better for me not to tell you, not to make you +unhappy, especially on a feast day.”</p> +<p>“Of course, you must tell me,” Mistress Veta raised her +voice and her eyes flashed.</p> +<p>“I would sooner you heard it from other lips.”</p> +<p>“Now, Lena, either you tell me, or——”</p> +<p>Lena knew Mistress Veta too well not to tell her that Costa was +saying how he had seen Ana going down to the Timish with warm wine for +Sandu, and how she had stood in the cold for two hours talking to him, +and a great deal more besides.</p> +<p>Red was the wine, but Mistress Veta’s face was redder still. +She might have had an apoplectic stroke.</p> +<p>“Ah! He said those words?”</p> +<p>Lena did not know how to calm her.</p> +<p>“My dear, really I did not know how much it <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb254" href="#pb254" name= +"pb254">254</a>]</span>would upset you or I should never have told you. +Why do you get so angry? Every one knows he is a liar and a +mischief-maker without his equal in the empire, and who pays attention +to all his tales, and all the world knows how you have brought up Ana. +What tanner’s daughter can touch her? Your Ana—come, leave +it.”</p> +<p>“I will not leave it,” cried Mistress Veta, somewhat +calmer. “I’ll show him. To whom did he say these +words?”</p> +<p>“I don’t know to whom he said them; I heard of it in +Trifu’s house.”</p> +<p>“In Trifu’s house! Trifu is his cousin. Don’t +listen, Lena; do you believe his lies?”</p> +<p>“How could I believe him, my dear, how could I believe him? +Neither did Trifu believe him. He said he would blush to invent such +lies.”</p> +<p>“Lies, Lena, lies. But let him see me! My +daughter——”</p> +<p>“Say no more about it, Veta. May God keep Ana well, and you +see her happy. Costa—but who’s Costa? Everybody laughs when +he opens his mouth.”</p> +<p>“You heard it in Trifu’s house! Who knows in how many +places he has spit out his libels, for that man spits, Lena, he spits +worse than any cat; but I am not I if I don’t pay him +out.”</p> +<p>Lena agreed with her, and sympathized with her and urged her not to +be so angry, for the whole town knew what Ana’s behaviour always +was, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb255" href="#pb255" name= +"pb255">255</a>]</span>people stood still and looked after her when she +passed by, sweet and modest as a rosebud.</p> +<p>“Why let yourself be unhappy, my dear?” she said, +getting up to go, “when every one’s heart swells when they +see Ana, as if she were not the pride of us all when we see her going +about with gentlemen’s daughters. Ana is just herself, and there +is no one like her, so why give yourself bad moments because of the +tittle-tattle of a man like Costa?”</p> +<p>Mistress Veta accompanied Lena to the door, and came back asking +herself what was to be done.</p> +<p>Master Dinu came back just at the right moment.</p> +<p>Without much hesitation his wife told him everything with various +additions and improvements.</p> +<p>“Eh! And what of it?” he said. “Don’t the +people know us and our daughter, and don’t they know what +Costa’s words are worth? Only Costa says it.”</p> +<p>Mistress Veta looked furiously at him.</p> +<p>“What! The town is talking about your daughter, and you +don’t mind?”</p> +<p>“It isn’t that I don’t mind! Of course I mind, but +what would you have me do? Go and kill him? Don’t be like +this.”</p> +<p>“Not be like this? I’d better be like you and not care +when they insult my daughter!”</p> +<p>“Come now, what am I to do?” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256" name="pb256">256</a>]</span></p> +<p>“What are you to do? Woe betide the house where the man is not +a real man! Find out, discover to whom he has said it, collect +witnesses, and see he never opens his mouth again.”</p> +<p>“I will see about it.”</p> +<p>“Don’t see about it, find him.”</p> +<p>Master Dinu knew that his wife must always have the last word, so he +said nothing; he would have been glad not to be at home, but he could +not go now. A few minutes later he said:</p> +<p>“Listen, Veta, all right, I will find witnesses, but supposing +it’s true?”</p> +<p>“True?” screamed his wife, and looked as though she +could have thrown herself upon him and struck him. “True? Why +doesn’t God strangle the word in your throat?” she snarled, +and hurriedly left the room.</p> +<p>A few seconds later she returned with Ana.</p> +<p>“Ana, hear your father say that it is true you took warm wine +to Sandu.”</p> +<p>The haste with which her mother had called her, and her +father’s expression so overcame her, that she stood with drooping +head, and raising a corner of her apron began to cry.</p> +<p>“So this is where we have got to—get out of my sight +that I may never see you again.”</p> +<p>Mistress Veta sank exhausted on to a chair, while Ana sobbed as if +her heart would break.</p> +<p>“Why all this to-do even if she did take wine to the poor man? +What is the great harm in that? <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb257" +href="#pb257" name="pb257">257</a>]</span>She took him wine because he +was cold, and because I told her to go,” said Master Dinu, going +up to Ana. “Don’t cry any more,” and he stroked her +forehead.</p> +<p>Ana continued to sob, and clung more and more tightly to her father. +Master Dinu felt as if his heart would break.</p> +<p>“Go and kiss your mother’s hand, it’s nothing. +Veta——”</p> +<p>“No, let her get out of my sight, let her go. Ana has done +this to me, my prudent daughter, my good daughter, my much-praised +daughter, her mother’s joy—she has done this,” and +Mistress Veta shook her head while everything seemed to turn black +before her eyes.</p> +<p>Master Dinu did not know what to do. To put an end to it, he drew +Ana gently outside, and tried to quiet her sobs.</p> +<p>A little later he returned to the house. His wife was exhausted and +depressed, and sat gazing at the floor.</p> +<p>Suddenly she rose.</p> +<p>“Dinu, you must give Sandu notice to-day, do you hear? If you +don’t go now and tell him never to show himself here again, +you’ll never have any peace from me.”</p> +<p>“How can I dismiss the man in the middle of the night? You +must see we cannot—and then, what harm has he done?”</p> +<p>Mistress Veta could have killed him with a look. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb258" href="#pb258" name="pb258">258</a>]</span></p> +<p>“You will give him notice, do you understand? Or I will turn +him out.”</p> +<p>“All right, Veta, we will give him notice, but what stories +will be told about us outside! How we dismiss workmen on feast days, +and turn them out of the house in the dead of night. You must be +patient. To-morrow I will give him all the money due to him, and tell +him to go in God’s name.”</p> +<p>“It’s your business to deal with him; never let me see +him again; if they make any fuss I’ll scratch his eyes out. He +has got us talked about, no other than he, do you hear? Let him get out +of my workshop, or there will be trouble.”</p> +<p>Early next day, Master Dinu went to the workshop and called to +Sandu.</p> +<p>He found it difficult, and he much regretted having to part with +him, but there was nothing else to be done. He asked him how long he +had been in his workshop, what money he had drawn, and made the +calculation as to how much he had still to receive.</p> +<p>Sandu felt as if the house were falling about his ears—he +could not keep him any longer? The blow was a heavy one.</p> +<p>“You have twenty-seven florins to come to you,” said +Master Dinu, and he did not seem to have the courage to look Sandu in +the face. “Here are thirty, so that you do not lose your daily +pay up to the beginning of next week. May God give you good fortune, +you are a good man, and an honest, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb259" +href="#pb259" name="pb259">259</a>]</span>but I—I can no longer +keep you. I am sorry, but I cannot help it. God be with you.”</p> +<p>And so saying, Master Dinu went away.</p> +<p>Lost in thought Sandu stood gazing in front of him, seeing nothing. +After a while he sighed heavily, picked up his money, and with a heart +that seemed turned to ice he went off to collect all he had, poor man, +in the way of clothes and linen, before he took the road.</p> +<p>He collected all his possessions, but he could not make up his mind +to take leave of the men with whom he had worked so long. Even Iotza +was sorry, for Sandu had been kind, and never spoken a rude word to +him.</p> +<p>“I am sorry to leave you,” said Sandu, and he felt as if +his heart was breaking.</p> +<p>“God be with you,” replied they, and holding out their +hands they accompanied him outside.</p> +<p>Iotza went a little way with him.</p> +<p>“Sandu, listen; I cannot bear not to tell you, but I know the +mistress and you, and I know you want to go and say good-bye to her. +Don’t go, listen to me: it was not the master, it was she who +said you were to be dismissed. Don’t go, it is better not to +go.”</p> +<p>Sandu made no reply.</p> +<p>They went a few steps farther together and parted. The nearer he +drew to Master Dinu’s house, the more he longed to enter. He felt +as though some one were urging him to go in. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb260" href="#pb260" name="pb260">260</a>]</span></p> +<p>When he was quite near the door Master Dinu came out into the +street. When he saw Sandu he stopped.</p> +<p>“You are going?”</p> +<p>“I am going, master, but I wanted to take leave of the +mistress.”</p> +<p>“As the mistress is not at home let me tell her.”</p> +<p>Sandu bent his head.</p> +<p>“Good luck to you, master.<span class="corr" id="xd19e4504" +title="Not in source">”</span></p> +<p>“May God be with you!”</p> +<p>With slow and heavy step Sandu took the road to the market-place. At +the corner he stopped. He turned his head and looked back along the +street towards Master Dinu’s house.</p> +<p>He had crossed the square and was on the bridge when he met Nitza +Burencea.</p> +<p>“What’s up, Sandu, have you left? Where are you +going?”</p> +<p>Sandu, like a person awakened out of a trance, with his eyes +fastened dreamily upon the distant horizon, answered in a troubled +voice:</p> +<p>“I go out into the world!” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb261" href="#pb261" name="pb261">261</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch14" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">The Bird of Ill Omen</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By I. Al. +Bratescu-Voineshti</span></p> +<p>Conu Costache had one of the pleasantest faces in the town.</p> +<p>Men of the same age as himself said he was nearly seventy years old; +but a life free from care, a comfortable fortune, a wife as loving as a +sister, two children who were getting on well, and, above all, his own +kindly nature, had kept him so healthy, quick of movement and clear of +mind, that one would not have given him fifty years.</p> +<p>He told stories with a charm and humour that gathered an audience +round him whenever he opened his mouth; and as he had travelled much +abroad, and was also a sportsman, he knew every kind of amusing +anecdote.</p> +<p>This man, who was as good as new bread, always smiling, whose person +seemed to radiate joy, became acrimonious and impatient every time his +game of Preference went badly; it was the one and only, but the daily +game of cards he played. He did not get angry out of +stinginess—he was not a miser; <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb262" href="#pb262" name="pb262">262</a>]</span>on the contrary, he +was open-handed, that was his nature.</p> +<p>If it happened that he “entered” twice in succession, or +if he got irritated with his partners, he grew furious. Everything +seemed wrong to him; the jam was sour, the coffee too sweet, the water +too cold, the lamp too dim, the chalk was not sharp enough; he shouted +at the boy who served him; he changed his chair because it squeaked; he +hammered upon the table with his fists until the candlesticks jumped; +he looked daggers over his spectacles at anyone who made a joke—I +assure you, he was in a vile temper, as vile a temper as a man could be +in, when he had no other place in which to give vent to it.</p> +<p>His partners knew him, and were aware that five minutes after the +game was over he would become once more kind, amiable, and amusing Conu +Costache.</p> +<p>If you were sitting near him when he was playing Preference, you +should get up the first time he “entered”; shouldn’t +wait for him to say to you: “Can’t you get away, my good +fellow; you spoil my luck!” One day, after two +“entries,” he said to a person with whom he had only just +become acquainted and who would not move away from his side:</p> +<p>“Excuse me, sir, but I believe in birds of ill omen. This game +is a question of faces. I can scarcely compose my own face; I certainly +cannot <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb263" href="#pb263" name= +"pb263">263</a>]</span>compose yours. Kindly move a little farther off! +Thank you. Don’t be offended.”</p> +<p>Ever since that day, the onlookers at the game have been given the +name of birds of ill omen, and they swarmed in the room where Conu +Costache played; if the game went well he was affable and they listened +to him with pleasure—if the game went badly, they moved away from +him and made fun of his ill humour.</p> +<p>One evening the Prefect gave a party. The young people danced in the +drawing-room; their elders assembled in the other rooms; Conu Costache +sat at a table playing Preference with three other people; among them +was the attorney, a cunning player with a special talent for making him +lose his temper; a large audience had gathered round.</p> +<p>Conu Costache was losing: he was angry, but controlled +himself—he could not give vent to his annoyance, for there were +ladies present. Conu and his friends were playing in the middle of the +room; he had barely scored six, and had entered the pool with +thirteen.</p> +<p>At this moment an old lady approached. She was a Moldavian, the +mother of Dr. Ionashcu. She took a chair, seated herself by Conu +Costache with the calm serenity of the aged, who neither see nor hear +well.</p> +<p>There she remained.</p> +<p>From time to time she gently put a question to <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb264" href="#pb264" name="pb264">264</a>]</span>Conu +Costache; it had the same effect upon his agitation as does oil upon a +fire of coals.</p> +<p>“How beautiful it must be at your country-house now, Mr. +Costache!”</p> +<p>“Beautiful, Mrs. Raluca,” he replied, forcing himself to +smile—and chalking himself another eighteen in the pool.</p> +<p>“I expect you often go there, as it is so close.”</p> +<p>“I went to-day, Mrs. Raluca.”</p> +<p>No words can describe the contrast between the placidity with which +Mrs. Raluca told her beads, and the fury with which Conu Costache +shuffled his cards.</p> +<p>“Is it a good harvest, Mr. Costache?”</p> +<p>“G—g—good, Mrs. Raluca,” he replied, +thrusting both hands inside the neck of his shirt to loosen the +collar.</p> +<p>The game began, the attorney played below the ace, Conu Costache +named the suit for the second time.</p> +<p>“Have you got a good road along there now?”</p> +<p>“Y—y—yes, Mrs. Raluca.”</p> +<p>It was a wonder his handkerchief did not rub the skin off his +forehead, he mopped it with such vigour. His partners and the onlookers +shook with laughter; the attorney did not give way at all, he saw how +furious he was; he bid with nothing in his hand, and passed just in +time to make him “enter” a second time.</p> +<p>And at this moment Mrs. Raluca’s questions <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb265" href="#pb265" name="pb265">265</a>]</span>fell +one after the other as fast as the beads of a rosary. She did not hear +the rustling of the cards nor the choking in Conu Costache’s +throat, she did not see his misery nor the amusement of the others.</p> +<p>“But they have cut down the lovely wood on the right, +haven’t they, Mr. Costache?”</p> +<p>“Th—th—they have cut it down, Mrs. Raluca,” +he answered, gazing at the ceiling and pressing his temples between his +hands.</p> +<p>He bid and came in, said “Play”—and found two +clubs in the talon which he did not want. Such a collection of cards +you have never seen; it might have been done on purpose. If you had +tried to arrange them so, you could not have done it. It was a regular +“walk-over”: one cut four honours, the other cut the +spades, and out of the eight games won five.</p> +<p>All he cut was an ace, and a pair. He put forty-eight in the +pool.</p> +<p>“But the little lake still lies on the left, doesn’t it, +Mr. Costache?”</p> +<p>“St—st—still, Mrs. Raluca.”</p> +<p>With a small brush he violently effaced the whole row of his stakes +chalked on the cloth and wrote down a total of ninety-four in huge +figures.</p> +<p>“But I must ask you, the inn——”</p> +<p>Conu Costache turned his chair right round.</p> +<p>“Mrs. Raluca, to-morrow afternoon my wife and I are going to +our country-house—we will come and pick you up. In this way you +will see <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb266" href="#pb266" name= +"pb266">266</a>]</span>how they cut down the wood on the right; you +will see how the storks walk by the lake on the left; you will see how +they have repaired the bridges; you will see how they have renovated +the inn at the cross-gates; you will see what a nice house Ionitza +Andrescu from Ulmi has built; you will see what big reservoirs the +Aurora factory have erected by the road....”</p> +<p>Mrs. Raluca understood and took her departure, telling her beads as +she went, but even when she had passed into the third room Conu +Costache still continued, while the others were convulsed with +laughter:</p> +<p>“You will see how illegible the figures on the 76 milestone +have become; you will see how the boys have broken the insulators on +the telegraph posts by throwing stones at them; you will see how the +geese hiss when the carriage passes by; you will +see——”</p> +<p>Then, turning back to his partners, who laughed till the tears ran +down their cheeks, he groaned:</p> +<p>“Terrible bird of ill omen!” <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb267" href="#pb267" name="pb267">267</a>]</span></p> +</div> +</div> +<div id="ch15" class="div1 story"><span class="pagenum">[<a href= +"#toc">Contents</a>]</span> +<div class="divHead"> +<h2 class="main">Irinel</h2> +</div> +<div class="divBody"> +<p class="first"><span class="sc">By B. Delavrancea</span></p> +<p>When my parents died, both in the same year, I was quite small; I +think I must have been about seven years old.</p> +<p>I wanted to cry over them both, for I loved them both, but when I +approached their coffin I was not alone.</p> +<p>You must know that my father left a considerable fortune.</p> +<p>There were many people about him who could not endure him.</p> +<p>There was talk of a will.</p> +<p>There was one member of the family about whom my father said: +“It is so long since he crossed our threshold that I do not +understand why he is so offended with us.”</p> +<p>It is unkind to tell you: it was his brother and my uncle, a very +good man, with only one fault—he had lost his entire fortune at +cards. I found among my father’s papers a quantity of his +I.O.U.’s, beautifully signed with flourishes, but unpaid. +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href="#pb268" name= +"pb268">268</a>]</span></p> +<p>I approached the coffin; I was sure that I should weep as no one had +ever wept before.</p> +<p>My home without my parents!</p> +<p>Some one took me by the hand, and said to me as he kissed me on both +cheeks:</p> +<p>“Iorgu, Iorgu, cry, Iorgu, for those who will never +return!”</p> +<p>It was he! The uncle of the promissory notes!</p> +<p>Just when my eyes ought to have been full of tears, I caught sight +of him, and when I looked round me and saw the other people, when I met +so many pairs of eyes, then—I was ashamed and could not cry. Oh, +it is a terrible thing to feel ashamed to cry when one is +sorrowing!</p> +<p>Do you see how shy I am? Have you grasped it? It is difficult to +understand. It is difficult, because you, readers, are different. Not +one of you are the same as I am.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>I was so good and timid that, when I completed my twenty-first year, +I did not want to leave the guardianship of my eldest uncle, my +mother’s brother, a very gentle man like myself, and very shy +like my mother.</p> +<p>It makes me laugh. Is it likely I shall tell you an untruth? Why +should I? I don’t ask you anything, you don’t ask me +anything. Why should I lie?</p> +<p>But it is true that I have not told you quite openly why I did not +ask for an account of my <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb269" href= +"#pb269" name="pb269">269</a>]</span>minority, and why I stayed in that +house, which was as white as milk—especially on moonlight +nights—with its balcony, its oak staircase, its pillars with +flowered capitals and wreaths round their centres.</p> +<p>Did I like the house? Yes.</p> +<p>Did I love my uncle who had managed my affairs? Yes. Was I ashamed, +directly I came of age, to demand an account as though I doubted his +honesty? Yes. Anything besides? Was there anything else that kept me in +bondage?</p> +<p>If you had looked at me a little askance, I should have blushed and +replied, “Yes.” And if you were to look at me even now when +I have already grown many white hairs, I should tell you like a guilty +child: “No, it is not true that I loved so much the house in +which I grew up, or the uncle with whom I lived. There was something +else.”</p> +<p>There was some one there besides a cousin of the same age as myself, +besides my uncle—my aunt was dead—besides the house, and a +long-haired dog. There was somebody else!</p> +<p>Ah! This sort of somebody has reformed many a <span class="corr" id= +"xd19e4679" title= +"Source: ne’er-do-weel">ne’er-do-well</span>, has dazzled +many a shy man, has turned many business men into poets, has shaken +many a professor to the depths of his being, blowing away his system +like the threads of a spider’s web.</p> +<p>No doubt it was a very fascinating “somebody” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb270" href="#pb270" name= +"pb270">270</a>]</span>who made you stay in tutelage twenty-four hours +after you had reached your twenty-first year and come into 15,000 +lei.</p> +<p>I think you have guessed the secret which I have hidden till +now.</p> +<p>Oh, women, women! What do they care for the timid or the +philosopher?</p> +<p>Neither innocence nor philosophy can resist a light step and a pair +of eyes which sparkle and glow and pierce through the coldest, most +selfish, most impenetrable heart.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>Was it not the same Irinel, with whom I once played childish games? +Was she not the same wild tomboy with her frocks down to her knees +only, and her white stockings that became green by the evening? Was she +not the same little demon who threw her books into the veranda on her +return from school, and put both arms round my neck to make me give her +a ride on my back?</p> +<p>The child turned into the woman, and instead of the gentle eyes with +their extreme innocence in which I lost myself as in a boundless +expanse, there shone two devilish fires in whose light I saw an +explanation of life with all its sea of pleasures and emotions.</p> +<p>And now Irinel used to take me by the hand. She was fifteen years +old; for some time her hand had felt different—warmer, softer, +more I don’t know what, when I took it in mine. Her gaiety +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb271" href="#pb271" name= +"pb271">271</a>]</span>was no longer even and continual as of old; she +no longer talked quickly and incessantly.</p> +<p>And if I said to her: “Irinel, do you think it will rain +to-day?” or “Irinel, there are only two weeks before the +long vacation begins, shall you be pleased, as you used to be, when we +go to Slanic?” Irinel remained silent, looking straight in front +of her, and I am sure that at that moment she saw nothing—trees, +houses, and sky disappeared as though in a thick mist.</p> +<p>This silence surprised and disquieted me, and I said to her in a low +voice, almost as though I were guilty of something wrong:</p> +<p>“Irinel, you are scarcely back from school and you are bored +already?”</p> +<p>An exaggerated gaiety was her immediate reply; she laughed, and +talked, and told little anecdotes which she began and left unfinished, +especially about life at school.</p> +<p>“You don’t know,” she said to me in a quick, loud +voice, “what a letter one of my friends showed me. Only I read +it, and another girl and her sister, and it seems to me she showed it +to some others. I nearly died of laughter.”</p> +<p>And Irinel began to laugh, and laughed and laughed until the tears +ran down her rosy cheeks. Then sighing and laughing she began:</p> +<p>“He wrote to her, trembling, of stars, two only, which burnt +and spoke to him. How can the stars he talks about burn? Are they bits +of coal? How <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb272" href="#pb272" name= +"pb272">272</a>]</span>can stars speak? I don’t understand. After +that came ice, thawing, marble, a bed of fire, a monastery, +suicide—Ah! pauvre Marie! Indeed, I was sorry for her, poor girl! +Many a time we put our arms round each other’s necks and kissed +each other. We kissed each other and began to cry. You must know, +Iorgu, that we kept nothing from each other. Every Monday she read me a +letter on which could be seen traces of big tears, and I, after I had +controlled myself sufficiently not to burst out laughing over those +‘two twin stars which burn and speak,’ had to prepare to +cry, and, believe me, I cried with all my heart. <i lang="fr">Pauvre +chérie!</i>”</p> +<p>Irinel was ready to cry after laughing with such enjoyment, but, +when she noticed that I kept my eyes cast down and listened in silence +as though I were offended, she asked me with malicious irony:</p> +<p>“Iorgu, do you think it will rain to-day?”</p> +<p>Such scenes took place early in the morning: Sunday was a day of +torture for me. All day Irinel said “If you please” to me. +She embroidered or played the piano instead of our walking about the +yard and garden. All day I felt the terrible anger of a very shy person +with “those two stars which speak.”</p> +<p>For three years I lived this life of daring dreams during the week, +of fear and misery on Sunday, of wonderful plans put off from day to +day, and concealed with an hypocrisy possessed only by the timid and +innocent. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb273" href="#pb273" name= +"pb273">273</a>]</span></p> +<p>During the last year, after a vacation passed at Slanic, I made up +my mind.</p> +<p>The day she went back to school we hardly dared kiss each other. +What cold kisses! We neither of us looked at the other. I remember I +looked at the sofa, and it seemed to me as though my lips had touched +the hard yellow material instead of those firm, rosy cheeks which were +to me a fearful joy.</p> +<p>I made up my mind, and I am sure that no one could have come to a +more heroic decision.</p> +<p>To give myself courage, during the first night I thought out the +scene which should take place the following Sunday without fail. I did +not sleep all night; in the intense darkness I saw the garden, I saw +Irinel, I heard myself, I heard her.</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The cocks crew. I was lying at full length, my face uppermost, my +eyes shut. I was perspiring from the boldness which I had shown during +the scene which was running in my mind.</p> +<p>“Irinel, will you come and walk in the garden?”</p> +<p>“No, <i>merci</i>!”</p> +<p>“That will not do, we must go for a walk.”</p> +<p>She understood that I had decided to say something important to her. +Such courage impressed and compelled.</p> +<p>The cocks crew. It was midnight. It was pouring; flashes of +lightning, like serpents of light, shone for a second through my +curtains. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb274" href="#pb274" name= +"pb274">274</a>]</span></p> +<p>“Irinel, you must come with me. Don’t you see what a +beautiful day it is? I have discovered a bunch of ripe grapes which I +have kept for you all the week.”</p> +<p>“No, <i>merci</i>!”</p> +<p>“It is impossible for you not to come. I have made up my mind +to tell you something——”</p> +<p>“What?” replied Irinel, and turned her eyes upon +me.<a id="xd19e4770" name="xd19e4770"></a></p> +<p>Who could bear such a bright light? I looked down, but revolted by +such cowardice I felt the courage of a hero, and lifting my head I +replied to her:</p> +<p>“You must come!”</p> +<p>In all my life I had never commanded anyone. I was ordering her!</p> +<p>It was pitch dark; it was raining outside. I turned towards the +wall. I closed my eyes. It was light. It was a beautiful Sunday. And +still full of that courage I said to her once more:</p> +<p>“You must come!”</p> +<p>And I took her by the hand. From now on my heart almost ceased to +beat. I told her all I had wanted to say to her for two years.</p> +<p>“Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me? Why are you +silent? Why do you look down? Tell me, shall I leave the house where I +have watched you growing up under my eyes, or——”</p> +<p>“Stay!” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb275" href= +"#pb275" name="pb275">275</a>]</span></p> +<p>We embraced each other; we kissed each other. It was over.</p> +<p>Lord! How brave men are when they are in love!</p> +<p>I grew cold all over when I reflected that this scene had not yet +taken place, but was still to come. I sank down under my quilt afraid +of such courage.</p> +<p>It began to grow light. I went off to sleep gradually, rehearsing +this heroic scene:</p> +<p>“Irinel, will you come for a walk?”</p> +<p>“No, <i>merci</i>!”</p> +<p>“This cannot be, you must——”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The next day I woke up about ten o’clock. My uncle asked me in +his kind, calm voice:</p> +<p>“Iorgu, are you not well that you got up so late +to-day?”</p> +<p>I, feeling myself in fault, replied, embarrassed:</p> +<p>“No—a book—I went to sleep late.”</p> +<p>My ears were burning as though I had held them against a hot +stove.</p> +<p>The veranda seemed to be giving way under me. Do you know, at that +moment a thought crossed my mind that overwhelmed me? Irinel was only +Irinel, but, with my uncle, what courage I should need! How would he, +an old man of pious habits, regard in his old age a marriage within the +prohibited degree among members of his own family?</p> +<p>Why did he stand in front of me? Why did <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb276" href="#pb276" name="pb276">276</a>]</span>he +look at me like that? He understood me and was appraising me! His look +spoke, though his lips most certainly did not move. I heard the words +passing through his mind as distinctly as though some one had whispered +in my ear:</p> +<p>“I never could have believed, nephew, that you would have +turned my child’s head! What would your mother say were she alive +to see this?”</p> +<p>Why did not my uncle turn away from me? Was he looking at me or +elsewhere? What else was there to see? I do not know if the fault was +great, but the judge was cruel. And my judge grew bigger, like a Titan, +like a wall between me and Irinel. In my ears there rang what I am +convinced was the sentence he had secretly passed on me: “What a +depraved youth! The old are passing away, and with them disappear the +old moral ideas!”</p> +<p>I was ready to sink under my chair. My uncle said to me:</p> +<p>“Iorgu, you have not had any coffee. It seems to me you are +not well, are you?”</p> +<p>What irony! Were his words more gentle than before? Useless thought! +I understood him. God defend you from a good man who disapproves of +you. It’s bad enough to feel oneself guilty before a good and +upright man.</p> +<p>Why was punishment for mankind invented? Punishment is the reward of +sin. I could have wished that my uncle would pronounce his sentence +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb277" href="#pb277" name= +"pb277">277</a>]</span>of punishment. But no, he has taken me prisoner, +he has judged me and, instead of punishing me, he stoops to give me +coffee and two rolls. In all my life I had never experienced a greater +agony.</p> +<p>No doubt he had seen us walking silently together, not gaily as we +used to do. He understood why Irinel stayed in the house on one or two +Sundays. Of course he knew why I did not go to sleep till early dawn, +and who knows, he might have heard me calling in my dreams:</p> +<p>“Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me?”</p> +<p>What would my uncle think of his daughter married to his +sister’s son? It would mean asking for a dispensation. Would it +not be turning such a religious man into an object of derision in his +old age? And for what reason? Just through the caprice of a boy whom he +had brought up and cared for.</p> +<p>Irinel and I had grown up together more like brother and sister than +cousins! If there had only been a question of the civil right! But the +laws of the Church! How could one trample them underfoot?</p> +<p>Throughout the week, early in the morning, at night and through the +day, at meals and during school hours, this thought occupied my +mind!</p> +<p>“It is impossible! It is impossible! I wonder that I did not +see that sooner.”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>About six o’clock on Saturday our old carriage <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb278" href="#pb278" name= +"pb278">278</a>]</span>turned into the courtyard; inside was my uncle +and by him sat Irinel. From the oak steps of the veranda I watched the +white hair and the golden curls and, scarcely able to control my tears, +I said to myself: “It is impossible.”</p> +<p>Irinel sprang from the carriage and came up to me. She was happy. We +kissed each other, but, believe me, she seemed to kiss in the air.</p> +<p>“What’s the matter, Iorgu? You are very pale. You are +thinner, or does it only seem so to me?”</p> +<p>Before I could answer her my uncle hastened, <i>hastened</i> to +say:</p> +<p>“I don’t know what’s the matter with Iorgu. It +seems to me he is ill, but he will not say so.”</p> +<p>Oh! Oh! You don’t know what is the matter with me, uncle? You +don’t know what is the matter? It seems to you I am ill? I do not +want to tell you? Do you say what is the matter with you? You are a +good man, but what a hypocrite——</p> +<p>He thinks I do not understand him.</p> +<p>To Irinel I say gently:</p> +<p>“There is nothing the matter, Irinel. But you, are you +well?”</p> +<p>And so it went on—nearly a whole year of depression.</p> +<p>Why should I tell you that I grew thinner and paler, that I often +shivered, and with secret pleasure, exaggerated a little cough when I +walked in the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb279" href="#pb279" name= +"pb279">279</a>]</span>garden with Irinel? You have seen so many thin +and pale men, and you have read so many novels in which consumptive +lovers either shoot themselves or throw themselves into the sea, so +that if I told you that I grew thinner, that I took to playing +billiards, that I began to drink, and that once I drank three half +bottles in succession, you would only yawn.</p> +<p>There is nothing remarkable in the love and depression of a nervous +person. Who would remain, even for an instant, with a man who suffers +in silence? And I kept silence from St. Mary’s day to St. +Peter’s.</p> +<p>“What is the matter with you?”</p> +<p>“Nothing.”</p> +<p>“Are you ill?”</p> +<p>“No, uncle; no, dear Irinel.”</p> +<p>At last the momentous day arrived! Irinel finished the last year of +her education. On the 20th of June she left school for good.</p> +<p>That very day she asked my uncle abruptly to what watering-place we +were going, and on hearing came into my room.</p> +<p>Stretched upon my bed, I was reading the wonderful discourse of +Cogalniceanu’s, printed in front of the “Chronicles.” +I made up my mind to read law and study literature and history.</p> +<p>When I saw her I jumped up. She whirled round on one foot, and her +gown seemed like a big convolvulus; and after this revolution she +stopped in front of me, laughing and clapping her hands. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb280" href="#pb280" name="pb280">280</a>]</span>She +made me a curtsy as she daintily lifted up her skirt on either side +between two fingers, and asked me coyly:</p> +<p>“Mon cher cousin, can you guess where we are going to this +summer?”</p> +<p>“No, Irinel,” I replied, exaggerating the cough which +was becoming more and more of a silly habit.</p> +<p>“What will you give me if I tell you?”</p> +<p>And after once more whirling round while her gown swept across my +feet, and laughing and clapping, she asked me most sedately:</p> +<p>“Will you kiss my hand with respect, like a grown-up +person’s, if I tell you?”</p> +<p>“Yes, Irinel.”</p> +<p>And the cough again played its part.</p> +<p>“No, you must kiss my hand first.”</p> +<p>She held out her hand to me, which I kissed sadly, but with +pleasure.</p> +<p>“And now this one!”</p> +<p>“And that one, Irinel.”</p> +<p>“To Mehadia! To Mehadia! Won’t it be beautiful? I am +bored with Slanic.”</p> +<p>She ran about the house so quickly that her petticoats worked up +above her knees. I blushed; she blushed; then breaking into a silvery +laugh she threw herself upon me and said:</p> +<p>“We will dance a polka. I will sing. I will be gentleman; I +will steer you.”</p> +<p>Then I heard my uncle calling her: “Irinel! Irinel! Where are +you?” <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb281" href="#pb281" name= +"pb281">281</a>]</span></p> +<p>She disappeared in a second.</p> +<p>I threw myself on my bed. I took up the “Chronicles,” +but instead of reading I began to think. “Irinel! Irinel!” +The first Irinel was quick, severe, malicious, the second one was +lingering, much softer, almost caressing. Of course he had meant to +reassure her, he had wanted to deceive me. He thought to make me +believe he had meant nothing. But what did that “<i>Where</i> are +you?” signify?</p> +<p>I understood from the way in which he had said +“<i>where</i>” that there lay the real drift of the +question. He had not anything to say to her, but he very much wanted to +know “<i>where</i>” she was. In other words, was she +perchance with me in my room? Such espionage was humiliating for an +orphan whose whole life he had directed, and whose fortune he had +controlled, because he had the right to say to him with a single word, +by a single look: “This is how I reward an ungrateful person, a +youth who has no regard for the old men who are soon to pass away, +burying with them the moral customs of this country.” That +“Where are you?” was as clear as noonday. Do you suppose he +did not know where she was?</p> +<p>“Ah! An orphan must not fall in love!”</p> +<p>I don’t know what other thoughts I had. The door of the room +opened; Irinel stood in the doorway.</p> +<p>How great an unhappiness it is to see happiness <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb282" href="#pb282" name= +"pb282">282</a>]</span>standing on the threshold, and to know it will +not cross; that it will remain yonder, so near and yet so far!</p> +<p>Irinel crossed the threshold; she came up to me. I realized that she +had crossed the threshold, but still my happiness remained outside. I +understood the old man had sent her back in order to deceive me, and +that she had guessed nothing.</p> +<p>“Do you know what Father has just told me? A guest is coming +to us at the festival of St. Peter. A big merchant.”</p> +<p>What did that mean?</p> +<p>“And did he say anything else?”</p> +<p>“Nothing; but yes, he did. We are to kill our fattest chicken +and the house is to be put into the most spick and span order, for our +guest is an important merchant, a deputy, elderly, and I don’t +know what all and what else.”</p> +<p>After teasing me and laughing at me because I coughed just as the +girls at school did to make the doctor prescribe iron and old wine, but +more particularly old wine than iron, Irinel left me.</p> +<p>“Ugh! It’s lucky he is old. Supposing he had been a +young man?”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>On St. Peter’s day I rose in such a state of anxiety that I +started at every sound. Has it not been known for old men to lose their +heads and marry girls of eighteen?</p> +<p>For three hours I wandered about the grounds. <span class= +"pagenum">[<a id="pb283" href="#pb283" name="pb283">283</a>]</span>I +waited for this rival with the same impatience with which I once waited +for Irinel to come quickly from school. Am I deceiving myself or not? +The same sensations, identically the same, were present with me, +waiting thus for the object of my hatred as when I waited for her I +loved. I wanted to see him as soon as possible; for a second; just to +know him; to find out who he was.</p> +<p>At ten o’clock a carriage drew up in front of the door. Some +one got out. When I saw him I began to laugh. He was very feeble, he +was very old. No doubt he was smart with his black coat and red tie. I +greeted him with respect, I might almost say with affection, and then, +sorry at having felt hatred for such an old man, with such snowwhite +hair, I went quietly into the garden. I turned down one of the paths. +How sad and drear do the most beautiful natural surroundings become +when they are reflected by a sad and lonely heart? What indifference +everywhere!</p> +<p>The garden gate was opened rather hastily as though the wind had +forced it. Irinel appeared. She looked all round, then, seeing me, she +flew towards me. The breeze which she made by her flight fluttered her +thin gown of white batiste with black spots.</p> +<p>She was pale. She took my hand. Her own trembled. She tried to +speak, and said several times:</p> +<p>“Wait, wait, wait while I get my breath——” +<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb284" href="#pb284" name= +"pb284">284</a>]</span></p> +<p>Then she became silent and looked at me. Oh, what a look! Her eyes +flashed sparks. Their blue depths seemed to me like an incomprehensible +ocean, tempest driven, without bottom, without boundaries. I looked +down, overwhelmed by an inexplicable fear, by a powerful emotion. I +noticed my boots, and I thought to myself: “Have they cleaned my +boots to-day or not? Of course, they must have. Don’t they clean +them every day?”</p> +<p>“Iorgu, do you know why that old man has come?”</p> +<p>“No,” I answered her, with a stupid calm.</p> +<p>Had they cleaned my boots? Perhaps the dew was still on the +grass.</p> +<p>“Iorgu, do you know what Father said to me?”</p> +<p>“No.”</p> +<p>“‘Put on your foulard gown.’”</p> +<p>“Your foulard gown? The one I like so much?”</p> +<p>“But do you know why he wanted me to?”</p> +<p>“Of course I do.”</p> +<p>She trembled.</p> +<p>I continued, as I took out my handkerchief and flicked the dust from +one of my boots:</p> +<p>“Of course I know. Isn’t to-day a great +festival?”</p> +<p>“Ah,” she replied as she withdrew the hand I was +holding, “you understand nothing! What an indifferent and +non-understanding man you are!” <span class="pagenum">[<a id= +"pb285" href="#pb285" name="pb285">285</a>]</span></p> +<p>Indifferent? I understood everything from her look and her emotion, +and with a calmness which I was certainly far from feeling I bent down +and dusted the other boot.</p> +<p>“The old man has come, Irinel——” I said, +glancing at her for a moment.</p> +<p>She was white, her lower lip quivered, the light in her eyes had +darkened.</p> +<p>“The old man has come, Irinel. What then? He will dine with +us? All the better. We shall be a bigger party at table.”</p> +<p>Was it I speaking? There were only she and I in the garden.</p> +<p>“The old man has come, has come. Alas!” she replied, +covering her eyes with both her hands. “The old man has come and +some one is going to leave this house! He has——”</p> +<p>Irinel began to cry.</p> +<p>“What has he?”</p> +<p>“A son who is an engineer.”</p> +<p>“Engineer? Has he learnt engineering?”</p> +<p>“Yes, <i>he has learnt engineering</i>!” Irinel replied +angrily, and uncovered her crimson cheeks. “Yes, he has learnt +en-gi-neer-ing, and some one is going to leave this house!”</p> +<p>I watched how she stood in the doorway, and then crossed it lightly +as she wiped away her tears on a clean corner of her gown. I looked +long after her, then I threw myself face upwards under one of the +fruit-trees. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb286" href="#pb286" name= +"pb286">286</a>]</span></p> +<p>Nature was full of life! The apple-trees bent their great boughs; +the sparrows chattered, some of them were fluttering their wings, +others were collecting into groups preparing for a fierce fight. Little +patches of sunlight played upon my face. When I felt two rows of tears +trickling into my ears, I jumped to my feet, I gazed towards the door, +and said gently, full of a profound melancholy:</p> +<p>“Some one is going to leave this house!”</p> +<p class="tb"></p> +<p>The next day I showed my uncle a faked recommendation, in writing, +from a doctor ordering me to Bourboule under pretext of a serious +affection of the left lung.</p> +<p>I pass rapidly over this episode. I kissed my uncle’s hand and +Irinel. Irinel!</p> +<p>Only when I was crossing the frontier and looking from the open +window of the train at the Hungarian landscape lying stretched out +before me, did I begin to wonder. Supposing she had not looked at me so +intently! A searching look paralysed me. Supposing she had asked me +what it was I wanted to say to her? Such shyness is a form of madness. +But what courage I should have wanted! How could I have convinced my +uncle? Was not Irinel like my sister? Ah, no! It was impossible! It was +impossible!</p> +<p>The train, which was puffing along, gave a whistle that echoed +through the country. A few tears fell through the window, and seeking +with my <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb287" href="#pb287" name= +"pb287">287</a>]</span>eyes the country from which I had come, and the +direction where lay the house and garden in which I had grown up so +happily, I gave a wave with my hand, and said sighing:</p> +<p>“Good-bye, Irinel!”</p> +<p class="trailer xd19e5072">The End</p> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="back"> +<div class="transcribernote"> +<h2 class="main">Colophon</h2> +<h3 class="main">Availability</h3> +<p class="first">This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no +cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give +it away or re-use it under the terms of the <a class="exlink xd19e92" +title="External link" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/license" rel= +"license">Project Gutenberg License</a> included with this eBook or +online at <a class="exlink xd19e92" title="External link" href= +"https://www.gutenberg.org/" rel="home">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p> +<p>This eBook is produced by the Online Distributed Proofreading Team +at <a class="exlink xd19e92" title="External link" href= +"https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p> +<p>Scans for this work are available on-line at the Internet Archive. +(Copy <a class="exlink xd19e92" title="External link" href= +"http://www.archive.org/details/roumanianstories00byng">1</a>, +<a class="exlink xd19e92" title="External link" href= +"http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026597439">2</a>, <a class= +"exlink xd19e92" title="External link" href= +"http://www.archive.org/details/roumanianstories00byngiala">3</a>)</p> +<p>Contributing authors:</p> +<ul> +<li>Marie Alexandra Victoria, Queen consort of Romania +(1875–1938) (Preface)</li> +<li>Simion Mehedinţi (1868–1962) (Preface)</li> +<li>Mihail Sadoveanu (1880–1961)</li> +<li>Ion Luca Caragiale (1852–1912)</li> +<li>Leon C. Negruzzi (1840–1890)</li> +<li>Marcu Beza (1882–1949)</li> +<li>Ion Creangă (1837–1889)</li> +<li>Ioan Alexandru Brătescu-Voineşti (1868–1946)</li> +<li>Ioan Slavici (1848–1925)</li> +<li>Ion Popovici-Bănăţeanu (1869–1893)</li> +<li>Barbu Ştefănescu Delavrancea (1858–1918)</li> +</ul> +<p>Related Library of Congress catalog page: <a class="catlink" href= +"http://lccn.loc.gov/21012857">21012857</a>.</p> +<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for source): <a class="catlink" +href="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL7169259M">OL7169259M</a>.</p> +<p>Related Open Library catalog page (for work): <a class="catlink" +href="http://openlibrary.org/works/OL7896400W">OL7896400W</a>.</p> +<p>Related WorldCat catalog page: <a class="catlink" href= +"http://www.worldcat.org/oclc/300585">300585</a>.</p> +<h3 class="main">Encoding</h3> +<p class="first"></p> +<h3 class="main">Revision History</h3> +<ul> +<li>2012-02-25 Started.</li> +</ul> +<h3 class="main">External References</h3> +<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These +links may not work for you.</p> +<h3 class="main">Corrections</h3> +<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p> +<table class="correctiontable" summary= +"Overview of corrections applied to the text."> +<tr> +<th>Page</th> +<th>Source</th> +<th>Correction</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e355">xv</a>, +<a class="pageref" href="#xd19e397">xv</a>, <a class="pageref" href= +"#xd19e429">xv</a>, <a class="pageref" href="#xd19e2702">149</a>, +<a class="pageref" href="#xd19e4257">248</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e1357">61</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">acount</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">account</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e2391">132</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">carrriage</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">carriage</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e3495">210</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">“</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e3722">223</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">repiled</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">replied</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e4116">242</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">!</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">?</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e4504">260</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">”</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e4679">269</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">ne’er-do-weel</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">ne’er-do-well</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="width20"><a class="pageref" href="#xd19e4770">274</a></td> +<td class="width40 bottom">”</td> +<td class="width40 bottom">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td> +</tr> +</table> +</div> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + +***** This file should be named 38991-h.htm or 38991-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/9/9/38991/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/38991-h/images/book.png b/38991-h/images/book.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c9ee4f --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h/images/book.png diff --git a/38991-h/images/card.png b/38991-h/images/card.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ffbe1a --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h/images/card.png diff --git a/38991-h/images/external.png b/38991-h/images/external.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba4f205 --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h/images/external.png diff --git a/38991-h/images/titlepage.gif b/38991-h/images/titlepage.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8167b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/38991-h/images/titlepage.gif diff --git a/38991.txt b/38991.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54b7daf --- /dev/null +++ b/38991.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8605 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Roumanian Stories + Translated from the Original Roumanian + +Author: Various + +Translator: Lucy Byng + +Release Date: February 26, 2012 [EBook #38991] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + + + ROUMANIAN STORIES + Translated from the + original Roumanian + + + By LUCY BYNG + + + London John Lane, The Bodley Head + New York: John Lane Company. MCMXXI + + + + + + + + William Clowes and Sons, Limited, London and Beccles, England. + + + + + + + + To + + ROUMANIA'S GRACIOUS QUEEN + + This book is dedicated with + profound admiration and respect + + + + + + + +PREFACE + +By H.M. THE QUEEN OF ROUMANIA + + +Very little is known in England about Roumanian literature, +which although not as rich as in many other countries, presents, +nevertheless, features of real interest. + +Like all people in touch with the East, even the peasants have a +strain of poetry in their speech, their expression is picturesque +and gentle, an almost fatalistic note of sadness rings through all +the songs they sing. + +Our poets have adapted themselves to this particular strain, and +mostly it is the popular form that has been developed by our literary +men both in prose and poetry. + +Roumanian literature possesses eminent historians and critics. I +am not, in these few lines, going to touch upon their activities; +but strangely enough there are few writers of fiction amongst the +Roumanians--great novel writers do not exist. + +The Roumanian, above all, excels as poet and as a short-story +writer. In this last art he is past-master, and it is therefore a +great pleasure to me to encourage this book which Mrs. Schomberg Byng +is sending out into the world at a moment when I am so anxious that +my country should be better known and understood in England. + +Each one of these short stories is a little work of art, and deeply +characteristic of Roumanian popular life and thought; therefore I have +no doubt that they will interest all those who care about literature. + +I feel personally indebted to Mrs. Schomberg Byng to have thought +of making this interesting feature of Roumanian literature known to +the British public. I therefore, with all my heart, wish this little +volume Good Luck. + + + MARIE. + + Jan., 1920. + + + + + + + +PREFACE + +By Professor S. MEHEDINTZI +Of Bucharest University and the Roumanian Academy + + +As regards poetry Roumanian literature had reached the European +level by the nineteenth century. Eminescu may be placed by the side +of Leopardi. The drama and the novel are still unrepresented by any +works of the first rank; but the short story shows that Roumanian +writing is constantly on the upward grade. + +The following stories have been selected from many writers. The reader +must judge each author for himself. It is impossible to settle their +respective merits; that would presuppose an acquaintance with the +whole of Roumanian literature. We may, however, be allowed to say a +word or two about each writer. + + + +Negruzzi is to Roumanian very much what Sir Walter Scott has been to +English literature. After the lapse of nigh a century the historical +novel is still identified with his name. + + + +Creanga is a production exclusively Roumanian; a peasant who knew +no foreign tongue, but whose mind was steeped in the fairy tales, +proverbs, and wit of the people. He wrote with a humour and an +originality of imagery which make his work almost impossible to +translate into other languages. + + + +Caragiale, our most noted dramatic author, is the antithesis of +Creanga; a man of culture, literary and artistic in the highest +sense of the word. The Easter Torch ranks him high among the great +short-story writers. + + + +Popovici-Banatzeanu--dead very young--and Bratescu-Voineshti are +writers who more than any others give us the atmosphere of the English +novel in which the ethical note predominates. Some of their pages +have the poignancy of Dickens. + + + +The same discreet note is struck by Slavici, born in Hungary, whose +Popa Tanda is the personification of the Roumanian people subject +for centuries to the injustice of an alien race, and driven to seek +support in their own work only. + + + +Delavrancea, a famous orator, is a romantic; while Sadoveanu, the most +fertile prose writer among the younger men, possesses as novelist and +story-teller a touch which makes him akin to Turgenev and Sienkiewicz. + + + +Beza stands by himself. From the mountains of Macedonia he brings +into the national literature the original note of the life of the +shepherds in the Balkans. Constantly upon the road, among mountain +tops and plains, always in fear of the foreigners among whom they +pass, their life manifests a great spiritual concentration. Over +Beza's work there hover a mystery and a restraint which completely +fascinate the reader. Though young, he possesses the qualities of +the classical writers. + + + + + + + +TRANSLATOR'S NOTE + + +I wish to take this opportunity of thanking M. Beza for his most +valuable assistance. Without his intimate knowledge of the two +languages and his kindly and expert criticism these translations +would never have seen the light. + +Some well-known names, that of Diuliu Zamfirescu for instance, +are absent from my list of authors; lack of time and difficulty in +obtaining their works made their inclusion impossible. + + + LUCY BYNG. + + + + + + + +CONTENTS + + + Page + The Fairy of the Lake. M. Sadoveanu 1 + The Easter Torch. I. L. Caragiale 11 + At Manjoala's Inn. I. L. Caragiale 35 + Alexandru Lapushneanu, 1564-1569. C. Negruzzi 51 + Zidra. M. Beza 85 + Gardana. M. Beza 93 + The Dead Pool. M. Beza 109 + Old Nichifor, the Impostor. I. Creanga 115 + Cozma Racoare. M. Sadoveanu 141 + The Wanderers. M. Sadoveanu 157 + The Fledgeling. I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti 167 + Popa Tanda. I. Slavici 175 + Out in the World. Ion Popovici-Banatzeanu 207 + The Bird of Ill Omen. I. Al. Bratescu-Voineshti 261 + Irinel. B. Delavrancea 267 + + + + + + + +ROUMANIAN STORIES + +THE FAIRY OF THE LAKE + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +One evening old Costescu told us an adventure of his youth. + +The old mill of Zavu, he began, stands to this day close to the +Popricani lake. A black building leaning towards the dark waters. The +six wheels are driven by great streams of water which come rushing +through the mill-race, and surround the house, washing through the +cracks. Above the boiling foam which encircles it, the great building +shakes with the unceasing roar of the water. + +So it is to-day; so it was at the period when I used to roam about +those parts--it is long, long, since then. + +I remember a night like a night in a fairy tale, full of the silver +light of the moon, a night when only youth could see, when only youth +could feel. + +It was in July. I was descending the lake by myself with my gun over +my shoulder. Flights of duck passing above the forest of reeds lured +me on. I followed their rapid flight through the clear atmosphere, +the black specks became gradually smaller until they were lost to sight +in the rosy clouds of the setting sun. I passed above the weir, where +the waterfall brawls, between the bushy willow-trees which guard the +narrow path, and approached the mill. The green stream swept through +the mill-race, the foaming water boiled round the black building, and +in the yard, unyoked and ruminating, the oxen slept beside the waggon. + +The old man, the miller, the great-grandson of Zavu, descended from +the mill bridge with his pipe in the corner of his mouth. In the +deafening roar of the water and the creaking of the wheels men waited +in silence amid the luminous spray that filled the old building. + +"Good health to you, my old friend Simione!" + +"Thank you, sir. How goes it with the land? Grinding good flour?" + +This was the old man's usual question: was the country grinding +good flour? + +"Good, my old friend Simione!" + +"Praise be to God!" said the old fellow. "But how are you, sir? You +never come to see us. The duck give you no peace!" + +"No, they give me no peace. I mean to lie in wait on the bank +to-night. Perhaps luck will come my way." + +"Good; may it be as you wish. See, Zamfira will show you the way." + +Just at that moment appeared the miller's niece. She was a strange +girl of sixteen years of age; of middle height and thin, but with +well-developed muscles: her cheeks were sunburnt, and she had two grey +eyes, eyes so restless and so strange, and of such beauty and such +brilliance as I have never seen since. She had not regular features, +but the grey eyes beneath the heavy, arched brows gave her an unusual +and radiant beauty. + +At the old man's words she stopped suddenly, and said quickly with +twinkling eyes: + +"I don't want to show him the way!" + +"Why not?" I asked with surprise, while the old man smiled. + +"Because I don't want to!" said Zamfira, looking at me askance. + +"Very well," said the old man quietly, "don't take him!" + +The girl looked at me searchingly, through half-closed eyelids, +and then cried sharply: + +"I'll take him, after all!" + +Old Simione began to laugh softly, turned round, and pursued his way to +the mill bridge, but Zamfira remained in front of me, erect, her hands +by her sides. Her head was bent down, but the grey eyes flashed at me +from beneath the eyebrows. Her head was bare, her chestnut hair was +drawn smoothly back from the temples into a thick plait, tied at the +nape of the neck; a white water-lily, beautiful, as though cut out of +silver, was fastened among her rich tresses. Beneath a white chemise +her bosom rose and fell, a blue skirt fell plainly to her ankles. + +Suddenly she raised her head and looked shyly at me as she smiled. Her +teeth shone between her thin lips. Then, with her eyes, she gave me +the signal: "Come!" + +I followed her. She moved swiftly; her well-developed form was +clearly outlined beneath her thin garments. From time to time she +turned her head, and her teeth flashed. She untied the boat, jumped +in and said curtly: + +"Follow me!" + +After I was seated, she braced herself for the effort, thrust in the +long pole, and set the boat in motion. For some time we glided through +reeds and rushes, and above great beds of weed. When we reached open +water she put down the pole, and took to the oars. The boat cleft +the deep water which glowed with flames from the fire of the setting +sun. The oars splashed softly with a musical sound. The girl's whole +body moved with a rhythmic grace that was unspeakably fascinating. The +silver lily quivered in the luxuriant chestnut hair. + +Silence reigned over the lake. Water-lilies shone in the golden sunset; +the reeds rustled softly; the dragon-flies passed like blue flashes +through the light. + +Suddenly the girl turned her strange grey eyes upon me. + +"So to-night you will lie in wait for the duck?" she asked. + +"Yes, I shall wait." + +"Good." + +Her voice had a melodious, silvery ring. I questioned her: + +"That seems strange to you?" + +"No," she said, turning her head away; "but aren't you afraid?" + +"Of what should I be afraid?" + +"Of the fairy of the lake," she replied with conviction. + +"Of the water lady? Who is this fairy of the lake?" + +"What? Do you not know? The fairy of the lake." + +Her eyes scanned my face intently. + +The sun had nearly set; the water of the lake grew dark; a heron +passed above us scarcely moving its wings; its cries sent a shudder +of sadness through the silence of the forest of reeds. The girl +looked at me, and her teeth shone with a smile of almost diabolical +beauty: her clear-cut face seemed to reflect the colour of the green +water. I cannot describe what I felt; only the charm of the speaker +was astounding. In that framework of reeds and creepers--set as it +were between two skies--she was the fairy of the lake. + +The boat struck the side of a cave and remained fast. + +"Here we are," said the girl. + +Slowly I stepped ashore. But the charm made my head reel. I turned +abruptly, took her face between my hands, and would have kissed those +eyes in whose depths the secret of the lake lay hid. She resisted +gracefully with little movements, and trills of laughter, and instead +of kissing her eyes I touched her lips which burnt like fire. + +I felt her draw herself away, I felt those strange eyes piercing +through me, and the boat shot away into the reeds and creepers. The +lake remained desolate, and in the silence only the gentle splash of +distant oars could be heard. I prepared myself a little bed of reeds +in the cave. I spread out my serge cloak, tried the triggers of my +gun, and while I waited for the duck I fell into a brown study. How +strange! I was perfectly conscious of my position; I knew quite +well that the fairy was none other than Zamfira, the miller's niece, +the sunburnt, and perhaps, the simple maiden; and in spite of this, +the eyes, and the laughter, had something about them that intoxicated +me like the strong perfume of some wild flower. + +In the gradually deepening shadows of the twilight she remained like +some vision, floating on the bosom of the lake, among the blossoms +of the water-lilies. I was roused by the rapid whirr of wings. I +started up. A flight of duck passed over me. This event drove away +my preoccupation. I steadied the gun in my hands and put it at full +cock. In the reeds, torn and beaten by the wings of the duck, coot +and moor-hens called to each other; a light breeze ruffled the forest +of reeds. Small flocks of birds passed through the darkness of the +night. I fired a few shots. The gun made a deep sound which echoed far +across the water; one or two duck detached themselves from the group, +and fell heavily to the surface of the lake, troubling the water. The +darkness increased, it was impossible to distinguish the duck, one +could only hear the rustle of their flight, like a brief wind. The +evening breeze dropped, and a calm spread itself over the lake: only +great black birds flew overhead, noisily crying: "Chaw! Chaw!" From +time to time, in the silence of the night, could be heard the deep, +lugubrious, indistinct note of the bittern. + +Stars glowed overhead, and in the depths of the water--the moon would +not rise for nearly another hour. I wrapped myself in my cloak, and +began to ponder over those grey eyes. In the silence, which grew ever +deeper, the noise of the mill and of the weir could be heard afar off; +somewhere a dog barked in its kennel; from some hill, lighting the +darkness, one caught the twinkle of a bright flame. The supple body, +the eyes, and the laughter, the lily blossom which harmonized so well +with the lake and with the green lights in the eyes, tantalized me. Now +she was no longer the simple maiden, kissed by the sun and caressed +by the wind; every movement, every look, had something particular +about it. And also something strange. + +I had never seen her when I visited the mill. I had heard of the +old man's devilish niece, but I had never set eyes upon her. But now +an incident recurred to my mind, to which, at the time, I had paid +scant attention. On one occasion I had perceived a pair of restless +eyes peeping at me through a chink in the mill bridge. Those eyes +were surely hers; they sparkled so--and were so full of light and +mirth. There, in the dark night, that ardent kiss seemed to burn me +and I waited--I waited for something that I could not explain even +to myself. + +I dozed, dreaming of those grey eyes. I cannot tell--perhaps I fell +asleep. I awoke in the full light of the moon which was flooding +atmosphere and lake with its silver beams. The water glittered, the +night was still, the mill was silent; in the distance the weir was +murmuring as in a dream. + +Here and there, the water rippled into circles the colour of agate; +groups of duck were bathing in the moonlight. I put my hand to +my gun. I raised my eyes, I was ready to pull--when I paused. A +melodious song, scarcely intelligible, could be heard coming from +the lake. It was a simple song, and monotonous, but its remoteness, +the echo across the water, the clear light of the moon, lent it a +profound charm. I immediately thought of the lady of the lake. + +I placed my gun beside me and listened. It was a simple and touching +melody. It had ceased for some time, but I still strained my ears; +I could only catch the soft murmur of the distant weir. Time passed, +and yet I still expected something to happen. + +After a while I heard distinctly the soft splash of oars. I looked +everywhere, I could not make out whence it came. Then, suddenly, +amid the obscurity of the rushes, the gently floating boat came +gliding into the sea of light with the girl reclining in the silvery +beams. The lily shone in her dark hair. + +I cannot tell you what I felt, for the storm of emotion cannot be +expressed in words, and besides that, I was young then, and half +a century has passed since my youth. I know I stood with wondering +eyes and gazed like one possessed: in very truth this was the fairy +of the lake! + +All at once I saw a movement. The boat turned, and the oars struck +the water, making great ripples of light. It was directed towards +my cave. She came with wild speed, staring, her great eyes like +phosphorescent stars. But when she got near, she once more let the +boat glide, then turned abruptly, and laughing passed by the cave--a +silvery laugh, which I have never forgotten, no, not to this day +although it is so long ago. She passed by like a phantom, laughing, +and her eyes shining like two stars in the night of those great +eyebrows. To the right of me she rose, and threw something towards +me; then, sinking down, she again took the oars, struck the water, +and shot out into the open lake. + +She disappeared. One could only hear the soft stroke of the oars; +then that, too, ceased, and perfect silence fell upon the silvery lake. + +By my side I found a bouquet of carnations and sweet basil, the +flowers of love. + +At daybreak the old man came to take me off. When I turned towards +the yard I once again bent my head in the direction of the old black +building. Eyes watched me through the chink in the mill bridge. + +That very day I went away. Many a time have I wanted to return to +the old Zavu mill, but fate has willed it otherwise. At last, when I +could have done so, other loves have held me in other places. Years +have passed, but the bunch of dried carnations and basil reminds me +of it all. And from time to time, my thoughts wander to the fairy of +the lake. + + + + + + + +THE EASTER TORCH + +By I. L. CARAGIALE + + +Leiba Zibal, mine host of Podeni, was sitting lost in thought, by a +table placed in the shadow in front of the inn; he was awaiting the +arrival of the coach which should have come some time ago; it was +already an hour behind time. + +The story of Zibal's life is a long and cheerless one: when he is +taken with one of his feverish attacks it is a diversion for him to +analyse one by one the most important events in that life. + +Huckster, seller of hardware, jobber, between whiles even rougher +work perhaps, seller of old clothes, then tailor, and boot-black in a +dingy alley in Jassy; all this had happened to him since the accident +whereby he lost his situation as office boy in a big wine-shop. Two +porters were carrying a barrel down to a cellar under the supervision +of the lad Zibal. A difference arose between them as to the division +of their earnings. One of them seized a piece of wood that lay at hand +and struck his comrade on the forehead, who fell to the ground covered +in blood. At the sight of the wild deed the boy gave a cry of alarm, +but the wretch hurried through the yard, and in passing gave the lad +a blow. Zibal fell to the ground fainting with fear. After several +months in bed he returned to his master, only to find his place +filled up. Then began a hard struggle for existence, which increased +in difficulty after his marriage with Sura. Their hard lot was borne +with patience. Sura's brother, the inn-keeper of Podeni, died; the +inn passed into Zibal's hands, and he carried on the business on his +own account. + +Here he had been for the last five years. He had saved a good bit of +money and collected good wine--a commodity that will always be worth +good money--Leiba had escaped from poverty, but they were all three +sickly, himself, his wife, and his child, all victims of malaria, +and men are rough and quarrelsome in Podeni--slanderous, scoffers, +revilers, accused of vitriol throwing. And the threats! A threat +is very terrible to a character that bends easily beneath every +blow. The thought of a threat worked more upon Leiba's nerves than +did his attacks of fever. + +"Oh, wretched Gentile!" he thought, sighing. + +This "wretched" referred to Gheorghe--wherever he might be!--a man +between whom and himself a most unpleasant affair had arisen. + +Gheorghe came to the inn one autumn morning, tired with his walk; he +was just out of hospital--so he said--and was looking for work. The +innkeeper took him into his service. But Gheorghe showed himself to +be a brutal and a sullen man. He swore continually, and muttered to +himself alone in the yard. He was a bad servant, lazy and insolent, +and he stole. He threatened his mistress one day when she was pregnant, +cursing her, and striking her on the stomach. Another time he set a +dog on little Strul. + +Leiba paid him his wages at once, and dismissed him. But Gheorghe +would not go: he asserted with violence that he had been engaged for +a year. Then the innkeeper sent to the town hall to get guards to +remove him. + +Gheorghe put his hand swiftly to his breast, crying: + +"Jew!" and began to rail at his master. Unfortunately, a cart full +of customers arrived at that moment. Gheorghe began to grin, saying: +"What frightened you, Master Leiba? Look, I am going now." Then bending +fiercely over the bar towards Leiba, who drew back as far as possible, +he whispered: "Expect me on Easter Eve; we'll crack red eggs together, +Jew! You will know then what I have done to you, and I will answer +for it." + +Just then, customers entered the inn. + +"May we meet in good health at Easter, Master Leiba!" added Gheorghe +as he left. + + + +Leiba went to the town hall, then to the sub-prefecture to denounce +the threatener, begging that he might be watched. The sub-prefect +was a lively young man; he first accepted Leiba's humble offering, +then he began to laugh at the timid Jew, and make fun of him. Leiba +tried hard to make him realize the gravity of the situation, and +pointed out how isolated the house stood from the village, and even +from the high road. But the sub-prefect, with a more serious air, +advised him to be prudent; he must not mention such things, for, +truly, it would arouse the desire to do them in a village where men +were rough and poor, ready to break the law. + +A few days later, an official with two riders came to see him about +Gheorghe; he was "wanted" for some crime. + +If only Leiba had been able to put up with him until the arrival +of these men! In the meanwhile, no one knew the whereabouts of +Gheorghe. Although this had happened some time ago, Gheorghe's +appearance, the movement as though he would have drawn something +from his breast, and the threatening words had all remained deeply +impressed upon the mind of the terror-stricken man. How was it that +that memory remained so clear? + +It was Easter Eve. + +From the top of the hill, from the village lying among the lakes +about two miles away, came the sound of church bells. One hears in a +strange way when one is feverish, now so loud, now so far away. The +coming night was the night before Easter, the night of the fulfilment +of Gheorghe's promise. + +"But perhaps they have caught him by now!" + +Moreover, Zibal only means to stay at Podeni till next +quarter-day. With his capital he could open a good business in +Jassy. In a town, Leiba would regain his health, he would go near +the police station--he could treat the police, the commissionaires, +the sergeants. Who pays well gets well guarded. + +In a large village, the night brings noise and light, not darkness +and silence as in the isolated valley of Podeni. There is an inn in +Jassy--there in the corner, just the place for a shop! An inn where +girls sing all night long, a Cafe Chantant. What a gay and rousing +life! There, at all hours of the day and night, officials and their +girls, and other dirty Christians will need entertainment. + +What is the use of bothering oneself here where business keeps falling +off, especially since the coming of the railway which only skirts +the marshes at some distance? + +"Leiba," calls Sura from within, "the coach is coming, one can hear +the bells." + +The Podeni valley is a ravine enclosed on all sides by wooded +hills. In a hollow towards the south lie several deep pools caused +by the springs which rise in the hills; above them lie some stretches +of ground covered with bushes and rushes. Leiba's hotel stands in the +centre of the valley, between the pools and the more elevated ground +to the north; it is an old stone building, strong as a small fortress: +although the ground is marshy, the walls and cellars are very dry. + +At Sura's voice Leiba raises himself painfully from his chair, +stretching his tired limbs; he takes a long look towards the east, +not a sign of the diligence. + +"It is not coming; you imagined it," he replied to his wife, and sat +down again. + +Very tired the man crossed his arms on the table, and laid his head +upon them, for it was burning. The warmth of the spring sun began to +strike the surface of the marshes and a pleasant lassitude enveloped +his nerves, and his thoughts began to run riot as a sick man's will, +gradually taking on strange forms and colours. + +Gheorghe--Easter Eve--burglars--Jassy--the inn in the centre of the +town--a gay restaurant doing well--restored health. + +And he dozed. + +Sura and the child went without a great deal up here. + +Leiba went to the door of the inn and looked out on to the road. + +On the main road there was a good deal of traffic, an unceasing noise +of wheels accompanied by the rhythmic sound of horses' hooves trotting +upon the smooth asphalt. + +But suddenly the traffic stopped, and from Copou a group of people +could be seen approaching, gesticulating and shouting excitedly. + +The crowd appeared to be escorting somebody: soldiers, a guard and +various members of the public. Curious onlookers appeared at every +door of the inn. + +"Ah," thought Leiba, "they have laid hands on a thief." + +The procession drew nearer. Sura detached herself from the others, +and joined Leiba on the steps of the inn. + +"What is it, Sura?" he asked. + +"A madman escaped from Golia." + +"Let us close the inn so that he cannot get at us." + +"He is bound now, but just now he escaped. He fought with all the +soldiers. A rough Gentile in the crowd pushed a Jew against the madman +and he bit him on the cheek." + +Leiba could see well from the steps; from the stair below Sura watched +with the child in her arms. + +It was, in fact, a violent lunatic held on either side by two men: +his wrists were tightly bound over each other by a thick cord. He was +a man of gigantic stature with a head like a bull, thick black hair, +and hard, grizzled beard and whiskers. Through his shirt, which had +been torn in the struggle, his broad chest was visible, covered like +his head, with a mass of hair. His feet were bare; his mouth was full +of blood, and he continually spat out hair which he had bitten from +the Jew's beard. + +Every one stood still. Why? The guards unbound the lunatic's hands. The +crowd drew to one side, leaving a large space around him. The madman +looked about him, and his fierce glance rested upon Zibal's doorway; +he gnashed his teeth, made a dash for the three steps, and in a flash, +seizing the child's head in his right hand and Sura's in his left, he +knocked them together with such force that they cracked like so many +fresh eggs. A sound was heard, a scrunching impossible to describe, +as the two skulls cracked together. + +Leiba, with bursting heart, like a man who falls from an immense +height, tried to cry out: "The whole world abandons me to the tender +mercies of a madman!" But his voice refused to obey him. + +"Get up, Jew!" cried some one, beating loudly upon the table with +a stick. + +"It's a bad joke," said Sura from the doorway of the inn, "thus to +frighten the man out of his sleep, you stupid peasant!" + +"What has scared you, Jew?" asked the wag, laughing. "You sleep +in the afternoon, eh? Get up, customers are coming, the mail coach +is arriving." + +And, according to his silly habit which greatly irritated the Jew, +he tried to take his arm and tickle him. + +"Let me alone!" cried the innkeeper, drawing back and pushing him away +with all his might. "Can you not see that I am ill? Leave me in peace." + +The coach arrived at last, nearly three hours late. There were two +passengers who seated themselves together with the driver, whom they +had invited to share their table. + +The conversation of the travellers threw a light upon recent +events. At the highest posting station, a robbery with murder had +been committed during the night in the inn of a Jew. The murdered +innkeeper should have provided change of horses. The thieves had +taken them, and while other horses were being found in the village +the curious travellers could examine the scene of the crime at their +leisure. Five victims! But the details! From just seeing the ruined +house one could believe it to have been some cruel vendetta or the +work of some religious fanatic. In stories of sectarian fanaticism +one heard occasionally of such extravagant crimes. + +Leiba shook with a violent access of fever and listened aghast. + +What followed must have undoubtedly filled the driver with respect. The +young passengers were two students, one of philosophy, the other of +medicine; they were returning to amuse themselves in their native +town. They embarked upon a violent academic discussion upon crime and +its causes, and, to give him his due, the medical student was better +informed than the philosopher. + +Atavism; alcoholism and its pathological consequences; defective birth; +deformity; Paludism; then nervous disorders! Such and such conquest +of modern science--but the case of reversion to type! Darwin, Haeckel, +Lombroso. At the case of reversion to type, the driver opened wide +his eyes in which shone a profound admiration for the conquests of +modern science. + +"It is obvious," added the medical student. "The so-called criminal +proper, taken as a type, has unusually long arms, and very short feet, +a flat and narrow forehead, and a much developed occiput. To the +experienced eye his face is characteristically coarse and bestial; +he is rudimentary man: he is, as I say, a beast which has but lately +got used to standing on its hind legs only, and to raising its head +towards the sky, towards the light." + +At the age of twenty, after so much excitement, and after a good +repast with wine so well vinted, and so well matured as Leiba's, +a phrase with a lyrical touch came well even from a medical student. + +Between his studies of Darwin and Lombroso, the enthusiastic youth +had found time to imbibe a little Schopenhauer--"towards the sky, +towards the light!" + +Leiba was far from understanding these "illuminating" ideas. Perhaps +for the first time did such grand words and fine subtleties of thought +find expression in the damp atmosphere of Podeni. But that which he +understood better than anything, much better even than the speaker, +was the striking illustration of the theory: the case of reversion to +type he knew in flesh and blood, it was the portrait of Gheorghe. This +portrait, which had just been drawn in broad outline only, he could +fill in perfectly in his own mind, down to the most minute details. + + + +The coach had gone. Leiba followed it with his eyes until, turning to +the left, it was lost to sight round the hill. The sun was setting +behind the ridge to the west, and the twilight began to weave soft +shapes in the Podeni valley. + +The gloomy innkeeper began to turn over in his mind all that he had +heard. In the dead of night, lost in the darkness, a man, two women +and two young children, torn without warning from the gentle arms of +sleep by the hands of beasts with human faces, and sacrificed one after +the other, the agonized cries of the children cut short by the dagger +ripping open their bodies, the neck slashed with a hatchet, the dull +rattle in the throat with each gush of blood through the wound; and +the last victim, half-distraught, in a corner, witness of the scene, +and awaiting his turn. A condition far worse than execution was that +of the Jew without protection in the hands of the Gentile--skulls +too fragile for such fierce hands as those of the madman just now. + +Leiba's lips, parched with fever, trembled as they mechanically +followed his thoughts. A violent shivering fit seized him; he entered +the porch of the inn with tottering steps. + +"There is no doubt," thought Sura, "Leiba is not at all well, he is +really ill; Leiba has got 'ideas' into his head. Is not that easy to +understand after all he has been doing these last days, and especially +after what he has done to-day?" + +He had had the inn closed before the lights were lit, to remain so +until the Sabbath was ended. Three times had some customers knocked +at the door, calling to him, in familiar voices, to undo it. He had +trembled at each knock and had stood still, whispering softly and +with terrified eyes: + +"Do not move--I want no Gentiles here." + +Then he had passed under the portico, and had listened at the top of +the stone steps by the door which was secured with a bar of wood. He +shook so that he could scarcely stand, but he would not rest. The most +distressing thing of all was that, he had answered Sura's persistent +questions sharply, and had sent her to bed, ordering her to put out the +light at once. She had protested meanwhile, but the man had repeated +the order curtly enough, and she had had unwillingly to submit, +resigning herself to postponing to a later date any explanation of +his conduct. + +Sura had put out the lamp, had gone to bed, and now slept by the side +of Strul. + +The woman was right. Leiba was really ill. + + + +Night had fallen. For a long time Leiba had been sitting, listening +by the doorway which gave on to the passage. + +What is that? + +Indistinct sounds came from the distance--horses trotting, the noise +of heavy blows, mysterious and agitated conversations. The effort of +listening intently in the solitude of the night sharpens the sense +of hearing: when the eye is disarmed and powerless, the ear seems to +struggle to assert its power. + +But it was not imagination. From the road leading hither from the main +road came the sound of approaching horses. Leiba rose, and tried to +get nearer to the big door in the passage. The door was firmly shut +by a heavy bar of wood across it, the ends of which ran into holes in +the wall. At his first step the sand scrunching under his slippers made +an indiscreet noise. He drew his feet from his slippers, and waited in +the corner. Then, without a sound that could be heard by an unexpectant +ear, he went to the door in the corridor, just as the riders passed in +front of it at walking pace. They were speaking very low to each other, +but not so low but that Leiba could quite well catch these words: + +"He has gone to bed early." + +"Supposing he has gone away?" + +"His turn will come; but I should have liked----" + +No more was intelligible; the men were already some way away. + +To whom did these words refer? Who had gone to bed or gone away? Whose +turn would come another time? Who would have liked something? And +what was it he wanted? What did they want on that by-road--a road +only used by anyone wishing to find the inn? + +An overwhelming sense of fatigue seemed to overcome Leiba. + +"Could it be Gheorghe?" + +Leiba felt as if his strength was giving way, and he sat down by the +door. Eager thoughts chased each other through his head, he could +not think clearly or come to any decision. + +Terrified, he re-entered the inn, struck a match, and lighted a small +petroleum lamp. + +It was an apology for a light; the wick was turned so low as to conceal +the flame in the brass receiver; only by means of the opening round +the receiver could some of the vertical shafts of light penetrate +into a gloom that was like the darkness of death--all the same it +was sufficient to enable him to see well into the familiar corners +of the inn. Ah! How much less is the difference between the sun and +the tiniest spark of light than between the latter and the gloom +of blindness. + +The clock on the wall ticked audibly. The monotonous sound irritated +Leiba. He put his hand over the swinging pendulum, and stayed its +movement. + +His throat was parched. He was thirsty. He washed a small glass in +a three-legged tub by the side of the bar and tried to pour some +good brandy out of a decanter; but the mouth of the decanter began +to clink loudly on the edge of the glass. This noise was still more +irritating. A second attempt, in spite of his effort to conquer his +weakness, met with no greater success. + +Then, giving up the idea of the glass, he let it fall gently into +the water, and drank several times out of the decanter. After that he +pushed the decanter back into its place; as it touched the shelf it +made an alarming clatter. For a moment he waited, appalled by such +a catastrophe. Then he took the lamp, and placed it in the niche of +the window which lighted the passage: the door, the pavement, and +the wall which ran at right angles to the passage, were illuminated +by almost imperceptible streaks of light. + +He seated himself near the doorway and listened intently. + +From the hill came the sound of bells ringing in the Resurrection +morning. It meant that midnight was past, day was approaching. Ah! If +only the rest of this long night might pass as had the first half! + +The sound of sand trodden underfoot! But he was sitting in the corner, +and had not stirred; a second noise, followed by many such. There +could be no doubt some one was outside, here, quite near. Leiba rose, +pressing his hand to his heart, and trying to swallow a suspicious +lump in his throat. + +There were several people outside--and Gheorghe! Yes, he was there; +yes, the bells on the hill had rung the Resurrection. + +They spoke softly: + +"I tell you he is asleep. I saw when the lights went out." + +"Good, we will take the whole nest." + +"I will undo the door, I understand how it works. We must cut an +opening--the beam runs along here." + +He seemed to feel the touch of the men outside as they measured the +distance on the wood. A big gimlet could be heard boring its way +through the dry bark of the old oak. Leiba felt the need of support; +he steadied himself against the door with his left hand while he +covered his eyes with the right. + +Then, through some inexplicable play of the senses, he heard, from +within, quite loud and clear: + +"Leiba! Here comes the coach." + +It was surely Sura's voice. A warm ray of hope! A moment of joy! It +was just another dream! But Leiba drew his left hand quickly back; +the point of the tool, piercing the wood at that spot, had pricked +the palm of his hand. + +Was there any chance of escape? Absurd! In his burning brain the +image of the gimlet took inconceivable dimensions. The instrument, +turning continually, grew indefinitely, and the opening became larger +and larger, large enough at last to enable the monster to step through +the round aperture without having to bend. All that surged through +such a brain transcends the thoughts of man; life rose to such a +pitch of exaltation that everything seen, heard, felt, appeared to +be enormous, the sense of proportion became chaotic. + +The work outside was continued with method and perseverance. Four times +in succession Leiba had seen the sharp steel tooth pierce through to +his side and draw back again. + +"Now, give me the saw," said Gheorghe. + +The narrow end of a saw appeared through the first hole, and started to +work with quick, regular movements. The plan was easy to understand; +four holes in four corners of one panel; the saw made cuts between +them; the gimlet was driven well home in the centre of the panel; +when the piece became totally separated from the main body of the +wood it was pulled out; through the opening thus made a strong hand +inserted itself, seized the bar, pushed it to one side and--Gentiles +are in Leiba's house. + +In a few moments, this same gimlet would cause the destruction of +Leiba and his domestic hearth. The two executioners would hold the +victim prostrate on the ground, and Gheorghe, with heel upon his body, +would slowly bore the gimlet into the bone of the living breast as +he had done into the dead wood, deeper and deeper, till it reached +the heart, silencing its wild beatings and pinning it to the spot. + +Leiba broke into a cold sweat; the man was overcome by his own +imagination, and sank softly to his knees as though life were ebbing +from him under the weight of this last horror, overwhelmed by the +thought that he must abandon now all hope of saving himself. + +"Yes! Pinned to the spot," he said, despairingly. "Yes! Pinned to +the spot." + +He stayed a moment, staring at the light by the window. For some +moments he stood aghast, as though in some other world, then he +repeated with quivering eyelids: + +"Yes! Pinned to the spot." + +Suddenly a strange change took place in him, a complete revulsion of +feeling; he ceased to tremble, his despair disappeared, and his face, +so discomposed by the prolonged crisis, assumed an air of strange +serenity. He straightened himself with the decision of a strong and +healthy man who makes for an easy goal. + +The line between the two upper punctures of the panel was +finished. Leiba went up, curious to see the working of the tool. His +confidence became more pronounced. He nodded his head as though to say: +"I still have time." + +The saw cut the last fibre near the hole towards which it was working, +and began to saw between the lower holes. + +"There are still three," thought Leiba, and with the caution of +the most experienced burglar he softly entered the inn. He searched +under the bar, picked up something, and went out again as he entered, +hiding the object he had in his hand as though he feared somehow the +walls might betray him, and went back on tiptoe to the door. + +Something terrible had happened; the work outside had ceased--there +was nothing to be heard. + +"What is the matter? Has he gone? What has happened?" flashed through +the mind of the man inside. He bit his lower lip at such a thought, +full of bitter disappointment. + +"Ha, ha!" It was an imaginary deception; the work began again, and he +followed it with the keenest interest, his heart beating fast. His +decision was taken, he was tormented by an incredible desire to see +the thing finished. + +"Quicker!" he thought, with impatience. "Quicker!" + +Again the sound of bells ringing on the hill. + +"Hurry up, old fellow, the daylight will catch us!" said a voice +outside, as though impelled by the will of the man within. + +The work was pushed on rapidly. Only a few more movements and all +the punctures in the panel would be united. + +At last! + +Gently the drill carried out the four-sided piece of wood. A large and +supple hand was thrust in; but before it reached the bars it sought +two screams were heard, while, with great force, Leiba enclosed it +with the free end of the noose, which was round a block fixed to the +cellar door. + +The trap was ingeniously contrived: a long rope fastened round a +block of wood; lengthwise, at the place where the sawn panel had +disappeared, was a spring-ring which Leiba held open with his left +hand, while at the same time his right hand held the other end taut. At +the psychological moment he sprang the ring, and rapidly seizing the +free end of the rope with both hands he pulled the whole arm inside +by a supreme effort. + +In a second the operation was complete. It was accompanied by two +cries, one of despair, the other of triumph: the hand is "pinned +to the spot." Footsteps were heard retreating rapidly: Gheorghe's +companions were abandoning to Leiba the prey so cleverly caught. + +The Jew hurried into the inn, took the lamp and with a decided movement +turned up the wick as high as it would go: the light concealed by the +metal receiver rose gay and victorious, restoring definite outlines +to the nebulous forms around. + +Zibal went into the passage with the lamp. The burglar groaned +terribly; it was obvious from the stiffening of his arm that he had +given up the useless struggle. The hand was swollen, the fingers +were curved as though they would seize something. The Jew placed the +lamp near it--a shudder, the fever is returning. He moved the light +quite close, until, trembling, he touched the burglar's hand with the +burning chimney; a violent convulsion of the finger was followed by +a dull groan. Leiba was startled at the sight of this phenomenon. + +Leiba trembled--his eyes betrayed a strange exaltation. He burst into +a shout of laughter which shook the empty corridor and resounded in +the inn. + +Day was breaking. + +Sura woke up suddenly--in her sleep she seemed to hear a terrible +moaning. Leiba was not in the room. All that had happened previously +returned to her mind. Something terrible had taken place. She +jumped out of bed and lighted the candle. Leiba's bed had not been +disturbed. He had not been to bed at all. + +Where was he? The woman glanced out of the window; on the hill in front +shone a little group of small bright lights, they flared and jumped, +now they died away, now, once more, soared upwards. They told of +the Resurrection. Sura undid the window; then she could hear groans +from down by the door. Terrified, she hurried down the stairs. The +corridor was lighted up. As she emerged through the doorway, the +woman was astonished by a horrible sight. + +Upon a wooden chair, his elbows on his knees, his beard in his hand, +sat Leiba. Like a scientist, who, by mixing various elements, hopes +to surprise one of nature's subtle secrets which has long escaped +and worried him, Leiba kept his eyes fixed upon some hanging object, +black and shapeless, under which, upon another chair of convenient +height, there burnt a big torch. He watched, without turning a hair, +the process of decomposition of the hand which most certainly would +not have spared him. He did not hear the groans of the unhappy being +outside: he was more interested, at present, in watching than in +listening. + +He followed with eagerness each contortion, every strange convulsion +of the fingers till one by one they became powerless. They were like +the legs of a beetle which contract and stretch, waving in agitated +movement, vigorously, then slower and slower until they lie paralysed +by the play of some cruel child. + +It was over. The roasted hand swelled slowly and remained +motionless. Sura gave a cry. + +"Leiba!" + +He made a sign to her not to disturb him. A greasy smell of burnt flesh +pervaded the passage: a crackling and small explosions were heard. + +"Leiba! What is it?" repeated the woman. + +It was broad day. Sura stretched forward and withdrew the bar. The +door opened outwards, dragging with it Gheorghe's body, suspended by +the right arm. A crowd of villagers, all carrying lighted torches, +invaded the premises. + +"What is it? What is it?" + +They soon understood what had happened. Leiba, who up to now had +remained motionless, rose gravely to his feet. He made room for +himself to pass, quietly pushing the crowd to one side. + +"How did it happen, Jew?" asked some one. + +"Leiba Zibal," said the innkeeper in a loud voice, and with a lofty +gesture, "goes to Jassy to tell the Rabbi that Leiba Zibal is a Jew +no longer. Leiba Zibal is a Christian--for Leiba Zibal has lighted +a torch for Christ." + +And the man moved slowly up the hill, towards the sunrise, like the +prudent traveller who knows that the long journey is not achieved +with hasty steps. + + + + + + + +AT MANJOALA'S INN + +By I. L. CARAGIALE + + +It took a quarter of an hour to reach Manjoala's Inn. From there +to Upper Popeshti was about nine miles; at an easy pace, that meant +one hour and a half. A good hack--if they gave it oats at the inn, +and three-quarters' of an hour rest--could do it comfortably. That +is to say, one quarter of an hour and three-quarters of an hour +made one hour, on to Popeshti was one hour and a half, that made +two and a half. It was past seven already; at ten o'clock at latest, +I should be with Pocovnicu Iordache. I was rather late--I ought to +have started earlier--but, after all, he expected me. + +I was turning this over in my mind when I saw in the distance, a good +gun-shot length away, a great deal of light coming from Manjoala's Inn, +for it still retained that name. It was now really Madame Manjoala's +inn--the husband died some five years ago. What a capable woman! How +she had worked, how she had improved the place! They were on the +point of selling the inn while her husband was alive. Since then +she had paid off the debts, and had repaired the house; moreover, +she had built a flight of stone steps, and every one said she had +a good sum of money too. Some surmised that she had found a hidden +treasure, others that she had dealings with the supernatural. + +Once some robbers attempted an attack upon her. They tried to force +the door. One of them, the strongest, a man like a bull, wielded the +axe, but when he tried to strike he fell to the ground. They quickly +raised him up--he was dead. His brother tried to speak, but could +not--he was dumb. There were four of them. They hoisted the dead man +on to his brother's back, the other two took his feet that they might +carry him off to bury him somewhere away. + +As they left the courtyard of the inn, Madame Manjoala began to scream +from the window, "Thieves!" and in front of her there suddenly appeared +the sub-prefect with numerous men and four mounted soldiers. The +official shouted: + +"Who is there?" + +Two of the robbers escaped. The dumb man remained behind with his +dead brother on his back. + +Now what happened at the trial? Every one knew the mute had been +able to speak. How could anyone doubt but that the dumb man was +shamming? They beat him till he was crazy to try and make his speech +come back, but in vain. Since then the lads had lost all desire to +attack the place. + +While all this was passing through my mind I arrived at the inn. A +number of carts were waiting in the yard of the inn. Some were carrying +timber down the valley; others, maize up the hill. + +It was a raw autumn evening. The drivers were warming themselves round +the fire. It was the light from the latter that had been visible so far +away. An ostler took my horse in charge to give him some oats in the +stable. I entered the tap-room where a good many men were drinking, +while two sleepy gipsies, one with a lute and one with a zither, +were playing monotonously in a corner. I was hungry and cold. The +damp had pierced through me. + +"Where's your mistress?" I asked the boy behind the bar. + +"By the kitchen fire." + +"It ought to be warmer there," I said, and passed through the +vestibule, out of the tap-room into the kitchen. + +It was very clean in the kitchen, and the smell was not like that in +the tap-room, of fur and boots and damp shoes; there was a smell of +new-made bread. Madame Manjoala was looking after the oven. + +"Well met, Mistress Marghioala." + +"Welcome, Mr. Fanica." + +"Is there a chance of getting anything to eat?" + +"Up to midnight even, for respectable people like yourself." + +Mistress Marghioala quickly gave orders to one of the servants to +lay a table in the next room, and then, going up to the hearth, said: + +"Look, choose for yourself." + +Mistress Marghioala was beautiful, well-built and fascinating, that I +knew; but never since I had known her--and I had known her for a long +time, for I had passed Manjoala's Inn many a time when my dead father +was alive, as the road to the town led by it--had she appeared to me +more attractive. I was young, smart and daring, much more daring than +smart. I came up on her left side as she was bending over the hearth, +and took her by the waist! with my hand I took hold of her right arm, +which was as hard as iron, and the devil tempted me to give it a pinch. + +"Have you got nothing to do?" said the woman, looking at me askance. + +But I, to cover my blunder, said: + +"What marvellous eyes you have, Mistress Marghioala!" + +"Don't try and flatter me; you had better tell me what to give you." + +"Give me--give me--give me yourself." + +"Really----" + +"Indeed, you have marvellous eyes, Mistress Marghioala!" sighing. + +"Supposing your father-in-law heard you?" + +"What father-in-law? What do you mean by that?" + +"You think because you hide yourself under your cap that nobody +sees what you do. Aren't you going to Pocovnicu Iordache to engage +yourself to his eldest daughter? Come, don't look at me like that, +go into the next room to dinner." + +I had seen many clean and quiet rooms in the course of my life, but +a room like that one! What a bed! What curtains! What walls! What a +ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those crochet +things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being under a +hen's wing, and a smell of apples and quinces! + +I was about to seat myself at the table, when, according to a habit +I had acquired in my childhood, I turned to bow towards the east. I +looked carefully round all along the walls--not an Icon to be seen. + +"What are you looking for?" said Mistress Marghioala. + +"Your Icons. Where do you keep them?" + +"Dash the Icons! They only breed worms and wood-lice." + +What a cleanly woman! I seated myself at the table, and crossed myself +as was my custom, when suddenly there was a yell. It appeared that +with the heel of my boot I had trodden upon an old Tom cat which was +under the table. + +Mistress Marghioala jumped up quickly and undid the outside door. The +injured cat made a bound outside while the cold air rushed in and +extinguished the lamp. She groped about for the matches. I searched +here, she searched there. We met face to face in the dark. I, very +bold, took her in my arms and began to kiss her. The lady now resisted, +now yielded; her cheeks were burning, her mouth was cold, soft down +fluttered about her ears. At last the servant arrived with a tray +with viands on it, and a light. We must have hunted some time for the +matches, for the chimney of the lamp was quite cold. I lit it again. + +What excellent food! Hot bread, roast duck with cabbage, boiled +veal sausages, and wine! And Turkish coffee! And laughter and +conversation! Good luck to Mistress Marghioala! + +After coffee she said to the old maidservant: "Tell them to bring +out a half-bottle of muscadine." + +That wonderful old wine! A sort of languor seized my every limb. I sat +on one side of the bed, draining the last amber drops from my glass, +and smoking a cigarette, while through the cloud of tobacco smoke +I watched Mistress Marghioala who sat on a chair opposite rolling +cigarettes for me. I said: + +"Indeed, Mistress Marghioala, you have marvellous eyes! Do you +know what?" + +"What?" + +"Would it trouble you to make me another cup of coffee, not quite so +sweet as this?" + +How she laughed! When the maid brought the coffee-pot, she said: + +"Madam, you sit talking here--you don't know what it is like outside." + +"What is it?" + +"A high wind has got up, and there is a storm coming." + +I jumped to my feet and looked at the time; it was nearly a quarter +to eleven. Instead of half an hour, I had been at the inn for two +hours and a half! That's what comes when one begins to talk. + +"Let some one get my horse!" + +"Who? The ostlers have gone to bed." + +"I will go to the stables myself." + +"They have bewitched you at Pocovnicu!" said the lady with a ripple +of laughter, as she barred my passage through the door. + +I put her gently on one side and went out on to the veranda. It was +indeed a dreadful night. The drivers' fires had died down, men and +animals were sleeping on the straw, lying one against the other on +the ground, while above them the wind howled wildly. + +"There is a great storm," said Mistress Marghioala, shuddering as +she seized me firmly by the hand. "You are mad to start in such +weather. Stay the night here: start at daybreak to-morrow." + +"That's impossible." + +I forcibly withdrew my hand. I proceeded to the stables. With great +difficulty I roused an ostler and found my horse. I tightened the +girths, fastened the horse to the steps, and then went to the room +to bid my hostess good night. The woman, immersed in thought, was +sitting on the bed with my cap in her hand. She was turning and +twisting it about. + +"How much have I to pay?" I asked. + +"You can pay me when you come back," replied my hostess, looking +intently into the lining of my cap. + +And then she rose to her feet and held it out to me. I took the cap, +and put it on my head, rather on one side. + +I said, looking straight into the woman's eyes, which seemed to shine +most strangely: + +"I kiss your eyes, Mistress Marghioala!" + +"A safe journey to you." + +I threw myself into the saddle, the old servant opened the gate for +me, and out I rode. Resting my left hand on my horse's flank, I turned +my head round. Over the top of the fence could be seen the open door +of the room, and in the opening was outlined the white figure of the +woman with her hand above her arched eyebrows. + +I rode at a slow pace whistling a gay song to myself until I turned +the corner of the fence to get to the road, when the picture was +hidden from my sight. I said to myself, "Here we go!" and crossed +myself. At that moment I plainly heard the banging of a door and the +mew of a cat. My hostess, unable to see me any longer, went hastily +back into the warmth and doubtless caught the cat in the door. That +damned cat! It was always getting under people's feet. + +I had gone a good part of the way. The storm increased and shook me +in the saddle. Overhead, cloud after cloud hurried across the valley +and above the hill, as though in fear of chastisement from on high; +now massed together, now dispersed, they revealed at long intervals +the pale light of the waning moon. + +The damp cold pierced through me. I felt it paralysing legs and +arms. As I rode with head bent to avoid the buffeting of the wind, I +began to feel pains in my neck; my forehead and temples were burning, +and there was a drumming in my ears. + +"I have drunk too much," I thought to myself, as I pushed my cap on +to the nape of my neck, and raised my forehead towards the sky. + +But the whirling clouds made me dizzy. I felt a burning sensation below +my left rib. I drew in a deep breath of cold air, and a knife seemed +to drive right through my chest. I tucked my chin down again. My cap +seemed to squeeze my head like a vice. I took it off and placed it +on the point of my saddle. I felt ill. It was foolish of me to have +started. Everybody would be asleep at Pocovnicu Iordache. They would +not have expected me. They would not have imagined that I should +be silly enough to start in such weather. I urged on my horse which +staggered as though it, too, had been drinking. + +The wind had sunk, the rain had ceased. It was misty; it began to grow +dark and to drizzle. I put my cap on again. Suddenly the blood began +to beat against my temples. The horse was quite done, exhausted by the +violence of the wind. I dug my heels into him, I gave him a cut with my +whip; the animal took a few hasty paces, then snorted, and stood still +on the spot as though he had seen some unexpected obstacle in front +of him. I looked. I really saw, a few paces in front of the horse, +a tiny creature jumping and skipping. An animal! What could it be? A +wild beast? It was a very small one. I put my hand to my revolver; +then I clearly heard the bleat of a kid. + +I urged on the horse as much as I could. It turned straight round +and started to go back. A few paces forward, and again it stood +snorting. The kid again! The horse stopped; it turned round. I gave +it some cuts with the whip and tightened the curb. It moved forward--a +few paces--the kid again! + +The clouds had dispersed. One could see now as clearly as possible. It +was a little black kid. Now it trotted forward, now it turned back, +it flung out its hooves, and finally reared itself on to its hind legs +and ran about with its little beard in front, and its head ready to +butt, making wonderful bounds and playing every kind of wild antic. + +I got off my horse, which would not advance for the world, and took +the reins up short. I bent down to the ground. + +"Come, come!" I called the kid, with my hand as though I wanted to +give it some bran. + +The kid approached, jumping continually. The horse snorted madly, +it tried to break away. I went down on my knees, but I held the horse +firmly. The kid came close up to my hand. It was a dear little black +buck which allowed itself to be petted and lifted up. I put it in the +bag on the right side among some clothes. At that moment the horse +was convulsed and shook in every limb as though in its death throes. + +I remounted. The horse started off like a mad thing. For some time +it went like the wind over ditches, over mole-hills, over bushes, +without my being able to stop it, without my knowing where I was, or +being able to guess where it was taking me. During this wild chase, +when at any moment I might have broken my neck, with body frozen and +head on fire, I thought of the comfortable haven I had so stupidly +left. Why? Mistress Marghioala would have given me her room, otherwise +she would not have invited me. + +The kid was moving in the bag, trying to make itself more +comfortable. I looked towards it; with its intelligent little head +stuck out of the bag it was peering wisely at me. The thought of +another pair of eyes flashed through my mind. What a fool I'd been. + +The horse stumbled; I stopped him forcibly; he tried to move on again, +but sank to his knees. Suddenly, through an opening in the clouds, +appeared the waning moon, shining on the side of a slope. The sight +of it struck me all of a heap. It was in front of me! There were +then two moons in the sky! I was going uphill; the moon ought to +be behind me! I turned my head quickly to see the real moon. I had +missed my way--I was going downhill! Where was I? I looked ahead--a +maize-field with uncut stalks; behind me lay open field. I crossed +myself, and pressing my horse with my weary legs, I tried to help +him rise. Just then I felt a violent blow on my right foot. A cry! I +had kicked the kid! I put my hand quickly into the bag; the bag was +empty. I had lost the kid on the road! The horse rose shaking its +head as though it were giddy. It reared on to its hind legs, hurled +itself on one side, and threw me to the other; finally he tore away +like a thing possessed and disappeared into the darkness. + +By the time I got up, much shaken, I could hear a rustle among the +maize, and close by came the sound of a man's voice saying clearly: + +"Hi! Hi! May Heaven remove you!" + +"Who is there?" I called. + +"An honest man." + +"Who?" + +"Gheorghe." + +"Which Gheorghe?" + +"Natrut--Gheorghe Natrut, who watches the maize-fields." + +"Aren't you coming this way?" + +"Yes, here I come." + +And the figure of a man became visible among the maize. + +"May I ask, brother Gheorghe, where we are at this moment? I have +missed my way in the storm." + +"Where do you want to go to?" + +"To Upper Popeshti." + +"Eh! To Pocovnicu Iordache." + +"That's it." + +"In that case you have not missed your road. You'll have some trouble +to get to Popeshti--you are only at Haculeshti here." + +"At Haculeshti?" I said joyfully. "Then I am close to Manjoala's Inn." + +"Look there; we are at the back of the stables." + +"Come and show me the way so that I don't just go and break my neck." + +I had been wandering about for four hours. A few steps brought +us to the inn. Mistress Marghioala's room was lit up and shadows +moved across the curtain. Who knew what other, wiser traveller had +enjoyed that bed! I should have to rest content with some bench by +the kitchen fire. But what luck! As I knocked some one heard me. The +old maidservant hurried to open to me. As I entered I stumbled over +something soft on the threshold. The kid! Did you ever! It was +my hostess' kid! It, too, entered the room and went and lay down +comfortably under the bed. + +What was I to say? Did the woman know I had returned, or had she got +up very early? The bed was made. + +"Mistress Marghioala!" So much I was able to say. + +Wishing to thank God that I had escaped with my life, I started to +raise my right hand to my head. + +The lady quickly seized my hand and pulling it down, drew me with +all her strength into her arms. + +I can still see that room. What a bed! What curtains! What walls! What +a ceiling! All white as milk. And the lamp-shade, and all those +crochet things of every kind and shape! And the warmth, like being +under a hen's wing, and a smell of apples and quinces! + + + +I should have stayed a long time at Manjoala's Inn if my father-in-law, +Pocovnicu Iordache, God forgive him, had not fetched me away by +force. Three times I fled from him before the marriage, and returned to +the inn, until the old man, who at all cost wanted me for a son-in-law, +set men to catch me and take me gagged to a little monastery in the +mountains. Forty days of fasting, genuflexions and prayers. I left +it quite repentant. I got engaged and I married. + +Only lately, one clear winter's night, while my father-in-law and +I were sitting talking together, as is the custom of the country, +in front of a flagon of wine, we heard from a prefect, who arrived +from the town where he had been making some purchases, that during +the day there had been a big fire at Haculeshti. Manjoala's Inn had +been burnt to the ground, burying poor Mistress Marghioala, who thus +met her end under a gigantic funeral pyre. + +"And so at the last the sorceress was thrown on the bonfire!" said +my father-in-law, laughing. + +And I began to tell the above story for at least the hundredth +time. Pocovnicu maintained, among other things, that the lady put a +charm into the lining of my cap, and that the kid and the cat were +one and the same. + +"May be," I said. + +"She was the devil, listen to me." + +"She may have been," I replied, "but if that is so, then the devil, +it seems, leads to the good." + +"At first it seems to be good, to catch one, but later one sees where +it leads one." + +"How do you know all this?" + +"That's not your business," replied the old man, "that's another +story!" + + + + + + + +ALEXANDRU LAPUSHNEANU + +1564-1569 + +By C. NEGRUZZI + + +Jacob Eraclid, surnamed the "Despot," perished by the hand of +Shtefan Tomsha, who then proceeded to govern the land, but Alexandru +Lapushneanu, after two successive defeats at the hands of the tyrant's +forces, fled to Constantinople, succeeded in securing aid from the +Turkish army, and returned to drive out the rapacious Tomsha, and +seize for himself the throne which he never would have lost had the +boyars not betrayed him. He entered Moldavia accompanied by seven +thousand spahees and three thousand mixed troops. He also brought +with him imperial orders for Han Tatar Nogai to collect some troops +with which to come to his aid. + +Lapushneanu rode with Vornic Bogdan by his side, both were mounted +upon Turkish stallions, and were armed from head to foot. + +"What think you, Bogdan," he said after a short pause, "shall we +succeed?" + +"How can your Highness doubt it," replied the courtier, "the country +groans under the harshness of Tomsha. The whole army will surrender +when you promise them higher pay. Those boyars who are still left +alive are only held back by fear of death, but when they see that +your Highness comes with force they will at once flock to you, and +desert the other." + +"Please God we shall not be obliged to do what Voda Mircea did in +Muntenia; but as I have told you, I know our boyars, for I have lived +among them." + +"This matter must be left to your Highness's sagacity." + +Thus speaking they drew near to Tecuci where they halted by a wood. + +"Sire," said a messenger approaching, "some boyars have arrived, +and crave an audience of your Highness." + +"Let them come," replied Alexandru. + +Four boyars soon entered the tent, where he was sitting surrounded +by his boyars and officers; two of them were elderly men but the +other two were young. They were Vornic Motzoc, Postelnic Veveritza, +Spancioc, the noble, and Stroici. They approached Voda Alexandru, +and bowed to the ground, but without kissing the hem of his garment +as was the custom. + +"Welcome, boyars!" said Alexandru, forcing himself to smile. + +"Good health to your Highness," replied the boyars. + +"I have heard," pursued Alexandru, "of the affliction of the land, +and I have come to deliver it; I know the country awaits me with joy." + +"Do not imagine that it is so, your Highness," said Motzoc. "The +country is quiet; it may be your Highness has heard things that are not +really facts, it being the habit of our people to make stallions out +of mosquitoes. For this reason the community has sent us to tell you +that the people do not want you, no one loves you, and your Highness +has only to turn back----" + +"You may not want me, I want you," replied Lapushneanu, and his +eyes flashed like lightning. "You may not love me, I will love you, +and will come among you with your consent or without it. I turn +back? Sooner may the Danube change its course! Ah! The country does +not want me? Do I understand that you do not want me?" + +"One dare not behead ambassadors," said Spancioc. "We are bound to +tell you the truth. The boyars have decided to take their way to +Hungary, to Poland, and to Muntenia, where they all have relations +and friends. They will come with foreign armies, and woe betide the +poor country when we have war between us, and maybe your Highness +will not do well because Shtefan Tomsha----" + +"Tomsha! Has he taught you to speak with such temerity? I know not +what prevents me from smashing the teeth in your jaw with this club," +he said, seizing the weapon from Bogdan's hand. "Has that wretched +Tomsha taught you?" + +"He who is worthy to be named the Anointed of God cannot be wretched," +said Veveritza. + +"Am not I, too, the Anointed of God? Did you not swear fealty to me +when I was only Petre Stolnic? Did you not choose me? What was my +reign like! What blood have I shed? Whom have I turned from my door +without due reward and help? And yet you do not want me, do not love +me? Ha, ha, ha!" + +He laughed; a laugh that distorted the muscles of his face, and his +eyes blinked incessantly. + +"With your Highness's permission," said Stroici, "we see that our +country will once more be under the heel of the heretics. When these +hordes of Turks have robbed and devastated the land, over whom will +your Highness reign?" + +"And with what will you satisfy the greed of these heretics, whom +your Highness has brought with you?" added Spancioc. + +"With your possessions, not with the money of the peasants whom you +fleece. You milk the country dry, but now the time has come when I +will milk you dry. Enough, boyars! Return and tell him who sent you +to be on his guard lest I catch him, if he would not have me make +flutes out of his bones, and cases for my drums out of his skin." + +The boyars retired sadly; Motzoc remained. + +"Why do you stay?" asked Lapushneanu. + +"Sire! Sire!" said Motzoc, falling on his knees. "Reward us not +after our iniquities! Remember this is your native land, remember +the scriptural admonition to forgive your enemies! Have pity on the +poor land. Sire! dismiss these pagan armies; come with only a few +Moldavians with you, and we will guarantee that not a hair of your +Highness's head shall be touched; and if you need armies we will arm +our women and our children, we will raise the country, we will call +up our retainers and our neighbours. Trust yourself to us!" + +"Trust myself to you?" said Lapushneanu, comprehending his +plan. "Perchance you think I do not know the Moldavian proverb: +'The wolf may change his skin, but never his habits'? Perchance I +do not know you, you especially? Do I not know that when my army +was outnumbered, when you saw that I was defeated, you abandoned +me? Veveritza is an old enemy of mine, but he has never concealed +the fact; Spancioc is still young, his heart is full of love for his +country; it pleases me to see his pride which he does not attempt +to conceal. Stroici is a child, who does not understand men yet, and +does not know the meaning of flattery, or a lie; to him it seems that +all birds that fly are fit to eat. But you, Motzoc, seasoned veteran +of hard times, accustomed to fawn on every ruler, you have sold the +Despot; you have sold me too, and will now sell Tomsha; tell me, +should I not be an arch fool to put my trust in you? Still, I pardon +you for daring to think that you could cheat me, and I promise you +my sword shall not stain itself with your blood; I will spare you, +for you are useful to me and will help to bear my blame. The others +are all drones, and the hive must be freed from them." + +Motzoc kissed his hand, like the dog which, instead of biting, +licks the hand that beats him. He was grateful for the promise given +him. He knew that Voda Alexandru would have need of an intriguer +like himself. The deputies had been commanded by Tomsha, in the +event of their being unable to turn Lapushneanu from his path, +to take the road to Constantinople, where by means of petitions +and bribes they were to try and compass his overthrow. But seeing +that he came with the good will of the Porte itself, and, moreover, +fearing to return without any success to Tomsha, he begged leave to +remain in his company. This was Motzoc's plan that he might himself +adhere to Lapushneanu. Leave was granted him. + + + +Tomsha, not finding himself in a position to offer resistance, fled +into Valahia, and Lapushneanu found no obstacle in his path. The +people round met him with joy and hope, reminding themselves of his +first reign, during which he had not had time to develop his odious +character. + +But the boyars trembled. They had two great reasons to be anxious: they +knew that the people hated them, and the monarch did not love them. + +Immediately upon his arrival Lapushneanu gave orders that all the +Moldavian towns, except Hotin, should be piled high with wood and +burnt, wishing thus to destroy the refuge of the discontented, +who many times, under the protection of their walls, hatched plots +and attempted rebellion. In order to undermine the influence of the +boyars, and to root out the feudal communities, he despoiled them of +their estates under every kind of pretext; in this way he deprived +them of their only means of reducing and corrupting the populace. + +But not deeming this plan sufficient he put persons to death from time +to time. For the smallest official mistake, upon the utterance of the +slightest complaint, the head of the culprit was spiked upon the gates +of the churchyard, with a placard setting forth his fault, real or +imaginary; the rotting head was only removed to make room for another. + +No one dared to speak against him, much less plot. A numerous guard +of mercenaries, Albanians, Serbs, Hungarians, driven out on account +of their misdeeds, found shelter with Alexandru, who bribed them +with high pay; the Moldavian army, under captains who were his own +creatures, he kept on the frontiers, he gave the soldiers leave to +go to their own homes, retaining only a small number. + +One day he was walking alone in the saloon of the royal palace. He +had had a long talk with Motzoc, who was in great favour, and who +had departed after devising a scheme for some fresh tax. He seemed +restless, he talked to himself, and was evidently meditating another +death or some fresh persecution when a side door opened, and admitted +the Princess Rucsanda. + +At the death of her parent, the good Petru Raresh, who--says the +chronicle--was buried amidst much lamentation and mourning in the +sacred Monastery of Probota, erected by himself, Rucsanda remained, at +a tender age, under the guardianship of her two elder brothers, Iliash +and Shtefan: Iliash, succeeding his father upon the throne, after a +short and stormy reign, retired to Constantinople where he embraced +Mohammedanism, and Shtefan took his place upon the throne. This man +was more cruel than his brother; he began by compelling all strangers +and Catholics to renounce their religion, and many rich families +settled in the country went into exile on this account, giving as a +pretext the poverty of the land and the decline in trade. The boyars, +many of whom were related by marriage to the Poles and Hungarians, +took offence, and entering into communication with the exiled boyars +decided that Shtefan should perish. Perhaps they would have delayed +to put this plan into execution if his excesses had not hastened it +on. "No woman was safe from his lust if she were fair," says the +chronicler in his naive fashion. One day when he was at Tzutzora, +instead of waiting for the arrival of the exiled boyars, the boyars +who were with him cut the ropes of the tent under which he was seated, +in order to prevent his escape, and rushing upon him murdered him. + +After this Rucsanda alone remained of the family of Petru Raresh, and +the murderous boyars decided to give her as wife to one of their number +called Jolde, whom they had chosen to be their ruler. But Lapushneanu, +chosen by the exiled boyars, met Jolde, whom he defeated, and seizing +him he cut off his nose, and turned him into a monk; in order to win +the hearts of the people, who still kept a lively recollection of +Raresh, he married, and took to himself Raresh's daughter. Thus the +gentle Rucsanda found herself the partner of the conqueror. + +When she entered the hall she was clothed with all the magnificence +due to the wife, daughter and sister of a king. + +Above a long garment of cloth of gold, open in front, she wore a tight +coat of blue velvet trimmed with sable, and with long sleeves falling +back; she wore a girdle of gold which fastened with big clasps of +jasper surrounded by precious stones; round her neck hung a necklace +of many rows of pearls. A cap of sable, placed rather on one side, +was ornamented with a white aigrette studded with jewels and held in +place by a big emerald flower. Her hair, according to the fashion of +the day, was parted and hung in braids over her back and shoulders. Her +face was of that beauty which once made famous the Roumanian women, +but which is rarely found to-day, for it has degenerated through the +mingling of foreign blood. She was also sad and languishing, like a +flower exposed unshaded to the burning heat of the sun. She had seen +her father die, had witnessed the abdication and withdrawal of one +brother and the murder of another. She had first of all been destined +by the community to be the wife of Jolde--whom she did not know--then +she was forced by that same community, who disposed without question +of her heart, to give her hand to Alexandru Voda whom she honoured +and obeyed as her husband, and whom she would have been ready to love +had she found in him the least trace of human feeling. Drawing near, +she bent and kissed his hand. Lapushneanu took her by the waist, +and lifting her as though she were a feather placed her upon his knee. + +"What tidings, my fair lady?" he said, kissing her on the brow. "For +what reason have you to-day, which is not a feast day, deserted your +spinning-wheel? What has roused you so early?" + +"The tears the widowed women shed at my door, and which cry to the Lord +Christ and the Holy Virgin for vengeance for all the blood you shed." + +Lapushneanu's face grew dark, and he unclasped his hands; Rucsanda +fell at his feet. + +"Oh, good my Lord! my brave husband!" she continued. "It is +enough! You have spilt so much blood, made so many widows, so many +orphans. Consider that your Highness is all powerful, and that a few +poor boyars cannot harm you. What does your Highness lack? You are +not at war with anyone; the land is quiet and submissive. I--God +knows how much I love you! Your Highness's children are fair and +young. Reflect that after life comes death, and that your Highness is +mortal and must give account of his deeds, for blood is not redeemed +by building monasteries; especially is it tempting and insulting God +to deem that you can propitiate him by erecting churches and----" + +"Thoughtless woman!" cried Lapushneanu, jumping to his feet, and from +force of habit he put his hand to the dagger at his belt; but instantly +controlling himself, he bent forward, and raising Rucsanda from the +floor he said: "My wife, do not let such foolish words escape your +lips, for God only knows what might happen. Be thankful to the great +saint and martyr, Dimitric Isvoritor, of blessed memory, to whose +honour we dedicate the church which we have built at Pangaratzi, +that he has hindered us from committing a great sin, and caused us +to remember that you are the mother of our children." + +"Even though I know you will murder me I cannot keep silence. Yesterday +when I wished to come in, a woman with five children threw herself +in front of my carriage and stopped me to show me a head fastened +to the courtyard gate. 'You will have to answer for it, Madam,' +she said to me, 'if you allow your husband to behead our fathers, +husbands and brothers. See, Madam, that is my husband, the father of +these children who are left orphans! Look well.' And she showed me +the gory head, and the head looked terribly at me! Ah, Sire, since +then I see that head incessantly, and I am afraid! I cannot rest!" + +"What will you?" asked Lapushneanu, smiling. + +"I will that you spill no more blood, that you cease to kill, that +I may see no more decapitated heads which make my heart break." + +"I promise you that after the day after to-morrow you will see no +more," replied Alexandru Voda, "and to-morrow I will give you a remedy +for fear." + +"What? What does that mean?" + +"To-morrow you will see. Now, sweet lady, go and see your children, and +attend to your house like a good mistress, and see to the preparations +for a feast, for to-morrow I give a great dinner to the boyars." + +The Princess Rucsanda departed after once more kissing his hand. Her +husband accompanied her to the door. + +"Ah, have you arranged everything?" he asked, moving quickly towards +his esquire who entered at that moment. + +"Everything is ready." + +"But will they come?" + +"They will come." + + + +At eventide came the news that on the next day, being Sunday, all the +boyars were to assemble at the Metropolitan Church, where the Prince +would be present to attend the Liturgy, and afterwards were to feast +at the court. + +Upon the arrival of Alexandru Voda divine service began; the boyars +were all assembled. Contrary to his usual custom, Lapushneanu was +dressed with regal splendour that day. He wore the crown of the +Paleologs; over his long Polish tunic of crimson velvet, he wore +a Turkish royal cloak. He carried no weapon except a small dagger, +inlaid with gold; but between the fastenings of the tunic could be +seen a shirt of mail. + +After listening to divine service he descended from his stall, +prostrated himself before the Icon, and approaching the shrine of +St. John the New, bent forward with great humility and kissed the +sacred relics. It is said that at that moment his face was very yellow, +and that the saintly shrine shook. + +Then once more ascending his stall, he turned to the boyars and said: + +"Most noble boyars! From the time I assumed kingship until this day, +I have shown myself harsh towards many: I have been cruel, severe, +shedding much blood. Only God knows how hard this has been for me, +and how I regret it, but you, boyars, know that I have only been +constrained thereto by the desire to end the various quarrels +and disputes which aimed at the disturbance of the country and my +destruction. To-day the state of affairs is different. The boyars have +come to their senses; they have realized that the flock cannot exist +without a shepherd as the Saviour said: 'They were distressed and +scattered as sheep not having a shepherd.' Most noble boyars! Let us +henceforth live in peace, loving one another like brothers, for this +is one of the ten commandments: 'Thou shalt love thy neighbour as +thyself,' and let us pardon one another, seeing that we are mortal, +beseeching our Lord Jesus Christ"--here he made the sign of the +cross--"to forgive us our daily trespasses as we forgive those that +trespass against us." + +Having finished this disjointed speech, he passed to the centre of +the church, and after prostrating himself once more turned towards +the people in front, and to the right and to the left of him, saying: + +"Pardon me, good people, and you also, most noble boyars!" + +"May God forgive you, your Highness!" they all replied, except two +young boyars who were standing lost in thought, hidden by a tomb near +the door, where no one paid heed to them. + +Lapushneanu left the church, bidding the boyars come and dine together +with him; he mounted his horse and returned to the palace. + +The people dispersed. + +"What do you think of it?" said one of the boyars, who, we have seen, +did not extend his pardon to Alexandru Voda. + +"I advise you not to dine with him to-day," replied the other. + +And they mixed with the crowd. They were Spancioc and Stroici. + +At the court great preparations had been made for this feast. The news +had spread that the Prince had made his peace with the boyars, and +the boyars rejoiced at the change, in the hopes they would once more +occupy positions whence they could amass fresh wealth at the expense of +the sweating peasants. As to the people, they were indifferent; they +neither expected good nor feared evil from this reconciliation. The +people were reconciled to the rule of Alexandru Voda. They only +grumbled about his Minister, Motzoc, who took advantage of his credit +with the Prince to cheat the mass of the people. Thus, although the +complaints of the community were continual about the thefts of Motzoc, +Lapushneanu either would not answer them or would not listen to them. + +As the hour of the feast drew near, the boyars arrived on horseback, +each accompanied by two or three retainers. They noticed that the +courtyard was full of armed mercenaries and that four guns were +trained upon the doors, but they concluded they were placed there +to fire the usual ceremonial salute. Perhaps one or two suspected +a trap, but once inside it was impossible to return, for the gates +were guarded and the sentries had orders to let no one pass out. + +Lapushneanu joined the boyars, forty-seven in number, and placed +himself at the head of the table, placing the Chancellor, Trotushan, +upon his right, and Home Secretary, Motzoc, upon his left. The pipes +began to play, and the viands were placed upon the table. + +In Moldavia at that period there was nothing remarkable in the +fashion of the food. The banquet only comprised a few varieties of +dishes. After the Polish soup came Greek dishes of boiled vegetables +floating in butter, then Turkish rice and finally a roast. The +table-cloth was of home-spun linen. The dishes containing the food, +the plates and the goblets, were of silver. Along the wall stood a row +of earthenware jars full of wine from Odobeshti and from Cotnari, and +at the back of each boyar waited some servant who poured out the wine. + +In the courtyard by the side of two roast oxen and four roast sheep, +three casks of wine had been broached; the retainers ate and drank, +the boyars ate and drank. Soon brains began to get inflamed: the +wine began to do its work. The boyars saluted, and congratulated the +Prince with loud applause, to which the mercenaries responded with +shouts and the guns with salvos. + +They were on the point of rising from the table when Veveritza raised +his glass, and bowing, said: + +"May your Highness live for many years! May you rule the land in +peace and may a merciful God strengthen the desire you have shown to +no longer molest the boyars or afflict the people----" + +He did not finish for the dagger of an esquire struck him right on +the forehead and felled him to the ground. + +"Ah, you would insult your Prince!" cried the esquire. "Upon them!" + +In a second, all the servants behind the boyars drew their daggers +and struck them; other soldiers under the captain of mercenaries +entered and slashed at them with their swords. In the meanwhile +Lapushneanu took Motzoc by the hand and drew him to the open window +whence to watch the butchery which began. He laughed; but Motzoc, +forcing himself to laugh, felt the hair rising upon his head, +and his teeth chattering. And, in truth, it was horrible to watch +that bloody scene. The fancy must picture a hall 33 ft. long and +30 ft. wide, a hundred and more desperate men, determined to kill, +executioners and victims, some fighting with the fury of despair, +others with drunken rage. The boyars had had no suspicions, thus +treacherously attacked from behind, and unarmed, they fell unable to +defend themselves. The older men died making the sign of the cross; but +many of the younger ones defended themselves with desperation; chairs, +plates, the implements upon the table became weapons in their hands; +some of the wounded gripped with fury the throats of the assassins, +and in spite of the injuries they received they squeezed them till +they suffocated. If one among them found a sword he sold his life +dearly. Many a mercenary perished, but finally not a boyar remained +alive. Forty-seven corpses lay upon the floor! In the struggle and +turmoil the table was overturned; the jars were broken and the wine +mixed with blood made a pool upon the boards of the hall. + +Simultaneously with the murder upstairs began the massacre in the +courtyard. + +The boyars' servants, finding themselves set upon without warning by +the soldiers, tried to flee. Only a few escaped with their lives; they +succeeded in scaling the walls and gave the alarm in the boyars' homes: +they called out others of the boyars' retainers and men, and roused +the populace. The whole city flocked to the gates of the courtyard, +which they began to destroy with axes. The soldiers, stupid with drink, +made little resistance. The crowd grew stronger and stronger. + +Lapushneanu, when he recognized the strength of the crowd, sent an +esquire to inquire what they wished. The esquire went out. + +"Well, Vornic Motzoc," he said, turning towards that person, "tell me, +have I not done well to rid myself of this rabble, to free the land +from this sore?" + +"Your Highness has acted with great wisdom," replied the obsequious +courtier; "I have long had it in my mind to advise your Highness +to do this, but I see your Highness's sagacity has anticipated me, +and you have done well to destroy; because--why--it was----" + +"I see the esquire tarries," said Lapushneanu, cutting short Motzoc, +who was becoming involved in his speech. "I think we will give orders +to fire a round into the mob. Ha! what think you?" + +"Certainly, certainly, let us turn the guns on them; there is not +much loss in a few hundred churls dying when so many boyars have +perished. Yes, let us destroy them root and branch." + +"I expected just such an answer," said Lapushneanu with irritation, +"but we will see first what it is they ask." + +At that moment the esquire stepped through the door into the courtyard, +and making a sign, cried: + +"Good people! His Highness sends to inquire what it is you want and +ask, and wherefore you are come with so much noise?" + +The crowd stood open-mouthed. They had not expected such a +question. They had come without knowing why, or what they wanted. They +collected quietly into little groups and asked one another what it +was they did want. At last they began to shout: + +"Remit the taxes!" "Cease to harass us!" "Do not kill us!" "Do not +rob us!" "We remain poor!" "We have no money!" "Motzoc has taken our +all!" "Motzoc! Motzoc!" "He fleeces us and ruins us!" "He advises +the Voda!" "Let him die!" "To death with Motzoc!" "We want the head +of Motzoc!" + +The last words found an echo in every heart, and were like an electric +spark. All the voices rang together as one voice, and this voice cried: + +"We ask for Motzoc's head!" + +"What do they ask for?" asked Lapushneanu, as the esquire entered. + +"The head of Vornic Motzoc," replied the esquire. + +"How? What?" cried Motzoc, jumping like a man who has trodden on a +serpent. "You did not hear aright, fool! You try to jest, but this +is no time for jesting. What words are these! What would they do with +my head? I tell you, you are deaf, you did not hear well." + +"But very well," said Alexandru Voda, "just listen. Their cries are +audible here." + +In fact, as the soldiers no longer resisted them, the people had begun +to clamber up the walls whence they shouted at the top of their voices: + +"Give us Motzoc!" "We want Motzoc's head!" + +"Oh, miserable sinner that I am!" cried the wretched man, "most Holy +Mother of God, do not let me be destroyed. What have I done to these +men? Holy Virgin save me from this danger, and I swear to build a +church to pray for the rest of my days, I will enshrine with silver the +miracle-working Icon from the Neamtzu Monastery. But gracious Prince, +do not listen to these common people, to these churls. Command that +the guns decimate them. Let them all die! I am a great boyar, they +are only churls!" + +"Churls, but many of them," replied Lapushneanu coldly: "would it not +be a sin to murder many men for the sake of one? Only reflect. Go +and sacrifice yourself for the good of the realm, as you yourself +said when you told me that the country neither wanted me nor loved +me. Rejoice that the people repay you for the service you rendered +me, betraying to me the army of Anton Sechele, then destroying me, +and taking Tomsha's side." + +"Oh, unfortunate man that I am!" cried Motzoc, tearing his beard, +for he realized from the tyrant's words that there was no escape for +him. "At least let me go and put my house in order! Have pity upon +my wife and children! Give me time to confess!" And he cried and +screamed and groaned. + +"Enough!" cried Lapushneanu. "Do not wail like a woman. Be a brave +Roumanian. What can you confess? What can you say to the priest? That +you are a thief and robber? All Moldavia knows that. Come! Take +him and give him to the people and tell them that this is the way +Alexandru Voda serves those who rob the country." + +The esquire and the captain of mercenaries immediately laid hands +upon him. + +The wretched boyar yelled as loudly as possible, trying to protect +himself, but how could his old hands shield him from the four strong +arms that carried him? He tried to stand upon his feet, but they caught +in the dead bodies of the victims and slipped upon the blood which +had congealed upon the boards. As last his strength became exhausted, +and the tyrant's satellites carried him more dead than alive to the +door of the courtyard, and thrust him out among the crowd. + +The miserable boyar fell into the arms of the many-headed Hydra, +which in a second tore him to pieces. + +"See how Alexandru Voda rewards those who rob the land!" said the +tyrant's emissaries. + +"Long live His Highness the Voda!" replied the crowd. And they +dispersed, rejoicing over their victim. + +While the unhappy Motzoc was being thus treated, Lapushneanu ordered +that the table should be replaced, and the utensils collected; the +heads of the murdered were then cut off, and the bodies thrown out of +the window. After which, he took the heads and quietly and methodically +set them in the middle of the table; he placed the less important +boyars below, and the more important above, according to their family +and rank, until he had made a pyramid of forty-seven heads, the +top of which he crowned with the head of an important Logofat. Then +after washing his hands, he went to a side door, withdrew the bolt +and wooden bar which secured it, and entered the Princess's apartment. + +From the beginning of this tragedy, the Princess Rucsanda, ignorant +of what was taking place, had been anxious. She did not understand +the cause of the noise she heard, for, according to the custom of +the time, women could not leave their apartment, and the servants +could not risk going amongst soldiers of whose discipline they knew +nothing. One among them, bolder than the others, had gone out, had +heard it said that an attack had been made upon the Voda, and had +carried these tidings to her mistress. + +The gentle Princess was terrified, fearing the fury of the mob, +and when Alexandru entered he found her praying before the Icon, +with her children by her side. + +"Ah," she cried, "our Lady be praised that I see you again! I have +been greatly frightened." + +"Wherefore? Because I promised I would prepare you a remedy for +fear? Come with me, Madam." + +"But those cries, those shouts we heard?" + +"Nothing. The servants began to wrangle, but they are quiet now." + +So saying he took Rucsanda by the hand, and led her to the +dining-hall. She gave a cry of horror at the terrible sight and +fainted. + +"A woman is always a woman," said Lapushneanu, smiling, "instead of +rejoicing, she is horrified." + +He lifted her in his arms, and took her back to her apartment. Then he +returned again to the hall where he found the captain of mercenaries +and the esquire awaiting him. + +"You can throw these corpses over the wall to the dogs, but set their +heads upon the wall," he said to the mercenary. "And you," he said, +addressing the esquire, "are to lay hands upon Spancioc and Stroici." + +But Stroici and Spancioc were already close to the Dniester. + +Their pursuers only caught up with them when they had crossed the +frontier. + +"Tell him who sent you," Spancioc shouted back, "that he will not +see us till he is about to die!" + + + +Four years passed since this scene, during which time Alexandru +Lapushneanu, faithful to the promise made to the Princess Rucsanda, +did not execute a single boyar. But, because he was unable to stifle +his overmastering desire to witness human suffering, he invented +various forms of torture. + +He had eyes put out, noses cut off, he mutilated and maimed any person +he suspected; even his suspicions were imaginary, for no one ventured +to make the slightest complaint. All the same he was not at ease, +for he could not lay hands on Spancioc and Stroici, who remained +at Kamenitza, waiting, abiding their time. Although he had two +highly-placed sons-in-law with great influence at the Polish court, +he was anxious lest these two boyars should solicit the aid of the +Poles, who were only seeking a pretext to invade Moldavia; but these +two Roumanians were too good patriots not to reflect that war and +the arrival of foreign soldiers would be the ruin of their native land. + +Lapushneanu wrote to them many times in succession that if they would +only return he would pledge himself, by the most sacred oath, to do +them no harm; but they knew the value of his oath. In order to observe +them more closely, he moved to the town of Hotin which he fortified +with care, but he became ill from spleen here. The disease made rapid +strides, and the tyrant soon saw himself at the portal of the tomb. + +In the delirium of his fever he seemed to see all the victims of his +cruelty, terrifying and admonitory, threatening him and calling to the +most just God for justice. In vain he tossed upon his bed of sickness, +he could not find relief. + +Summoning Teofan, the Metropolitan, the Bishops and boyars, he informed +them that he felt the end of his life to be approaching; he humbled +himself, and implored pardon for all the wrong he had done. Finally, +he begged for consideration for his son, Bogdan, to whom he left the +throne of the realm if they would assist him. Being of tender years, +and surrounded by powerful enemies, he would be unable to protect +either himself or his country unless the boyars preserved unity among +themselves and affection and loyalty to the Ruler. + +"As for myself," he proceeded to say, "if I recover from this sickness, +I am determined to become a monk in the Monastery of Slatina, where +I may repent for the rest of the days that it pleases God to leave +me. Therefore, I beseech you, Fathers, when you see me at the point +of death to shave me like a monk----" + +He was not able to say much more. He was seized with convulsions, +and a terrible coma like death itself stiffened his body, so that the +Metropolitan and the Bishops, believing him to be expiring, canonized +him, bestowing upon him the name of Paisie after that of Peter, which +name he had borne previous to becoming Prince. After this they paid +homage to the Princess Rucsanda as regent during the minority of her +son, and proclaimed Bogdan king. + +Immediately after they sent envoys to all the boyars within the +country and to the exiles, and to the captains of the army. + +The twilight was approaching when Stroici and Spancioc arrived. + +Dismounting at an inn, they approached the castle with haste. The town +was silent and dreary like some gigantic tomb. Only the murmuring +waters of the Dniester were audible as they continually washed the +slopes of the grey bare banks, and the monotonous cry of the sentries +who examined each other by the evening light along the length of their +lances. Pursuing their way into the palace, they experienced no small +surprise at meeting no one; at last a lacquey showed them the sick +man's room. As they were about to enter they heard a loud noise, +and paused to listen. + +Lapushneanu was rousing from his lethargy. Upon opening his eyes he +saw two monks standing, the one at his head, and the other at his +feet, motionless, like two statues of bronze; he glanced at himself, +and found himself clothed in the habit of a monk; round his head was +a cowl. He tried to raise his hand, but was prevented by the strings +of a rosary. It seemed to him as though he dreamed, and he closed +his eyes again; but opening them once more after a little while he +saw the same things, the rosary, the cowl, the monks. + +"How are you feeling now, Brother Paisie?" one of the monks asked him, +seeing that he was not sleeping. + +This name brought back to his mind all that had taken place. His +blood began to boil and half raising himself he cried: + +"What are these? Ah, you are making fun of me! Avaunt, foul +creatures! Go, or I will murder you all!" + +He sought a weapon with his hand, but finding nothing but the cowl +he flung it with his hand at the head of one of the monks. + +At the sound of his shouting, the Princess, with her son, the +Metropolitan, the boyars and servants, all entered the room. + +Meanwhile the other two boyars arrived and stood by the door listening. + +"Ah, you wanted to turn me into a monk," cried Lapushneanu in a raucous +and terrible voice. "You thought to get rid of me? But you can dismiss +that idea! God or the devil will make me well again, and----" + +"Unhappy man, do not blaspheme," said the Metropolitan, cutting him +short. "Do not forget you are in the hour of death! Reflect, sinful +man, that you are a monk, you are no longer Ruler! Reflect that such +ravings and yells are frightening this innocent woman, and this child +in whom rests the hope of Moldavia." + +"Infernal hypocrite!" added the sick man, endeavouring to rise from +his bed. "Hold your tongue; it was I who made you Metropolitan, +and I unfrock you. You tried to make me a priest but I will put +that right. There are many I will make into priests. But as for that +bitch, I will cut her into four pieces with her pup so that they may +never again listen to the advice of hypocrites or to my enemies. He +lies who says I am a monk. I am no monk--I am Ruler. I am Alexandru +Voda! Help! Help! Where are my soldiers? Fetch them! Fetch them all! I +will command them. Kill all these people. Let none escape. Ah! I am +choking! Water! Water! Water!" And he fell back exhausted, gasping +with excitement and fury. + +The Princess and the Metropolitan retired. At the door they came face +to face with Stroici and Spancioc. + +"Madam," said Spancioc, seizing Rucsanda's hand, "that man must die +at all costs. See this powder, pour it into his drink." + +"Poison," she cried with a shudder. + +"Poison!" pursued Spancioc. "Unless this man dies at once, the lives +of your Highness and your son are in danger. The father has lived +long enough and done enough. Let the father die that the son may live." + +A servant came out of the room. + +"What is it?" asked the Princess. + +"The sick man has roused and asks for water and his son. He bade me +not to return without him." + +"Oh, they wish to kill him," groaned the wretched mother, pressing +her son passionately to her breast. + +"There is not time for hesitation, Madam," added Spancioc. "Think of +the wife of Voda Shtefanitza and choose between father and son." + +"What say you, Father?" said the poor woman, turning towards the +Metropolitan, with her eyes full of tears. + +"This man is cruel and fierce, my daughter; may the Lord God give you +counsel. As for me, I go to prepare for our departure with our new +Ruler; for our late Prince, may God pardon him, and also forgive you." + +With these words the holy Teofan departed. + +Rucsanda took a silver cup full of water, which was handed to her +by the servant, and then, amid the entreaties and arguments of the +boyars, poured the poison into it. The boyars pushed her into the +sick man's room. + +"What is he doing?" asked Spancioc of Stroici, who pushed open the +door again and looked in. + +"He asks for his son--he says he wishes him to come to him--he asks +for a drink--the Princess trembles--she gives him the cup--he will +not take it!" + +Spancioc starts and draws his dagger from his belt. + +"But yes, he takes it, he drinks. May it do your Highness good!" + +Rucsanda emerged shaking and livid, and supporting herself against +the wall. + +"You must render account before God," she said, sighing, "for you +have caused me to commit this sin." + +The Metropolitan arrived. + +"Let us go," he said to the Princess. + +"But who will tend to this wretched man?" + +"We will," replied the boyars. + +"Oh, Father, what have you made me do!" said the Princess to the +Metropolitan, and she went sobbing with him. + +The two boyars went into the sick man. The poison had not yet begun +to do its work. Lapushneanu lay stretched out, his face uppermost, +calm but very weak. When the two boyars entered, he looked at them +for some time, but not recognizing them he asked who they were, +and what they had to say. + +"I am Stroici," replied one. + +"And I am Spancioc," added the other, "and our wish is to see you +before you die as we promised you." + +"Oh, my enemies!" sighed Alexandru. + +"I am Spancioc," continued that person, "Spancioc whom you would +fain have beheaded when you murdered the forty-seven boyars, and +who escaped from your clutches! Spancioc, whose property you have +destroyed leaving his wife and children to beg for alms at the doors +of Christian houses." + +"Ah, I feel as though a fire burnt me!" cried the sick man, grasping +his stomach with both hands. + +"To-day we free ourselves, for you must die. The poison works." + +"Oh, you have poisoned me, infamous creatures! Oh, what a fire! Where +is the Princess? Where is my son?" + +"They have gone away and left you to us." + +"They have gone away and left me! Have left me to you! Oh, kill me +and let me escape from suffering. Oh, stab me, you are still young, +have pity, free me from the agony that rends me, stab me!" he said, +and turned towards Stroici. + +"I will not desecrate my noble dagger with the blood of such a +worthless tyrant as you." + +The pains increased. The poisoned man writhed in convulsions. + +"Oh," he cried, "my very soul burns me! Oh, give me water--give me +something to drink." + +"Look," said Spancioc, taking the silver cup from the table, "the +dregs of the poison are left. Drink and quench your thirst!" + +"Nay, nay, I will not," said the sick man, setting his teeth. + +Then Stroici seized him and held him tight while Spancioc, drawing a +knife from its sheath, unclenched his teeth with its point and poured +down his throat the poison which had remained at the bottom of the cup. + +Lapushneanu, roaring like a bull which sees the hand and axe which +is about to strike him, tried to turn his face towards the wall. + +"What, you do not want to see us?" said the boyars. "No, but it is +meet that you should see in us your punishment; learn to die, you who +have only known how to kill." And seizing him both together, they held +him inflexibly, staring at him with devilish delight and reviling him. + +The unhappy Prince writhed in spasms of agony, he foamed at the mouth, +he gnashed his teeth, and his bloodshot eyes protruded out of his +head; an icy sweat, sad forerunner of death, broke out in drops upon +his brow. After a torture of half an hour, he finally yielded up the +ghost in the hands of his judges. + +Such was the end of Alexandru Lapushneanu, who leaves a bloody page +in the history of Moldavia. + +A portrait of himself and his family may be seen to this day in the +Monastery at Slatina, which he built, and where he is buried. + + + + + + + +ZIDRA + +By M. BEZA + + +We were talking in the inn at Grabova and passing round the wine +without troubling ourselves as to the lateness of the hour. In time we +began to sing--as it is the custom to sing in these parts. One raises +his voice, while the others subdue theirs, till all take up the chorus: + + + Your head lies in my pouch, + Zidra, mighty Zidra! + + +Only our friend, Mitu Dola, was silent; he was much moved and kept +turning first to one side and then to the other. + +"Oh, that song!" he gasped when we stopped. Then suddenly to me: +"Do you know who Zidra was? And do you know who killed Zidra?" + +He took up his mug, drank from it several times, and then, with a +brain clouded by distant memories and the strong wine, he began to +tell me the story: + + + +"It must be some thirty years ago. Zidra was then a haiduk in +the Smolcu mountains. What a man! There was a heavy price upon +his head. His very name, passed from mouth to mouth, brought a +wave of fear. And we children would gather together in the evening +under the eaves of the fountains, by the church doors, and talk of +Zidra. This much we knew: at one time he had lived amongst us and +then had unexpectedly disappeared from the village; on account of +some murder everybody said. After a long time he appeared again, +robbing a long way this side of Smolcu: 'Zidra is at Seven-Hills; +Zidra is in the Vigla Forest.' + +"Whispering thus secretly, we would glance over our shoulders. We +would shiver as though we could feel a cold breath from the dark +thicket whence Zidra might appear. I pictured him just like my father, +probably because my father, too, was a striking figure. In a coat +with long flowing sleeves, his cap on one side, and his belt loaded +with pistols, my father--like all tax-gatherers at that period--was +on the road a great deal of his time, so that my mother and I remained +alone for weeks on end. + +"We had a house just on the outskirts of the village surrounded by a +beech wood, the shadows of which hung darkly above our heads. How it +would begin to moan at night! The rustling of the leaves, the prolonged +roar of the rocking trees was like some great waterfall. From our soft +bed, clasped in my mother's arms, I listened to the fierce din. From +time to time it ceased; then, through the silence, came the sound of +whistling, of shots, of the trampling of horses and of men. + +"I sighed with terror. 'Mother, supposing robbers should attack +us.' 'Hush! It is unlucky to speak of such things.' 'You know, +mother, Zidra is in Vigla Forest.' When I first mentioned this name +my mother trembled and started back, but quickly coming forward she +said hastily and with unusual anxiety: 'Who told you this?' 'Cousin +Gushu, mother. Gushu's father, mother, saw a host of vultures over +Vigla Forest circling round.' + +"My mother repeated in a puzzled way: 'Vultures circling round----' +Then, after thinking a moment, she said to herself: 'That is it; +that is where he halted and had his food--the vultures are attracted +by the smell.' + +"My father, arriving a few days later, said the same thing, while he +added that some shepherds had also seen Zidra. My mother was delicate, +her features bore the melancholy expression of some hidden sorrow. She +looked wan and remained staring into space. 'Eh? What?' said my father +sternly. 'Why should I be afraid of Zidra?' + +"He closed the conversation. But into our house there crept an +unexplained disquietude--something intangible, blowing like an icy +breath that made my mother shudder. How could I understand then? Time +alone has given me the explanation of it all. And to-day when I think +of the spot where this dark mystery unfolded itself old scenes and +things emerge from oblivion and stand vividly before me. I see the +yard of our house with the door opening into the wood, the staircase +leading into the bedroom; here is the hearth and along the walls are +the great wooden cupboards. Sitting upon the corner-seat by the fire +my mother spun at her wheel--often she would start to spin but seemed +as though she could not. She would constantly stop, her thoughts +were elsewhere. And if I asked her anything, she would nod her head +without listening to me. Only when, amid the loud rustle of the trees, +I would mention Zidra she would turn quickly, her eyes wide open, +and say with a shiver: 'Zidra?' 'Yes, mother.' + +"And when night fell she would try the doors one after the other. She +would walk up and down, a pine-torch in her hand, passing through +visions of horror, and with her went the smoking flame which rose and +fell as it struggled with the shadows, moving upon the ceilings and +floors and on the walls of the room where the sofa was, where it lit +up for a second the hanging weapons: an old musket, two scimitars, +some pistols. + +"Sometimes there was a pleasant silence over everything. The wood +slept, the country, too, was asleep. Then, in the light of the little +icon-lamp, could be heard the gentle hum of the spinning-wheel, +murmuring like a golden beetle in a fairy-tale, lulling me till +I slept. + +"During one of these nights--the wheel stopped and I heard +my mother saying: 'Tuesday at Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, +Thursday--Thursday----' She knew where my father usually stayed and +was calculating. + +"Becoming confused she began again from the beginning: 'Tuesday at +Custur, Wednesday at Lehova, Thursday--Thursday on the road.' And she +rose. She went to the lamp to pour in oil that it might burn till +the daylight. In the meantime a noise came from the yard and was +repeated more loudly. 'Mother, some one is knocking!' 'Who could be +knocking?' she murmured. + +"After a moment of indecision she went downstairs. Unintelligible +words followed--a man's voice, the door was shaken. My mother began to +speak gently, inaudibly. Soon everything was silent again. By my side +I could hear my mother's breath, coming short and with difficulty, +but her tongue remained tied. When she recovered herself she said +suddenly: 'Can I? How can I open? I am married. I cannot.' 'To whom, +mother--to whom must you open?' She took me tremblingly in her arms, +squeezed me to her, and pressed her burning cheek against mine. 'You +are too little. You do not understand, my treasure!' + +"And, after a while, talking more to herself, while the tears flowed +slowly down her cheeks: 'At the fountain in Plaiu--it is long ago. We +pledged our word--at dusk--God saw us; and in the end he made off +one day, and I waited for him--years and years I waited. Now what +does he want? I am married. What does he expect? Why did he come?' + +"Thus much I remember. I fell asleep close to my mother. The next day +she might just have got up after a long illness so white was she in +the face, with fear shining in her eyes. When my father saw her he +raised the thick bushy eyebrows which gave such a harsh appearance +to his hairy face. 'There is something wrong, something has happened.' + +"Could she deny it? They went into the room where the sofa stood, +and soon after my father broke out with: 'From henceforth either I +or he!' And he stormed about, taking long heavy strides while the +weapons clattered on the wall. He swore, and added with a wild burst +of laughter: 'Ha, ha! And the head and two hundred ducats!' + +"From now on he no longer took the road; he remained on guard. Spies +began to move about. Fierce-looking men knocked at the door. My father +went out, exchanged some rapid words with them, among which could be +continually heard the name of Zidra, and they disappeared. But what +were those cries, those sharp whistles through the night? Often, +too, across the hillocks came the sound of stones--stones striking +one against the other, and my father replied in the same way. And the +knocking sounds rose sonorous, ringing through the darkness as though +some strange birds were rattling their beaks. I heard it in my sleep +and shuddered. 'Have no fear,' whispered my mother, 'it is nothing, +my dear one. Your father is talking--with some sentries.' + +"A few weeks passed thus, until one midnight there appeared in the +further room four men in black cloaks, carrying guns; they seemed +to have sprung out of the ground. They shook hands and without a +moment's pause began moving about in the ruddy, uncertain light of +the pine-torch. In the silence outside--a silence caused by the fog +which deadened all sound--their words could be overheard. As my father +slung his scimitar over his shoulder, one of them said in a loud +clear voice: 'At Sticotur, in the monastery.' 'Since when?' 'Since +dinner-time to-day--he is eating and drinking.' 'The man is caught,' +said another. 'He can't escape this time.' + +"They went out quickly; they were lost in the black darkness which +began to vibrate with the rising of the wind. The bushes rattled and +bent beneath the rain--storms of rain beat and splashed against the +window-panes, a sea of sound, storm after storm." + + + +Here, as far as I can remember, Mitu Dola brought the story to a +close. I asked: + +"How did it end?" + +"Didn't you hear the song? My father took the head and put it in his +pouch. As he said, 'and the head and two hundred ducats.'" + + + + + + + +GARDANA + +By M. BEZA + + +Mitu Tega returned to the house much annoyed. As he entered his wife +asked him: + +"Well, has he not turned up yet?" + +"No, not to-day either." + +"This is what happens when you rely on an unknown man, a +stranger. Suppose he never comes. God forbid that he should go off +with the whole herd!" + +Tega did not reply. He sat motionless in the silent veranda, which +gradually grew dark with shadows of the evening mist, and pondered. Of +course such things did happen; he might have taken the goats and +gone off, in which case let him find him who can! Where could one +look for him? Whither could one follow him? + +And as he meditated thus he seemed to see the shepherd before his eyes; +he called to mind the first day he had seen him; a terrible man, like +a wild man from the woods, with a great moustache lost in a hard, +black beard, which left only his eyes and cheek-bones visible. He +came into him, and without looking him in the face, said: + +"I have heard--some people told me that you want a man to tend the +bucks. Take me, I am a shepherd." + +Tega gave him one look, he was just the kind of man he wanted. He +asked him: + +"Where do you come from?" + +"I come--well, from Blatza. Toli--Toli the shepherd--I have been with +many other goat owners." + +Tega looked at him again, considered a little, and said: + +"Good, I'll take you; may you prove honest, for, look, many a man +has cheated me, and many a man has stolen from me up to now." + +And so he engaged him. Toli stayed with Tega, and no one could have +conducted himself better. + +A month later they went together to the Salonica district, where they +bought goats, over eight hundred head. When it was time to return, +Tega--for fear of attack by brigands--went ahead secretly, leaving +Toli to follow on alone with the herd. The days slipped by--one week, +two--Toli did not put in an appearance. What could have happened? Many +ideas passed through Tega's brain. Especially after what his wife +had said. At night he could not sleep. He dozed for a while, and +then woke again, with his mind on the shepherd, tormenting himself, +until the crowing of the cocks heralded the dawn. Then he got up; and, +as he was short and plump, he took a staff in his hand, and proceeded +to the nearest hill whence could be seen the country opening out as +flat as the palm of a hand. + +At that hour the first blush of dawn glowed in the east. And slowly, +slowly rose the sun. Round, purple, fiery, it lit first the crests of +the mountains, then flashed its rays into the heart of the valleys; +the window-panes in the village suddenly caught the fiery light; the +birds began to fly; on the ground, among the glistening dew, flowers +raised their heads out of the fresh grass, a wealth of daisies and +buttercups like little goblets of gold. But Mitu Tega had no time +for such things. His eyes were searching the landscape. Something +was moving yonder--a cloud of dust. + +"The herd, it is the herd!" murmured Tega. + +He could hear the light, soft tinkle of the bells, sounding +melodiously in the spring morning. And see, see--the herd drew near, +the bell-carrier in front, two dogs with them, and last of all the +shepherd with his cloak round his shoulder. + +"Welcome," cried Tega with all his heart. "But, Toli, you have tarried +a long while. I was beginning to wonder----" + +"What would you, I did not come direct, I had to go round." + +The bucks played around, a fine, picked lot with silky hair, they +roamed about, and Tega felt as though he, too, could skip about, +could take the shepherd in his arms, and embrace him for sheer joy. + +As in other years, Tega kept the herd on the neighbouring slopes, +on the Aitosh hills. It was Toli's business to get the bread, salt, +and all that was needed, and once every two or three days, leaving the +herd in the care of a comrade, he would take his way to his employer's +house. Usually Tega's wife would be spinning at her wheel when he +went in. + +"Good day!" + +"Welcome, Toli," the woman said pleasantly. "Tega is not at home at +present, but sit down, Toli, sit down, and wait till he comes." + +The shepherd took off his cloak, and did not say another word. + +The veranda where they were sitting was upstairs; through the open +windows the eye could follow the distant view; the hills lay slumbering +in the afternoon light, along their foot lay a road--processions +of laden mules, whole caravans ascending slowly and laboriously, +winding along in bluish lines till lost to sight over the brow of +the hill. The woman followed them with her eyes, and without moving, +from her wheel, pointing with her hand, she said: + +"There are sheepfolds yonder, too, aren't there?" + +The shepherd nodded his head. + +"I never asked you, Toli, how are the goats doing? Do you think my +man chose well this year?" + +"Well, very well." + +That was all. He said no more. His deep-set eyes were sad, and black +as the night. A minute later footsteps sounded in the garden, and +then the voice of a neighbour: + +"Where are you, dear, where have you hidden yourself?" + +"Here, Lena, here," replied the woman upstairs. + +Lena mounted the stairs. Behind her came Doda Sili and Mia; they +had all brought their work, for they would not go away till late in +the evening. + +"Have you heard?" asked Lena. + +"What?" + +"Two more murders." + +Suspicion had fallen upon Gardana. He had become a kind of vampire +about whom many tales were told. Especially old men, if they could +engage you in conversation, would try and impress you with the story. + +In a village lived a maiden, modest and very beautiful. She was small, +of the same age as Gardana, who was a boy then. They were fond of +each other, they played together, they kissed each other--they kissed +as children kiss. But after a while the girl's form took on the soft +curves of coming womanhood; then it came to pass that they never kissed +each other, they knew not why, and when they were alone they did not +venture to look into each other's eyes; she would blush like a ripe +apple, and Gardana's lips would tremble. Then there appeared upon +the scene, from somewhere, a certain Dina, son of a rich somebody; +the girl pleased him, and he sent her an offer of marriage. Her father +did not think twice, her father gave her to him. + +And Gardana--would you believe it--after he realized that it was hard +fact, gnashed his teeth, beat his breast, and disappeared. Two days +later he was on the mountains, and a gang with him. + +Eh! love knows no bounds, love builds, but love also destroys many +homes. + +The girl's father was seized and murdered; not long after Dina was +murdered too. Then Gardana spread terror for many years in succession. + +For some time now, whatever he might have been doing, wherever he +might be in hiding, nothing had been heard of him. But as soon as +something happened, his name once again passed round the village: +"Gardana, it is Gardana!" + +Perhaps it was not he, perhaps he had left the mountains, perhaps +even he was dead; but the people who knew something---- + +"How many did you say there were?" asked Mia. + +"Two; both merchants. They came from abroad." + +"And who can have murdered them?" + +"No one but--Gardana." + +"How is it? But is Gardana still alive?" + +"Come, do you think he really is dead? No, no, they alone give this +kind of tidings of themselves." + +"And why?" + +"They have to be on their guard, the bailiffs are after them, they +might capture them." + +"Perhaps----" + +The spinning-wheel spun on. The spool wound the thread, the treadle +hummed, filling the room with a soothing noise. + +Doda Sili said wonderingly: + +"Who knows what kind of man he is?" + +"Gardana?" + +"Gardana." + +"Not a very big man, but large enough to terrify one, with a black +beard--oh, so black!--and, when you least expect it, there he is on +your road, just as though he had sprung out of the ground. Didn't +our Toli once meet him!" + +"How was that?" + +The spinning-wheel stopped suddenly. A swarm of gnats came in through +the windows, and buzzed round in the warmth of the sun; and Lena +said quietly: + +"It was on his way from the sheepfold; he came upon Gardana on the +Padea-Murgu." + +"Oh, it might have been somebody else." + +"It was he, he himself, with that beard, those garments----" + +And so the conversation continued. Toli, the shepherd, took no part +in the talk. He sat over on the floor, silent, impassive--like a +moss-grown stone. Only occasionally he raised his bushy eyebrows, +and a troubled, misty look shone in his eyes. Tega's wife wondered to +herself, she could not understand him; really, what was the matter +with him? He was brave, she knew he had not his equal for courage, +when he had charge of the herd not an animal was ever lost; all the +same, what a man he was, always frowning, and never a smile on his +lips! There must be something with him, naturally it must be---- +And breaking off her train of thought she suddenly spoke to him. + +"Toli, during all the months you have been with us I have never asked +you whether you are married?" + +The question was unexpected. The shepherd seemed to be +considering. Then he answered: + +"No." + +"What? You have never married? Have you no wife, no home?" + +"Home--ah!" he sighed. "You are right, even I once had a home, even +I had hopes of a bride, but they came to nought--what would you, +it was not written in the book of destiny--I was poor." + +He spoke haltingly, and his eyes wandered here and there. And after +one motion of his hand, as though to say "I have much sorrow in my +heart," he added: + +"That girl is dead--and I, too, shall die, everything will die." + + + +One afternoon in March, as the shepherd did not appear, Mitu Tega +prepared to go alone to the fold. He brought out the horse, bought +two bags of bread, and a lamb freshly killed, went to the mill where +he procured some barley, and then on slowly, quietly--he on foot, +the horse in front--till he reached his destination just as the sun +was disappearing behind the Aitosh mountains. + +The shepherds rubbed their eyes when they saw him, but he called out: + +"I have brought a lamb for roasting." + +"You must eat it with us," said Toli, "and stay the night here." + +"No, for they expect me at home." + +"Will you start back at this hour?" put in Panu, Toli's comrade. "The +night brings many perils." + +It was getting quite dark. Stars twinkled. Whether he wished to or +not, Mitu Tega was obliged to remain. Then the shepherds set to work; +one put the lamb on to the spit, and lit the fire; the other fetched +boughs from the wood. He brought whole branches with which they +prepared a shelter for the night for Tega--within was a bed of green +bracken. Then all three stretched themselves by the fire. Gradually +the flames sank a little, on the heap of live coals the lamb began +to brown, and spit with fat, and send out an appetizing smell. The +moon shone through the bushes; they seemed to move beneath the hard, +cold light which flooded the solitude. The shadows of the mountains +stretched away indefinitely. Above, some night birds crossed unseen, +flapping their wings. Mitu Tega turned his head. For a moment his +glance was arrested: by Toli's side, a gun and a long scimitar lay +shining on the ground. He was not nervous, otherwise----He glanced +at Toli. + +"What a man!" thought Tega. "I have nothing to fear while I am +with him." + +They began to eat, quickly and hungrily, tearing the meat with their +fingers, not speaking a word. Toli picked up the shoulder-bone of +the lamb, and drew near the fire, to scrutinize it, for some omen +for the future. + +"What's the matter?" Tega asked. + +"Nothing--only it seems to me--that there is blood everywhere, that +blood pursues. Look, and you, too, Panu." + +"There is," murmured Panu, "a little blood, one can see a spot, +two red patches." + +The hours passed. The dogs started off towards the woods. From their +bark there might be dangerous men on the move. Toli listened a moment, +took his gun, and said quickly to Tega: + +"Have you any weapon about you?" + +"I have--a pistol." + +"Take it out, and go in there, and do not move. But you, Panu, get +more over there--not near the fire, move into the shadow." + +He had scarcely finished speaking before the brigands were upon +them. They came stealthily through the bushes, avoiding the moonlight, +but the shepherd saw them, and without waiting fired a chance shot. + +"Don't shoot, don't shoot!" cried the robbers. + +A great noise arose--the flock scattered, the barking of the dogs +became gradually more and more excited; there was another report, +and yet another. Toli's gun gave a dull sound and was followed by +several cries: + +"You will kill us all like this, all----" + +"Down with your arms, lay down your arms!" cried Toli. + +"Look, man, we are putting them down; only don't shoot." + +"Drop them!" + +Toli's voice thundered. His voice alone was enough to make one tremble. + +The brigands threw down their arms, and advanced. There were three of +them. One was quite a young man, about thirty-five years of age, with a +worn face, and very pale. Blood was flowing from one foot and clotting +on to his white gaiters as it flowed. Toli went up to him and said: + +"I have wounded you--have I wounded you?" + +The brigand did not reply. Toli crossed his arms and shaking his +head asked: + +"Was it me you meant to rob? Was it me you meant to attack? Do you +know who I am?" + +They looked into each other's eyes, they stared at each other--deep +into each other's eyes they gazed. Each one was thinking: "Where +have I seen him before?" for they had surely known each other +somewhere. Vague memories of their past life, of bygone years began +to stir, and gradually, recollection dawned. + +"Gardana," said the brigand, "is it you?" + +Mitu Tega was startled. He shivered as though iced water were being +poured down his back. Who had uttered that name? Where was Gardana? He +was thunder-struck by what followed: Toli and the robbers shook hands, +embraced each other and conversed with each other. + +"Gardana, Gardana, I thought you were dead--they told me you had +died, Gardana!" + +"No, brother," said Toli. "It might have been better if I had died." + +Then after, a short pause: + +"But you are in pain, brother; I have hurt you--look, you were within +an ace of being killed, brother Manole, and I should have had another +man's soul, and another man's blood upon my head. There, you were +nearly killed. What brought you, what drew you within range of my +gun? Within an ace, brother Manole--another man's soul, another +man's blood----" + +For the first time for many years he seemed moved with self-pity. He +tore a strip from his shirt, bent over Manole, and dressed his +wound. The others watched, amazed. The waters were sleeping, +the forests were sleeping. From the trees, from the valleys, +from the grass, came voices murmuring in the silence of the night, +soft, remote, a sort of breath, more like a sigh from the sleeping +earth. Manole spoke: + +"Do you remember, Gardana? We were on the Baitan mountains, +you know--at Piatra-de-Furca--we were together when the bailiffs +hemmed us in on all sides--a host of them. We held our own till +nightfall. Eh! and then I saw what stuff Gardana was made of! You gave +us one call and went straight ahead--we after you, and so we escaped, +we cut our way through with our scimitars. Then, when the trumpets +gave the alarm, and the guns began to go off, I lost sight of you, +Gardana; we were all scattered, I remained alone in the valley under +Piatra-de-Furca. Do you remember? It must be five years, more--six +years ago. Where are all our comrades now?" + +"Our comrades--they have gone away, I let them go. Brother Manole, +heavy curses lie on my head--enough to crush me, brother. I was not a +bad man. You know how many times I went to Dina. I said: 'Don't drive +me too far, bethink yourself.' And I went to the girl's father. But +you see Dina was rich, Dina had flocks of sheep. And her father gave +her to him without asking whether the girl loved him. And after that, +tell me, brother, could I sit patiently by, bite my nails and say +nothing? Could I?" + +Toli Gardana ceased speaking. After a moment of reflection he added +softly: + +"But the girl faded away--she died of grief and disappointment. One +day the earth will cover me too, our bodies may rot anywhere, and +no one will weep--not a tear, they will all rejoice. I don't know, +brother, but since that girl died it seems to me I am not the man I +was. I wanted to kill myself, I roamed about here, and one day I went +to Tega. I was strong--I gave out that I came from Blatza, and that I +was a shepherd; who was he that he should know differently! But you, +brother, how has the world treated you?" + +"Harshly, Gardana. I was shut up in Tricol for three years. Prison +cut me off from life. For months I dug--with hands and nails I +dug--until one night, during a storm, I broke through the wall and +escaped with these two companions. And when I found myself back among +these mountains my thoughts turned to you. I had heard you were dead, +Gardana; but see what has happened, and how it has come to pass, +how fate brings these things about, brother Gardana ... it is not a +month since I escaped...." + +Before they were aware of it the shadows of the night began to melt +away. The brigands ceased to speak as though they feared the signs +of the coming day. They remained silent, their heads upon the ground +in the face of the glory of the flaming dawn. + +Toli Gardana asked: + +"Where are you going now?" + +"How should we know? No matter where. There are many forests." + + + + + + + +THE DEAD POOL + +By M. BEZA + + +We seemed to be between Mount Gramos and Mount Deniscu. I guessed it +to be so from the peaks, which showed like some fancies of the night, +keeping steadfast watch in the moonlight; the moon we could not see, +we could only feel her floating over us. The pale light shone only +in the ether above, and gradually diminished till it was lost to the +eyes in a mass of shadows; they fell like curtains, enveloping us, +dense, black. The silence extended indefinitely; it was as though +the world here had remained unchanged since its creation. Hardly a +breath of wind reached us. It always carried with it at this spot the +same odour of dank weeds, of plants with poisonous juices; everything +told of the neighbourhood of water--not fresh water, but water asleep +for centuries. + +"Can you see the pool?" questioned my companion, Ghicu Sina; and then +he added: "It is hidden, certainly, but look with attention." + +I looked, and after a time, getting accustomed to the darkness, I, +too, got the impression of something shining and smooth. + +"The pool----" + +"Only the pool? Some lights too?" + +"That is so," I whispered with a shudder. + +There on the surface of the water were flickering points of fire. They +could not come from above, they were not glow-worms, or sparks such +as one sees passing over graves. + +Ghicu Sina spoke: + +"They are reflections, the lights are burning in the pool." + +With the fear that seizes us in the presence of the supernatural, +I asked: + +"What induced us to stay here?" + +"Where else could we stop? There are no sheep-folds in these parts, +formerly there were such, but since the death of the Spirit who +guarded the mountains, none of them remain." + +After a pause he said slowly: + +"You have heard of dead pools?" He stood immersed in thought. "This +is a dead pool. I will tell you about it. + + + +"Once upon a time, when the trees were bursting into leaf, this +district was full of sheep. Flock after flock passed through, handled +by sturdy shepherds, well known in their own neighbourhood. Then one +spring-tide a stranger showed his face, beautiful as a god, wearing +upon his shoulders a cloak as white as snow. Every one wondered, 'Who +may he be, and whence does he come?' Many tales passed round until the +mystery began to unravel itself. In the valley of the Tempe, so runs +the story, whither he had wandered with the sheep, he fell in love +with the beautiful Virghea. Mad with love, when the family made the +winter-move, he followed her to the mountains; he came with a comrade +and wandered about till he settled his sheep-fold here, in these parts. + +"Ah! where had the fame of this Virghea of Gramuste not reached! All +the beauties of nature seemed to have bestowed some gift upon her: the +blue of heaven--the colour of her eyes; the shadow of the woods--the +mystery of their liquid depths; the setting sun--the gold of her soft +hair; the springs--the tone of her silvery laugh. Attracted by such +charms every youth fell at the feet of Virghea. But she did not care; +only when her eyes rested on the shepherd did her youthful being fill +with a burning desire. + +"Now day after day from the high ground about the sheep-fold could +be heard the sound of a flute; heard in the stillness of the dusk it +roused strange longings in the girl's breast. Then she would steal +out of the house, and the shepherd himself would come down towards +Gramuste. + +"About this time, there broke loose such a storm as had never been +seen before. The peaks began to rattle as though the mountains were +changing places, striking each other with noise like thunder. Thus it +continued for three days. Only on the fourth day, late in the evening, +could the shepherd leave the fold: he had taken only a few steps +when--what a sight met his eyes by the side of the pool! A big fire, +and round it a shadowy form. And suddenly the phantom spoke with hand +pointing to the spit which he held above the heap of burning coals: +'The heart of the Spirit of Deniscu.' + +"In a flash the shepherd realized the meaning of the hurricane of +the last few days. The guardian Spirits of the mountains had striven +together, and one had been overthrown. The shadow continued to speak: +'Turn this spit that I may rest a while. Taste not of the heart, +for if you touch it you will immediately die.' + +"The shadow fell into a profound slumber. + +"By the side of the fire the shepherd looked fearfully on all +sides. Far off, in the pale blue sky, a star broke away; it fell with +a long tail of fire, and went out. 'Some one will die,' sighed the +shepherd. The words of the Spirit flashed through his mind. 'H'm!' he +said. 'If I taste, perhaps the contrary is true, who knows?' So +thinking, he put his finger on the heart on the spit and carried it +to his mouth. The sensation was unspeakably pleasant. He laughed; +then quickly ate the whole heart. Immediately there rose within him a +cruel passion towards the sleeping Spirit; upon the spot he killed it +and took the heart. At once there came to him the strength of a giant, +the ground began to tremble beneath his footsteps, while aerial voices, +and voices from the water, sounded round him. Creatures never seen +before emerged from the pool; linked together by their white hands they +danced round in whirling circles. Thus changed, he reached his comrade +at the fold, and tried to explain, but his thoughts were elsewhere, and +his voice sounded as though from another world. He finished with broken +words: 'The water calls me--tell no one what has happened to me--take +my flute: if danger threatens come to the pool and sing to me.' + +"During the evenings that followed Virghea saw naught of the shepherd, +and she wondered at not seeing him, expecting him from day to day. So +days passed that seemed like weeks, and weeks seemed months, and they +went by without any news of him till the poor maiden took to her bed +from grief. Then the comrade of the hills remembered the shepherd's +words. He came at midnight to the side of the pool and sang--a long +time he sang. Towards dawn, when the strains of the flute died away, +there came from Gramuste the sound of two strokes of a bell, then +another two, and others in succession, mournful, prolonged. The echoes +answered back, as though other bells were ringing in other places, +resounding from hill to hill until they reached the bottom of the pool, +and after a time, to the voice of the bells were joined real words, +sobbing to the rhythm: 'Virghea is dead--is dead!'" + + + +Ghicu Sina paused a while. Although he had only told me these things +quite briefly, I felt their secret had entered my soul; with my +eyes upon the pool where the strange reflections constantly played, +I seemed to hear, as one sometimes hears the faint voice of memory +from a remote past, the sound of the bells and their metallic words: +"Virghea is dead--is dead!" + +And then, the story adds, he rose from the pool. Like the wind, he +raised her in his arms and carried her deep down to his translucent +palace where, to this day, little fiery points of light burn round +the head of the dead woman. + + + + + + + +OLD NICHIFOR, THE IMPOSTOR + +By I. CREANGA + + +Old Nichifor is not a character out of a story-book but a real man +like other men; he was once, when he was alive, an inhabitant of +the Tzutzuen quarter of the town of Neamtzu, towards the village of +Neamtzu Vinatori. + +When old Nichifor lived in Tzutzuen my grandfather's grandfather +was piper at the christening feast at the house of Mosh Dedui from +Vinatori, the great Ciubar-Voda being godfather, to whom Mosh Dedui +gave forty-nine brown lambs with only one eye each; and the priest, +uncle of my mother's uncle, was Ciubuc the Bell-ringer from the Neamtzu +Monastery, who put up a big bell at this same monastery at his own +expense, and had a fancy to ring it all by himself on big feast days, +on which account he was called the bell-ringer. About this time old +Nichifor lived at Tzutzuen. + +Old Nichifor was a cab-driver. Although his carriage was only fastened +together with thongs of lime and bark, it was still a good carriage, +roomy and comfortable. A hood of matting prevented the sun and rain +from beating down into old Nichifor's carriage. In the well of the +carriage hung a grease box with a greasing stick and some screws +which banged against each other ding! dong! ding! dong! whenever the +carriage moved. On a hook below the boot--on the left--was suspended +a little axe to be ready for any emergency. + +Two mares, white as snow and swift as flame, nearly always supported +the pole of the carriage; nearly always but not quite always; old +Nichifor was a horse-dealer, and when he got the chance he would +either exchange or sell a mare in the middle of a journey, and in +that case the pole would be bare on the one side. The old man liked +to have young, well-bred mares; it was a weakness with him. Perhaps +you will ask me why mares and always white ones, and I will tell you +this: mares, because old Nichifor liked to breed from them, white, +because the whiteness of the mares, he said, served him as a lantern +on the road at nights. + +Old Nichifor was not among those who do not know that "It is not +good to be coachman behind white horses or the slave of women;" he +knew this, but the mares were his own, and when he took care of them +they were taken care of and when he did not--well, there was no one +to reproach him. Old Nichifor avoided carrier's work; he refused to +do any lifting for fear of giving himself a rupture. + +"Cab driving," he said, "is much better; one has to deal with live +goods who go up hill on foot, and down hill on foot, and only stay +in the carriage when it halts." + +Old Nichifor had a whip of hemp twig, plaited by his own hand, with +a silk lash, which he cracked loud enough to deafen you. And whether +he had a full load or was empty, old Nichifor always walked up the +hills and usually pulled together with the mares. Down the hills he +walked to avoid laming the mares. + +The passengers, willing or unwilling, had to do the same, for they had +enough of old Nichifor's tongue, who once rounded on one of them like +this: "Can't you get out and walk; the horse is not like a blockhead +that talks." If you only knew how to appreciate everything that fell +from old Nichifor's mouth, he was very witty. If he met a rider on the +road, he would ask: "Left the Prince far behind, warrior?" and then, +all at once, he would whip up the mares, saying: + + + "White for the leader, white for the wheeler, + The pole lies bare on the one side. + Heigh! It's not far to Galatz. Heigh!" + + +But if he met women and young girls then he sang a knowing song, +rather like this: + + + "When I took my old wife + Eight lovers did sigh: + Three women already wed, + And five girls, in one village." + + +They say, moreover, that one could not take the road, especially in +the month of May, with a pleasanter or gayer man. Only sometimes, +when you pretended not to see you were passing the door of a public +house, because you did not feel inclined to soften old Nichifor's +throat, did you find him in a bad mood, but even on these occasions +he would drive rapidly from one inn to the other. On one occasion, +especially, old Nichifor coveted two mares which were marvels on the +road, but at the inns, whether he wanted to or no, they used to halt, +for he had bought them from a priest. + +My father said that some old men, who had heard it from old Nichifor's +own lips, had told him that at that time it was a good business +being a cab-driver in Neamtzu town. You drove from Varatic to Agapia, +from Agapia to Varatic, then to Razboeni; there were many customers, +too, at the church hostels. Sometimes you had to take them to Peatra, +sometimes to Folticeni, sometimes to the fair, sometimes to Neamtzu +Monastery, sometimes all about the place to the different festivals. + +My father also said he had heard from my grandfather's grandfather +that the then prior of Neamtzu is reported to have said to some nuns +who were wandering through the town during Holy Week: + +"Nuns!" + +"Your blessing, reverend Father!" + +"Why do you not stay in the convent and meditate during Passion Week?" + +"Because, reverend Father," they are said to have replied with +humility, "this wool worries us, but for that we should not come. Your +Reverence knows we keep ourselves by selling serge, and though we do +not collect a great deal, still those who go about get something to +live on...." + +Then, they say, the prior gave a sigh, and he laid all the blame on +old Nichifor, saying: + +"I would the driver who brought you here might die, for then he could +not bring you so often to the town." + +They say old Nichifor was greatly troubled in his mind when he heard +this, and that he swore an oath that as long as he lived he would +never again have dealings with the clergy, for, unfortunately, old +Nichifor was pious and was much afraid of falling under the ban of +the priests. He quickly went to the little monastery at Vovidenia +to Chiviac, the anchorite of St. Agura, who dyed his hair and beard +with black cherries, and on dry Friday he very devoutly baked an egg +at a candle that he might be absolved from his sins. And after this +he decided that from henceforth he would have more to do with the +commercial side. + +"The merchant," said old Nichifor, "lives by his business and for +himself." + +When he was asked why, old Nichifor answered jokingly: + +"Because he has not got God for his master." + +Old Nichifor was a wag among wags, there was no doubt of it, but +owing to all he had to put up with he became a bit disagreeable. + +I don't know what was the matter with her, but for some time past, his +old wife had begun to grumble; now this hurt her; now that hurt her; +now she had the ear-ache; now some one had cast a spell over her; +now she was in tears. She went from one old witch to the other to +get spells and ointments. As for old Nichifor, this did not suit him +and he was not at all at his ease; if he stayed two or three days at +home there was such bickering and quarrelling and ill will that his +poor old wife rejoiced to see him leave the house. + +It's plain old Nichifor was made for the road, and that when he was +off it he was a different man; let him be able to crack his whip and +he was ready to chaff all the travellers he met and tell anecdotes +about all the chief places he passed through. + +Early one day--it was the Wednesday before Whit-Sunday--old Nichifor +had taken a wheel off the carriage, and was greasing it when suddenly +Master Shtrul of Neamtzu town came up behind him; he was a grocer; +a dealer in ointments; he took in washing; he traded in cosmetics, +hair-dyes, toilet accessories, blue stone, rouge or some good pomade +for the face, palm branches, smelling salts and other poisons. + +At that time there was no apothecary in Neamtzu town and Master Shtrul +to please the monks and nuns brought them all they wanted. Of course +he did other business too. To conclude, I hardly know how to tell +you, he was more important than the confessor, for without him the +monasteries could not have existed. + +"Good morning, Mosh Nichifor!" + +"Good luck to you, Master Shtrul. What business brings you to us?" + +"My daughter-in-law wants to go to Peatra. How much will you charge +to take her there?" + +"Probably she will have a great many packages like you do, sir," +said old Nichifor, scratching his head. "That doesn't matter; she +can have them. My carriage is large; it can hold a good deal. But +without bargaining, Master Shtrul, you give me sixteen shillings and +a gold irmal and I'll take her there quite easily; for you'll see, +now I've attended to it and put some of this excellent grease into it, +the carriage will run like a spinning-wheel." + +"You must be satisfied with nine shillings, Mosh Nichifor, and my +son will give you a tip when you get to Peatra." + +"All right, then; may God be with us, Master Shtrul. I am glad the +fair is in full swing just now; perhaps I shall get a customer for +the return journey. Now I would like to know when we have to start?" + +"Now, at once, Mosh Nichifor, if you are ready." + +"I am ready, Master Shtrul; I have only to water the mares. Go and +get your daughter-in-law ready." + +Old Nichifor was energetic and quick at his work and he rapidly threw +some fodder into the carriage, spread out a couple of leather cushions, +put to the mares, flung his sheepskin cloak round his shoulders, +took his whip in his hand and was up and away. Master Shtrul had +scarcely reached home when old Nichifor drew up his carriage at the +door. Malca--that was the name of Master Shtrul's daughter-in-law--came +out to take a look at the driver. + +This is Malca's story: it appeared that Peatra was her native place; +she was very red in the face, because she had been crying at parting +with her parents-in-law. It was the first time she had been in Neamtzu; +it was her wedding visit as they say with us. It was not much more +than two weeks since she had married Itzic, Master Shtrul's son, or, +it would be better to say, in all good fellowship, that Itzic had +married Malca. He had quitted his parents' house according to the +custom, and in two weeks' time Itzic had brought Malca to Neamtzu and +placed her in his parents' hands and had returned quickly to Peatra +to look after his business. + +"You have kept your promise, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Certainly, Master Shtrul; my word is my word. I don't trouble myself +much. As for the journey, it's as well to set out early and to halt +in good time in the evening." + +"Will you be able to reach Peatra by the evening, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Eh! Do you know what you're talking about, Master Shtrul? I expect, +so help me God, to get your daughter-in-law to Peatra this afternoon." + +"You are very experienced, Mosh Nichifor; you know better than I +do. All I beg of you is that you will be very careful to let no harm +befall my daughter-in-law." + +"I did not start driving the day before yesterday, Master Shtrul. I +have already driven dames and nuns and noble ladies and other honest +girls, and, praise be to God, none have ever complained of me. Only +with the nun Evlampia, begging sister from Varatic, did I have a little +dispute. Wherever she went it was her custom to tie a cow to the back +of the carriage, for economy's sake, that she might have milk on the +journey; this caused me great annoyance. The cow, just like a cow, +pulled the forage out of my carriage, once it broke the rack, going +uphill it pulled back, and once it nearly strangled my mares. And I, +unhappy man that I am, was bold enough to say, 'Little nun, isn't it +being a penny wise and a pound foolish?' Then she looked sadly at me, +and in a gentle voice said to me, 'Do not speak so, Mosh Nichifor, +do not speak thus of the poor little cow, for she, poor thing, is not +guilty of anything. The anchorite fathers of St. Agura have ordained +that I should drink milk from a cow only, so that I may not get old +quickly; so what is to be done? I must listen to them, for these holy +men know a great deal better than do we poor sinners.' + +"When I heard this, I said to myself, that perhaps the begging +Sister had some reason on her side, and I left her to her fate, +for I saw that she was funny and at all events was determined to +drink only from one well. But, Master Shtrul, I do not think you are +going to annoy me with cows too. And, then, Mistress Malca, where +it is very steep, uphill or down, will always get out and walk a +little way. It is so beautiful out in the country then. But there, +we mustn't waste our time talking. Come, jump in, Mistress Malca, +that I may take you home to your husband; I know how sad it is for +these young wives when they have not got their husbands with them; +they long for home as the horse longs for his nose-bag." + +"I am ready to come, Mosh Nichifor." + +And she began at once to pick up the feather mattress, the soft +pillows, a bundle containing food, and other commodities. Then Malca +took leave of her parents-in-law, and got on to the feather mattresses +in the bottom of the carriage. Old Nichifor jumped on to the box, +whipped up the mares, and left Master Shtrul and his wife behind in +tears. Old Nichifor drove at a great pace through the town, the mares +seemed to be almost flying. They passed the beach, the villages, and +the hill at Humuleshti in a second. From Ocea nearly to Grumazeshti +they went at the gallop. + +But the other side of Grumazeshti old Nichifor took a pull from the +brandy flask which had come from Brashov, lit his pipe, and began to +let the mares go their own pace. + +"Look, Mistress Malca, do you see that fine, large village? It is +called Grumazeshti. Were I to have as many bulls and you as many sons +as Cossacks, barbarians and other low people have dropped dead there +from time to time, it would be well for us!" + +"God grant I may have sons, Mosh Nichifor." + +"And may I have bulls, young lady--I have no hope of having sons; my +wife is an unfruitful vine; she has not been busy enough to give me +even one; may she die before long! When I am dead there'll be nothing +left but this battered old carriage and these good-for-nothing mares!" + +"Don't distress yourself, Mosh Nichifor," said Malca, "maybe God has +willed it so; because it is written in our books, concerning some +people, that only in their old age did they beget sons." + +"Don't bother me, Mistress Malca, with your books. I know what I +know; it's all in vain, we never can choose. I have heard it said in +our church that 'a tree that bears no fruit should be hewn down and +cast into the fire.' Can one have anything clearer than that? Really, +I wonder how I can have had patience to keep house with my old woman +so long. In this respect you are a thousand times better off. If he +does not give you a child you'll get some one else. If that does not +do--why then another; and in due time will come a little blessing from +the Almighty. It's not like that with us who see ourselves condemned +to live with one barren stock to the end of our life with no prospect +of children. After all the great and powerful Lord was not crucified +for only one person in this world. Isn't it so, young lady? If you +have anything more to say, say it!" + +"It may be so, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Dear young lady, it is as I tell you. Houp la! We have gone a good +part of the way. Lord, how a man forgets the road when he's talking, +and when one wakes up who knows where one has got to. It's a good thing +the Holy God has given one companionship! Hi! daughters of a dragon, +get on! Here is the Grumazeshti Forest, the anxiety of merchants and +the terror of the boyars. Hei, Mistress Malca, if this forest had a +mouth to tell what it has seen, our ears could not hear more terrible +adventures: I know we should hear some things!" + +"But what has happened here, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Oh, young lady, oh! God grant that what has been may never be +again! One used to have some trouble to pass through here without +being robbed, thrashed or murdered. Of course this happened more often +by night than by day. As for me, up to now, I have never spoken in +an unlucky hour, God preserve me! Wolves and other wild beasts have +come out in front of me at different times, but I didn't hurt them; +I left them alone, I pretended not to see anything, and they went +about their own business." + +"Ah, Mosh Nichifor, don't talk about wolves any more, for they +terrify me." + +I have told you how amusing old Nichifor was; sometimes he would say +something that made you hold your sides with laughing, at other times +he would bring your heart into your mouth with fear. + +"There is a wolf coming towards us, Mistress Malca!" + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, where can I hide?" + +"Hide where you are, for I can tell you one thing, I am not afraid +of the whole pack." + +Then poor Malca, terrified, clung round old Nichifor's neck, and +stuck to him like a leech, and as she sat there she said, trembling: + +"Where is the wolf, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Where is it? It crossed the road just in front of us, and went into +the wood again. But if you had strangled me, young lady, and then +the mares had bolted, it would have been a fine look out." + +He had scarcely ceased speaking when Malca said softly: + +"Never tell me again that a wolf is coming, Mosh Nichifor, I shall +die from fright." + +"It is not that I say so; there is one just coming; there you have +one!" + +"Alas! What are you saying?" + +And again she hid close to old Nichifor. + +"What is young is young. You want to play, young lady, isn't that +it? It seems to me you're lucky, for I keep my self-control. I am not +very afraid of the wolf, but if some one else had been in my place----" + +"No more wolves will come, Mosh Nichifor, will they?" + +"Oho! you are too funny, young lady, you want them to come too +often. You mustn't expect to see a wolf at every tree. On St. Andrew's +Day many of them prowl together in the same place and the huntsmen +are on the watch. During the great hunt, do you think it's only a +few wolves that are put to shame by having to leave their skins as +hostages? Now we will let the mares get their wind. Look, this is +'Dragon Hill.' Once an enormous dragon alighted here, which spouted +flames out of his mouth, and when it whistled the forest roared, +the valleys groaned, the wild beasts trembled and beat their heads +together with fear, and no one dared pass by here." + +"Alas! And where is the dragon, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"How should I know, young lady? The forest is large, it knows where +it has hidden itself. Some say that after it had eaten a great many +people and peeled the bark off all the oaks in the wood it expired +at this spot. By others I have heard it said that it made a black +cow give it milk, and this enabled it to rise again into the skies +whence it had fallen. But how do I know whom to believe? People will +say anything! Luckily I understand witchcraft, and I am not at all +afraid of dragons. I can take serpents out of their nest as easily +as you can take a flea out of your poultry-house." + +"Where did you learn these spells, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Eh? My dear young lady, that I may not tell. My old woman--she was +just on twenty-four when I fell in love with her--what hasn't she +done! How she has worried me to tell her, and I wouldn't tell her. And +that's why she'll die when she does die, but why hasn't she died long +before, for then I could have got a younger woman. For three days I can +live in peace with her, and then it's enough to kill one! I am sick +to death of the old hag. Every minute she worries and reproaches me +by her manner. When I think that when I return I have got to go back +to her, I feel wild--just inclined to run away--nothing more nor less." + +"Stop, stop, Mosh Nichifor, you men are like that." + +"Eh! Mistress Malca, here we are near the top of the wood. Won't +you walk a little while we go up the hill? I only say it because I +am afraid you will get stiff sitting in the carriage. Look at the +lovely flowers along the edge of the wood, they fill the air with +sweetness. It is really a pity for you to sit huddled up there." + +"I am afraid of the wolf, Mosh Nichifor," said Malca, shaking. + +"Let's have done with that wolf. Have you nothing else to talk about?" + +"Stand still that I may get down." + +"Wo! Step gently here on to the step of the carriage. Ah, now I +see for myself that you are sturdy; that's how I like people to be, +born not laid." + +While Malca gathered some balm to take to Itzic, old Nichifor stood +still and tinkered a little at the carriage. Then he called quickly: + +"Are you ready, young lady? Come, get in and let us get on with the +help of God; from here on it is mostly down hill." + +After Malca has mounted she asked: + +"Are we a little late, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"If we meet with no obstacles I shall soon have you in Peatra." + +And he whipped up the mares, saying: + + + "White for the leader, white for the wheeler + The pole lies bare on the one side. + Heigh! It's not far to Galatz. Heigh!" + + +He had scarcely gone twenty yards when--bang! An axle-pin broke. + +"Well, here's a to-do!" + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, we shall be benighted in the wood." + +"Don't take it amiss, Mistress Malca. Come, it's only happened to me +once in my life. While you eat a little something, and the mares put +away a bit of fodder, I shall have replaced the axle-pin." + +When old Nichifor came to look at the hook, the little axe had +disappeared! + +"Well, what has been had to be," said old Nichifor, knitting his +eyebrows, and getting angry as he thought of it. "If God punishes the +old woman, may he punish her! See how she takes care of me; there is +no axe here." + +When poor Malca heard this she began to sigh and to say: + +"Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?" + +"Now, young lady, don't lose heart, for I have still a ray of hope." + +He drew his pocket-knife out of its sheath, he went to the side of +the carriage, and began to cut away at a young oak of the previous +year. He cut it as best he could, then he began to rummage about +in a box in the carriage to find some rope; but how could he find +it if it had not been put in? After looking and looking in vain, he +cut the cord from the nose-bag, and a strap from the bridle of one +of the mares to tie the sapling where it was wanted, put the wheel +in position, slipped in the bit of wood which ran from the head of +the axle to the staff-side of the carriage, twisted round the chain +which connected the head of the axle with the shaft, and tied it to +the step; then he lit his pipe and said: + +"Look, my dear young lady, how necessity teaches a man what to do. With +old Nichifor of Tzutzuen no one comes to grief on the road. But from +now on sit tight in the bottom of the carriage, and hold fast to the +back of your seat, for I must take these mares in hand and make them +gallop. Yes, I warrant you, my old woman won't have an easy time when +I get home. I'll play the devil with her and teach her how to treat +her husband another time, for 'a woman who has not been beaten is +like a broken mill.' Hold tight, Mistress Malca! Houp-la!" + +And at once the mares began to gallop, the wheels to go round, and +the dust to whirl up into the sky. But in a few yards the sapling +began to get hot and brittle and--off came the wheel again! + +"Ah! Everything is contrary! It's evident I crossed a priest early +this morning or the devil knows what." + +"Mosh Nichifor, what are we to do?" + +"We shall do what we shall do, young lady. But now stay quiet here, +and don't speak a word. It's lucky this didn't happen somewhere in +the middle of the fields. Praise be to God, in the forest there is +enough wood and to spare. Perhaps some one will catch us up who can +lend me an axe." And as he spoke he saw a man coming towards them. + +"Well met, good man!" + +"So your carriage has broken the road!" + +"Put chaff aside, man; it would be better if you came and helped me to +mend this axle, for you can see my heart's breaking with my ill luck." + +"But I am in a hurry to get to Oshlobeni. You'll have to lament in +the forest to-night; I don't think you'll die of boredom." + +"I am ashamed of you," said Nichifor sulkily. "You are older than I +am and yet you have such ideas in your head." + +"Don't get excited, good man, I was only joking. Good luck! The Lord +will show you what to do." And on he went. + +"Look, Mistress Malca, what people the devil has put in this world! +He is only out to steal. If there had been a barrel of wine or brandy +about, do you think he would have left the carriage stuck in the +middle of the road all that time? But I see, anything there is to do +must be done by old Nichifor. We must have another try." + +And again he began to cut another sapling. He tried and he tried +till he got that, too, into place. Then he whipped up the mares and +once more trotted a little way, but at the first slope, the axle-pin +broke again. + +"Now, Mistress Malca, I must say the same as that man, we shall have +to spend the night in the forest." + +"Oh! Woe is me! Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you saying?" + +"I am saying what is obvious to my eyes. Look yourself; can't you see +the sun is going down behind the hill, and we are still in the same +place? It is nothing at all, so don't worry. I know of a clearing +in the wood quite near here. We will go there, and we shall be just +as though we were at home. The place is sheltered and the mares can +graze. You'll sleep in the carriage, and I shall mount guard all +night. The night soon passes, we must spend it as best we can, but I +will remind my old woman all the rest of her days of this misfortune, +for it is her fault that things have gone so with me." + +"Well, do what you think best, Mosh Nichifor; it's sure to be right." + +"Come, young lady, don't take it too much to heart, for we shall be +quite all right." + +And at once old Nichifor unharnessed the mares and, turning the +carriage, he drew it as well as he could, till he reached the clearing. + +"Mistress Malca, it is like a paradise straight from God here; where +one lives for ever, one never dies! But you are not accustomed to the +beauty of the world. Let us walk a little bit while we can still see, +for we must collect sticks to keep enough fire going all night to +ward off the mosquitoes and gnats in the world." + +Poor Malca saw it was all one now. She began to walk about and +collect sticks. + +"Lord! you look pretty, young lady. It seems as though you are one +of us. Didn't your father once keep an inn in the village somewhere?" + +"For a long time he kept the inn at Bodesti." + +"And I was wondering how you came to speak Moldavian so well and +why you looked like one of our women. I cannot believe you were +really afraid of the wolf. Well, well, what do you think of this +clearing? Would you like to die without knowing the beauty of the +world? Do you hear the nightingales, how charming they are? Do you +hear the turtle-doves calling to each other?" + +"Mosh Nichifor, won't something happen to us this evening? What will +Itzic say?" + +"Itzic? Itzic will think himself a lucky man when he sees you at +home again." + +"Do you think Itzic knows the world? Or what sort of accidents could +happen on the road?" + +"He only knows how to walk about his hearth or by the oven like my +worn-out old woman at home. Let me see whether you know how to make +a fire." + +Malca arranged the sticks; old Nichifor drew out the tinder box and +soon had a flame. Then old Nichifor said: + +"Do you see, Mistress Malca, how beautifully the wood burns?" + +"I see, Mosh Nichifor, but my heart is throbbing with fear." + +"Ugh! you will excuse me, but you seem to belong to the Itzic +breed. Pluck up a little courage! If you are so timid, get into the +carriage, and go to sleep: the night is short, daylight soon comes." + +Malca, encouraged by old Nichifor, got into the carriage and lay down; +old Nichifor lighted his pipe, spread out his sheepskin cloak and +stretched himself by the side of the fire and puffed away at his pipe, +and was just going off to sleep when a spark flew out on to his nose! + +"Damn! That must be a spark from the sticks Malca picked up; it has +burnt me so. Are you asleep, Mistress?" + +"I think I was sleeping a little, Mosh Nichifor, but I had a nightmare +and woke up." + +"I have been unlucky too; a spark jumped out on to my nose and +frightened sleep away or I might have slept all night. But can anyone +sleep through the mad row these nightingales are making? They seem +to do it on purpose. But then, this is their time for making love to +each other. Are you asleep, young lady?" + +"I think I was going to sleep, Mosh Nichifor." + +"Do you know, young lady, I think I will put out the fire now at once: +I have just remembered that those wicked wolves prowl about and come +after smoke." + +"Put it out, Mosh Nichifor, if that's the case." + +Old Nichifor at once began to put dust on the fire to smother it. + +"From now on, Mistress Malca, you can sleep without anxiety till the +day dawns. There! I've put out the fire and forgotten to light my +pipe. But I've got the tinder box. The devil take you nightingales: +I know too well you make love to each other!" + +Old Nichifor sat thinking deeply until he had finished his pipe, then +he rose softly and went up to the carriage on the tips of his toes. + +Malca had begun to snore a little. Old Nichifor shook her gently +and said: + +"Mistress Malca! Mistress Malca!" + +"I hear, Mosh Nichifor," replied Malca, trembling and frightened. + +"Do you know what I've been thinking as I sat by the fire?" + +"What, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"After you have gone to sleep, I will mount one of the mares, hurry +home, fetch an axle-pin and axe, and by daybreak I shall be back +here again." + +"Woe is me! Mosh Nichifor, what are you saying? Do you want to find +me dead from fright when you come back?" + +"May God preserve you from such a thing! Don't be frightened, I was +only talking at random." + +"No, no, Mosh Nichifor, from now on I shall not want to sleep; +I shall get down and sit by you all night." + +"You look after yourself, young lady; you sit quietly where you are, +for you are comfortable." + +"I am coming all the same." + +And as she spoke down she came and sat on the grass by old +Nichifor. And first one, and then the other was overcome by sleep, +till both were slumbering profoundly. And when they woke it was +broad daylight. + +"See, Mistress Malca, here's the blessed day! Get up and come and +see what's to be done. There, no one has eaten you, have they? Only +you have had a great fright!" + +Malca fell asleep again at these words. But old Nichifor, like a +careful man, got up into the carriage, and began rummaging about all +over the place, and under the forage bags, and what should there be +but the axe and a measure and a gimlet beneath the seat. + +"Who would have believed it! Here's a pity! I was wondering why my old +woman didn't take care of me. Now because I wronged her so terribly +I must take her back a red fez and a bag of butter to remind her of +our youth. Evidently I took them out yesterday with my pipe. But my +poor, good old wife, difficult though she is, knew all I should want +on the journey, only she did not put them in their right place. But +the woman tried to understand all her husband wanted! Mistress +Malca! Mistress Malca!" + +"What is it, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Do you know that I have found the axe, and the rope and the gimlet +and everything I want." + +"Where, Mosh Nichifor?" + +"Why, under your bundles. Only they had no mouths with which to tell +me. We have made a mistake: we have been like some one sitting on +hidden treasure and asking for alms. But it's good that we have found +them now. It shows my poor old woman did put them in." + +"Mosh Nichifor, you are feeling remorse in your heart." + +"Well, yes, young lady. I see I am at fault. I must sing a song +of penitence: + + + Poor old wife of mine! + Be she kind or be she harsh, + Still her home is mine." + + +And so saying old Nichifor rolled up his sleeves, cut a beech stick, +and made a wonderful axle-pin. Then he set it in position, put the +wheel in place, harnessed the mares, quietly took the road and said: + +"In you get, young lady, and let's start." + +As the mares were refreshed and well rested they were at Peatra by +middle day. + +"There you will see your home, Mistress Malca." + +"Thank God, Mosh Nichifor, that I came to no harm in the forest." + +"The fact is, young lady, there's no doubt about it, there's no place +like home." + +And while they were talking they reached the door of Itzic's +house. Itzic had only just come back from the school, and when he saw +Malca he was beside himself with joy. But when he heard all about the +adventures they had met with and how the Almighty had delivered them +from danger he did not know how to thank old Nichifor enough. What did +he not give him! He himself marvelled at all that was given him. The +next day old Nichifor went back with other customers. And when he +reached home he was so gay that his old woman wondered what he had +been doing, for he was more drunk than he had been for a long time. + +From now on Malca came every two or three weeks to visit her +parents-in-law in Neamtzu: she would only let old Nichifor take her +back home, and she was never again afraid of wolves. + +A year, or perhaps several years, after, over a glass of wine, old +Nichifor whispered to one of his friends the story of the adventure in +the "Dragon" Wood, and the fright Mistress Malca got. Old Nichifor's +friend whispered it again to some friends of his own, and then people, +the way people will do, began to give old Nichifor a nickname and say: +"Nichifor, the Impostor: Nichifor, the Impostor:" and even though +he is dead the poor man has kept the name of Nichifor, the Impostor, +to this very day. + + + + + + + +COZMA RACOARE + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +He was a terrible man, Cozma Racoare! + +When I say Cozma, I seem to see, do you know, I seem to see before +me, a sinister-looking man riding upon a bay horse; two eyes like +steel pierce through me; I see a moustache like twin sparrows. Fierce +Rouman! He rode with a gun across his back, and with a knife an ell +long, here, in his belt, on the left side. It was thus I always saw +him. I am old, you know, nigh on a hundred, I have travelled much +about the world, I have met various characters, and many people, +but I tell you, a man like Cozma Racoare I have never seen! Yet he +was not physically so terrible; he was a man of middle height, lean, +with a brown face, a man like many another--ha! but all the same! only +to have seen the eyes was to remember him. Terrible Rouman! + +There was grief and bitterness in the land at that time. Turks and +Greeks were overrunning the country on all sides, everywhere honest +men were complaining--they were hard times! Cozma had no cares. To-day +he was here, to-morrow one heard of him, who knows where! Every one +fled before the storm, but he, good Lord, he never cared! They caught +him and put him in chains. What need? He just shook himself, wrenched +the bars with one hand, whistled to his horse, and there he was on +the road again. Who did not know that Racoare had a charmed life? Ah, +how many bullets were aimed at his breast! But in vain! It was said +of him: only a silver bullet can slay him! Where do you see men like +that nowadays? Those times are gone for ever. + +Have you heard of the Feciorul Romancei? He was a fire-eater +too! He robbed the other side of Muntenia, Cozma robbed this, and +one night--what a night!--they both met at Milcov, exchanged booty, +and were back in their homes before dawn. Were the frontier guards on +the watch? Did they catch them as they rode? Why! Racoare's horse flew +like a phantom, no bullet could touch him! What a road that is from +here, across the mountains of Bacau, to the frontier! Eh! to do it, +there and back in one night, you mark my words, that's no joke! But +that horse! That's the truth of the matter, that horse of Racoare's +was not like any other horse. That's clear. + +Voda-Calimbach had an Arabian mare, which his servants watched as +the apple of his eye; she was due to foal. One night--it was in the +seventh month--Cozma got into the stall, ripped open the mare and +stole the foal. But that was not all he did! You understand the foal +was wrapped in a caul. Racoare cut the caul, but he cut it in such +a way as to split the foal's nostrils. And look, the foal with the +split nostrils grew up in the dark fed upon nut kernels; and when +Cozma mounted it--well, that was a horse! + +Even the wind, therefore, could not out-distance Cozma. On one +occasion--I was a volunteer then--Cozma woke to find himself within +the walls of Probot, with volunteers inside and the Turks outside. The +Turks were battering the walls with their guns. The volunteers decided +to surrender the fortress. Cozma kept his own counsel. The next day +Cozma was nowhere to be found. But from the walls, up to the forest +of Probot, was a line of corpses! That had been Racoare's road! + +That is how it always was! His were the woods and fields! He recognized +no authority, he did not know what fear was, nor love--except on one +occasion. Terrible Rouman! It seems to me I can see him now, riding +upon his bay horse. + + + +At that time a Greek was managing the Vulturesht estate, and on this +side, on our estate, within those ruined walls, there ruled such a +minx of a Roumanian as I had never seen before. The Greek was pining +for the Roumanian. And no wonder! The widow had eyebrows that met, +and the eyes of the devil--Lord! Lord! such eyes would have tempted a +saint. She had been married, against her will, to a Greek, to Dimitru +Covas; the Greek died, and now the lady ruled alone over our estate. + +As I tell you, Nicola Zamfiridi, the Greek, was dying for the +lady. What did that man not do, where did he not go, what soothsayers +did he not visit, all in vain! The lady would not hear of it! She +hated the Greek. And yet Nicola was not ill-favoured. He was a proud +Greek, bronzed, with pointed moustache and curly beard. But still he +did not please the widow! + +One day, Nicola sat pondering in his room while he smoked. What was +to be done? He most certainly wanted to marry, and to take her for +his wife; why would she not hear of it? + +A few days before he had gone with Ciocirlie, the gipsy, and had sung +desperately outside the walls. Alas, the courtyard remained still as +stone! What the devil was to be done? + +Boyar Nicola thought to himself: "You are not ugly, you are not +stupid--what's the reason of it? Is she, perhaps, in love with some +one else?" No. He watched for one whole night. Nobody entered, and +nobody left the courtyard. + +The boyar was angry. He rose, picked up a whip and went out. The +grooms were grooming the horses in the yard. + +"Is that horse supposed to be groomed?" he shouted, and slash! down +came the whip on one of the grooms. + +Farther on the gardener was resting from the heat. + +"Is this how you look after the garden? Hey!" and swish! crack! + +What next? Was it any use losing one's temper with the people? He went +into the garden, and seated himself under a beautiful lime-tree. There, +on the stone bench, he pondered again. His life was worthless if the +woman he loved would not look at him! He watched the flight of the +withered leaves in the still air; he heaved a sigh. + +"Vasile! Vasile!" called the boyar. His voice rang sadly in the +melancholy garden. + +A sturdy old man came through the garden door, and went towards +his master. + +"Vasile," said the boyar, "what is to be done?" + +The old man eyed his master, then he, too, sighed and scratched +his head. + +"What is to be done, Vasile?" + +"How should I know, master?" + +"You must find something. Many people have advised me, now you suggest +something. I got nothing out of that old witch, and Ciocirlie was no +good; cannot you propose something?" + +"H'm----" + +"Do not desert me, Vasile!" + +"H'm, master, I'll tell you something if you will give me something." + +"Take a ducat of mine, Vasilica--speak!" + +Vasile did not let himself be put off by the mention of one ducat. He +scratched his head again. + +"If I knew you would give me two ducats, master, or even three, or +many--you understand--that's how it is! What will be, will be! I say +go right off to Frasini, go into the courtyard, through the courtyard +into the lady's boudoir and steal her! That's what I say!" + +"What are you talking about, good Vasile! Is it possible!" + +Vasile said no more. The boyar thought deeply, his hand on his +forehead; then he said: + +"That's what I must do, Vasile! I know what I have to do! Bravo you, +good Vasile!" + +"If only I knew I was to get two ducats reward!" sighed Vasile, +scratching his head. + +And that evening Boyar Nicola kept his word. He mounted his horse, +took with him five companions from among the grooms, and started out +to Frasini. + +The forest shuddered with the whisper of the breeze of the autumn +night. The men rode silently. From time to time could be heard the +trumpeting of the cock, coming they knew not whence. Beyond lay +silence. At last the widow's courtyard came into sight, black, like +some heap of coal. + +Like ghosts Nicola and his companions approached the wall; in silence +they dismounted; they threw rope-ladders over the top of the wall, +climbed up and over to the other side. The horses remained tied to +the trees. + +Suddenly they heard cries. Boyar Nicola was not afraid. He hurried +to the door--the doors were not shut. He passed along the corridor. + +"Aha!" murmured the Greek. "Now I shall have the darling in my arms." + +But suddenly a door was opened, and a bright sea of light illuminated +the passage. Boyar Nicola was not frightened. He advanced towards the +room. But he had scarcely gone two paces when there, on the threshold, +stood the Sultana, with her hair undone, in a thin white petticoat +and a white dressing-jacket. With frowning brows she stood in the +doorway looking at the boyar. + +Nicola was beside himself. He would willingly have gone on his knees, +and kissed her feet, so beautiful was she. But he knew if he knelt +before her she would only mock him. He approached to embrace her. + +"Hold!" cried the Sultana. "I thought there were thieves! Ha, ha! it +is you, Boyar Nicola?" + +And suddenly, there in the light, she raised a shining scimitar in +her right hand. Nicola felt a hard blow on the side of his head. He +stood still. His grooms started to run, but one fell, yelling, and +covered with blood. Just then a great noise was heard, and the lady's +servants came in. + +Nicola fled towards the exit followed by his four companions. Then +on into the yard with scimitars flashing on their right and on their +left. And once more they are on horseback fleeing towards Vulturesht. + +There he dismounted, feeling very bitter, and entered the garden +once more, and once more sat on the stone bench, and hid his face in +his hands. + +"Woe is me!" he murmured miserably. "How wretched is my life! What +is to be done? What is to be done?" + +He sat there in the October night tortured by his thoughts. Only the +breeze carrying the mist from the fields disturbed him. + +"Woe is me! How wretched is my life!" and he bent forward, his head +in his hands, his elbows on his knees. "What a terrible woman!" he +murmured again as he mused. "What eyes she has! Oh, Blessed Virgin! Oh, +Blessed Virgin! Do not abandon me, for my heart is breaking!" + +For some time he stayed there dreaming. After a while he rose and +moved towards the house. + +"What a terrible woman, and what eyes!" + +In the house he once more called for Vasile. + +"Good Vasile, I am undone! A terrible woman, good Vasile--she has +burnt my heart and turned it to ashes! What is to be done? Do not +leave me! Look, you understand, you shall have two of my ducats." + +"I know what you have been through, master. She is a proud lady, +there is no denying it! If I knew you would give me five ducats, +or even six--but there, it's only an idea----" + +"Speak, Vasile, good man, I will give you---- What eyes! Woe is me!" + +"Then I understand, master," says Vasile, "that you give me seven +ducats, but you'll have to give seven times seven if you get her here +at your hand--don't be afraid, master, it is not much--only seven +times seven to have her here at your hand! I'll bring Cozma Racoare +to you! As sure as you put the ducats into the palm of my hand, +so sure will he put the Sultana into your arms, that's that." + +Boyar Nicola was rather alarmed when he heard talk of Cozma Racoare, +but afterwards he sighed and said: + +"Good!" + +Three days later Racoare came. Nicola was sitting on the stone +bench in the garden under the lime-tree, smoking a pipe of fragrant +tobacco. When he caught sight of the highwayman he sat gazing at him +with startled eyes. Cozma came calmly along with his horse's bridle +in his left hand. He wore top boots up to his knees with long steel +spurs. A long gun was slung across his back. On his head was a black +sheepskin cap. He walked unconcernedly as usual with knitted brows; +his horse followed him with bent head. + +Vasile, the boyar's agent, came up to the stone seat, scratching his +head, and whispered with a grin: + +"What do you say to this, master? Just take a look at him. He could +bring you the devil himself!" + +Boyar Nicola could not take his eyes off Cozma. The highwayman stopped +and said: + +"God be with you!" + +"I thank you," replied Vasile. "God grant it!" + +The boyar remained persistently silent. + +"H'm!" murmured Vasile. "You have come to see us, friend Cozma?" + +"I have come," responded Racoare. + +"On our business?" + +"Yes." + +Cozma spoke slowly, frowning; wherever he might be no smile ever lit +up his face. + +"Ah, yes, you have come," said the boyar, as if awaking from +sleep. "Vasile, go and tell them to prepare coffee, but bring wine +at once." + +"Let them make coffee for one," said Cozma, "I never drink." + +Vasile went off grinning, after a side-glance at his master. + +"Ah, you never drink!" said the boyar with an effort. "So, so, you +have come on our business--how much? Ah, I am giving fifty ducats." + +"Good!" said Racoare quietly. + +Vasile returned, smiling knowingly. The boyar was silent. + +"Eh," said Vasile, scratching his head, "how are you getting on?" + +"Good Vasile, go and fetch the purse from under my pillow." + +"No, there is no need to give me a purse," said the highwayman, +"I have no need of money." + +"What?" murmured the boyar. "Ah, yes! You do not need? Why?" + +"The thing is to put the Sultana of Frasini into your arms--I hand +you over the lady, and you hand me the money." + +"Let's be brief!" cried Vasile, passing his hand through his hair. "One +party gives the lady, the other the money. What did I tell you? Cozma +would fetch you the devil from hell. From henceforth the lady is +yours." + +Racoare turned round, strode to the bottom of the garden, fastened +his horse to a tree, drew a cloak of serge from his saddle, spread +it out and wrapped himself in it. + +"Well! Well!" groaned Boyar Nicola, breathing heavily. "What a terrible +man! But I feel as though he had taken a load off my mind." + +Vasile smiled but said nothing. Later, when he was by himself, he +began to laugh and whisper: "Ha, ha! He who bears a charmed life is +a lucky man!" + +The boyar started up as from sleep and looked fearfully at Vasile; +then he shook his head and relapsed into thought. + +"Ah, yes!" he murmured, without understanding what he was talking +about. + + + +When night had fallen Cozma Racoare tightened his horse's girths and +mounted. Then he said: + +"Boyar, wait for me in the glade at Vulturesht." + +The gates were opened, the horse snorted and rushed forth like +a dragon. + +The full moon shone through the veil of an autumnal mist, weaving +webs of light, lighting up the silent hills and the dark woods. The +rapid flight of the bay broke the deep silence. Racoare rode silently +under the overhanging woods with their sparse foliage; he seemed like +a phantom in the blue light. + +Then he reached Frasini. Every one was asleep, the doors were +shut. Cozma knocked at the door: Rat-a-tat! Rat-a-tat! + +"Who is there?" cried a voice from within. + +"Open!" said Racoare. + +"Who are you?" + +"Open!" shouted Cozma. + +From within was heard a whispered: + +"Open!" "Do not open!" "Open, it is Cozma!" + +A light shone through a niche in the wall above the door, and lighted +up Cozma's face. Then a rustling sound became audible, the light was +extinguished, and the bar across the door rattled. + +Cozma entered the empty courtyard, dismounted by the steps, and pushed +open the door. + +"The door is open," he murmured, "the lady is not nervous." + +In the dark corridor his footsteps and his spurs echoed as in a +church. A noise was heard in one of the rooms, and a bright light +shone into the passage. The Sultana appeared in the doorway, dressed +in white with her hair unplaited, with frowning brows and the scimitar +in her right hand. + +"Who are you? What do you want?" she cried. + +"I have come to fetch you," said Racoare shortly, "and take you to +Boyar Nicola." + +"Ah, you are not burglars?" said the lady, and raised her +scimitar. "See here, you will meet the same fate as your Nicola!" + +Racoare took a step forward, calmly seized the scimitar, squeezed the +lady's fist, and the steel blade flew into a corner. The lady sprang +quickly back, calling: + +"Gavril! Niculai! Toader! Help!" + +Voices were heard, and the servants crowded into the passage, and +stood by the door. Racoare approached the lady, and tried to seize +her. She avoided him, and caught up a knife from the table. + +"What are you doing, you boobies? Help! Seize him, bind him!" + +"Don't talk nonsense--I see you are not frightened; I cannot do other +than I am doing!" said Racoare. + +Then the servants murmured again: + +"How can we bind him? It is Racoare. He is here! Cozma Racoare, lady!" + +"Cowards!" cried the lady, and threw herself upon Cozma. + +The highwayman took her arm, pressed her hands together, tied them +with a leather strap, and lifted her under his arm like a bundle. + +"Get out of the way!" he said then, and the people fell over each +other as they scattered to either side. + +"What a pearl among women!" thought Cozma, while he strode along +the corridor with the lady under his arm, "he has not bad taste, +that Boyar Nicola! Proud woman!" + +The Sultana looked with eyes wide with horror at the servants who +gave way on either hand in their terror. She felt herself held as +in a vice. At last she raised her eyes to Racoare's fierce face. The +light from the room was reflected in the man's steely eyes, and lit +up his weather-beaten face. + +"Who are you?" she gasped. + +"I? Cozma Racoare." + +The lady gave another glance at the servants huddled in the corners, +and she said not another word. Now she understood. + +Outside, the highwayman mounted the bay, placed the lady in front of +him, and set spurs to his horse. Once more the sound of the galloping +horse broke the silence of the night. + +"What a pearl among women!" thought Racoare, and the horse sped along +the road like a phantom. + +The lady turned her head, and studied Racoare by the light of the moon. + +"Why do you look at me like that, lady?" And the horse sped along +under the overhanging woods. + +The black hair of the lady shone in great billows of light. The +foliage glistened with hoar-frost, like silver-leaf. The lady looked +at the highwayman and shuddered, she felt herself squeezed in his +powerful arms, and her eyes burnt like two stars beneath the heavy +knitted brows. + +"Why do you look at me like that, lady? Why do you shiver? Are +you cold?" + +The galloping hooves thundered through the glades, the leaves +glittered in their silver sheen, and the bay passed on like a phantom +in the light. + +A shadow suddenly appeared in the distance. + +"What is that yonder?" questioned the lady. + +"Boyar Nicola awaits us there," replied Racoare. + +The lady said no more. But Cozma felt her stiffen herself. The leather +strap was snapped, and two white hands were lifted up. The highwayman +had no time to stop her. Like lightning she seized the bridle in +her right hand, and turned the horse on the spot, but her left arm +she twined round Racoare's neck. The highwayman felt the lady's head +resting against his breast, and a voice murmured softly: + +"Would you give me to another?" + +And the horse flew like a phantom through the blue light; the meadows +rang with the sound of the galloping hooves, the silver leaves +glistened, and tresses of black hair floated in the wind. But now +shadows seemed to be pursuing them. The hills on the horizon seemed +peopled with strange figures, which hurried through the light mist. But +the black phantom sped on, and ever onwards, till it was lost in the +far distance, in the gloom of the night. + + + + + + + +THE WANDERERS + +By M. SADOVEANU + + +A house stood isolated in the middle of a garden, separated from the +main group about the market-place. + +It was an old house, its veranda was both high and broad and had +big whitewashed pillars. The pointed roof was tiled and green with +moss. In front of the veranda, and facing south, stood two beautiful +round lime-trees throwing out their shade. + +One day in the month of August, the owners, Vladimir Savicky and Ana, +his wife, were sitting in the veranda. Both were old, weather-beaten +by the storms of many journeys and the misfortunes of life. The old +man wore a long white beard and long white hair, which was parted +down the middle and smooth on the top; he smoked a very long pipe, +and his blue eyes gazed towards the plains which stretched away +towards the sunset. The old woman, Ana, selected a nosegay of flowers +from a basket. He was tall and vigorous still, she was slight with +gentle movements. Forty years ago they left their ruined Poland, and +settled in our country. They kept an adopted daughter, and had a son +of thirty years of age, a bachelor, and a good craftsman. They had +lived for thirty years here in the old house, busying themselves with +market-gardening: for thirty years they had lived a sad, monotonous +life in this place. They had been alone with their adopted child, +with Magdalena; Roman, their boy, had been roaming through the world +for the last ten years. + +Old Vladimir puffed away at his pipe as he stroked his beard; the +warmth of the afternoon had made him lay aside his blue jacket. The old +wife was choosing her flowers. A gentle breeze, laden with fragrance, +came from the garden, from the trees heavy with fruit, and from the +gay-coloured flowers. Shafts of light penetrated through the leafy +limes, little patches of white light came from above, and played +over the bright grass, green as the tree-frog. From time to time the +quivering foliage sent a melodious rustle into the peaceful balcony. + +At intervals the soft notes of a song floated through the open window. + +Suddenly a resounding noise broke the stillness of the day. What +was it? A carriage. The old man started, put down his pipe, and +rose. The old woman put her head, wrapped in a white shawl, out over +the railings. The rumbling vehicle, an ugly Jew upon the box, drew +nearer, and pulled up outside the door of the old house. A strong, +broad-shouldered young man descended, a big bundle in his right hand, +a case in his left. + +"Roman! Roman!" cried the old lady in a feeble voice. She tried to +rise but fell softly back beside the flowers. + +"There, there, old lady, it is Roman," murmured the old man gaily, +as he went down the stairs. + +"Mr. Roman!" cried a gentle voice, and Magdalena's fair head appeared +at the window. + +Roman had let fall the bundle and thrown himself into his father's +arms. + +"Yes, old lady, it is Roman!" murmured Vladimir Savicky, with tears +in his eyes. He embraced his son, and pressed him to his heart. "Yes, +old lady, it is Roman!" That was all he could find to say. + +"Mother," cried the young man, "I have not seen you for ten years." + +The old mother cried silently, her son strained her to his breast, +while the old man wandered round murmuring tearfully into his beard: + +"Yes, yes, old lady, it is our Roman." + +As Roman Savicky straightened his strong frame and turned round, he +saw a white face with blue eyes in the doorway. He stood transfixed +with astonishment; the girl watched him, smiling shyly. + +"Ha! ha!" laughed old Savicky, "how now? Do you not know each +other? Ah! Kiss each other, you have known Magdalena ever since she +was a child." + +The young people approached each other in silence, the girl offered +her cheek with eyelids lowered, and Roman kissed her. + +"I did not recognize her," said Roman, "she has grown so big." + +His mother laughed softly. "You, too, Roman, you have grown much +bigger--and handsome." + +"Naturally our Roman is handsome," said the old man, "our own Roman, +old lady." + +Again the mother kissed her son. Roman seated himself upon a chair in +the veranda, the old man placed himself on his right, and the mother +on the left; they watched him, feasting their eyes upon him. + +"My darling! my darling!" he said to the old woman, "it is long since +I have seen you." + +In the end they grew silent, looking intently at one another, +smiling. The gentle rustle of the lime trees broke the heat and +stillness of the August day. + +"Whence do you come, Roman?" questioned the old man suddenly. + +"From Warsaw," said his son, raising his head. + +The old man opened wide his eyes, then he turned towards Ana. + +"Do you hear that, old lady, from Warsaw?" + +The old lady nodded her head, and said wonderingly: + +"From Warsaw!" + +"Yes," said Roman, "I have journeyed throughout Poland, full of +bitterness, and I have wandered among our exiled brothers in all +parts of the world." + +Profound misery rang in his powerful voice. The old people looked +smilingly at him, lovingly, but without understanding him. All acute +feeling for their country had long ago died away in their hearts. They +sat looking happily into the blue eyes of their Roman, at his fair, +smooth face, at his beautiful luxuriant hair. + +The young man began to speak. Gradually his voice rose, it rang +powerfully, full of sorrow and bitterness. Where had he not +been! He had been everywhere, and everywhere he had met exiled +Poles, pining away among strangers, dying far from the land of +their fathers. Everywhere the same longing, everywhere the same +sorrow. Tyrants ruled over the old hearth, the cry of the oppressed +rent the air, patriots lay in chains or trod the road to Siberia, +crowds fled from the homes of their fathers, strangers swept like a +flood into their places. + +"Roman, Roman!" said the old woman, bursting into tears, "how +beautifully you talk." + +"Beautifully talks our Roman, old lady," said Vladimir Savicky sadly, +"beautifully, but he brings us sad tidings." + +And in the old man's soul old longings and bitter memories began to +stir. On the threshold Magdalena stood dismayed and shuddered as she +looked at Roman. + +Suddenly two old men entered by the door. One had thick, grizzled +whiskers, the other a long beard in which shone silver threads. + +"Ah," cried the old Savicky, "here comes Palchevici, here comes +Rujancowsky. Our Roman has come! Here he is!" + +"We know," said Rujancowsky gravely, "we have seen him." + +"Yes, yes, we have seen him," murmured Palchevici. + +They both approached and shook Roman warmly by the hand. + +"Good day and welcome to you! See, now all the Poles of this town +are met together in one place," said Rujancowsky. + +"What?" questioned Roman. "Only these few are left?" + +"The others have passed away," said old Savicky sadly. + +"Yes, they have passed away," murmured Palchevici, running his fingers +through his big grey whiskers. + +They were all silent for a time. + +"Old lady," said Vladimir Savicky, "go and fetch a bottle of wine +and get something to eat too, perhaps Roman is hungry. But where are +you? Where is Ana?" asked the old man, looking at Magdalena. + +"Do not worry, she has gone to get things ready," replied the girl +smilingly. + +"'Tis well! 'tis well!" Then turning towards the two Poles. "You do +not know how Roman can talk. You should hear him. Roman, you must +say it again." + +The old wife came with wine and cold meat. She placed meat in front +of her boy, and the wine before the older men. They all began to +talk. But Roman's voice sounded melancholy in the stillness of the +summer day. Then they began to drink to Roman's health, to the health +of each one of them. + +"To Poland!" cried Roman excitedly, striking the table with his +fist. And then he began to speak: + +"Do you realize how the downtrodden people begin to murmur and +to agitate? Soon there will rise a mighty storm which will break +down the prison walls, the note of liberty will ring through our +native land! Ah, you do not know the anguish and the bitterness +there! Stranger-ridden and desolate! Since Kosciusko died there are +exiles and desolation everywhere! Mother," cried Roman, then turning +towards the old woman, "give me the case from over there, I must sing +something to you." + +With these words his eyes darkened and he stared into space. The old +people looked at him, much moved, their heads upon their breasts, not +speaking a word. Quiet reigned in the old house, and in the garden +there was peace; a fiery sunset, crowned with clouds of flame, was +merging into the green sea of the woods. Golden rays penetrated into +the old veranda and shone on Roman's hair. + +His mother handed him the case. + +"Well," said the young man, "I will sing you something with my +cither. I will sing of our grief." + +Then, beneath his fingers, the strings began to murmur as though +awaking from sleep. Roman bent forward and began, the old people sat +motionless round him. + +Sad tones vibrated through the quiet of the old house, notes soft and +sorrowful like some remote mournful cry, notes deep with the tremor +of affliction; the melody rose sobbing through the clear sunset like +the flight of some bird of passage. + +In the souls of the old people there rose like a storm the clamour of +past sorrows. The song lamented the ruin of fair lands; they seemed +to listen, as in a sad dream, to the bitter tears of those dying +for their native land. They seemed to see Kosciusko, worn with the +struggle, covered in blood, kneeling with a sword in hand. + +Finis Poloniae! Poland is no more! Ruin everywhere, death all around; +a cry of sorrow rose; the children were torn from their unhappy land +to pine away and die on alien soil! + +The chords surged, full of grief, through the clear sunset. Then +slowly, slowly, the melody died away as though tired with sorrow +until the final chord finished softly, like a distant tremor, ending +in deathlike silence. + +The listeners seemed turned to stone. Roman leant his head upon +his hand, and his eyes, full of pain, turned towards the flaming +sunset. His chin trembled; his mind was full of bitter memories. The +old men sat as though stunned, like some wounded creatures, their +heads upon their breasts; the old mother cried softly, sighing, her +eyes upon her Roman. As the young man turned his eyes towards the +door he saw two bright tears in Magdalena's blue eyes; amid a deep +silence his own eyes gazed into the girl's while the last crimson +rays faded away from the woods. + + + + + + + +THE FLEDGELING + +By I. AL. BRATESCU-VOINESHTI + + +One springtime a quail nearly dead with fatigue--she came from far-away +Africa--dropped from her flight into a green corn-field on the edge +of a plantation. After a few days of rest she began to collect twigs, +dried leaves, straw, and bits of hay, and made herself a nest on a +mound of earth, high up, so that the rain would not spoil it; then +for seven days in succession she laid an egg, in all seven eggs, +as small as sugar eggs, and she began to sit upon them. + +Have you seen how a hen sits on her eggs? Well, that is how the +quail did, but instead of sitting in a coop, she sat out of doors, +among the grain; it rained, it pelted with rain, but she never moved, +and not a drop reached the eggs. After three weeks there hatched out +some sweet little birds, not naked like the young of a sparrow, but +covered with yellow fluff, like chickens, only smaller, like seven +little balls of silk, and they began to scramble through the corn, +looking for food. Sometimes the quail caught an ant, sometimes a +grasshopper, which she broke into pieces for them, and with their +little beaks they went pic! pic! pic! and ate it up immediately. + +They were pretty and prudent and obedient; they walked about near their +mother, and when she called to them "pitpalac!" they ran quickly back +to her. Once, in the month of June, when the peasants came to reap +the corn, the eldest of the chicks did not run quickly at his mother's +call, and, alas, a boy caught him under his cap. He alone could tell +the overwhelming fear he felt when he found himself clasped in the +boy's hand; his heart beat like the watch in my pocket. Luckily for +him an old peasant begged him off. + +"Let him go, Marin, it's a pity on him, he will die. Don't you see +he can hardly move, he is quite dazed." + +When he found himself free, he fled full of fear to the quail to tell +her what had befallen him. She drew him to her and comforted him, +and said to him: + +"Do you see what will happen if you do not listen to me? When you +are big you can do what you like, but while you are little you must +follow my words or something worse may overtake you." + +And thus they lived, contented and happy. The cutting of the corn and +the stacking of the sheaves shook a mass of seeds on to the stubble +which gave them food, and, although there was no water near, they +did not suffer from thirst because in the early morning they drank +the dew-drops on the blades of grass. By day, when it was very hot, +they stayed in the shade of the plantation; in the afternoon, when +the heat grew less, they all went out on to the stubble, but on the +cold nights they would gather in a group under the protecting wings of +the quail as under a tent. Gradually the fluff upon them had changed +into down and feathers, and with their mother's help they began to +fly. The flying lesson took place in the early morning towards sunrise, +when night was turning into day, and in the evening in the twilight, +for during the daytime there was danger from the hawks which hovered +above the stubble-field. + +Their mother sat upon the edge and asked them: + +"Are you ready?" + +"Yes," they answered. + +"One, two, three!" + +And when she said "three," whrrr! away they all flew from the side +of the plantation, as far as the sentry-box on the high road, and +back again. And their mother told them they were learning to fly +in preparation for a long journey they would have to take when the +summer was over. + +"We shall have to fly high up above the earth for days and nights, +and we shall see below us great towns and rivers and the sea." + +One afternoon towards the end of August, while the chicks were +playing happily near their mother in the stubble, a carriage was +heard approaching, and it stopped in the track by the edge of the +plantation. They all raised their heads with eyes like black beads +and listened. A voice could be heard calling: "Nero! to heel!" + +The chicks did not understand, but their mother knew it was a man out +shooting, and she stood petrified with fear. The plantation was their +refuge, but exactly from that direction came the sportsman. After a +moment's thought she ordered them to crouch down close to the earth, +and on no consideration to move. + +"I must rise, you must stay motionless, he who flies is lost. Do +you understand?" + +The chicks blinked their eyes to show they understood, and remained +waiting in silence. They could hear the rustling of a dog moving +through the stubble, and from time to time could be heard a man's +voice: "Where are you? To heel, Nero!" + +The rustling drew near--the dog saw them; he remained stationary, +one paw in the air, his eyes fixed upon them. + +"Do not move," whispered the quail to them, and she ran quickly +farther away from them. + +The dog followed slowly after her. The sportsman hurried up. His foot +was so near to them that they could see an ant crawling up the leg of +his boot. Oh, how their hearts beat! A few seconds later the quail +rose, and flew low along the ground a few inches in front of the +dog's muzzle. It pursued her, and the sportsman followed, shouting: +"To heel! to heel!" He could not shoot for fear of hurting the dog; +the quail pretended to be wounded so well that the dog was determined +to catch her at all cost, but when she thought she was out of range +of the gun she quickly flew for shelter towards the plantation. + +During this time, the eldest fledgeling, instead of remaining +motionless like his brothers, as their mother bade them, had taken +to his wings; the sportsman heard the sound of his flight, turned +and shot. He was some distance away. Only a single shot reached his +wings. He did not fall, he managed to fly as far as the plantation, +but there the movement of the wings caused the bone which had only +been cracked at first to give way altogether, and the fledgeling fell +with a broken wing. + +The sportsman, knowing the plantation was very thick, and seeing it +was a question of a young bird only, decided it was not worth while +to look for it among the trees. The other little birds did not move +from the spot where the quail had left them. + +They listened in silence. From time to time they heard the report of +a gun and the voice of the sportsman calling: "Bring it here!" After +a time the carriage left the cart-track by the plantation and followed +the sportsman; gradually the shots and the shouting became fainter and +died away, and in the silence of the evening nothing could be heard but +the song of the crickets; but when night had fallen and the moon had +risen above Cornatzel, they clearly heard their mother's voice calling +to them from the end of the stubble: "Pitpalac! pitpalac!" They flew +quickly towards her and found her. She counted them; one was missing. + +"Where is the eldest one?" + +"We do not know--he flew off." + +Then the heart-broken quail began to call loudly, and yet more loudly, +listening on every side. A faint voice from the plantation answered: +"Piu! piu!" When she found him, when she saw the broken wing, she +knew his fate was sealed, but she hid her own grief in order not to +discourage him. + +From now on, sad days began for the poor fledgeling. He could scarcely +move with his wing trailing behind him; with tearful eyes he watched +his brothers learning to fly in the early morning and in the evening; +at night when the others were asleep under his mother's wings, he +would ask her anxiously: + +"Mother, I shall get well, I shall be able to go with you, shan't +I? And you will show me, too, the big cities and rivers and the sea, +won't you?" + +"Yes," answered the quail, forcing herself not to cry. + +In this way the summer passed. Peasants came with ploughs to plough +up the stubble, the quail and her children removed to a neighbouring +field of maize; after a time men came to gather in the maize. They +cut the straw and hoed up the ground, then the quails retired to the +rough grass by the edge of the plantation. + +The long, beautiful days gave place to short and gloomy ones, +the weather began to grow foggy and the leaves of the plantation +withered. In the evening, belated swallows could be seen flying low +along the ground, sometimes other flocks of birds of passage passed +and, in the stillness of the frosty nights, the cry of the cranes +could be heard, all migrating in the same direction, towards the south. + +A bitter struggle took place in the heart of the poor quail. She would +fain have torn herself in two, that one half might go with her strong +children who began to suffer from the cold as the autumn advanced, +and the other half remain with the injured chick which clung to her +so desperately. One day, without any warning, the north-east wind +blew a dangerous blast, and that decided her. Better that one of +the fledgelings should die than that all of them should--and without +looking back lest her resolution should weaken, she soared away with +the strong little birds, while the wounded one called piteously: + +"Do not desert me! Do not desert me!" + +He tried to rise after them, but could not, and remained on the same +spot following them with his eyes until they were lost to sight on +the southern horizon. + +Three days later, the whole region was clothed in winter's white, +cold garb. The violent snowstorm was followed by a calm as clear as +crystal, accompanied by a severe frost. + + + +On the edge of the plantation lay a young quail with a broken wing +and stiff with cold. After a period of great suffering he had fallen +into a pleasant state of semi-consciousness. Through his mind flashed +fragments of things seen--the stubble-field, the leg of a boot with an +ant crawling upon it, his mother's warm wings. He turned over from +one side to the other and lay dead with his little claws pressed +together as though in an act of devotion. + + + + + + + +POPA TANDA + +By I. SLAVICI + + +God have mercy on the soul of Schoolmaster Pintilie! He was a good +man, and a well-known chorister. He was very fond of salad with +vinegar. Whenever he was hoarse, he would drink the yolk of an egg +with it; when he raised his voice, the windows rattled while he sang, +"Oh, Lord, preserve Thy people." He was schoolmaster in Butucani, +a fine, large town containing men of position and sound sense, and +given to almsgiving and hospitality. Now Schoolmaster Pintilie had +only two children: a daughter married to Petrea Tzapu, and Trandafir, +Father Trandafir, priest in Saraceni. + +God keep Father Trandafir! He was a good man, he had studied many +books, and he sang even better than his dead father, God have mercy +on his soul! He always spoke correctly and carefully as though he +were reading out of a book. Father Trandafir was an industrious, +careful man. He gathered from many sources, and made something out of +nothing. He saved, he mended, he collected to get enough for himself +and for others. + +Father Trandafir went through a great deal in his youth. One does +not achieve big results in a minute or two. The poor man has to go +without a great deal more than he ever gets. He worked harder with +his brain than with a spade and fork. But what he did was not work +thrown away. Young Trandafir became priest in his native town, in +Butucani, a fine large town containing men of position and good sense, +but Trandafir did not enjoy the almsgiving and hospitality. + +Father Trandafir would have been a wonderful man had not one +thing spoilt him. He was too severe in his speech, too harsh in his +judgments; he was too straightforward and outspoken. He never minded +his words, but said right out what he had in his mind. It is not good +to be a man like that. Men take offence if you speak too plainly +to them, and it is best to live peaceably with the world. This +was evident in Father Trandafir's case. A man like him could not +stay two years in Butucani. It was first one thing, then another; +at one time he complained to the townspeople, the next time to the +archdeacon. Now it is well known that priests must not make complaints +to the archdeacon. The archdeacon understands presents much better than +complaints. But that was what Father Trandafir would not comprehend. + +There is no doubt that Father Trandafir was in the right. + +But the thing is, right is the prerogative of the mighty. The weak +can only assert themselves gradually. The ant cannot overthrow the +mountain. It can, though, change its position; but slowly, slowly, +bit by bit. Perhaps the Father knew that this was so in the world; +he had his own standard, though. + +"Even the devil cannot turn what is true and right into a lie!" This +was his remark, and with this remark he got himself turned out of +Butucani. That is to say, it was not only he who did it, it was the +townspeople too. One word and a little something besides to promote +a good understanding with the archdeacon, a visit to the bishop, and +a word there from the archdeacon: things get done if one knows how +to do them. The long and the short of it was that Father Trandafir +was sent from Butucani to Saraceni--to promote a good understanding +among the faithful. Priest in Saraceni! Who knows what that means to +be priest in Saraceni? That is what befell Father Trandafir! Who would +fain leap the ditch throws his bag over it first. Father Trandafir +only had a wife and two children; his bag was empty. That was why he +leaped so unwillingly from Butucani to Saraceni. + +In the "Dry Valley" there was a village which they called "Saraceni." +A village called "poor" in a "dry" valley; could any place have a more +unpleasant name? + +The Dry Valley! + +"Valley" because the place was shut in between mountains; "dry," +because the stream, which had cut its way through the middle of the +valley, was dry most of the year. + +This was how the valley lies. + +To the right stood a hill called "Ripoasa." On the left were three +other hills, called "Fatza," "Grofnitza," and "Alunish." Ripoasa was +rocky. Fatza was cultivated; the village stood on Grofnitza, while on +Alunish lay the village graveyard among hazel and birch trees. Thus +it lay to right and left, but the chief feature of the landscape stood +at the bottom. Here rose the mountains--from there, came what did come. + +The other side, beyond Ripoasa was the Rapitza Valley--a much +deeper valley than the Dry Valley, and so called because the Rapitza +flowed through it. The Rapitza was a treacherous river, especially +in the spring, and the stream in the Dry Valley was a branch of the +Rapitza. In the spring, when the snow melted on the mountains, the +Rapitza got angry and poured part of her fury into the branch that +flowed through the Dry Valley, and the latter ceased to be "dry." + +In a few hours the inhabitants of Saraceni were rather too rich in +water. This occurred nearly every year. When the crops in the valley +appeared to be most favourable, the Dry Valley belied its name and +washed away all that lay in its path. + +It would have been rather better if this invasion had lasted only a +short time, but the water remained in the valley, and in many places +formed refuges for the frog family. And instead of corn, osiers and +interlacing willows grew by the side of its pools. + +Was it any wonder that in consequence of this the people of Saraceni +had become in time the most idle of men? He is a fool who sows where +he cannot reap, or where he does not know whether he will be able to +reap or not. The Fatza was a sandy spot; the corn grew a few inches +high and the maize a yard; on Ripoasa one could not grow blackberries +even, for at the bottom the water spoilt the fruit. Where there is no +hope of reward there is no incentive to work. Whoever works wants to +earn, but the people of Saraceni had given up all thoughts of gain, +and therefore no one felt inspired to work. Those who could afford +it passed their time lying out of doors; those who could not, spent +their day working in the neighbouring villages. When the winter came +life was hard and bitter. + +But whoever has got used to the bad does not think of better things; +the people of Saraceni appeared to think that things could not be +better than they were. Fish in the water, birds in the air, moles in +the ground, and the people of Saraceni in poverty! + +Saraceni? One can imagine what a village like Saraceni must have been; +here a house, there a house--all alike. Hedges were superfluous, seeing +there was nothing to enclose; the street was the whole village. It +would have been absurd to put a chimney on the house--the smoke found +its way out through the roof. There would have been no sense in putting +plaster on the walls either, as that dropped off in time. Some of the +buildings were made of bits of wood knocked together, a roof of straw +mixed with hay, an oven of clay, an old-fashioned veranda outside, +a bed with four posts built into the ground, a door made out of three +boards held together by two stakes placed crosswise--quickly made and +well made--whoever was not pleased with it, let him make something +he liked better. + +At the top of the village, that is to say on the highest point, +was a sort of building which the Saracenese called the "church." It +was a heap of old tree trunks piled one on the top of the other in +the form of walls. In the old days--when, one does not know--these +kind of walls were open to the sky; later, one does not know when, +the walls had been made to converge in one place, to support what +was supposed to do duty for a tower. This--owing to the fact that +the supports of the facade had perished through the buffeting of +a very strong wind--had fallen towards the patient earth, dragging +the entire structure after it. And there it had remained ever since, +for the church counted for little in Saraceni; it was superfluous. + +Priest? They say there is no village without a priest. Probably whoever +said this did not know about Saraceni. Saraceni was a village without +a priest. That is to say, it was a village with a priest--only this +priest was a priest without a village. Saraceni was unique in one +way. There had never been a priest who stayed more than three days in +Saraceni; he came one day, stayed the next, and left on the third. Many +guilty priests passed through Saraceni; whoever had stayed there long +would have expiated all his sins. + +Then Father Trandafir reached this penitential spot. He could not +expect to do as the others had done, come one day, stay the next, and +depart the third. He was too much out of favour with the archdeacon +to imagine that he would send him to another village. He could not +remain without a village: a priest without a village--a cart without +a wheel, a yoke without oxen, a hat on the top of a wig. He began +to think what he must do; he must take things as they were, and stay +gladly in Saraceni. It was only a village in name, but no one could +say he was a priest without a village. But really a more suitable +priest for a more suitable village you could not have found. The +poverty of the priest corresponded to the poverty in the homes of +his parishioners. From the beginning Trandafir realized one thing: +it was much nicer in Butucani than in Saraceni. There the people all +had something, and you could always have some of it. In Saraceni +all the latches were made of wood. Then the Father reflected: the +priest did all the business of the town, but the town took care of +the priest's purse. Before long the Father began to feel sure that +the people who started by being charitable and hospitable were not +born fools. "It is a wise thing when men meet together to comfort and +cheer each other. Even our Redeemer began with almsgiving, and the +wedding at Cana of Galilee." Thus thought Father Trandafir; but in +Saraceni there was neither almsgiving nor hospitality. + +"There is one thing," said the Father to himself a little later on, +"in a poor village there is no corn for the priest to gather. As long +as the people of Saraceni are lazy, so long shall I be hungry!" And +he began to think how he was going to make his parishioners +industrious. The industrious man eats the stones, makes soup out +of the stagnant water, and reaps corn where the hemlock used to +grow. "Then"--concluded the priest--"when the cow has fodder she is +no longer dry!" + +Thus he spoke, and he set to work to put it in practice. A man who has +nothing to eat busies himself with other people's affairs. He does no +good that way! The blind man cannot aid the cripple; the hungry don't +improve their village; when the geese keep watch among the vegetables, +little remains for the gardener: but Father Trandafir was obstinate; +when he started, he went on--and he got there, or he died by the way. + +The first Sunday Father Trandafir preached before the people, who +had assembled in considerable numbers to see the new priest. There +is nothing more agreeable to a man who desires the welfare of others +than to see his words making an impression. A good thought multiplies +itself, penetrating many hearts, and whoever possesses it and passes +it on, if he values it, rejoices to see it gaining ground in the +world. Father Trandafir felt happy that day. Never before had he +been listened to with such attention as on this occasion. It seemed +as though these people were listening to something which they knew +but which they did not understand well. They drank in his words with +such eagerness, it was as though they wanted to read his very soul +the better to understand his teaching. That day he read the gospel of +"The Prodigal Son." Father Trandafir showed how God, in His unending +love for man, had created him to be happy. Having placed man in the +world, God wishes him to enjoy all the innocent pleasures of life, +for only so will he learn to love life and live charitably with his +neighbours. The man who, through his own fault or owing to other +causes, only feels the bitterness and sorrow of this world cannot +love life; and, not loving it, he despises in a sinful manner the +great gift of God. + +What kind of people are the lazy people, the people who make no +effort, who do not stretch out a hand to take this gift? They are +sinners! They have no desires--only carnal appetites. Man has been +given pure desires which he may gratify with the fruit of his labours; +longings are put into his heart that he may conquer the world while +God Himself contemplates him with pleasure from on high. To work is +the first duty of man; and he who does not work is a sinner. + +After this, the Father sketched in words which seemed to give life +to his ideas the miserable existence of a man perishing from hunger, +and he gave his faithful hearers the thoughts which had germinated +in his own intelligent brain--how they must work in the spring and +in the summer, in the autumn and in the winter. + +The people had listened; the Father's words were written on their +faces; going home they could only talk of what they had heard in +church, and each one felt himself more of a man than before. + +Maybe there were many among them who only waited for Sunday to pass +that they might begin their first day of work. + +"There has never been such a priest in Saraceni!" said Marcu Flori +Cucu, as he parted from his neighbour, Mitru. + +"A priest that does honour to a village," replied Mitru, as if he +felt that his village was not exactly honoured. + +Other Sundays followed. Father Trandafir was ready with his sermon. The +second Sunday he had no one to address. The weather was wet, and people +stayed at home. Other Sundays the weather was fine; probably then the +people did not remember in time; they were loath to part from God's +blue sky. And so the Father only had in church some old woman or some +aged man with failing sight and deaf ears. Sometimes there was only +Cozonac, the bell-ringer. In this way he made no progress. Had he +been a different kind of man he would have stopped here. + +But Father Trandafir was like the goat among cabbages in the +garden. When you turn it out at the door, it comes in through the +fence, when you mend the fence, it jumps over it, and does a lot more +damage by destroying the top of the hedge. + +God keep him! Father Trandafir still remained a good man. + +"Wait!" he said. "If you will not come to me, I will go to you!" + +Then the priest went from door to door. He never ceased talking from +the moment it was light. Whenever he came across anyone he gave him +good advice. You met the priest in the fields; you found him on the +hill; if you went down the valley you encountered the priest; the +priest was in the woods. The priest was in church; the priest was +at the death-bed; the priest was at the wedding; the priest was with +your next-door neighbour--you had to fly the village if you wanted to +escape the priest. And whenever he met you, he gave you wise counsel. + +During a whole year, Father Trandafir gave good advice. People +listened gladly--they liked to stay and talk to the priest even if he +did give them good advice. All the same, the old saying holds good: +men know what they ought to do, but they don't do it. The Father was +disappointed. After a certain time he ceased to give advice. There +was not a man in the village upon whom he had not poured the whole +weight of his learning: he had nothing more to say. + +"This will not do," said the priest once more. "Advice does not pay. +I must start something more severe." + +He began to chaff. + +Wherever he found a man, Father Trandafir began to make him ridiculous, +to make fun of him in every kind of way. If he passed a house that had +not been re-roofed yesterday, he would say to the owner: "Oh, you are +a clever man, you are! You have windows in the roof. You do love the +light and the blessed sun!" If he found a woman in a dirty blouse: +"Look at me! Since when have you taken to wearing stuff dresses?" + +If he met an unwashed child: "Listen, good wife, you must have a +lot of plum jam if you can plaster your children with it!" And if +he came across a man lying in the shade he would say to him, "Good +luck with your work! Good luck with your work!" If the man got up, +he would beg him not to stop work, for his children's sake. + +He began like this, but he carried it altogether too far. It got +to such a pitch that the people did their utmost to get out of the +priest's way. He became a perfect pest. The worst thing about it was +that the people nicknamed him "Popa Tanda" because he chaffed them +so. And "Popa Tanda" he has remained ever since. + +To tell the truth, it was only in one way the people did not like the +priest. Each one was ready to laugh at the others with the priest; +no one was pleased, though, when the others laughed at him. That is +human; every one is ready to saddle his neighbour's mare. In that way, +Father Trandafir pleased his parishioners, but he was not content +himself. Before the year was out, every man in the village had become +a tease; there was not a person left of whom to make fun, and in the +end the wags began to laugh at themselves. That put an end to it. Only +one thing remained to do: the village to make fun of the priest. + +Two whole years passed without Trandafir being able to stir up the +people, even when he had passed from advising them to annoying +them. They became either givers of advice or they were teasers: +all day they stood in groups, some of them giving advice, others +joking. It was a wonderful affair; the people recognized the right, +despised the bad; but nothing altered them. + +"Eh! say now, didn't Father Trandafir mind? Didn't he get angry, +very angry?" + +He did get wild. He began to abuse the people. As he had proceeded +to advise them, and to chaff them, so now he proceeded to abuse +them. Whenever he got hold of a man, he abused him. But he did not +get far with this. At first the people allowed themselves to be +insulted. Later on, they began to answer back, on the sly, as it +were. Finally, thinking it was going too far, they began to abuse +the priest. + +From now on, things got a little involved. Everything went +criss-cross. The people began to tell the priest that if he did not +leave off laughing at them, and insulting them, they would go to +the bishop and get him removed from the village. That is what the +priest deserved. The people had hit on the very thing! Throw him +out of Saraceni! The priest began to curse in earnest. Off he went; +the people got in to their carts to go to the archdeacon, and from +the archdeacon to the bishop. + +In the Book of Wisdom, concerning the life of this world, there is +a short sentence which says: our well-wishers are often our undoing +and our evil-wishers are useful to us. Father Trandafir was not lucky +in getting good out of his evil-wishers. The bishop was a good soul, +worthy of being put in all the calendars all over the face of the +earth. He took pity on the poor priest, said he was in the right, +and scolded the people. + +And so Popa Tanda stayed in Saraceni. + + + +Misfortunes generally heap themselves upon mankind. One gives rise to +another, or are they, perhaps, inseparable? Anyhow, they are always +like light and shade, one alongside the other. + +By now Father Trandafir had three children. When he returned from the +bishop, he found his wife in bed. There was a fourth little blessing +in the house. A sick wife, three little children, a fourth at the +breast, and a tumble-down house; the snow drifted through the walls, +the stove smoked, the wind came through the roof, the granary was bare, +his purse empty, and his heart heavy. + +Father Trandafir was not the man to find a way out of this embarrassing +state of things. Had it been some one else in his situation, he +could have helped him: he could not comfort himself. For a long time +he stood in the dim light of the little lamp; every one around him +slept. The sick woman was asleep. Now there is nothing more conducive +to melancholy than the sight of people asleep. He loved those sleeping +forms; he loved them and was responsible for their happiness; he +lived for them, and their love made life precious to him. Thoughts +crowded into his brain. His mind turned to the past and to the future; +considering the state in which he found himself, the future could only +appear depicted in the saddest colours. His children! His wife! What +would become of them? His heart was heavy, and he could not find one +consoling thought, one single loop-hole of escape; nowhere in the +world was there anything to give him a gleam of hope. + +The next day was Sunday. The Father went to church with bowed head, +to read Matins. + +Like the generality of mankind, Father Trandafir had never given much +thought to what he was doing. He was a priest, and he was content +with his lot. He liked to sing, to read the Gospel, to instruct +the faithful, to comfort, and to give spiritual assistance to the +erring. His thoughts did not go much beyond that. Had he been asked +at any time whether he realized the sanctity, the inner meaning of +his calling, maybe he would have laughed to himself at all those +things which a man only grasps in moments of intense suffering. It +is man's nature when his mind comprehends a series of more or less +deep thoughts, to measure the whole world by this standard, and not to +believe what he does not understand. But man does not always think in +this way. There are events during which his brain becomes inactive: +in danger, when no escape seems possible; in moments of joy, when he +knows not from what source his happiness is derived; at times when +his train of thought seems to have lost all coherence. Then, when +man has reached, in any way, the point where the possible becomes +indistinguishable from the impossible, he ceases to reason, instinct +asserts itself. + +Father Trandafir went into the church. How many times had he not +entered that church! Just as a blacksmith might enter his forge. But +this time he was seized with an incomprehensible fear, he took a few +steps forward and then hid his face in his hands and began to sob +bitterly. Why did he cry? Before whom did he cry? His lips uttered +these words only: "Almighty God, succour me!" Did he believe that +this prayer, expressed with all the energy of despair, could bring +him help? He believed nothing; he thought of nothing; he was in a +state of exaltation. + + + +The Holy Scriptures teach us that just as the ploughman lives on the +fruit of his toil, so does the spiritual pastor, who serves the altar, +live by the result of his service at that altar. Father Trandafir +always believed in the Holy Scriptures; he always worked only for the +spiritual welfare of his people, and expected that they, in return, +would furnish him with his daily bread. But the world is not always in +agreement with what is written and commanded; only the priest agreed +with it, the people did not. The Father got little from his office, +anyhow not enough; this is to say, four pieces of ground near the +village, a poll-tax on the population, and baptismal and burying fees. + +Taken altogether, it amounted to nothing, seeing that the earth +produced scarcely anything, the poll-tax existed only in name, the +new-born were baptized for nothing, and the dead were buried gratis +by the priest. + +Near the church was a deserted house; a house in name only. The +owner of the house could have kept cattle, but he had no beasts. By +the side of the house there was room for a garden, but there was +no garden because, as we have already said, there were no fences in +Saraceni. Father Trandafir bought the whole place and lived in it. As +the house belonged to the priest, nothing much was done to put it +in order, and it was quite dilapidated, the walls had holes in them, +there were rents in the roof. The Father only troubled himself about +other people's houses. + +The priest's table was no better than the house. According to the +old saying, man follows the ways of other men even when he wants +to make them follow his own: the priest lived like the rest of the +village. Happily he had his wife's dowry, but often one does not try +to get help from just the place where it is to be had. The season of +Lent drew near. + +"It will not do!" said Father Trandafir. "This will not do!" And he +began to do as the rest of the world does, to occupy himself first +and foremost with the care of his own house. + +Directly the spring-time came, he hired a gipsy, and set him to work to +plaster the house with clay. In a few days all four walls were firmly +plastered. After that, the priest enjoyed sitting outside more than +inside the house, because you could not see the walls of the house +so well from within; a plastered house was a fine thing in Saraceni, +especially when one could say to oneself, "That is mine!" There was +one thing, though, which was not as it should be. Every time the +Father's eyes fell upon the sides of the roof he went indoors--he +felt he had seen enough. He did not want to see the defective roof, +but every time he wanted to look at the walls he had to see the +roof. That damned roof! It could no longer be left like that. + +Down in the valley where there are numerous pools, not only willows +and osiers grew, but here and there were to be found sedges and rushes, +cat's-tail and a species of reed. "That is what I will do!" thought the +priest. He engaged a man, and sent him out to cut sedges and rushes +and cat's-tail and reeds. One Saturday the house was surrounded by +bundles tied with osiers; and the following Saturday the roof was +mended and edged on the top with bundles of reeds over which were +stretched two strips of wood fastened with cross pieces. The work was +good, and not dear. People passed by the priest's house nodding their +heads and saying, "The priest is one of the devil's own men." Now +the priest could stay happily outside. + +But this happiness did not last long. There was still one thing that +was not quite right. The priest felt that he was too much in the +open. There was no other house in the village like his, and it would +have been better a little separated from the village. The Father hardly +liked to say "At my place," when "my place" was "in the village." There +must be a fence, and a gate for the people to enter by, when they came +to see the priest; it might be a fence in name only, and the gate only +a hurdle, but it must be an understood thing that before anyone could +enter the priest's house he must cross the priest's yard. Once more the +priest hired a man and sent him to cut briars and stakes. He fixed the +stakes into the ground, and placed the briars between them, and there +was the fence, ready made. In front of the house, in the direction of +the church, about half an acre of ground was enclosed: the gate was +formed by four poles fastened by two others placed crosswise. The +priest's wife especially rejoiced at being thus shut in, and the +priest rejoiced when he saw his wife's pleasure. There was not a day +on which either the priest or his wife did not say to the children: +"Listen! you are not to go outside the yard; play quietly at home." + +Once a man starts, he never gets to the end. One desire gives rise +to another. Now the priest's wife got an idea in her head. + +"Do you know, Father," she said one morning, "I think it would be a +good plan to make a few beds for vegetables by the side of the fence." + +"Vegetable-beds?" + +"Yes; we can sow onions, carrots, haricot beans, potatoes, and +cabbages." + +The Father was astonished. To him that seemed quite beyond their +powers. Vegetable-beds in Saraceni! + +For a few days his head was full of vegetable-beds, of potatoes, +cabbages, and haricot beans; and a few days after that, the ground +was already dug up and the beds were ready. Not a day passed on which +the priest and his wife did not go about ten times to the beds to see +if the seeds were growing. Great was the joy one day. The priest had +risen very early. + +"Wife, get up!" + +"What's the matter?" + +"They have sprouted." + +The priest and his wife and all the children spent the whole day +squatting by the beds. The more seeds they saw appear above the ground, +the happier they were. + +And again the villagers passed by the priest's house and looked through +the thorns at the priest's vegetable-beds, and they said once more, +"The priest is one of the devil's own men!" + +"Listen, wife," said the priest. "Wouldn't it be a good plan to sow +maize along the fence and round the beds?" + +"Indeed it would! I like fresh maize!" + +"So do I, especially when it's roasted on the embers!" + +Here was a new task! The priest surrounded himself with maize. He +laughed with pleasure when he thought how pretty it would be when the +maize grew up all round and shut out the briars on the fence which had +begun to offend his eyes. But there is the old proverb, "Much wants +more." At the back of the house was another strip of ground, about +four times the size of the bit they had cultivated. The priest could +not get it out of his head. Why should this land lie fallow? Couldn't +he plant maize at the back of the house too? In the fields opposite, +men were ploughing and sowing, the ground was untouched still in the +village because it was the village. + +Marcu Flori Cucu, the priest's neighbour, had a plough; it was +rather dilapidated, but it was a plough, and Mitru Catamush, Marcu's +neighbour, had two feeble oxen and a foundered horse. The priest, +Marcu, Mitru, the oxen and the horse, worked all one day from morn +till eve. The ground was ploughed up and sown with maize. From +thenceforward, the priest was happier when he was at the back of +the house. + +It was a wonderful and beautiful bit of work--what furrows! And here +and there among the furrows a blade of maize peeped out. In spite of +this, the priest scratched himself once or twice, and then fairly +often, behind the ear. It seemed as though something still weighed +upon his mind. It was a difficult matter, which he hardly dare take in +hand: the glebe lands. Up to now, they had been neglected; at present, +he did not know what to do with them. He would have liked to work +them himself. He would have liked to see his own men sowing them; +he would have liked to take his wife there in the autumn. It was very +tempting. He talked a great deal to his wife about the matter. They +would need horses, a cart, a plough, a labourer, stables--they would +want a quantity of things. Moreover, the priest did not understand +agriculture. + +However, the vegetable-beds were growing green, the maize was +springing up. The priest made up his mind; he took the residue of +his wife's dowry and set to work. Marcu's plough was good enough +to start with. The priest bought one horse from Mitru; a man in the +Rapitza Valley had another one; Stan Schiopu had a cart with three +wheels. The priest bought it as he got a wheel from Mitru, to make +up for the horse being foundered. + +Cozonac, the bell-ringer, engaged himself as labourer to the priest, +for his house was only a stone's throw away. The priest drove four +posts into the ground at one end of the house, two long ones and two +short, and he made three sides of plaited osiers and a roof of rushes, +and there was the stable all ready. + +During these days, Father Trandafir had aged by about ten years; but +he grew young again when he placed his wife and children in the cart, +whipped up the horses, and drove off to see their ploughed land. + +The villagers saw him, and shook their heads, and said once more: +"The priest is the devil's own man." + +The priest's wife had her own feminine worries. She had a beautiful +Icon which had been given to her by the son of the priest at +Vezura. At present the Icon was lying at the bottom of a box wrapped +up in paper. For a long time she had wished to place it between +the windows, to put flowers and sweet basil round it, and look at it +often; because this Icon represented the Holy Virgin, and the priest's +daughter was called Mary. But the walls were dirty and the Icon had +no case. There was another thing that annoyed the priest's wife: +one window was filled in with a pig's bladder, and in the other were +three broken panes mended with paper. The house was rather dark. + +Easter drew near. There were only five days to Holy Week. If the priest +wanted to spend Easter with his wife, he had still three important +things to get: whitewash for the walls, windows for the house, and a +case for the Icon of the most Blessed Virgin--all objects that could +be found only in a town. + +To the market, then! + +The priest had horses and a cart. He was vexed about the osier baskets +for the maize; only the backs and sides of them still remained. He +was ashamed that a priest like himself should have to go to the market +without any maize-baskets. He could not borrow any, seeing he was at +Saraceni, where even the priest had no proper maize-baskets. + +They say "Necessity is the best teacher." The Father sent Cozonac +down the valley to fetch osiers, planted two stakes in the ground +with thinner sticks set between them about a hand's breadth apart, +and then the priest and his wife and children, and Cozonac too, began +to plait the osiers in. Before long the baskets were ready. The work +was not very remarkable, but for all that they were the best baskets +in Saraceni, and so good that Cozonac could not refrain from saying, +"The priest is one of the devil's own men!" + +To the market-place and from the market-place home the Father went +proudly with his baskets; other people had some, but he found people +could buy worse baskets than those he had made himself. + +"What is the priest making?" + +"Baskets for the maize." + +"But he has got some." + +"He is making them for those who have not got any." + +After Easter, Cozonac began to clear the pools of osiers which the +priest wove into baskets. The longer the work continued, the better +was it done; the last basket was always the best. + +Marcu Flori Cucu was a sensible man. He liked to stay and talk to the +priest. Cozonac cleared the osiers, the priest plaited them, while +Marcu lay upon his stomach with his head in his hands and idly watched. + +"This osier is a little too long," said the priest, measuring the osier +with his eye. "Here, Marcu! Give me the hatchet to make it shorter." + +The hatchet was at Marcu's feet. Marcu raised the upper part of his +body, supported himself on his elbows, stretched out his legs, and +began feeling about for the hatchet, trying to draw it up by his feet. + +"Make haste!" said the priest, and gave him a cut with the osier. + +Marcu jumped up and assured the priest that he was much more nimble +than he thought. In the end, this assurance was of great use to +him. By Whitsuntide the priest had a cart-load of baskets ready to +take to the market, and Marcu knew very well that if the priest sold +the baskets he would have a cheerful holiday. + +The priest had had help for some weeks, and the help had always +brought a reward to the man who had given it. + +Just before Whitsuntide the rain began, and seemed as though it would +never cease. + +"I do not know what I shall do," said the priest. "It seems as though +I must leave the market until after Whitsuntide. I do not like going +in the rain. If it does not stop raining by Thursday, I just shall +not go." + +Marcu scratched himself behind his ears and said nothing. He could +see that it did not suit the priest to get soaked. + +"Here," he said a little later, ceasing to plait, "couldn't we weave +an awning? There are reeds and rushes and osiers in the valley." + +"Perhaps you are right," replied the priest. "It could be made the +same way as we are making these." + +Through helping him, Marcu had learnt to make better baskets than +the priest. The awning did Marcu great credit, the priest did not +get wet and came back from the market with a full purse. + +This time Whit-Sunday was fine. The priest's wife had a new gown, +the three eldest children had dolls bought in the town; the tiny one, +Mary, had a straw hat with two pink flowers, the walls were white +both inside and out, the windows were whole, the house was light, +and the Icon of the Holy Virgin could be seen very well placed high +up between the windows, decorated with flowers grown along the edge of +the vegetable-beds. The priest had brought white flour, meat, butter, +and even sugar, from the town. The priest loved his wife, but it was +not his way to kiss her at odd times. But, this morning, the first +thing he did was to embrace her. His wife began to cry--I don't know +why--when Father Trandafir entered the church he felt inclined to +cry; he had seen people in front of the Icon and there were tears in +his eyes when he went up to the altar. The people say he had never +sung more beautifully than he did that day. The saying remained: +"To sing like the priest at Whitsuntide!" + +The parishioners went to see the priest; they passed through the gate +before they crossed the door-step; they wiped their boots, put their +hats on their sticks, leaned their sticks against the wall, smoothed +their moustaches and their beards, and stepped inside. When they came +out of the house again, they took a look round, nodded their heads, +and said nothing. + + + +The years come, the years go; the world moves on, and man is sometimes +at peace with the world, and sometimes at odds with it. The high road +passed through the town, passed by the Dry Valley and ran farther on +to the Rapitza Valley. Where the roads met, at the conjunction of the +two valleys, there was a mill on the Rapitza. Near Rapitza was a cross; +close to the cross was a fountain, and by the fountain were eight fine +sycamores. This spot was called "The Cross of Saraceni." From here to +Saraceni was only about an hour by road. In spite of this, whenever +he came from the town, the man of Saraceni pulled up here to water +his horse, and waited a while, hoping that some wayfarer might come +and ask: "What village is that where one sees that beautiful church +with white walls and the glittering tower?" And when he is asked, he +strokes his moustache, and looking proudly towards the place replies: +"Up there on the Grofnitza? That's our village--Saraceni; but you +ought to hear the bells--what bells that tower contains! One can hear +them a three hours' journey away!" + +Where the road divided there stood a sign-post with two arms; on +one arm was written, "To the Rapitza Valley," and on the other one, +"Towards the Dry Valley." There was no road anywhere round about like +the one that ran through the Dry Valley towards Saraceni. + +It was as smooth as a table, and as solid as a cherry-stone. One could +see the Saracenese had constructed it lovingly. To right and left, +at intervals of ten to fifteen paces, were some shady nut-trees +which were a pleasure to look at. The river-bed lay on the right; +the road ran along its bank, but higher up, so that the water could +not disturb it. The Saracenese had to destroy rock in their progress, +but that they did cheerfully, for out of the rock they built the road. + +From here on, the Saracene felt at home, and drove at a foot's +pace. But he was not bored for a second. At every step almost he +met an acquaintance with whom he exchanged words, "Where do you come +from?" and "Where are you going?" One man had a cart full of lime, +another a load of apples; then came a man carrying a trellis-work, +and another with a wheelbarrow, a stave, or some other article made +of wood. + +From time to time, along the side of the road, one found the +stone-masons at work, their trowels ringing from daybreak till +sunset. This road was not a dreary one! + +There were lime-kilns where the road ran along the valley. In one +place there was a whole village. Some men were loading up lime, +others unloading stone and wood; the masons were shaping the stones, +the men at the kilns were throwing wood on to the fires; the foremen +were making noise enough for five. + +From this point one could see the village well. The gardens were full +of trees; only between the bushes or beyond the trees did one catch +a glimpse here and there of a bit of the walls or the roofs of the +houses. The priest's house was just up by the church; one could only +see five windows and a red roof with two chimney stacks. Opposite the +church stood the school. The house, of which one could only see a piece +of wall with two windows and a roof, belonged to Marcu Flori Cucu. + +The big building visible lower down was the Town Hall. If the houses +had lain less closely together the village would have looked very +beautiful, but, as it was, one only caught a glimpse and must imagine +the rest. + +Every one had changed; Father Trandafir only had remained the same: +fresh, gay, and busy. If his grey hair and grizzled beard had not +betrayed his age, we might have thought that the little children with +whom he played in the evening, on the seat in front of the house, +were his own. One of them, whom he had lifted up to kiss, stole his +hat from off his head and ran away with it. Mariuca opened the window +and called out: + +"My little Trandafir, don't leave grandfather bareheaded." + +Then she flew from the window to catch Ileana, who had stolen +her grandmother's bonnet and adorned herself with it, and was now +proudly showing herself to her grandfather. The old grandfather +laughed heartily, he loved a joke. From close by came Father Costa, +and caught first Ileana and then Mariuca, kissed them, and then seated +himself by his father-in-law's side. Marcu, neighbour and old friend, +Mariuca's father-in-law, and attached to the house, saw the group +and came to join in the conversation. + +"Old man, take your hat; you must not sit there bare-headed," said +the grandmother, handing his hat through the window. + +One of the villagers, in passing, wished him "Good night," and added +to himself, "May the Lord preserve him for many years, for he is one +of God's own men." + + + + + + + +OUT IN THE WORLD + +By ION POPOVICI-BANATZEANU + + +The man tramping along the broad, dusty highway gradually drew near to +a town. He carried a bundle on his back--some old clothes, a change +of underlinen and a pair of boots--and at his breast, wrapped up in +a handkerchief, were his certificate of baptism, his work-book and +his book of military service--all his worldly goods. + +For three years he had served the Emperor, and failing to find +employment in the town where he was, with a stick in his hand and a +few coppers in his pocket he had set out into the world, and walked +with the steadiness of a man well acquainted with the road. + +Some one had advised him to go to Lugosh; he had heard there were +many craftsmen there driving a big trade, and he pursued his way +with hope in his heart. He felt strong and eager to work. For three +years he had not seen a workshop, for three years he had not followed +the craft which he had learnt so lovingly; it seemed to him he would +hardly know how to handle a hide now. Yet with each step forward his +confidence in himself increased, and he thought, "I will work, and +work so that every one wonders, and the peasant who takes in his hand +the sandals I have tanned will never want to part with them." And when +he said this to himself he walked faster. He would have liked to fly +that he might arrive quicker. But then again he slackened his pace, +and other thoughts assailed him: supposing he did not get a situation, +what would he do then? + +"Supposing I do not find work?" + +He was afraid to answer this or to think of what he would do if he +did not get a place. Ah, just to find work with somebody. He comforted +himself, and putting away from him all sad thoughts he imagined a rosy +future. He saw himself in the workshop doing the work of seven, and +saving penny after penny; he saw himself buying first one skin, then +two, then three, six and more, and many more, until he had a workshop +of his own, and then, if he met a girl he liked, he would marry. + +He was intoxicated by his own thoughts, and hardly knew where he +was going. He walked slowly with his head bent. He would not rest, +for he felt no fatigue; it was as though some one urged him forward. + +It was late autumn, the fields were bare and the road dreary. Buffeted +by the wind, the poplars along the side of the road were shedding +their leaves, and sadly swaying their pointed tops. + +The country lay barren and dead, while the voiceless hills were glowing +in the light of the setting sun like a man who, on the point of death, +tries to save himself by some final remedy. The outlines of solitary +fountains prolonged themselves mournfully against the horizon, as +though they regretted the life and gaiety of other days. A flight of +crows, frightened by I know not what, rose from the dark marshes and +alighted upon the tops of the poplars, beating their wings and cawing +above the waste. + +But Sandu saw and heard nothing; he walked absorbed in himself and +communing with his own heart. + +He entered the town as the lights were being lit. He took no side +turnings but kept to the main street so that the dogs should not +hinder him. + +"Keep straight on," he said to himself, "past the Roumanian church, +then I take the turning to the right till I get to the bridge and at +the bridge I must ask my way." + +And at the bridge he asked his way, but they explained it in such a +manner that he lost himself, and it was late before he reached the +hostel. He bade good evening and asked rather diffidently whether +there were anywhere he could sleep, and if there were something to eat. + +The innkeeper entered into conversation with him, and learnt that +Sandu came from the Dobre district, had done three years' military +service, and now was looking for a situation with some tanner. + +"I have come," Sandu spoke with difficulty, "to see if I can find a +place here, for you see----" + +"Who knows, perhaps you may," the innkeeper interrupted him, and went +out of the room. + +"Should you say I shall find a place?" Sandu asked the innkeeper as +he brought him some lard and a piece of bread. + +"Oh, you may find one if you are good at your trade and hard-working." + +Sandu said nothing; the only word he could have uttered would have +been to say, as he could have said, how hard he meant to work, +and what kind of a man he was. But as he could not say this to the +innkeeper he told himself what a lot of work he meant to do, and how +well he meant to behave himself, as well as if he were a young girl. + +Absorbed in thought, he ate at long intervals, and the innkeeper, +seeing how silent he was, bade him put out the lamp and wished him +a good night. + +But the night was not restful. He crossed himself and stretched himself +out on the bench by the side of the wall, his bundle he placed at +his head and carefully pushed his money and his papers underneath +it. Although he was tired from his tramp, sleep would not visit his +eyes. He grew excited, a sort of giddiness overcame him, and he broke +into a cold sweat at his own thoughts. He tossed and turned on the +narrow bench, and pressed his forehead against the cold wall as he +sighed heavily. + +When the day broke he was exhausted, his bones seemed weak, his feet +could hardly support him, and his head felt queer. Water, and the +freshness of the early morning, revived him, and he made his way to +the market-place where, according to the innkeeper, he would find +the booths of the master-tanners. + +Although it was autumn, people were in no hurry to buy sandals, and +only a few of the master-tanners, who did business here on Sundays, +were walking about and moving their strips of leather according to +the position of the sun so as to ensure them being in the shade. + +Sandu stood still by the cross in the market-place, and it seemed as +if a knife went through his heart; when he saw the empty booths he +felt as though his last atom of will had been destroyed. He felt as +though he must turn back, as though he could not ask. It seemed to him +as though he had not the strength to bear hearing one of the tanners +tell him he had no place for him; it would be such a catastrophe that +he would sink into the earth. + +Not knowing what he did he moved forward; but when he approached +the first booth he lost confidence, and had not the courage to greet +the master. + +He passed on. He walked round the booths two or three times, but +could not summon up courage to ask whether one of the tanners had a +situation open or not. + +"Now I will go," he said very firmly to himself, to give himself +strength, but when he moved he saw a peasant go up to the booth. "I +will let him make his purchase and then I will go." + +But he did not stir, he was afraid, especially when the master, +not being able to come to terms with the peasant, undid the box, +and flung the sandals violently into it. He did nothing; it seemed +terrible to him to have to go up to the booth. He did not know why. He +felt angry with himself that it should be so. And as he asked himself +why he was like this, he recalled to mind various acquaintances who +were so very bold and fearless. If only he could be like that! But +he could not be so, his nature did not allow it. + +"Now you good-for-nothing, you are wandering about here like a sheep +in a pen," a tanner, small of stature, with brown eyes and a harsh +voice, said roughly to him. + +"I?" stammered Sandu. "I am not a good-for-nothing." + +"No? Then why do you keep coming round? Haven't I seen you? You walk a +bit, you stand still, you have been round us several times, and now you +are standing still again; it is as though you had some evil intention!" + +"Master, I am not----" + +"Go, whatever you are or are not, else you will see I will get rid +of you." + +Sandu could hardly stand, a sort of mist darkened his eyes, and his +heart was bursting. He would have cried, but he was ashamed for a +grown man to be walking across the market-place with tears in his +eyes. He suffered and would gladly have told how deeply the words he +had listened to had hurt him, but he had no one to whom he could open +his heart. + +He returned to the innkeeper with whom he was lodging. Tired and +spent he threw himself on the bench. + +"What is it?" asked the innkeeper. + +Sandu looked vaguely at him, then, as if afraid to hear the sound of +his own voice, he said: + +"Nothing." + +The innkeeper felt sorry for him. + +"Have you found a situation?" + +"I did not ask for one." + +"Then how can you hope to get one?" + +Sandu remained silent. The innkeeper looked strangely at him, shrugged +his shoulders, shook his head, and went to attend to his duties. + +With his elbows on the table, and his head resting in his hands, +Sandu gazed in front of him, and who knows where his thoughts would +have led him if the innkeeper had not said to him: + +"Listen, Dinu Talpoane sent to ask whether there was any workman +in need of work. Go with the apprentice and he may perhaps engage +you. He is a respectable man and does a big trade." + +Without a word Sandu got up. It seemed to him he must be dreaming. But +when he saw the apprentice with an apron stained yellow and with big +boots covered with stale sap, his eyes shone, and he could have kissed +the innkeeper's hands for very joy. + +Outside he began to talk to the apprentice, who told him that the +master was a splendid man, but his wife was harsh and heaven defend you +from her tongue; that the workshop was large and the work considerable, +especially in the autumn; and that the master sometimes engaged +workmen by the day in order to get a set of hides ready more quickly; +and many other things he told him. But Sandu was no longer listening. + +When the apprentice saw that he asked no further questions, he +hesitated to say more, and they walked along together in silence. + +Sandu knew where he had to go, but he did not know what to say, +or what terms to make--by the year, the month, the week; he could +not think what would be best to do. What he knew of the workshop of +the master-tanner with whom he had learnt his trade, and all he had +heard from the hands working there with him, seemed to be buzzing in +his brain until he grew so bewildered that he could not have told +how many days there are in a week, or how much money he would earn +if he worked for a whole month. + +"Here we are," said the apprentice, stopping in front of a doorway +with gates. + +Sandu felt a cold shiver go through him. For a second he stood +still. Three years as apprentice and four years as workman he had +worked for one master only, and he would have remained there all his +life if he had not been taken to be a soldier, and if the master had +not died he would have gone back to him the day he left the army. He +felt quite nervous, and if the apprentice had not opened the gate he +would not have gone in. + +"They are eating," said the apprentice, seeing the big yard was empty, +and he crossed to the bottom of it where a small house stood built +against the old workshop. + +They were close to the window when they heard people talking in the +house, and the clatter of knives. + +"Look here," said Sandu, "you go on and say I have come but that I +am waiting till they have finished dinner." + +The apprentice went in and told the master that a workman was outside, +but would not come in till the master had got up from the table. + +"Tell him to come into the house." + +But his wife interrupted him with: + +"Leave him out there. Who knows what sort of a creature he is if +he does not venture to show his face inside! Let me have my dinner +in peace." + +The husband, a well-built man, with a round, red face and kind blue +eyes, felt if he said any more his wife would snap his head off, +so he let the apprentice go. + +The apprentice, who knew that one word from the mistress was worth a +hundred orders from the master, withdrew to the hearth in the outer +room, and waited till he should be called to dinner. + +"But what's the matter, Ghitza, you are not eating?" he heard his +mistress saying. "Or are you waiting to be invited? Dear, dear, +perhaps I ought to beg the gentleman to come to table!" + +The apprentice, accustomed to the mistress's ways, took a chair. But +he had not swallowed three mouthfuls before the mistress bade him +call in "that ne'er-do-well out there." + +Sandu shyly wished them good day, but of all those sitting round +the table he only saw the master, and by his side the mistress, +whose eyes seemed to scorch him and make him lose his presence of mind. + +"What is your name?" the master asked him. + +"I am called Sandu Boldurean." + +And in a low voice he told where he was born, with whom he had learnt +the trade, and how long he had worked, but during the questioning +he scarcely raised his eyelids. He grew confused at once when the +mistress screamed at him: + +"But you'll ruin your hat turning it round like that in your hands. Put +it down somewhere and speak up so that a man can understand what you +are saying." + +Sandu felt the blood go to his head, and hardly knowing what he was +doing he hung his hat on a bolt on the door. + +"And you worked only with one master?" + +"Only one. See, here is my work-book," and with some haste he drew +out the handkerchief, unknotted it, and held out his "work-book" +to the master. + +"Let me see too," said the mistress, snatching the book from her +husband's hand. "After all, it's no wonder this idiot stayed in the +same place; and who knows what kind of a master it was?" she whispered +to her husband. + +He would have replied that it was a very good thing for a workman to +have stayed so long with one master, for most tanners worked in the +same way, and only here and there were the hides dressed differently; +but he was ashamed to say so before the workman, and so he busied +himself by looking through the book. + +Sandu broke into a sweat; when he held out the book he felt his +soul was full of joy at having got so far, but little by little, +especially when the mistress took the book and whispered to her +husband, his heart seemed turned to ice. + +What would he say to him? Supposing he found something bad? Supposing +he did not give him work? These were the questions which passed through +his mind and which he could not answer, although he knew his book only +spoke well of him, and that the master required a workman because it +was autumn when business is in full swing. + +A great burden seemed lifted from him at the master's words: + +"Good, I will engage you. How much did you get from your late master?" + +"I worked for him for four years and had a salary." + +"What a lot of talk! We will give you one and a half florins per week +without washing, and you can stay, though probably in the army you +have forgotten all you knew about work," the mistress broke into the +conversation, as she rose from the table. + +It was the signal for the two workmen and the apprentice to return +to their work. + +Sandu stood transfixed. Only the master and a child of six or seven +years of age remained in the house, as the girl and the mistress went +into the passage to see to the dinner things. + +"Well, do you agree? Will you stay or not?" scolded the mistress as +she appeared in the doorway. + +"I will stay," replied Sandu, scarcely knowing what he said. + +The master looked at her, and turned to Sandu. + +"Have you had your dinner?" + +"Did he come for you to feed him," his wife interrupted him. + +"Woman, you----" + +The mistress threw him a look full of meaning, and disappeared into +the yard. + +"You can start work to-morrow." + +Sandu turned and went out after the master; they walked side by +side. When they reached the yard gate they stopped. The master would +have liked to say something about the pay. One and a half florins a +week seemed so very little to him, but Sandu was simple and glad to +get work, and he did not ask for much. + +"Master, I will go now. Good luck to you!" + +"Good luck to you!" replied the master, and he seemed as though he +would like to call him back and say another word to him. + +In rather over a month Sandu had had time to get back into his old +ways, and to work hopefully at his trade, but during this time he had, +little by little, come to see that in his master's house the cock by no +means ruled the roost. Sharp-tongued and ill-tempered, Mistress Veta +was often dissatisfied with the work. Now it was because the skins +had not come out of the vat yellow enough, and had not enough creases; +now it was because a range of skins needed mending as the workmen had +not been sufficiently careful; and so on and so on, always hard words +for the workmen who worked eagerly and with all their might that the +skins might be well tanned, and the mistress have no chance to grumble. + +At first Sandu found these abusive words hard to bear, and all day +long the thought worried him that the mistress only spoke so to him, +and that it was with him only that she was dissatisfied. At one time +even he was seized with the desire to go away so that he might hear +her no longer, and the other men might not be worried on his account, +for he said to himself that only since he entered the workshop had the +work gone so badly, and the mistress's tongue chided so unceasingly. + +But, all unperceived by himself, he grew somewhat accustomed to the +ways of the house, and when a workman told him that the mistress had +always been just the same, and that no matter how well the hides were +dressed she always found some fault, he took heart and dismissed the +idea of quitting the workshop of Talpoane, the master-tanner. + +He was up almost before daylight, and never let his work out of his +hand till it was dinner-time. He washed his hands clean, and took his +usual place at his employers' table--for from olden times it had been +the custom for the masters not to keep aloof from the workmen or to +dine apart. + +Silent at his work, he was, also, silent at meals. Only when he +was spoken to did Sandu reply, gently and with dignity. The other +men talked and laughed, and when they realized that it pleased the +mistress to make fun of Sandu they began to crack every kind of joke +at his expense. + +At first Sandu opened his eyes wide. He looked at them and could not +understand them, but when he took it in he, too, laughed with them, +a laugh full of kindness and friendliness. He lived on good terms +with the workmen; only one of them, Iotza, embittered the days. He +only had to say: "You have made the solution too weak," for Sandu, +although he knew it was not true, to be unhappy all the week, and +often his heart was full of fear that the skins would not come out +yellow enough or creased enough to please the mistress. + +But he felt comforted when he noticed that, when he came into the +workshop, Master Dinu asked only him how many hides were being worked, +and when they would be ready, for at such and such a fair he would +need so many, because a customer was trying to get in touch with him. + +"They'll be ready when they are wanted; don't worry," Sandu would +reply. + +And away Master Dinu would go, quite content, and quite sure that +the hides would be ready when they were wanted for the fair, or had +to be despatched to some customer. + +He saw that everything went very well since Sandu entered the +workshop. The skins were kept in the pits just long enough for the hair +to come off easily and not burn in the lime; the solution was boiled +enough, not too hot and not too strong; the poles were in their places; +the stretching-pegs were in a neat pile, and the workshop was cleaner +than it had ever been before. + +And Master Dinu knew the value of a good workman in a place where +there were many workers, and where work was plentiful. + +"There is only one thing he lacks," he said to himself, "he would be +a man in a thousand, but he is too diffident." + +But, even in spite of his diffidence, he thought so highly of him +that had he asked for four florins a week he would gladly have given +it sooner than let him go away. + +So he said to himself, but Sandu did not dream of asking for much +more than he had. All his life he had worked for the same wage. + +It is true that had he done as the others did, and drawn out money +every Sunday, he might, perhaps, have felt it was hard to see Master +Dinu paying out a great deal more to the others than to him, but +he did not ask for his money. On one occasion only did he draw two +florins from his pay, and that was because, on a certain Tuesday, +his mother had sent greetings to him and had asked him if possible +to send her a little help. + +Sandu ran off at once to the market-place to find Master Dinu to ask +for all the money he was entitled to for his work, that he might send +it to his mother. Master Dinu, not knowing what he wanted it for, +nor how much he needed, asked whether two florins would be enough. + +"Yes," he said, and with the coins in his hand he went to the man +from his village. He wrapped up the money and begged him to lose no +time in giving it to his mother and in telling her how much he longed +for her, and that, perhaps, she might come to him, for he was working +for a good master, and up to now he had not been idle for a single day. + +A fortnight passed and he received no tidings of his mother. But +on Tuesday, the day of the weekly fair, while he was spreading out +the skins, the man came to tell him he had given the money and had +brought a letter written by "Peter the Chinaman." + +Sandu took the letter and would have liked to open it, but he caught +the mistress's eye and involuntarily thrust it into his breast. + +"Look at him," she cried, "we are longing to finish the work quickly, +and he thinks only of reading lines from his sweetheart." + +"I have no sweetheart," replied Sandu gently. + +"Who writes to you then?" + +"My mother." + +"Your mother? She can't know how to use a pen. Did you ever hear such +a lie----" + +"I do not lie." + +"Not lie? Hold your tongue! As if your mother knows how to write----" +And she looked rather sulkily at Sandu, who moved on to the other +pile of stretching-pegs. + +At this moment one of the workmen told her that the letter really was +from his mother, but that it was written by a Chinaman in the village. + +"Then why didn't he tell me?" she cried. "Am I supposed to know +everything?" Sandu turned round. "But can you read?" + +"Yes, mistress, I can." + +"It's a good thing you can." + +The mistress went away and the men were busy with their work till +dinner-time. + +Sandu lingered over his letter. When he went indoors the mistress +could not resist having one or two hits at him. But Sandu scarcely +understood her; his mother thanked him with all her heart, and he +was so full of joy that even had the mistress struck him he would +have felt nothing of it. He ate of the food, but he could not have +told if he were satisfied or hungry when he got up from the table, +and he worked like a nigger till the evening. + +In bed, with his hands beneath his head, many thoughts crossed his +mind. Three years had passed since last he saw his mother. He had +often longed for her when he was in the army, but only from time to +time had he received news of her. He had left her old and poor. + +"And longing for me will have aged her a great deal more," he said +to himself, and his heart was heavy when he thought he could not +go to see her. "How good it would be if I could go and see her at +Christmas! In the meantime I must send more money to give her pleasure +and console her." + +And he fancied how she would cry with joy when she got the money, +and how she would pray God to lengthen his life and give him success +and happiness. + +And he seemed to feel himself close to her, and he seemed to hear +the whisper of sweet comforting words. + +Wrapped in such thoughts as these he fell asleep. + +The next day God sent glorious weather, and Sandu beat the skins +carefully and often that they might dry quickly. + +But no matter what trouble he and the other men took, the skins would +not dry, and Master Dinu could not begin the cutting out till next day; +the cutting out and trimming goes quickly when one has everything +close at hand, and some one to help one, and Master Dinu began to +cut out and to trim. But the damping, oiling, thickening and sewing +of the sandals and straps was difficult and tedious. + +There being great need of haste, Master Dinu told his wife to call Ana, +their daughter, that she might help to damp the sandals. + +The mistress, who was holding the skins to make it easier for Dinu +to cut out the straps, and trim them after cutting out, put her hands +on her hips and looked at her husband. + +"What, my Ana damp the sandals?" + +At his wife's words Master Dinu stayed the knife in the middle of +the skin. + +"She is not a smart lady, is she, and you are not going to marry +her to some grandee? There is no disgrace to her in coming to give +a little help." + +His wife lost her temper. Her daughter damp sandals! Her daughter +associate with the men! Her daughter, who had gone to school to +the nuns for so many years! Her daughter, who knew how to sew so +beautifully! Her daughter, who was friends with the niece of one +important person, and the inseparable companion of the daughters +of another! Her daughter to handle the sandals and make her fingers +smell of bark! + +"You ought to be ashamed of yourself," she said, hoarse with anger, +"even if you do not know how to behave properly, you need not insult +your daughter." + +"Insult?" questioned Master Dinu. + +But his wife rushed from the room. + +He looked long after her, then glanced at the workmen, took up +the knife with a nervous movement, and began quickly to cut out +the sandals. + +The workmen, who had heard the words exchanged, and seen the abrupt +departure of the mistress, kept complete silence and busied themselves +with their work. + +Master Dinu finished cutting the skins. + +"You might hurry yourselves a little when you know the work ought to +be ready," he said to the men, and departed, hanging his head. + +"Very unhappy is Master Dinu," said Iotza, looking after him. + +"Why?" one of them asked him. + +"Why? Because those are the sharpest words I have ever heard coming +from his mouth." + +Dinner was unusually quiet, only the little boy whined and asked for +first one thing and then another. His mother gave him one or two raps +over the knuckles to make him sit still and be silent, but the child +began to cry, and she angrily sent him into the next room. + +Master Dinu said never a word and his daughter, Ana, looked round +her in a frightened manner, and would like to have asked what had +happened to-day to make them all so downcast. + +Sandu had seen her many times, but he had never seen her well. He +knew she was the master's daughter. He greeted her when she came to +the table, but speak to her or look her really in the face, that, +up till to-day, he had never done. + +But when he saw her looking sadly, now at her father, now at her +mother, and then at the others seated round the table, he wanted to say +something to her to cheer her and make her laugh. But he had nothing +to tell her, he could not find a word, and when their eyes met he +felt as though he were being swept away by a storm, and carried he +knew not whither. + +Ana was so beautiful and so graceful. With her white hands and her +fair face one would never have believed her to be the daughter of an +artisan. Her big blue eyes, so full of kindness, were shaded by black +eyelashes, and when she laughed one's heart glowed in the joyous sound, +and one wished one could often hear her laughing. + +Iotza--he had been workman with Dinu for a long time--when the mistress +was out of the house, had more than once asked her to mend something +for him, and not infrequently she had brought him drink from the +cellar when the frost was sharp and he had complained that he could +not stand the cold. And with all his prudence Iotza had let drop a +word in the workshop in praise of Ana's kindness. + +And so it came about that they all waited for the mistress to go out +that they might speak to Ana and ask her one thing or another. + +Only Sandu had never been to her. And that was why he especially +wanted now to divert her thoughts and make her smile. + +Her eyes troubled him, and he felt happier when he found himself back +in the workshop. + +One day, according to the allotment of the work, it was his duty to +turn the skins in the vats full of birch bark solution. He was alone +in the workshop, he could work in peace, but he often let the stick +fall from his hand, for, unlike other days, that day the fumes made +him perspire, and he did not notice whether the skins were thoroughly +turned. There was one vat more to turn when the door opened gently. + +"Good luck, Sandu." + +Sandu raised his head as though he were in a dream, wiped away the +sweat, and looked at Ana as one looks at a person one does not the +least expect to see. He wanted to say something to her, but a lump +rose in his throat. Ana came nearer to him. + +"Sandu, I came to tell you to put the sandals in the box after you +have turned the skins." + +"Good," replied Sandu. + +"Don't forget what Father said," and away she went. + +Outside she met Iotza, and passed him in such a hurry that she did +not hear his greeting. + +"Well, Sandu, what did Ana want in the workshop?" he asked as he +threw his apron behind a vat. + +"Nothing," replied Sandu, who was disappointed at not talking longer +with Ana. + +"Nothing? Well, well! Listen, have you turned the skins?" + +"I have." + +"Have you filled the boiler with water?" + +"Yes, I have." + +"How much have you put? You have not filled it! Bring two more +bucketfuls." + +"How can you pour two more bucketfuls in when it does not hold more +than one?" + +"It does not hold more? I tell you plainly you have been too lazy to +bring more, and who knows how you have turned the skins." + +Sandu grew red. + +"Iotza, I learnt my work from the master and not from the workman." + +"And what next?" + +"The next is, that I don't need your advice." + +"We shall see," cried Iotza, and went off. + +Three days later the mistress came to the workshop; she walked about +here and there, and after a while she looked at the vats and took +out a skin. + +"Who turned this vat?" + +"I did," replied Sandu. + +"I thought as much! Now you--just come and look at your work! That's +how you turned it; that's what the solution is like; that's the kind +of work you get paid for!" + +Sandu went up to the vat feeling as though he had been struck on the +head. The solution was yellow, the skins were yellow and creased as +usual, and he could not understand what fault the mistress had to find. + +"I told him so," said Iotza, interfering in the conversation; +and as he opened the door to take out a bundle of bark, he added: +"But he knows everything, and doesn't need advice from anyone." + +"Of course," scolded the mistress, "you did not have time to turn +the skins; you stood talking, and took no heed of your work. What +was Ana looking for here the day before yesterday?" + +"Ana--Ana came to tell me to put away the sandals in the box." + +"And you could not do that much without being told? You are the kind +of man one must tell everything to, otherwise there would not be much +use in your work!" + +For some time Sandu stayed alone in the workshop; he felt as though +he could not move. His mistress's words rang continually in his ears, +and he felt numbed by their harshness. + +The apprentice had come to call him to dinner, but he had not gone. It +seemed to him they had all heard what the mistress said, and would +have stared at him. + +Iotza and the other man returned from dinner and found him in the +workshop, his hand resting on the vat. + +"Why, when you had turned the skins, didn't you come to dinner, +or have you been talking to Ana?" sneered Iotza. + +Sandu heard his voice, but he did not take in what he said. He looked +at him with great sad eyes, and not knowing what to do went outside. + +Sandu rose at daybreak the following day, but he could not have +told if he had slept, or whether his thoughts had tormented him all +night. He left the workshop without having done anything, he went +to the pits, and took the skins out with the pincers to try whether +they were ready to dress, then he returned to the workshop and was +still quite unsettled. + +He went to dinner with the other men; he followed them; had anyone +asked him whither he was going he could not have told them. They +were alone, and all quite silent, and just this silence was painful +to Sandu. He would have liked to hear conversation, a great deal of +talking. They were about to rise from the table when the mistress +arrived. Everything seemed to turn black before Sandu's eyes. + +After exchanging a few words, Iotza said: + +"Mistress, you better let me turn the skins in those two vats----" + +"Yes, you turn them, just like Sandu did." + +The blood rushed to his head as Sandu dropped his knife and spilt a +piece of lard upon the table. + +"Do you think I shall pity you because you don't eat? You have not +turned them well, and that's all. I didn't begin to keep a workshop +to-day or yesterday." + +"Mistress----" + +"Oh, it's always mistress, mistress! Do your work properly, and +don't let your thoughts go wandering far afield, then no one need +find fault with you." + +The workmen rose. Sandu got up too; his feet could hardly carry him, +and his head was heavy. + + + +For two whole days Sandu did not know whether he was himself or some +one else. He could not take his food, sleep only came to him at rare +intervals. And during this time he often thought of going to Master +Dinu and giving him notice. Several times he had left the workshop +determined to tell him, but once Iotza had called him to come and +help with something, and then he had thought it over and had left it +to a more suitable time when he should find Dinu alone, for in front +of the mistress he could have said nothing to him. + +And who knows whether he would have said anything, if Master Dinu +had not come through the workshop. He asked him how the skins were +getting on, and then, as he never cared to prolong a conversation, +he prepared to go, after telling him that one lot of work must be +pressed forward, and the other done in such and such a way. + +Sandu had followed him but the words died upon his lips. + +"What is it, Sandu? Do you want to tell me something?" + +"Well, Master Dinu, without any offence to you, I want to give up +the work." + +Master Dinu looked long at him. He was prepared for anything except +this, and just now when the fairs were in full swing. + +"You want to give me notice? But why?" + +"Because the mistress is always abusing me, and she is not satisfied +with the way I work, and Iotza makes fun of me, and I can bear it +no longer: it is too hard. I work with all my might, and I want to +do good work, and I don't want you to keep me just out of charity as +people say you do." + +"Come, don't do that; you know the mistress, that is her way. As for +Iotza--listen, I'll stop his mouth. And, then, where would you find +another place? Take my advice and let me talk to the mistress." + +Master Dinu went away, and Sandu returned to the workshop. Before he +had spoken with Master Dinu he had not seemed to realize whether there +was work to finish, and now he did not know whether he had finished +it or not. + +Master Dinu went into the house. He told his wife that Sandu had +wished to leave, and bade her leave him in peace from now on, seeing +that he was an industrious workman and an honest man. + +"Thank you," replied his wife; "let me tell you that I take as much +interest in the workshop as you do, and if I am not to be allowed to +speak to the workmen, or give them orders about the work----" + +"I do not say you are not to give them orders, but you are not to +make fun of them. After all, they are human beings." + +"So I am in the wrong! If I tell them how they are to do something I +am making fun of the men; impertinent man, to accuse me of joking. And +why didn't you send him away?" + +"Send him away? Why? Just now when we are greatly in need of men? I +rack my brains to try and get another hand for the work, and don't +know where to find one, while you are longing to get rid of Sandu, +and in the long run, for no reason. You must not be like this." + +They were still talking when Nitza Burencea came to ask if he was +going to the fair at Devi. + +That evening, after supper, the mistress stopped Sandu as she wanted +to send him somewhere. + +"Sandu, why did you want to leave your work? Are you not satisfied +with our food?" + +"Quite satisfied." + +"Or don't we give you enough whisky in the evening?" + +"I don't drink whisky." + +"Don't drink it? But, you silly man, why didn't you tell me? And those +other two said nothing about it--you don't think it rains whisky with +us, do you? They have drawn your share all these days. But I'll wipe +their mouths for them. Why did you not tell me long ago?" + +"You never asked me." + +"Well, go where I tell you; and, listen, if I send you it is because +I have not got so much confidence in the others; do just what I have +told you." + +"I will do so, mistress," replied Sandu, with a much lighter heart. + +When he reached the street he told himself the mistress was not so +bad after all. + +An hour later, when he returned, only Ana was downstairs. + +After saying good evening, seeing that Ana was by herself, he prepared +to go out again. + +Ana, who saw he was about to open the door, asked him: + +"What do you want, Sandu? Whom are you looking for?" + +"For the mistress." + +"Then wait for her, she will soon come. Sit down." + +Sandu seated himself on the edge of a chair. + +Ana was sewing; he watched her hands with their rapid movements, and +his eyes were absorbed in looking at something more beautiful than he +had ever seen before. Ana felt she was being watched. This idea seemed +to hurry her, and she grasped her needle and began to sew quickly. The +more intently he watched her, the more embarrassed did Ana become, +and a rosy flush mantled her cheeks. A sort of fever came over her, +and in her innermost soul she was picturing Sandu to herself, how he +was sitting on the chair with his black eyes fixed upon her, and his +eyes were so beautiful and so eloquent, and Sandu was good-looking. She +could bear it no longer, his look seemed to burn her. + +"Sandu, why do you look at me like that?" + +"I--I--was not looking." + +A long silence followed. Their souls seemed to draw near each other in +the silent room; they spoke no word, but it was as though they told +each other many things and understood each other very well. He was +very conscious of her, so near to him, her light breath was almost +inaudible, but it made his heart beat fast; she was very conscious of +him, and something intangible but sweet seemed to invade their hearts. + +She felt as though she could not sew, and he found it hard to look +at her. He was afraid of offending her and he was shy, and he felt +he should be ashamed for her to find his glance resting upon her hands. + +He kept his head down. But Ana would have liked to look at him, she +would have liked to bask in the light of his eyes, for she felt happy +enveloped in their warm glow. + +Sandu did not lift his head. She dropped her ball of thread. Roused +by the noise, Sandu jumped as though he had been burnt. He searched +under the table and saw it. + +She forgot to thank him, and he could not say a word, but their eyes +met and they both blushed. + +The time passed on. + +"The mistress does not come," said Sandu a little later, "and I wanted +to tell her that I had to stay some time where she sent me." + +"She will soon come," replied Ana. "Sandu, you told Mother that I +had been in the workshop?" she suddenly questioned, looking straight +at him. + +"I did not tell her." + +"Then who can have told her?" + +"It was not I, and I do not know who it was." + +"How Mother scolded me! And she said I had stayed a long while talking +to you. Was I a long time?" + +"Certainly not; you just came to tell me to put the sandals in the +boxes, and then you went away." + +"Why doesn't Mother like my talking to you when Father says you are +so good?" + +He said nothing; she stopped; and a few moments later the mistress +came in. + +"It is a good thing you are back. I was waiting for you," she said +hurriedly. "I nearly sent some one after you; you are very slow. Now, +come and tell me what you have done." + +In the ante-room he told her what he had arranged with her aunt, +and then went off to bed. + +The next day was Sunday. The men had little work to do, and by ten +o'clock they were free. As usual on feast days there was wine on the +table, and Master Dinu, having bought some thirty skins much more +easily than he had expected to, was more cheerful than usual. + +Sandu was more forthcoming than was his wont, and had washed and +brushed himself extra well to-day. Ana, too, was smart, smart as +always, but she had no time to sit as she had constantly to jump up +to help her mother. Every now and then she threw a glance at Sandu, +and a strange feeling of joy possessed her that he could see her, +that he looked at her. + +Only the mistress was as usual, and when the child complained +constantly that his head ached she wanted the meal to finish +quickly. She laid a wet handkerchief on his forehead and put him to +bed. The child became quieter, and Master Dinu, after drinking the +wine that was left over, rose from the table--a signal that the meal +was finished. Then, according to his usual habit, he took up his hat, +inquired if anyone wanted any money, gave Iotza what he asked, and +went off into the town. + +"Sandu," said the mistress, when the workmen had gone, "if you are +not going anywhere, come back in an hour when we have finished with +the dinner things and sit with Gheorghitza, for to-day is Sunday and +perhaps visitors will come to the house." + +Ana looked at him; Sandu hardly understood the mistress's words, +and could not answer her. + +"Speak, are you coming or not?" + +"I will come." And he went out as though he had been pushed. + +At three o'clock came the mistress's mother, a woman of about sixty +years of age, rosy in the face and well made. She was wearing a +dark coloured skirt, and on her head a kerchief of black silk which +reached nearly to her knees, and in her hand, like all old women, +she carried a yellow handkerchief. + +She rarely came to see her daughter, partly because she knew her time +for going out in society was past, but especially because Mistress +Veta was not glad to see her on feast days; she would not have come +to-day, but she had not been for a long time and she was desirous of +seeing her grandchildren. + +Inside the front room she rejoiced over the beauty and good manners +of her grand-daughter, who, with her mother, was removing the last +speck of dust, or putting back in its right place anything that had +been left about. + +Ana sat down by her grandmother, and her grandmother stroked her head +and looked tenderly into her face. She never grew tired of saying: +"Such grandchildren, such dear grandchildren." But just when she was +feeling happy the door opened. + +"Ah, Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici!" said Mistress Veta, jumping up to +receive them as though some royal party had arrived. + +"Pray sit down." + +Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici accepted the invitation, while their +daughter, a pale, plain girl of over twenty years of age, did not +forget to kiss the mistress's hand. + +"I kiss your hand, aunt," said Ana, too, while Mrs. Naraschievici in +her turn embraced her on the forehead, and could not help expressing +her wonder at how tall Ana had grown and how pretty she was. + +Ana blushed and joined Miss Naraschievici, while the mistress's eyes +shone with pleasure. + +"You must not tell her so; you must not turn her head," she said, +just for something to say, while her mother was asking herself the +question as to why on earth her grand-daughter had said that "Aunt." + +It is true that neither Ana nor Mistress Veta was related to +the Naraschievici family; however, Mr. Naraschievici said it was +"aristocratic," and all he said was right in Mistress Veta's eyes. + +"Is Master Dinu at home?" + +"No. You know what he is--he cannot bear to stay at home." + +As she said this, Mistress Veta approached her mother, who looked as +if she could have taken the whole Naraschievici family and put them +outside the door, so angry was she because they had spoilt the happy +hour she had hoped to pass with her grand-daughter. + +"Mother," she whispered in her ear, "it would be kind if you would +go downstairs to Gheorghitza, who ought to be up now." + +The old lady was at the door before she had finished speaking: with +her hand on the latch she looked furiously at her daughter and at +Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici, choked back some words and went out. + +She was going away, saying to herself that she would never again set +foot inside the house, when she remembered Gheorghitza. When the old +lady went in Sandu was telling him tales. + +"Here is kind Granny, here is kind Granny," cried Gheorghitza gaily. + +He got up quickly, put his arms round her neck and kissed her over +and over again. + +The old woman forgot her distress as she held Gheorghitza in her +arms. He began to untie the handkerchief and feel in the pocket of +her gown. + +"Look what Granny has brought for Gheorghitza," she said. + +It was her habit to bring some toy for him. + +Now that he had a plaything, Gheorghitza was no longer ill. His kind +Granny made him forget it. The old lady watched him for some time, +and then she looked at Sandu. + +"How is the work getting on?" + +"Well." + +"And business is profitable?" + +"Profitable." + +As Sandu said this Mistress Veta came into the ante-room, took a +plateful of cakes out of a cupboard and went quickly away again. + +During the noise she made the old lady looked intently towards +the window. + +"She takes them upstairs, but she did not invite me," and her eyes +filled with tears. "That is how she esteems me," said the old lady, +steeped in bitterness. "It's a sad world. I have reached an old age +when my own daughter is ashamed of me. She sends me out of the house as +if I were a nobody. May God not punish her, for she has children. But +it hurts me to see her pay no attention to me just because of some +bankrupts, some wretches who have fled from Temishoara to avoid their +creditors. But I did not come to get something out of her. I did not +come like those bankrupts to get something to eat. Thank God I have +all I need at home, but that she should belittle me in such a way as +to make me ridiculous in their eyes--Lord, Lord, did I rear her for +this? Is it for this I watched over her?" + +"Sandu," said the old lady, sighing heavily, "give her my thanks, +tell her how I appreciate the honour she has done me, and that all +my life I shall never forget that she received me as she should +receive her mother. But listen to me; tell her, too, she may wait a +long time before I cross her threshold again, and she need not send +to me when she wants anything. Let her go to the gentleman, to the +bankrupt Naraschievici." + +And away went Mistress Veta's mother, so angry that she could not +see where she was walking, while Sandu sat with drooping head. + +In about half an hour Ana came. She was disappointed to hear her +grandmother had gone, and wanted to know why. + +Sandu did not like to tell her, and because his heart would not let +him lie he said to her in a low voice: + +"Well, she went because she could not stay." + +Ana sat on the edge of the bed, and sympathizing with her brother, +she asked him whether his head ached. + +Gheorghitza had no time to answer; he shook his head and went on +playing. + +"Sandu, can you stay with him? You see, I must go up again. Gheorghitza +dear, be good and play nicely." + +Then she kissed him and went slowly away as though she were loth to go. + +And with her went Sandu's heart and the joy which filled his soul +when he saw her standing by her brother and kissing him so tenderly. + +Mistress Veta was beside herself with pleasure that evening. She did +not even ask when or why her mother had gone so suddenly. She told +Sandu that he was not to dare to tell her what the old lady had said, +but to go and get wood to make a fire to warm the supper. And once +again she went over in her mind all that Mr. and Mrs. Naraschievici +had said. She felt very flattered, and said she did not remember when +she had spent such a pleasant day. + + + +There was a heavy frost and the Timish was frozen. The tanners were +obliged to have openings made in the ice to enable the rinsing of +the skins to take place. + +Sandu, shod in big working boots, made his way through the thick mist +and came down to the Timish to rinse a set of skins. Behind him came +the apprentice with a barrow containing the block of wood with its +stand, the rinser and two hatchets for breaking the ice. They made the +opening in the ice and Sandu remained alone. He fixed one end of the +block on to a stake and arranged the stand firmly under the other, +opened out two skins, placed them one over the other, on the block, +and began to work. + +Sandu was hardened and accustomed to the cold, but however fast he +worked his breath froze and his hands grew stiff. Seldom at first, +but then more and more frequently did he stamp his feet. He put +the rinser on the block, breathed into the palms of his hands, and +swinging his arms he beat under his left arm with his right hand, +and then under the right arm with his left hand, to make his blood +circulate, the while his eyes watered with the cold. + +Round him was a frosty calm; the gurgling of the water as he turned +the skins made him realize all the more the severity of the winter. He +worked away at his task, but slowly, and with little result. It was +getting towards noon, and he had rinsed five skins when he heard a +crunching of the snow on the bank, and raised his head. + +The rinser dropped from his hand. On the bank was Ana with a jug in +her hand, wishing him "Good luck." + +Sandu did not know how to answer her. + +"Come, see what I have brought you, a drop of warm wine, for Mother +is out, and you must be cold." + +Sandu came up the bank; he could hardly hold the jug. + +"Thank you," he said with his mouth, but his heart spoke from his eyes. + +Ana looked down. + +"Drink quickly," she said, so softly she could scarcely be heard, +"for I must not stay long." + +Sandu drank the wine. + +"Ana, Miss Ana----" + +Ana drew back her hand, and looking at him in a way I cannot describe, +she said: + +"Are you warmer now?" + +Sandu's eyes were too eloquent, the peaceful isolation was too +tempting, the stillness of the atmosphere was too intense, their +hearts were too attuned for them not to understand each other. + +She went up to him with an eager movement, and he put his arm about +her waist and clasped her to his heart. + +They neither of them said a word, but to them both it seemed that no +words were needed. + +"Sandu, I must go, I must really go, for Mother might come," and +gently she disengaged herself from his arms, took a few slow steps, +turned round, and then fled like a little kid towards the house. + +While Sandu was watching her, Costa came along; he, too, was a +master-tanner. + +"Ha, ha! Talpoane's hands live well. What a moment for me to arrive," +murmured Costa in his beard, smiling as he thought of the story he +would be able to tell. "Sandu," he shouted, "I was going to see you, +but as you are at the rinsing I have come down to ask you whether +the hides which I have been waiting for these three days have come +from Pesta." + +"No, they have not come." + +"Not? Why the devil haven't they sent them? Have you much work?" + +"A great deal." + +"How many hides?" + +Sandu looked at him. + +"We have a lot." + +"A lot. Yes, I know you have a lot, but how many?" + +"I have not counted them." + +"Have you got business at Hunedoar fair?" + +"I believe so; the drying is difficult, though." + +"You have got some heavy skins, haven't you?" + +"Some heavy, some light; you know how it is with the work." + +Costa bit his lips and would like to have given Sandu a cuff or two, +so angry was he that he would not tell him what he was longing to know. + +"But, it's cold!" + +"It's cold." + +"Come, you ought not to feel it much when Talpoane's daughter brings +you drink." + +The blood rushed to Sandu's face, and he did not know why he did not +strike Costa to the ground as he smiled at him. + +"But what of it, haven't we all done the same kind of thing? Only +look out that nobody sees you and nobody hears you. That's all right, +I won't keep you from your work!" + +Sandu could not see, everything was black before his eyes, he was +hot all over and a fire seemed to burn within him. He gnashed his +teeth and stretched the skin as though he would tear it, and rinsed +as though he had some rival to surpass. + +At midday the apprentice came to call him to dinner. On the way he +remembered what had happened and would have liked to turn back. In +the ante-room he saw Ana, and his heart beat as though it were on +fire. Ana, too, was radiant, her eyes laughed with joy, and the dimples +in her cheeks were more tantalizing than ever. Sandu's heart was full +of delight; he forgot what Costa had said; he was only conscious of +Ana's voice. + +After dinner the cold was not quite so cruel, the calm was not so +intense, and he did not feel alone; there seemed to be plenty of life +around him, but whenever he turned his head he could only see Ana. And +longings awoke in his heart, and many pleasant thoughts passed through +his mind, and they all gathered round Ana's form. His thoughts carried +him far, and he pictured himself with a workshop and a house of his +own, and Ana beside him making life sweet. They were so tempting and +so full of charm that Sandu smiled to himself as he strung together +tender, caressing words to say to Ana, for he felt she belonged to him, +and no one could disturb the peace of these happy days. + +Night closed sadly in and Sandu had long ago finished his work, +but he did not want to move. He was loath to leave the pleasant, +quiet spot where he had pictured to himself the path in life that +was awaiting him. He gave a sigh of regret as he stepped along the +bank and walked towards the house of Mistress Veta. + + + +The nearer it drew to the Christmas festival the busier became the +fairs, and the tanners raised the price of their goods because the +weather was moist, and the peasants were obliged to buy sandals +whether they wanted to or not. + +Christmas Eve fell on a Tuesday, and, accordingly, the weekly fair +had never been better. + +Although Mistress Veta had such a lot to do that she had hardly time +to turn round, she remained at the booth till ten o'clock, when she +returned home. + +The little white, crown-shaped rolls were baked and divided up, some +for the house, some for the poor, and some for the guests who would +expect hospitality the day after Christmas Day. When everything was +finished and put ready, and Master Dinu arrived, they all went into +the front room. There they lit a fire that must not be allowed to +die out, that Christ, who was born on this night, might not feel the +cold, and there they quietly waited till their house was visited by +carol-singers and lads carrying "Stars" or "Magi." To make the joy +next day more complete, they lit the Christmas Tree, and out of a +cupboard Master Dinu took a little riding-horse for Gheorghitza, and +for Ana a work-frame and other things suitable for a big girl. The +parents were happy at the gratitude written on their children's faces. + +Gradually the world seemed to wake up, the quiet in the town was +dispelled. As the stars rose in the sky, there appeared in every +street, girls carrying "Christmas Trees," boys with "Stars" or "Magi" +or "the Manger," and young men with "carols," and amidst this busy +movement, amidst this pleasant noise, amidst slow, sad songs or +beautiful carols, the whole town seemed enveloped in an atmosphere +of reverence; each one, forgetting the troubles of life, felt himself +drawing nearer to the glory of God. + +While Master Dinu was listening to the carol-singers from his windows, +and taking the symbol of the Magi into his house, Sandu sat alone in +the workshop over the way. He had lit an end of candle, and was sitting +on a chair in front of the opening in the stove below the boiler. + +At intervals a drop of liquid fell from the vats, and the sound of +its fall echoed long in the quiet workshop. + +The noise from outside broke dully against the window and took +Sandu's thoughts back to other days. And all at once he began to +carol to himself: + + + "And as you journey thither + There comes wafted many a mile, + From where the Holy Infant lies, + The scent of fair flowers, + The glow of bright torches, + The smoke of the incense, + The song of the angels." + + +He sang softly, and the dead past of the years he had spent since +he left the home where he was born seemed to unroll itself before +him. And as he saw himself alone, and deprived of every kind of +pleasure, a tear crept into his eye, and with his head resting upon +his hand, he sat gazing into the fire. All the nine years that he +had spent Christmas among strangers, he had envied the joy of others, +and never once had he felt in his heart the peace of the season as he +used to in the days when he was at home. And who would think of him, +or who would give him any happiness at this holy festival? + +The workshop door opened hastily, and the appearance of Ana scattered +his thoughts to the wind. + +"Sandu, I have brought you something for Christmas." Sandu did not +hold out his hand for it. "How you look at me, Sandu! Why do you not +want what I bring you?" + +So saying, Ana came quite close to him, and put what she had brought +into his hand. + +"Ana," said Sandu, in a stifled voice, "may God look upon you as I +look at you." + +His voice seemed to come from the depths of his soul, and Ana's look +grew troubled. The kindness and sorrow with which he spoke touched +her strangely, and resting her head upon his breast she murmured as +in a dream: + +"Sandu, dear Sandu." + +But she had to go, for she had stolen from the house when some boys, +carrying Magi, had arrived, and her mother would be looking for her. + +Sandu remained behind to tell himself that never had God given him +a happier Christmas. + +The day after Christmas, in the afternoon, his various god-children +came to Master Dinu's house: hospitality demands hospitality. They +brought with them rolls and other things. Mistress Veta spread food +upon the table, and whoever came took in exchange a roll from the +god-parents. + +By the evening, Lena, Tziru's widow, alone remained. + +Master Dinu was in a hurry to get away, and Ana was downstairs with +some friends. + +The women remained by themselves, enjoying the wine and conversing. And +when two women sit gossiping, who escapes unscathed by their +tongues? One person is so and so, another person dresses so absurdly +that every one laughs at her, and so the idle talk runs on. + +"Doesn't it make you laugh"--Mistress Veta takes up the word--"when +you see Costa's wife as pink as a girl? How can a woman of her age +paint herself?" + +"Never mind her, my dear, there are others----" + +"I don't seem to have heard of them." + +Then a little later on: + +"I don't know how it is but Costa is an ill-natured man and a regular +chatterbox." + +"You say truly, it's the talk of the town." + +"But he has become a little more careful, he's not as he was a while +ago. He has begun to shrug his shoulders only and keep his tongue +quiet." + +"He pretends to, my dear, but you have not heard him--it's better +for me not to tell you, not to make you unhappy, especially on a +feast day." + +"Of course, you must tell me," Mistress Veta raised her voice and +her eyes flashed. + +"I would sooner you heard it from other lips." + +"Now, Lena, either you tell me, or----" + +Lena knew Mistress Veta too well not to tell her that Costa was +saying how he had seen Ana going down to the Timish with warm wine +for Sandu, and how she had stood in the cold for two hours talking +to him, and a great deal more besides. + +Red was the wine, but Mistress Veta's face was redder still. She +might have had an apoplectic stroke. + +"Ah! He said those words?" + +Lena did not know how to calm her. + +"My dear, really I did not know how much it would upset you or I +should never have told you. Why do you get so angry? Every one knows +he is a liar and a mischief-maker without his equal in the empire, +and who pays attention to all his tales, and all the world knows how +you have brought up Ana. What tanner's daughter can touch her? Your +Ana--come, leave it." + +"I will not leave it," cried Mistress Veta, somewhat calmer. "I'll +show him. To whom did he say these words?" + +"I don't know to whom he said them; I heard of it in Trifu's house." + +"In Trifu's house! Trifu is his cousin. Don't listen, Lena; do you +believe his lies?" + +"How could I believe him, my dear, how could I believe him? Neither +did Trifu believe him. He said he would blush to invent such lies." + +"Lies, Lena, lies. But let him see me! My daughter----" + +"Say no more about it, Veta. May God keep Ana well, and you see +her happy. Costa--but who's Costa? Everybody laughs when he opens +his mouth." + +"You heard it in Trifu's house! Who knows in how many places he has +spit out his libels, for that man spits, Lena, he spits worse than +any cat; but I am not I if I don't pay him out." + +Lena agreed with her, and sympathized with her and urged her not +to be so angry, for the whole town knew what Ana's behaviour always +was, and people stood still and looked after her when she passed by, +sweet and modest as a rosebud. + +"Why let yourself be unhappy, my dear?" she said, getting up to go, +"when every one's heart swells when they see Ana, as if she were not +the pride of us all when we see her going about with gentlemen's +daughters. Ana is just herself, and there is no one like her, so +why give yourself bad moments because of the tittle-tattle of a man +like Costa?" + +Mistress Veta accompanied Lena to the door, and came back asking +herself what was to be done. + +Master Dinu came back just at the right moment. + +Without much hesitation his wife told him everything with various +additions and improvements. + +"Eh! And what of it?" he said. "Don't the people know us and our +daughter, and don't they know what Costa's words are worth? Only +Costa says it." + +Mistress Veta looked furiously at him. + +"What! The town is talking about your daughter, and you don't mind?" + +"It isn't that I don't mind! Of course I mind, but what would you +have me do? Go and kill him? Don't be like this." + +"Not be like this? I'd better be like you and not care when they +insult my daughter!" + +"Come now, what am I to do?" + +"What are you to do? Woe betide the house where the man is not a real +man! Find out, discover to whom he has said it, collect witnesses, +and see he never opens his mouth again." + +"I will see about it." + +"Don't see about it, find him." + +Master Dinu knew that his wife must always have the last word, so +he said nothing; he would have been glad not to be at home, but he +could not go now. A few minutes later he said: + +"Listen, Veta, all right, I will find witnesses, but supposing +it's true?" + +"True?" screamed his wife, and looked as though she could have thrown +herself upon him and struck him. "True? Why doesn't God strangle the +word in your throat?" she snarled, and hurriedly left the room. + +A few seconds later she returned with Ana. + +"Ana, hear your father say that it is true you took warm wine to +Sandu." + +The haste with which her mother had called her, and her father's +expression so overcame her, that she stood with drooping head, and +raising a corner of her apron began to cry. + +"So this is where we have got to--get out of my sight that I may +never see you again." + +Mistress Veta sank exhausted on to a chair, while Ana sobbed as if +her heart would break. + +"Why all this to-do even if she did take wine to the poor man? What +is the great harm in that? She took him wine because he was cold, and +because I told her to go," said Master Dinu, going up to Ana. "Don't +cry any more," and he stroked her forehead. + +Ana continued to sob, and clung more and more tightly to her +father. Master Dinu felt as if his heart would break. + +"Go and kiss your mother's hand, it's nothing. Veta----" + +"No, let her get out of my sight, let her go. Ana has done this to +me, my prudent daughter, my good daughter, my much-praised daughter, +her mother's joy--she has done this," and Mistress Veta shook her +head while everything seemed to turn black before her eyes. + +Master Dinu did not know what to do. To put an end to it, he drew +Ana gently outside, and tried to quiet her sobs. + +A little later he returned to the house. His wife was exhausted and +depressed, and sat gazing at the floor. + +Suddenly she rose. + +"Dinu, you must give Sandu notice to-day, do you hear? If you don't +go now and tell him never to show himself here again, you'll never +have any peace from me." + +"How can I dismiss the man in the middle of the night? You must see +we cannot--and then, what harm has he done?" + +Mistress Veta could have killed him with a look. + +"You will give him notice, do you understand? Or I will turn him out." + +"All right, Veta, we will give him notice, but what stories will +be told about us outside! How we dismiss workmen on feast days, +and turn them out of the house in the dead of night. You must be +patient. To-morrow I will give him all the money due to him, and tell +him to go in God's name." + +"It's your business to deal with him; never let me see him again; +if they make any fuss I'll scratch his eyes out. He has got us talked +about, no other than he, do you hear? Let him get out of my workshop, +or there will be trouble." + +Early next day, Master Dinu went to the workshop and called to Sandu. + +He found it difficult, and he much regretted having to part with him, +but there was nothing else to be done. He asked him how long he had +been in his workshop, what money he had drawn, and made the calculation +as to how much he had still to receive. + +Sandu felt as if the house were falling about his ears--he could not +keep him any longer? The blow was a heavy one. + +"You have twenty-seven florins to come to you," said Master Dinu, and +he did not seem to have the courage to look Sandu in the face. "Here +are thirty, so that you do not lose your daily pay up to the beginning +of next week. May God give you good fortune, you are a good man, +and an honest, but I--I can no longer keep you. I am sorry, but I +cannot help it. God be with you." + +And so saying, Master Dinu went away. + +Lost in thought Sandu stood gazing in front of him, seeing +nothing. After a while he sighed heavily, picked up his money, and with +a heart that seemed turned to ice he went off to collect all he had, +poor man, in the way of clothes and linen, before he took the road. + +He collected all his possessions, but he could not make up his mind to +take leave of the men with whom he had worked so long. Even Iotza was +sorry, for Sandu had been kind, and never spoken a rude word to him. + +"I am sorry to leave you," said Sandu, and he felt as if his heart +was breaking. + +"God be with you," replied they, and holding out their hands they +accompanied him outside. + +Iotza went a little way with him. + +"Sandu, listen; I cannot bear not to tell you, but I know the mistress +and you, and I know you want to go and say good-bye to her. Don't go, +listen to me: it was not the master, it was she who said you were to +be dismissed. Don't go, it is better not to go." + +Sandu made no reply. + +They went a few steps farther together and parted. The nearer he drew +to Master Dinu's house, the more he longed to enter. He felt as though +some one were urging him to go in. + +When he was quite near the door Master Dinu came out into the +street. When he saw Sandu he stopped. + +"You are going?" + +"I am going, master, but I wanted to take leave of the mistress." + +"As the mistress is not at home let me tell her." + +Sandu bent his head. + +"Good luck to you, master." + +"May God be with you!" + +With slow and heavy step Sandu took the road to the market-place. At +the corner he stopped. He turned his head and looked back along the +street towards Master Dinu's house. + +He had crossed the square and was on the bridge when he met Nitza +Burencea. + +"What's up, Sandu, have you left? Where are you going?" + +Sandu, like a person awakened out of a trance, with his eyes fastened +dreamily upon the distant horizon, answered in a troubled voice: + +"I go out into the world!" + + + + + + + +THE BIRD OF ILL OMEN + +By I. AL. BRATESCU-VOINESHTI + + +Conu Costache had one of the pleasantest faces in the town. + +Men of the same age as himself said he was nearly seventy years old; +but a life free from care, a comfortable fortune, a wife as loving +as a sister, two children who were getting on well, and, above all, +his own kindly nature, had kept him so healthy, quick of movement +and clear of mind, that one would not have given him fifty years. + +He told stories with a charm and humour that gathered an audience round +him whenever he opened his mouth; and as he had travelled much abroad, +and was also a sportsman, he knew every kind of amusing anecdote. + +This man, who was as good as new bread, always smiling, whose person +seemed to radiate joy, became acrimonious and impatient every time his +game of Preference went badly; it was the one and only, but the daily +game of cards he played. He did not get angry out of stinginess--he was +not a miser; on the contrary, he was open-handed, that was his nature. + +If it happened that he "entered" twice in succession, or if he got +irritated with his partners, he grew furious. Everything seemed wrong +to him; the jam was sour, the coffee too sweet, the water too cold, +the lamp too dim, the chalk was not sharp enough; he shouted at the +boy who served him; he changed his chair because it squeaked; he +hammered upon the table with his fists until the candlesticks jumped; +he looked daggers over his spectacles at anyone who made a joke--I +assure you, he was in a vile temper, as vile a temper as a man could +be in, when he had no other place in which to give vent to it. + +His partners knew him, and were aware that five minutes after the +game was over he would become once more kind, amiable, and amusing +Conu Costache. + +If you were sitting near him when he was playing Preference, you should +get up the first time he "entered"; shouldn't wait for him to say to +you: "Can't you get away, my good fellow; you spoil my luck!" One day, +after two "entries," he said to a person with whom he had only just +become acquainted and who would not move away from his side: + +"Excuse me, sir, but I believe in birds of ill omen. This game is a +question of faces. I can scarcely compose my own face; I certainly +cannot compose yours. Kindly move a little farther off! Thank +you. Don't be offended." + +Ever since that day, the onlookers at the game have been given +the name of birds of ill omen, and they swarmed in the room where +Conu Costache played; if the game went well he was affable and they +listened to him with pleasure--if the game went badly, they moved +away from him and made fun of his ill humour. + +One evening the Prefect gave a party. The young people danced in +the drawing-room; their elders assembled in the other rooms; Conu +Costache sat at a table playing Preference with three other people; +among them was the attorney, a cunning player with a special talent +for making him lose his temper; a large audience had gathered round. + +Conu Costache was losing: he was angry, but controlled himself--he +could not give vent to his annoyance, for there were ladies +present. Conu and his friends were playing in the middle of the room; +he had barely scored six, and had entered the pool with thirteen. + +At this moment an old lady approached. She was a Moldavian, the mother +of Dr. Ionashcu. She took a chair, seated herself by Conu Costache +with the calm serenity of the aged, who neither see nor hear well. + +There she remained. + +From time to time she gently put a question to Conu Costache; it had +the same effect upon his agitation as does oil upon a fire of coals. + +"How beautiful it must be at your country-house now, Mr. Costache!" + +"Beautiful, Mrs. Raluca," he replied, forcing himself to smile--and +chalking himself another eighteen in the pool. + +"I expect you often go there, as it is so close." + +"I went to-day, Mrs. Raluca." + +No words can describe the contrast between the placidity with which +Mrs. Raluca told her beads, and the fury with which Conu Costache +shuffled his cards. + +"Is it a good harvest, Mr. Costache?" + +"G--g--good, Mrs. Raluca," he replied, thrusting both hands inside +the neck of his shirt to loosen the collar. + +The game began, the attorney played below the ace, Conu Costache +named the suit for the second time. + +"Have you got a good road along there now?" + +"Y--y--yes, Mrs. Raluca." + +It was a wonder his handkerchief did not rub the skin off his forehead, +he mopped it with such vigour. His partners and the onlookers shook +with laughter; the attorney did not give way at all, he saw how +furious he was; he bid with nothing in his hand, and passed just in +time to make him "enter" a second time. + +And at this moment Mrs. Raluca's questions fell one after the other +as fast as the beads of a rosary. She did not hear the rustling of +the cards nor the choking in Conu Costache's throat, she did not see +his misery nor the amusement of the others. + +"But they have cut down the lovely wood on the right, haven't they, +Mr. Costache?" + +"Th--th--they have cut it down, Mrs. Raluca," he answered, gazing at +the ceiling and pressing his temples between his hands. + +He bid and came in, said "Play"--and found two clubs in the talon which +he did not want. Such a collection of cards you have never seen; it +might have been done on purpose. If you had tried to arrange them so, +you could not have done it. It was a regular "walk-over": one cut four +honours, the other cut the spades, and out of the eight games won five. + +All he cut was an ace, and a pair. He put forty-eight in the pool. + +"But the little lake still lies on the left, doesn't it, Mr. Costache?" + +"St--st--still, Mrs. Raluca." + +With a small brush he violently effaced the whole row of his stakes +chalked on the cloth and wrote down a total of ninety-four in huge +figures. + +"But I must ask you, the inn----" + +Conu Costache turned his chair right round. + +"Mrs. Raluca, to-morrow afternoon my wife and I are going to our +country-house--we will come and pick you up. In this way you will see +how they cut down the wood on the right; you will see how the storks +walk by the lake on the left; you will see how they have repaired +the bridges; you will see how they have renovated the inn at the +cross-gates; you will see what a nice house Ionitza Andrescu from +Ulmi has built; you will see what big reservoirs the Aurora factory +have erected by the road...." + +Mrs. Raluca understood and took her departure, telling her beads as she +went, but even when she had passed into the third room Conu Costache +still continued, while the others were convulsed with laughter: + +"You will see how illegible the figures on the 76 milestone have +become; you will see how the boys have broken the insulators on the +telegraph posts by throwing stones at them; you will see how the +geese hiss when the carriage passes by; you will see----" + +Then, turning back to his partners, who laughed till the tears ran +down their cheeks, he groaned: + +"Terrible bird of ill omen!" + + + + + + + +IRINEL + +By B. DELAVRANCEA + + +When my parents died, both in the same year, I was quite small; +I think I must have been about seven years old. + +I wanted to cry over them both, for I loved them both, but when I +approached their coffin I was not alone. + +You must know that my father left a considerable fortune. + +There were many people about him who could not endure him. + +There was talk of a will. + +There was one member of the family about whom my father said: "It is +so long since he crossed our threshold that I do not understand why +he is so offended with us." + +It is unkind to tell you: it was his brother and my uncle, a very +good man, with only one fault--he had lost his entire fortune at +cards. I found among my father's papers a quantity of his I.O.U.'s, +beautifully signed with flourishes, but unpaid. + +I approached the coffin; I was sure that I should weep as no one had +ever wept before. + +My home without my parents! + +Some one took me by the hand, and said to me as he kissed me on +both cheeks: + +"Iorgu, Iorgu, cry, Iorgu, for those who will never return!" + +It was he! The uncle of the promissory notes! + +Just when my eyes ought to have been full of tears, I caught sight +of him, and when I looked round me and saw the other people, when I +met so many pairs of eyes, then--I was ashamed and could not cry. Oh, +it is a terrible thing to feel ashamed to cry when one is sorrowing! + +Do you see how shy I am? Have you grasped it? It is difficult to +understand. It is difficult, because you, readers, are different. Not +one of you are the same as I am. + + + +I was so good and timid that, when I completed my twenty-first year, I +did not want to leave the guardianship of my eldest uncle, my mother's +brother, a very gentle man like myself, and very shy like my mother. + +It makes me laugh. Is it likely I shall tell you an untruth? Why +should I? I don't ask you anything, you don't ask me anything. Why +should I lie? + +But it is true that I have not told you quite openly why I did not +ask for an account of my minority, and why I stayed in that house, +which was as white as milk--especially on moonlight nights--with its +balcony, its oak staircase, its pillars with flowered capitals and +wreaths round their centres. + +Did I like the house? Yes. + +Did I love my uncle who had managed my affairs? Yes. Was I ashamed, +directly I came of age, to demand an account as though I doubted his +honesty? Yes. Anything besides? Was there anything else that kept me +in bondage? + +If you had looked at me a little askance, I should have blushed and +replied, "Yes." And if you were to look at me even now when I have +already grown many white hairs, I should tell you like a guilty child: +"No, it is not true that I loved so much the house in which I grew up, +or the uncle with whom I lived. There was something else." + +There was some one there besides a cousin of the same age as myself, +besides my uncle--my aunt was dead--besides the house, and a +long-haired dog. There was somebody else! + +Ah! This sort of somebody has reformed many a ne'er-do-well, has +dazzled many a shy man, has turned many business men into poets, +has shaken many a professor to the depths of his being, blowing away +his system like the threads of a spider's web. + +No doubt it was a very fascinating "somebody" who made you stay in +tutelage twenty-four hours after you had reached your twenty-first +year and come into 15,000 lei. + +I think you have guessed the secret which I have hidden till now. + +Oh, women, women! What do they care for the timid or the philosopher? + +Neither innocence nor philosophy can resist a light step and a pair +of eyes which sparkle and glow and pierce through the coldest, most +selfish, most impenetrable heart. + + + +Was it not the same Irinel, with whom I once played childish games? Was +she not the same wild tomboy with her frocks down to her knees only, +and her white stockings that became green by the evening? Was she +not the same little demon who threw her books into the veranda on +her return from school, and put both arms round my neck to make me +give her a ride on my back? + +The child turned into the woman, and instead of the gentle eyes with +their extreme innocence in which I lost myself as in a boundless +expanse, there shone two devilish fires in whose light I saw an +explanation of life with all its sea of pleasures and emotions. + +And now Irinel used to take me by the hand. She was fifteen years old; +for some time her hand had felt different--warmer, softer, more I don't +know what, when I took it in mine. Her gaiety was no longer even and +continual as of old; she no longer talked quickly and incessantly. + +And if I said to her: "Irinel, do you think it will rain to-day?" or +"Irinel, there are only two weeks before the long vacation begins, +shall you be pleased, as you used to be, when we go to Slanic?" Irinel +remained silent, looking straight in front of her, and I am sure that +at that moment she saw nothing--trees, houses, and sky disappeared +as though in a thick mist. + +This silence surprised and disquieted me, and I said to her in a low +voice, almost as though I were guilty of something wrong: + +"Irinel, you are scarcely back from school and you are bored already?" + +An exaggerated gaiety was her immediate reply; she laughed, and +talked, and told little anecdotes which she began and left unfinished, +especially about life at school. + +"You don't know," she said to me in a quick, loud voice, "what a +letter one of my friends showed me. Only I read it, and another girl +and her sister, and it seems to me she showed it to some others. I +nearly died of laughter." + +And Irinel began to laugh, and laughed and laughed until the tears +ran down her rosy cheeks. Then sighing and laughing she began: + +"He wrote to her, trembling, of stars, two only, which burnt and +spoke to him. How can the stars he talks about burn? Are they bits of +coal? How can stars speak? I don't understand. After that came ice, +thawing, marble, a bed of fire, a monastery, suicide--Ah! pauvre +Marie! Indeed, I was sorry for her, poor girl! Many a time we put our +arms round each other's necks and kissed each other. We kissed each +other and began to cry. You must know, Iorgu, that we kept nothing +from each other. Every Monday she read me a letter on which could +be seen traces of big tears, and I, after I had controlled myself +sufficiently not to burst out laughing over those 'two twin stars +which burn and speak,' had to prepare to cry, and, believe me, +I cried with all my heart. Pauvre cherie!" + +Irinel was ready to cry after laughing with such enjoyment, but, when +she noticed that I kept my eyes cast down and listened in silence as +though I were offended, she asked me with malicious irony: + +"Iorgu, do you think it will rain to-day?" + +Such scenes took place early in the morning: Sunday was a day +of torture for me. All day Irinel said "If you please" to me. She +embroidered or played the piano instead of our walking about the yard +and garden. All day I felt the terrible anger of a very shy person with +"those two stars which speak." + +For three years I lived this life of daring dreams during the week, +of fear and misery on Sunday, of wonderful plans put off from day +to day, and concealed with an hypocrisy possessed only by the timid +and innocent. + +During the last year, after a vacation passed at Slanic, I made up +my mind. + +The day she went back to school we hardly dared kiss each other. What +cold kisses! We neither of us looked at the other. I remember I looked +at the sofa, and it seemed to me as though my lips had touched the +hard yellow material instead of those firm, rosy cheeks which were +to me a fearful joy. + +I made up my mind, and I am sure that no one could have come to a +more heroic decision. + +To give myself courage, during the first night I thought out the +scene which should take place the following Sunday without fail. I +did not sleep all night; in the intense darkness I saw the garden, +I saw Irinel, I heard myself, I heard her. + + + +The cocks crew. I was lying at full length, my face uppermost, +my eyes shut. I was perspiring from the boldness which I had shown +during the scene which was running in my mind. + +"Irinel, will you come and walk in the garden?" + +"No, merci!" + +"That will not do, we must go for a walk." + +She understood that I had decided to say something important to +her. Such courage impressed and compelled. + +The cocks crew. It was midnight. It was pouring; flashes of lightning, +like serpents of light, shone for a second through my curtains. + +"Irinel, you must come with me. Don't you see what a beautiful day +it is? I have discovered a bunch of ripe grapes which I have kept +for you all the week." + +"No, merci!" + +"It is impossible for you not to come. I have made up my mind to tell +you something----" + +"What?" replied Irinel, and turned her eyes upon me. + +Who could bear such a bright light? I looked down, but revolted by +such cowardice I felt the courage of a hero, and lifting my head I +replied to her: + +"You must come!" + +In all my life I had never commanded anyone. I was ordering her! + +It was pitch dark; it was raining outside. I turned towards the +wall. I closed my eyes. It was light. It was a beautiful Sunday. And +still full of that courage I said to her once more: + +"You must come!" + +And I took her by the hand. From now on my heart almost ceased to +beat. I told her all I had wanted to say to her for two years. + +"Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me? Why are you silent? Why do +you look down? Tell me, shall I leave the house where I have watched +you growing up under my eyes, or----" + +"Stay!" + +We embraced each other; we kissed each other. It was over. + +Lord! How brave men are when they are in love! + +I grew cold all over when I reflected that this scene had not yet +taken place, but was still to come. I sank down under my quilt afraid +of such courage. + +It began to grow light. I went off to sleep gradually, rehearsing +this heroic scene: + +"Irinel, will you come for a walk?" + +"No, merci!" + +"This cannot be, you must----" + + + +The next day I woke up about ten o'clock. My uncle asked me in his +kind, calm voice: + +"Iorgu, are you not well that you got up so late to-day?" + +I, feeling myself in fault, replied, embarrassed: + +"No--a book--I went to sleep late." + +My ears were burning as though I had held them against a hot stove. + +The veranda seemed to be giving way under me. Do you know, at that +moment a thought crossed my mind that overwhelmed me? Irinel was only +Irinel, but, with my uncle, what courage I should need! How would he, +an old man of pious habits, regard in his old age a marriage within +the prohibited degree among members of his own family? + +Why did he stand in front of me? Why did he look at me like that? He +understood me and was appraising me! His look spoke, though his lips +most certainly did not move. I heard the words passing through his +mind as distinctly as though some one had whispered in my ear: + +"I never could have believed, nephew, that you would have turned my +child's head! What would your mother say were she alive to see this?" + +Why did not my uncle turn away from me? Was he looking at me or +elsewhere? What else was there to see? I do not know if the fault +was great, but the judge was cruel. And my judge grew bigger, like +a Titan, like a wall between me and Irinel. In my ears there rang +what I am convinced was the sentence he had secretly passed on me: +"What a depraved youth! The old are passing away, and with them +disappear the old moral ideas!" + +I was ready to sink under my chair. My uncle said to me: + +"Iorgu, you have not had any coffee. It seems to me you are not well, +are you?" + +What irony! Were his words more gentle than before? Useless thought! I +understood him. God defend you from a good man who disapproves +of you. It's bad enough to feel oneself guilty before a good and +upright man. + +Why was punishment for mankind invented? Punishment is the reward of +sin. I could have wished that my uncle would pronounce his sentence +of punishment. But no, he has taken me prisoner, he has judged me and, +instead of punishing me, he stoops to give me coffee and two rolls. In +all my life I had never experienced a greater agony. + +No doubt he had seen us walking silently together, not gaily as we +used to do. He understood why Irinel stayed in the house on one or two +Sundays. Of course he knew why I did not go to sleep till early dawn, +and who knows, he might have heard me calling in my dreams: + +"Irinel, Irinel, I love you! Do you love me?" + +What would my uncle think of his daughter married to his sister's +son? It would mean asking for a dispensation. Would it not be turning +such a religious man into an object of derision in his old age? And +for what reason? Just through the caprice of a boy whom he had brought +up and cared for. + +Irinel and I had grown up together more like brother and sister than +cousins! If there had only been a question of the civil right! But +the laws of the Church! How could one trample them underfoot? + +Throughout the week, early in the morning, at night and through the +day, at meals and during school hours, this thought occupied my mind! + +"It is impossible! It is impossible! I wonder that I did not see +that sooner." + + + +About six o'clock on Saturday our old carriage turned into the +courtyard; inside was my uncle and by him sat Irinel. From the +oak steps of the veranda I watched the white hair and the golden +curls and, scarcely able to control my tears, I said to myself: +"It is impossible." + +Irinel sprang from the carriage and came up to me. She was happy. We +kissed each other, but, believe me, she seemed to kiss in the air. + +"What's the matter, Iorgu? You are very pale. You are thinner, or +does it only seem so to me?" + +Before I could answer her my uncle hastened, hastened to say: + +"I don't know what's the matter with Iorgu. It seems to me he is ill, +but he will not say so." + +Oh! Oh! You don't know what is the matter with me, uncle? You don't +know what is the matter? It seems to you I am ill? I do not want to +tell you? Do you say what is the matter with you? You are a good man, +but what a hypocrite---- + +He thinks I do not understand him. + +To Irinel I say gently: + +"There is nothing the matter, Irinel. But you, are you well?" + +And so it went on--nearly a whole year of depression. + +Why should I tell you that I grew thinner and paler, that I often +shivered, and with secret pleasure, exaggerated a little cough when +I walked in the garden with Irinel? You have seen so many thin and +pale men, and you have read so many novels in which consumptive lovers +either shoot themselves or throw themselves into the sea, so that if +I told you that I grew thinner, that I took to playing billiards, +that I began to drink, and that once I drank three half bottles in +succession, you would only yawn. + +There is nothing remarkable in the love and depression of a nervous +person. Who would remain, even for an instant, with a man who suffers +in silence? And I kept silence from St. Mary's day to St. Peter's. + +"What is the matter with you?" + +"Nothing." + +"Are you ill?" + +"No, uncle; no, dear Irinel." + +At last the momentous day arrived! Irinel finished the last year of +her education. On the 20th of June she left school for good. + +That very day she asked my uncle abruptly to what watering-place we +were going, and on hearing came into my room. + +Stretched upon my bed, I was reading the wonderful discourse of +Cogalniceanu's, printed in front of the "Chronicles." I made up my +mind to read law and study literature and history. + +When I saw her I jumped up. She whirled round on one foot, and her +gown seemed like a big convolvulus; and after this revolution she +stopped in front of me, laughing and clapping her hands. She made me +a curtsy as she daintily lifted up her skirt on either side between +two fingers, and asked me coyly: + +"Mon cher cousin, can you guess where we are going to this summer?" + +"No, Irinel," I replied, exaggerating the cough which was becoming +more and more of a silly habit. + +"What will you give me if I tell you?" + +And after once more whirling round while her gown swept across my feet, +and laughing and clapping, she asked me most sedately: + +"Will you kiss my hand with respect, like a grown-up person's, if I +tell you?" + +"Yes, Irinel." + +And the cough again played its part. + +"No, you must kiss my hand first." + +She held out her hand to me, which I kissed sadly, but with pleasure. + +"And now this one!" + +"And that one, Irinel." + +"To Mehadia! To Mehadia! Won't it be beautiful? I am bored with +Slanic." + +She ran about the house so quickly that her petticoats worked up above +her knees. I blushed; she blushed; then breaking into a silvery laugh +she threw herself upon me and said: + +"We will dance a polka. I will sing. I will be gentleman; I will +steer you." + +Then I heard my uncle calling her: "Irinel! Irinel! Where are you?" + +She disappeared in a second. + +I threw myself on my bed. I took up the "Chronicles," but instead of +reading I began to think. "Irinel! Irinel!" The first Irinel was quick, +severe, malicious, the second one was lingering, much softer, almost +caressing. Of course he had meant to reassure her, he had wanted to +deceive me. He thought to make me believe he had meant nothing. But +what did that "Where are you?" signify? + +I understood from the way in which he had said "where" that there lay +the real drift of the question. He had not anything to say to her, +but he very much wanted to know "where" she was. In other words, was +she perchance with me in my room? Such espionage was humiliating for +an orphan whose whole life he had directed, and whose fortune he had +controlled, because he had the right to say to him with a single word, +by a single look: "This is how I reward an ungrateful person, a youth +who has no regard for the old men who are soon to pass away, burying +with them the moral customs of this country." That "Where are you?" was +as clear as noonday. Do you suppose he did not know where she was? + +"Ah! An orphan must not fall in love!" + +I don't know what other thoughts I had. The door of the room opened; +Irinel stood in the doorway. + +How great an unhappiness it is to see happiness standing on the +threshold, and to know it will not cross; that it will remain yonder, +so near and yet so far! + +Irinel crossed the threshold; she came up to me. I realized that she +had crossed the threshold, but still my happiness remained outside. I +understood the old man had sent her back in order to deceive me, +and that she had guessed nothing. + +"Do you know what Father has just told me? A guest is coming to us +at the festival of St. Peter. A big merchant." + +What did that mean? + +"And did he say anything else?" + +"Nothing; but yes, he did. We are to kill our fattest chicken and +the house is to be put into the most spick and span order, for our +guest is an important merchant, a deputy, elderly, and I don't know +what all and what else." + +After teasing me and laughing at me because I coughed just as the +girls at school did to make the doctor prescribe iron and old wine, +but more particularly old wine than iron, Irinel left me. + +"Ugh! It's lucky he is old. Supposing he had been a young man?" + + + +On St. Peter's day I rose in such a state of anxiety that I started +at every sound. Has it not been known for old men to lose their heads +and marry girls of eighteen? + +For three hours I wandered about the grounds. I waited for this +rival with the same impatience with which I once waited for Irinel +to come quickly from school. Am I deceiving myself or not? The same +sensations, identically the same, were present with me, waiting +thus for the object of my hatred as when I waited for her I loved. I +wanted to see him as soon as possible; for a second; just to know him; +to find out who he was. + +At ten o'clock a carriage drew up in front of the door. Some one got +out. When I saw him I began to laugh. He was very feeble, he was very +old. No doubt he was smart with his black coat and red tie. I greeted +him with respect, I might almost say with affection, and then, sorry +at having felt hatred for such an old man, with such snowwhite hair, +I went quietly into the garden. I turned down one of the paths. How sad +and drear do the most beautiful natural surroundings become when they +are reflected by a sad and lonely heart? What indifference everywhere! + +The garden gate was opened rather hastily as though the wind had +forced it. Irinel appeared. She looked all round, then, seeing me, +she flew towards me. The breeze which she made by her flight fluttered +her thin gown of white batiste with black spots. + +She was pale. She took my hand. Her own trembled. She tried to speak, +and said several times: + +"Wait, wait, wait while I get my breath----" + +Then she became silent and looked at me. Oh, what a look! Her eyes +flashed sparks. Their blue depths seemed to me like an incomprehensible +ocean, tempest driven, without bottom, without boundaries. I looked +down, overwhelmed by an inexplicable fear, by a powerful emotion. I +noticed my boots, and I thought to myself: "Have they cleaned my +boots to-day or not? Of course, they must have. Don't they clean them +every day?" + +"Iorgu, do you know why that old man has come?" + +"No," I answered her, with a stupid calm. + +Had they cleaned my boots? Perhaps the dew was still on the grass. + +"Iorgu, do you know what Father said to me?" + +"No." + +"'Put on your foulard gown.'" + +"Your foulard gown? The one I like so much?" + +"But do you know why he wanted me to?" + +"Of course I do." + +She trembled. + +I continued, as I took out my handkerchief and flicked the dust from +one of my boots: + +"Of course I know. Isn't to-day a great festival?" + +"Ah," she replied as she withdrew the hand I was holding, "you +understand nothing! What an indifferent and non-understanding man +you are!" + +Indifferent? I understood everything from her look and her emotion, +and with a calmness which I was certainly far from feeling I bent +down and dusted the other boot. + +"The old man has come, Irinel----" I said, glancing at her for +a moment. + +She was white, her lower lip quivered, the light in her eyes had +darkened. + +"The old man has come, Irinel. What then? He will dine with us? All +the better. We shall be a bigger party at table." + +Was it I speaking? There were only she and I in the garden. + +"The old man has come, has come. Alas!" she replied, covering her eyes +with both her hands. "The old man has come and some one is going to +leave this house! He has----" + +Irinel began to cry. + +"What has he?" + +"A son who is an engineer." + +"Engineer? Has he learnt engineering?" + +"Yes, he has learnt engineering!" Irinel replied angrily, and uncovered +her crimson cheeks. "Yes, he has learnt en-gi-neer-ing, and some one +is going to leave this house!" + +I watched how she stood in the doorway, and then crossed it lightly +as she wiped away her tears on a clean corner of her gown. I looked +long after her, then I threw myself face upwards under one of the +fruit-trees. + +Nature was full of life! The apple-trees bent their great boughs; +the sparrows chattered, some of them were fluttering their wings, +others were collecting into groups preparing for a fierce fight. Little +patches of sunlight played upon my face. When I felt two rows of tears +trickling into my ears, I jumped to my feet, I gazed towards the door, +and said gently, full of a profound melancholy: + +"Some one is going to leave this house!" + + + +The next day I showed my uncle a faked recommendation, in writing, +from a doctor ordering me to Bourboule under pretext of a serious +affection of the left lung. + +I pass rapidly over this episode. I kissed my uncle's hand and +Irinel. Irinel! + +Only when I was crossing the frontier and looking from the open +window of the train at the Hungarian landscape lying stretched out +before me, did I begin to wonder. Supposing she had not looked at +me so intently! A searching look paralysed me. Supposing she had +asked me what it was I wanted to say to her? Such shyness is a form +of madness. But what courage I should have wanted! How could I have +convinced my uncle? Was not Irinel like my sister? Ah, no! It was +impossible! It was impossible! + +The train, which was puffing along, gave a whistle that echoed through +the country. A few tears fell through the window, and seeking with +my eyes the country from which I had come, and the direction where +lay the house and garden in which I had grown up so happily, I gave +a wave with my hand, and said sighing: + +"Good-bye, Irinel!" + + + + THE END + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Roumanian Stories, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROUMANIAN STORIES *** + +***** This file should be named 38991.txt or 38991.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/9/9/38991/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net/ for project +Gutenberg (This file was produced from images generously +made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/38991.zip b/38991.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f0f3be --- /dev/null +++ b/38991.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..37789a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #38991 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38991) |
